For the purpose of facilitating the uniform application of the Arancel, by Ordenes of this Department dated September 27, 1963 and January 12, 1970 were approved editions of the Explanatory Notes of the Arancel of Customs, made by the National Factory of Currency and Timbre, work to which the character of official interpretation in the matter was conferred, as complementary and auxiliary text.

As a complement to these Explanatory Notes and for the same purpose, the Order of this Ministry of March 15, 1984, for which the Index of Classification Criteria was approved, has been published for the purposes of classification of specific goods for customs clearance.

Since the aforementioned texts have limited scope to the tariff headings, it is necessary to complete their usefulness with the approval of other rules that determine the content and scope of the multiple subheadings in which they are divided, serving in support of the provisions that the Arancel itself contains referring to those subheadings, such as the complementary interpretative rules and the complementary notes of section or chapter.

A precedent of this provision was the Order of 11 February 1980, which approved the Supplementary Explanatory Notes to Chapter 27, now partially amended and incorporated into this Order, and therefore its repeal is necessary.

In its virtue, in accordance with the power conferred by Article 4.3 of Decree 999/1960, of 30 May, and with the scope provided for in Article 18.1 of the General Tax Law, on a proposal from the General Directorate of Customs and Excise,

This Ministry agrees:

First. The nature of the official interpretation in the matter is conferred on the Additional Explanatory Notes which are annexed to this order and which shall constitute a supplementary and auxiliary text to facilitate, primarily, the application of the tariff subheadings, for the purposes of classification and for the purposes of the goods to be dispatched by the Customs.

Second. The additional explanatory notes will be kept up to date with the incorporation of new texts and the corrections that may result from their subsequent revision.

Third. The Order of this Ministry of 11 February 1980 was hereby repealed and the Additional Explanatory Notes to Chapter 27 of the Customs Tariff were approved.

Fourth. This Order shall enter into force on the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the State.

Madrid, May 30, 1984. -P. Mr José Borrell Fontelles, the Secretary of State for Finance.

A N E J O

SECTION I

LIVE ANIMALS AND PRODUCTS OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM

CHAPTER 1

LIVE ANIMALS

General Considerations

Pure-bred breeding animals are classified in the corresponding subheadings provided that they satisfy the conditions laid down by the competent authorities.

Note c) The animals of heading 97.08 are those of circuses, zoos, etc. (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 97.08).

01.01 Horses, asses, and mules, live

To Horses

Wild horses, such as the Przewalski horse or Mongolia's Tarpan or Kertag, are classified under this subheading. In contrast, the zebras (Equus zebra, Equus Grevy, Equus burchelli, Equus quagga, etc.) are classified under subheading 01.06 C, although they belong to the family of equidae.

A II to be used for the slaughterhouse

Horses intended for slaughter are allowed under this subheading provided that the conditions laid down by the competent authorities are met.

B Asnos

Both domestic and non-domestic asses are classified under this subheading. Among the latter, the wild ass (Equus asinus), the Djiggetai of Mongolia, the Kiang of Tibet, the onagro, the hemion or kulan (Equus hemionus) as well as the hemipe called "asno of Syria" can be cited, although it is closer to the horse than to the donkey.

C Mulos

The animals described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 01.01, last paragraph, are classified in this subheading.

The hybrids of the donkey and the zebra and of the mare and the zebra are classified in subheading 01.06 C.

01.02 Live animals of the bovine species, including those of the buffalo genus

A II others

This subheading includes all bovine animals (including buffaloes) of the genera Bos and Bubalus, which belong to the domestic species, irrespective of the service to which they are intended (breeding, baiting, breeding, slaughter, etc.), except, however, pure-bred animals intended for breeding (subheading 01.02 A I).

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the common ox (Bos taurus), whether or not raised in semi-natural state, the fighting bull (Spanish breeds, corks or camarghers), the cebu (Bos indicus) and the Buey Watussy;

2. the buffalo of Europe (Bubalus bubalus), the Asian buffalo, tamarao or arni (Bubalus arni), the caracerd of Ceylan and the anoa of the Celebes (Bubalus depressicornis).

B the others

This consignment comprises all bovine animals (including those of the buffalo genus) not domestic, including:

1. the Asian wild oxen of the genus Bibos, such as gaur (Bibos gaurus), gayal (Bibos frontalis) and banting (Bibos sondaicus);

2. the musk bull (Ovibos moschatus);

3. the wild buffalo of Africa of the genus Syncerus, such as the buffalo of the Congo (Syncerus nanus) and the buffalo cafre (Syncerus caffer);

4. yacks (Poephagus grunniens) of Tibet;

5. bison bison) or bolus, called buffalo in America.

It should be emphasized that yacks and bison have 14 pairs of ribs, while all other bovine animals (including buffaloes) have only 13 pairs of ribs.

01.03 Live animals of the porcine species

B the others

This subheading exclusively comprises the live pigs of non-domestic species, among which they can be cited:

1. the wild boar (Sus scrofa, its crystallus, etc.);

2. the wild boar (Phacochoerus aethiopicus), the potamoquer or the deer-deer (Potamocherus porcus) and the large forest pig or giant pig of Kenya;

3. the babirusa (Babyrussa babyrussa)

4. the pecari (Dycotiles tajacu).

It should be noted that the hippopotamus is classified under subheading 01.06 C.

01.04 Live animals of the ovine and caprine species

A I sheep

The explanatory note of subheading 01.04 B I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

A II goats

The explanatory note for subheading 01.04 B II applies mutatis mutandis.

B I sheep

This subheading includes, for example, domestic sheep (Ovis aries), the various varieties of muflones, such as the muflon of Europe (Ovis musimon), of Canada or bighorn (Ovis canadensis), the Asian or sha or urial (Ovis vignei), the argali muflon of the Pamir (Ovis ammon), as well as the arrui of the Arabs (Ammotragus lervia) that has the legs wrapped in a kind of apron of long hairs, although it is closer to the goats.

B II goats

This subheading includes, for example, the animals of the domestic goat species, the goat montes (Capra ibex) and the pasang or goat of Persia (Capra aegagrus). By contrast, the musk (Moschus moschiferus), the musk of Africa (Doreatherium) and the Asian musk or pilandoc (Tragulus), which, despite their name, do not belong to the species of goats, are excluded from this subheading and are classified in 01.06 C. The same applies to animals called goat antelopes, including between goats and antelopes (hemitragues, gamuzas, etc.).

01.05 Live Poultry

As indicated in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 01.05, only roosters and hens, geese and ducks of domestic species, turkeys and pavers and guinea fowl, as well as their offspring, are included here, whether they are reared for laying or for meat, feathers or any other end (e.g., quarrel, straw ornamentation, parks or ponds).

Wild birds (e.g. turkeys and wild birds-Meleagris meleagris-), although they may be reared and slaughtered in the same way as poultry, are classified under subheading 01.06 C.

The pigeons of the domestic species are classified under subheading 01.06 B.

01.06 Other live animals

To Domestic Rabbits

This subheading includes only the rabbits of the domestic species, whether they are bred for the use of the meat or the hair (for example, the angora rabbit) or for any other purpose.

B Doves

This subheading includes all the birds of the family of the colombaceae, both the wild pigeons and the pigeons of the domestic species, whatever the fate of the latter (homemade pigeons, ornamentation or messenger).

Among the non-domestic pigeons included here, you can quote the paloma torcaz (Columba palambus), the left-handed pigeon (Columba oenas), the paloma brava (Columba livia), the tanned pigeon of Australia (Phaps chalcoptera), the colimbos and the tortolas (Streptoppelia turtur, Streptopelia risoria).

On the contrary, they are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheading 01.06 C some species more closely related to the gallinaceae, such as the pigeon of Nicobars (Caloenas nicobaria), Colombars, Gouras, Gaugas and Sirratos.

Others

this item includes:

1. all live mammals, with the exception of domestic and non-domestic animals of the caballar species (subheading 01.01 A), asnal (subheading 01.01 B), mular (subheading 01.01 C), bovine (subheading 01.02 A and B), swine (subheading 01.03 A and B), sheep and goats (subheadings 01.04 A and B) and domestic rabbits (subheading 01.06 A);

2. All live birds, other than poultry (heading 01.05) and domestic pigeons or not (subheading 01.06 B);

3. other species of live animals, with the exception of fish, crustaceans and molluscs (Chapter 3) and crop of micro-organisms (heading 30.02).

Among the animals covered by this subheading, they can be cited:

1. among mammals:

(a) the rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) and the hares;

(b) the deer, gams, corzos, gamuzas, sarrio or isarzo of the Pyrenees (Rupipapra rupicapra), the common moose or of America (Alces elces, Alces americanus), alce of Africa (Taurus), the antilopes-goats (hermitters, goral, nemorhedes, pronghorn) and the antelopes themselves;

c) lions, tigers, bears, rhinos, hippos, elephants, giraffes, ocapis, kangaroos, monkeys, etc.

d) camels, dromedaries and other camelids (llamas, alpacas, guanacos and vicunas);

e) squirrels, minks, marmots, beavers, musk rats, coipos, guinea pigs or guinea pigs;

f) reindeer;

g) dogs and cats;

h) marine mammals (cetaceans, pinnipeds, sirenidae, etc.).

2. among birds:

a) la oca o ganso cenizo (Anser anser) la branta (Branta hernicla), adds silvestre (Tadorna tadorna), adds real (Anas platyrhynchos), Anas strepera, he adds silbon (Anas penelope), the duck or adds rabudo (Anas acuta), the paleton (Spatula clypeata), the fence (Anas querquedula, Anas crescca), negretas and the eider;

b) swans and peacocks;

(c) partridges, pheasants, quails, shochties or becadas, cagachadians, urogays, bargains and ortegas, hortelians, tordos, mirlos, alondras;

d) the finches, stoppages, canaries, hummingbirds, parrots, etc.

3. Among other animals:

(a) reptiles and lizards; turtles (land, sea or freshwater) and frogs;

b) domestic bees (even in swarms or hives) or savages;

(c) silkworms, butterflies, coleopteros and other insects;

d) leeches;

e) hedgehogs and other echinoderms, jellyfish and other celenteric.

CHAPTER 2

MEAT AND EDIBLE OFFAL

General Considerations

1. In relation to the scope of the terms 'meat' and 'offal' for the purposes of this Chapter, the explanatory notes to the NCCA, general considerations of Chapter 2, must be complied with.

2. In relation to the different states in which the meat and offal of this chapter may be presented (fresh, chilled, frozen, salted or in brine, dried or smoked), the explanatory notes to the NCCA, general considerations of Chapter 2, must be complied with. It is further noted that the ultra-frozen meat follows the frozen meat regime.

In this context it must be remembered that the simple step or the simple bleaching, practiced mainly with the offal, do not determine the exclusion of these products from this chapter. On the contrary, effective cooking excludes this meat and offal from Chapter 2. Therefore, meat which has been frozen after it has been cooked (e.g. cooked and frozen beef) is classified under heading 16.02.

This chapter continues to belong to the meat and the raw offal, chopped but not prepared otherwise, that are simply packaged with a sheet of artificial plastic material (even in the form of sausages) with the sole purpose of facilitating their conservation and transport.

02.01 Carnes and edible offal of animals falling within headings 01.01 to 01.04, etc.

A I of equidae (horses, donkeys and mules)

Only meat of animals of heading 01.01 is included in this subheading.

A II of cattle

Only meat of animals of heading 01.02 is included in this subheading.

1. The terms 'bovine carcass' are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraph a).

2. The terms 'bovine average carcass' are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraph (b). The spinal apophyses of the first eight or nine dorsal vertebrae are allowed to be left alternately on the right half-channel and on the left half-channel.

3. For the application of the definitions relating to the forequarters and the rear rooms, it is considered:

a) neck, neck muscle with the seven half-vertebrae cervical;

(b) palletilla, the former member comprising the bones, spout, humerus, radium and cubite, as well as the muscles around them;

c) low back, the solomillo, the loin and romsteak, the latter with needle or without it.

A II a) 1 in channels, half-channels or rooms called compensated

The terms "channels", "half-channels" and "compensated quarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (a), (b) and (c).

A II a) 2 forequarters joined or separated

The terms "United backrooms" and "separate quarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (d) and (e). It is clear from this heading that, in the case of 'bone-in pieces' (02.01 A II a) 4 aa), for example, the front parts of the half-carcase, with all the corresponding bones, comprise less than four ribs or the fishing or palletilla is missing.

A II a) 3 backrooms joined or separated

The terms "United backrooms" and "separate quarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (f) and (g). As is apparent from these additional notes, they are excluded from this subheading and are classified under the subheading 'bone-in pieces' (02.01 A II a) 4 aa), for example, the rear parts of the half-carcase which, with all the corresponding bones, comprise less than three ribs or the low hip or loin. However, the hindquarters presented without the kidneys or the fat of the kidneys, with or without skirt, are classified as backrooms.

A II a) 4 aa) Bone-in pieces

This subheading mainly comprises, the upper part of the palette, the hip and the back, without bone-in. The above and after parts of the half-carcase (without bone-in) which do not meet the definition of front or rear quarters are also included.

A II a) 4 bb) boned cuts

This subheading includes all pieces of meat of the bovine species, fresh or chilled, in which all the bones have been removed, for example the solomillo and the boneless skirt.

A II b) 1 in channels, half-channels or rooms called compensated

The terms "channels", "average channels" and "compensated quarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 (a), (a), (b) and (c) of this Chapter.

A II (b) 2 United or separate forequarters

The terms "United forequarters" and "separate forequarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (d) and (e).

A II b) 3 backrooms joined or separated

The terms "United backrooms" and "separate quarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (f) and (g).

A II b) 4 aa) Bone-in pieces

The explanatory note of subheading 02.01 A II a) 4 aa) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

A II b) 4 bb) 22 cuts of forequarters and chest cuts called "Australians."

The terms "Australian so-called front quarter cuts" and "Australian so-called breast cuts" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 A to this chapter, paragraph h).

A II b) 4 bb) 33 others

This subheading includes all pieces of meat of the bovine species, frozen, which are wholly boned, excluding frozen blocks falling within subheading 02.01 A II b) 4 bb) 11 and cuts of subheading 02.01 A II b) 4 bb) 22.

A III of the porcine species

It is only included in this subheading, the meat of animals of heading 01.03.

A III a) domestic

This subheading only covers the meat of animals of subheading 01.03 A, whether fresh, chilled or frozen.

A III a) 1 in channels or half-carcases, even without head legs or lard

This subheading includes the carcases or half-carcases of the domestic porcine species slaughtered, bled and eviscerated, to which the bristles, eyes, ear ducts and hooves have been removed. These carcases or half-carcases are classified here even when they are presented without the head, feet, lard, kidneys or tail. Similarly, the channels and half-channels of the bristles may be presented with the tits. If the channel is divided into two, the spinal cord and the seals are also separated.

However, it is noted that the channels or half-channels in which the skin or bacon has been totally or partially separated, or in which the hams, pallets, loins or pancetta have been totally or partially separated, are classified in subheading 02.01 A III a) 6.

A III a) 2 hams and pieces of Jamones, without bone in

The hams and pieces of bone-in Jalons, presented without bacon, are classified under this subheading.

The code with the foot or without it is considered as a piece of ham and consequently is classified under this subheading.

It should be noted that the pieces of totally boneless ham are classified in subheading 02.01 A III a) 6.

A III a) 3 Palettes (front hams) and pieces of pallets, without bone in

pallets or pieces of pallets, without bone in, presented without the bacon, are classified in this subheading.

The code with the foot or without it is considered as a slice of the pallet and consequently is classified under this subheading.

It is pointed out that the totally boneless cuts of palette as well as the cut comprising the pallet and a part of the neck are classified in subheading 02.01 A III a) 6.

A III a) 4 Chuleters and pieces of chuletero, without bone in

This subheading comprises both the whole loins and the pieces of loin, without bone-in (for example, the spinach, the chops, the tip).

The loins and cuts of boneless loins are classified in subheading 02.01 A III a) 6.

A III a) 5 Pancette (entrended) and chunks of pancetta

It is considered "pancetta" the layer of greased fat, sometimes called "entroted bacon", attached to the skin of the ventral part and the front of the chest. It may carry part of the ribs or the cartilage.

The pancetta from which the skin has been completely or partially removed remains classified under this subheading.

A III a) 6 others

This subheading covers, in particular, all the cuts which are totally deboned from the hams, the pallets or the chops, as well as the carcases and half-carcases which have been totally or partially removed from the skin or the bacon or where the hams or the palettes have been removed.

A III b) others

Only meat of animals of subheading 01.03 B and mainly wild boar meat is included in this subheading.

A IV of the ovine and caprine species

This subheading covers only meat of animals of heading 01.04, whether domestic or wild, and in particular the meat of the ovine species (of domestic sheep or muflones), as well as the meat of goats.

A IV a) 1 Channels or half-channels

The terms "channels" and "half-channels" are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (a) and (b).

A IV a) 2 Previous part of the channel or front room

The terms 'former part of the channel' and 'front room' are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (c) and (d).

A IV a) 3 Stick or ringside chulepers, or stick or ringed media

The terms "stick or ringed chuleteros" and "stick or ringed media" are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this chapter, paragraphs e) and f).

A IV a) 4 Rear Channel or Rear Quarter

The terms "rear of the channel" and "rear quarter" are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this chapter, paragraphs (g) and (h).

A IV b) 1 Channels or half-channels

The terms and are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this chapter, paragraphs a) and b).

A IV b) 2 Previous part of the channel or front room

The terms 'former part of the channel' and 'front room' are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this Chapter, paragraphs (c) and (d).

A IV b) 3 Stick or ringed chulepers, or stick or ringed media

The terms "stick or ringed chulepers" and "stick or ringed media" be defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this chapter, paragraphs e) and f).

A IV b) 4 Rear Channel or Rear Quarter

The terms "rear of the channel" and "rear quarter" are defined in Supplementary Note 2 A to this chapter, paragraphs (g) and (h).

B Offal

This subheading includes the offal of the animals falling within headings 01.01 to 01.04. Offal intended for the manufacture of pharmaceutical products are classified in subheading 02.01 B I only if they satisfy the conditions laid down by the competent authorities.

B II (a) of equidae (horses, asses and mules)

This subheading covers only the offal of the animals of heading 01.01.

B II b) of bovine animals

This subheading covers only the offal of the animals of heading 01.02.

B II c) domestic swine

This subheading only covers the offal of the animals of subheading 01.03. A.

B II c) 1 Head and pieces of head

This subheading includes, in particular, pig heads, whether or not they have the same, the trolleys or the tongue, as well as the trolleys, the morro, the ears.

B II c) 7 others

This subheading includes, for example, the edible leather, the seals and the redyear.

B II d) others

This subheading includes the offal of the animals of subheading 01. 03 B (for example, boar offal) as well as offal of animals of heading 01.04.

02.02 Dead poultry and their edible offal (except livers), fresh, etc.

A Uncut Birds

It is noted that the dead birds, without cutting, in a form that does not correspond to any of the presentations mentioned in subheadings 02.02 A I, A II and A III are classified, according to the General Rules for the interpretation of the Arancel in the group in which the presentation is the most analogous to its own. For example, chickens with heads and legs are classified in subheading 02.02 A I a), even if they are presented without plucking and with the guts.

A) that are desplemated and without bowels, but with the head and legs, called "chickens 83%"

This subheading covers, in particular, roosters, hens and chickens, plucked, with heads and legs, to which the guts have been removed, leaving the other viscera (mainly the lungs, the liver, the molleja, the heart and the ovaries).

A I (b) that are plucked, eviscerated and headless, nor legs, but with the heart, liver and molleja, called "chickens 70%"

The present subheading mainly comprises broilers, which are chickens plucked without the head or legs, completely gutted, but in which the heart, liver and molleja have been placed inside the body after being removed.

A I c) that are plucked, gutted and headless, legs, heart, liver, or molleja, called "chickens 65%"

The present subheading mainly comprises the broiler chickens which are plucked, without the head or the legs and completely gutted.

A II a) that are plucked, bleeds, uneviscerated or without intestines, with the head and legs, called "ducks 85%"

This subheading also includes the ducks, which are bleeds, plucked, uneviscerated, without the head or the legs.

A II (b) that are plucked, eviscerated, headless or legs, with the heart, liver and molleja, called "ducks 70%"

The present subheading mainly comprises the ducks plucked, without the head or the legs, completely eviscerated, in which the heart, the liver and the molleja, have been placed inside the body after having extracted them.

A II c) that are plucked, gutted, headless, legs, heart, liver, or molleja, called "ducks 63%"

The present subheading mainly comprises the plucking ducks ready for roasting, without the head or the legs and completely gutted.

A III a) that are plucked, bled, uneviscerated, with heads and legs, called "ocas 82%"

This subheading also includes the ocas sacrificed, bled, plucked, uneviscerated, without the head or the legs.

A III b) that are plucked, eviscerated, headless or legs, have molleja, so called 'ocas 75%'

The present subheading mainly comprises the scrolled ocas, without the head or the legs, completely eviscerated, in which the heart and the molleja have been placed inside the body after having been extracted, as well as the scrolled ocas ready to roast without the head or the legs, completely eviscerated.

B Parts of poultry (other than offal)

The halves or quarters of the birds, the contramuslo and the thigh, the breasts and the wings, with or without bone, are essentially included in this subheading.

B I boned

This subheading includes bone-free poultry meat, whatever part of the body from which the meat of the breast or meat of the turkey is, for example, meat.

B II a) halves or quarters

this subheading essentially comprises:

1. the halves formed by the right and left side of the bird, separated longitudinally by the plane of symmetry;

2. The rear quarters consisting of the thigh, the contramuslo, the back of the trunk and the tail, as well as the forequarters consisting essentially of one half of the breast with a united wing.

B II c) Traps; necks; trunks with neck; radishes; wingtips

This subheading, inter alia, is classified as the logs of turkeys with the neck which they understand: a piece of neck, the trunk and eventually the tail; the trunks; the necks, the radishes and the tips of the wing.

B II (d) 3 of other poultry

This subheading includes the half-breasts or whole breasts of roosters, hens and chickens, of ducks or of guinea fowl, with bone.

B II e) 2 aa) Muslos and thigh pieces

The present subheading mainly comprises the entire thighs of turkey, without bone-in (the thigh is the part corresponding to the tibia).

B II e) 2 bb) Other

The present subheading mainly comprises the thighs and the contramuslos of turkeys without the paw and the turkey's contramusas without the thigh, without bone-in.

B II e) 3 of other poultry

This subheading includes the thighs and the pieces of thigh of roosters, hens, chickens, ducks or guinea fowl, with bone.

C Offal

This subheading includes edible offal and mainly hearts, ridges and caruncles, excluding livers.

The paws of roosters, hens, chickens and ducks are also classified under this subheading.

02.03 Fresh, chilled, frozen, salted or in brine

The livers of subheading A differ from those of subheading B due to the fact that they are much larger and heavier, more consistent and richer in fat; their colour varies from the clear hazel to light brown, while the livers of subheading B are generally more or less dark red.

02.04 Other meat and edible offal, fresh, chilled or frozen

This consignment comprises exclusively the meat and edible offal, fresh, chilled or frozen, of the animals of heading 01.06.

A of domestic pigeons and domestic rabbits

This subheading includes the meat and offal of the animals of subheading 01.06 A and domestic pigeons. The meat and offal of pigeons which are listed as wild in the explanatory note of subheading 01.06 B are therefore excluded from this subheading and are classified in subheading 02.04 B.

B hunting

By hunting, animals that live in the wild and which are the object of hunting must be understood.

They can be cited primarily:

1. between the hunting of hair: the rabbits of monte (Oryctolagus cuniculus) and the hares, deer, gams, corzos, scrawls, the sarrio or sisardo of the Pyrenees (Rupicapra rupicapra), the moose, the antilops, the antelopes, the gazelles, the bears and the kangaroos;

2. Among the featherhunting: the torcacious pigeons, the wild ocas and ducks, the partridges, the pheasants, the quails, the becadas, the cagachadians, the urogallo and the hortelians.

The meat and offal of the animals which are usually the object of the game (pheasants, quails, etc.) are classified here as meat and hunting offal, even when these animals have been bred in captivity.

It should be noted that reindeer are not generally considered as hunting and that consequently, their meat and offal are excluded from this subheading. However, meat and offal of certain species of reindeer (for example caribus) are classified here provided that it is proved that these meat and offal are derived from animals which live in the wild and which are the subject of hunting.

C II the others

This subheading includes meat and offal of animals falling within heading No 01.06 except for meat and offal of pigeons and rabbits, domestic animals, as well as for hunting.

Among this meat and offal, you can quote:

1. Of reindeer (see, however, the explanatory notes of subheading 02.04 B);

2. marine mammals, with the exception of whale and seal meat;

3. the turtle.

02.05 Bacon with exclusion from which you have lean parts (muddied), pork fats and fats etc

To Bacon

For the application of this subheading, bacon is the adipose tissue which accumulates under the skin of the pig and is attached to it, in any part of the animal (spinach, palettes and hams, mainly), with the exception, however, of the bacon comprising lean parts (especially the bacon of pancetta, called entrarelado) which is classified in heading 02.01 or 02.06, as the case may be. The bacon to which the skin has been removed remains classified in this heading. The same applies to improper bacon for human or animal consumption or denatured for those purposes.

02.06 Carnes and edible offal of any kind (excluding bird livers), etc.

This consignment comprises meat and offal, salted or in brine, or dried or smoked from all animals falling within heading Nos 01.01 to 01.06, except for poultry livers of heading 02.03, bacon and fat covered by heading 02.05.

A salted or dried horse meat

This subheading exclusively comprises the meat of the animals of subheading 01.01 A. Horse offal falling within subheading 02.06 C II. The same goes for smoked horse meat.

B of the domestic swine species This subheading covers only meat and offal of animals of subheading 01.03 A, except, however, the bacon and fat of pork falling within heading 02.05. For classification within this subheading, the explanatory notes for the different subdivisions of subheadings 02.01 A III a) and 02.01 B II c) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

B I a) salted or in brine

This subheading only includes meat when the preservation system is limited to a salt-bottom salt or brine, but without other complementary treatments, such as drying or smoking. The percentage of salt of such products can be very different according to the cuts and the nature of the meat. Although this mode of conservation is generally provisional, its duration is largely based on transport. The meat only sprinkled with salt to ensure its preservation during transport is still considered as fresh meat.

B I a) 1 in carcases or half-carcases, whether or not without heads, legs, nor lard The explanatory note of subheading 02.01 A III a) 1 applies mutatis mutandis.

B I a) 2 aa) Bbacon-type half-channels

The terms 'bacon-type average channels' are defined in Supplementary Note 3 to this Chapter A.

B I a) 2 bb) three forequarters

The terms "three forequarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 3 of this chapter, paragraph B.

B I a) 2 cc) three rear rooms and centers

The terms "three quarters" and "centers" are defined in Supplementary Note 3 to this chapter, paragraphs C and D.

B I b) dry or smoked

This subheading includes meat preserved by drying or smoking treatment even if these preservation systems are combined with a prior salting treatment (with salt or brine). It is usually done with the hams that are salted before being subjected to partial dehydration, either in the open air (Parma or Bayonne hams), either by smoking (ham of the Ardennes).

The "slightly dry" or "slightly smoked" terms are defined in Supplementary Note 4 of this chapter.

The partially dehydrated meat in which the effective conservation is achieved by freezing or deep-freezing is classified, on the other hand, under heading 02 01.

B I b) 1 in carcases or half-carcases, even without heads, legs, or lard

The explanatory note of subheading 02.01 A III a) 1 applies mutatis mutandis.

B I b) 2 aa) half-channel baccon-type channels

The "bacon type means" are defined in Supplementary Note 3 of this chapter.

B I b) 2 bb) three forequarters

The "three forequarters" are defined in Supplementary Note 3 of this chapter, paragraph B.

B I b) 2 cc) three rear rooms and centers

The "three hindquarters" and "centers" are defined in Supplementary Note 3 to this chapter, paragraphs C and D.

C I of the bovine species

This subheading includes the meat and offal of the animals of heading 01 02.

C II of the ovine and caprine species

This subheading includes the meat and offal of the animals of heading 01.04.

C III of other species

This subheading includes, in addition to smoked horse meat, offal (including horse meat) and meat, salted or in brine, dried or smoked, of animals of heading Nos 01.01 B, 01.01 C, 01.03 B, 01.05 and 01.06 (excluding poultry livers, classified in heading 02.03, if they are salted or in brine).

CHAPTER 3

FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS

General Considerations

To fish, crustaceans and molluscs, deep-frozen

It should be noted that the fish, crustaceans and molluscs, deep-frozen, follow the regime of frozen fish, crustaceans and molluscs.

B Fish, crustaceans and molluscs, simply bleached

The simple bleaching consisting of a slight heat treatment that does not produce a true cooking of the products and which is carried out frequently before the freezing, mainly with the tuna or the meat of the crustaceans and the molluscs, does not modify the classification.

C Are excluded from chapter 3:

1. the natatory bladders of dried or salted cod, whether or not fit for human consumption (heading 05.05);

2. lightly salted, dried or smoked fish and submerged in a vegetable oil to ensure a provisional preservation, called 'semi-preserved' (heading 16.04);

3. fish simply preserved with oil or with vinegar, even without other preparations (heading 16.04).

03.01 Fresh fish (live or dead), chilled or frozen

The demarcation between "fresh water fish" and "sea fish", for the application of this game presents the problem, on the one hand, of the fish amphibiotic emigrants, who live in the sea but which come to reproduce in fresh water (potamoctouches) or vice versa (talasoctouches) and on the other hand, the species that are acclimatised indifferently in the fresh water or in the sea. For the application of the Arancel to these species-susceptible to being captured in both a medium and the other-you have to consider how:

1. Fresh water fish:

a) the eels themselves (Anguilla anguilla);

(b) the alosas (Alosa spp.);

(c) salmon (Salmo spp. and Oncorhynchus spp.);

d) the eperlane (Osmerus eperlanus);

2. Sea fish:

(a) sturgeons (Acipenser spp.);

(b) the aterinids (Atherina presbiter, Atherina mochon and Aterinichtys, mainly);

c) the mugilids (Mugil spp. and Lizza spp.).

A) Tracks

In addition to the marisca trout (Salmo trutta trutta form), the present subheading mainly comprises the trout itself, such as the trout of river or common trout (Salmo trutta fario form), the rainbow trout or irisada called "American trout" (Salmo gairdnerii or Salmo irideus) and the trout of lake (Salmo trutta form lacustris).

A I b) Salmons

Only classified under this subheading:

1. Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar);

2. the Danube salmon (Hucho hucho);

3. Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) among which can be cited:

-the actual salmon, chinook or California or "Quinnat" or spring (O. tschawytscha);

-silver salmon or coho salmon (O. kisutch);

-the humpback salmon (O. gorbuscha);

-red salmon (O. nerka);

-the dog salmon (O. keta);

-Japanese salmon (O. masou).

A I c) Cones

Only classified under this subheading:

1. the coregonos (Coregonus albula, Coregonus lavaretus, Corenonus fera);

2. the coregono narigudo (Coregous oxyrhynchus).

A I d) others

Among the other freshwater salmonids included here can be cited:

1. Alpine trout (Salvelinus alpinus), trout of fontana (Salvelinus fontinalis), American lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush or Christivomer namaycush);

2. tibaddies (Thymallus spp.);

3. the eperlano (Osmerus eperlanus).

A II Anguels

For the application of this subheading, the term "eels" exclusively reaches the eels themselves (Anguilla spp.) and mainly: the European eel (Anguilla anguilla) in its two forms (the long head eel and the pointed snout eel) and the American eel (Anguilla rostrata), the Japanese eel (Anguilla japonica) and the Australian eel (Anguilla Australis).

Consequently, the fish wrongly called angillas are excluded, such as the conger called "sea eel" (Conger conger), the brunette (Muraena helena), the bolus or sandeel (Ammodytes spp.) frequently designated under the name "sand eels". These last three species of sea fish are classified under subheading 03.01 B I q.

A IV the others

Among the other freshwater fish included in this subheading may be cited:

1. tencas (Tinca tinca);

2. barbos (Barbus spp.);

3. Perch: common perch (Perca fluviatilis), perch atruchada (Micropterus spp.), perch sol (Lepomis gibbosus) and acerine (Gymnophalus cernuus or Acerina cernua, mainly);

4. the common bream (Abramis brama) and the Blicca biorkna;

5. the lucios (Esox spp.) and lepysobras (Lepisosteus spp.);

6. alburnos (Alburnus alburnus), the common gobios (Gobio gobius) of the Danube (Gobio uranoscopus), the cotes (Cotus gobius) and the lota of rio (Lota lota);

7. river lampreas (Lampetra fluviatilis, Lampetra planeri);

8. the 'white fish' of the groups Leuciscus spp., Rutilus spp. and Idus spp.: gardon, bermejuela, pigo, vairon, for example.

As stated in the explanatory note of subheading 03.01 A II for the "eels", it is appropriate not to rely on the similarities of the names equally used for certain fish of the sea, almost always unduly: perch of sea, sea bream, sea bass, sea acerine, sea coast, sea bed, etc. (see in this respect the explanatory note of subheading 03.01 B I q).

B I a) Arenques

For the application of this subheading, it is understood exclusively by herring, the clupedes of the species Clupea harengus (Nordic herring) and Clupea pallasii (Pacific herring). The fish called 'Arenque de las Indias' (Chirocentrus dorab) is classified as a result in subheading 03.01 B I q.

B I b) Spadins For the application of this subheading, it is understood exclusively by sprats, the clupedes of the species Sprattus sprattus; these fish very close to herring but of much smaller size are usually referred to as "Norway anchovies".

B I c) Tunes

For the application of this subheading, it is exclusively understood by tuna, the tuna of the following species:

1. the albacore or albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga);

2. the common bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynus) and the red of short wings (Thunnus brachypterus);

3. yellowfin tuna or tuna (Thunnus albacores);

4. tuna bigeye tuna (Pharathynnus obesus);

5. albacoreta (Euthynnus alletteratus), sometimes referred to as unduly 'albacore';

6. the listing (Eutynnus pelamys).

In the case of subheading 03.01 B I (q), the other tunidae, such as the pretty (Sarda sarda), are to be classified.

B I d) Sardines (Clupea pilchardus Walbaun)

The sardines classified under this subheading are also known as the designation of Sardina pilchardus. They are still classified here, the adult sardines of great size (up to 25 cm.) known by the name of "pilchards" that are frequently subjected to a different preparation from the young, more appreciated sardines.

B I e) Listen

Scualos, such as galludo or myelga (Squalus acanthias), the marrajo of Cornwall (Lamna nasus or Lamna cornubica), the ciliorinidae (pintflutes, alitan) (Sciliorhinus spp.) and tollo (Caleorhinus galeus or Galeus canis) are classified under this subheading.

B I g) Halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris, Hippoglossus reinhardtius).

Only the Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus called before Hippoglossus vulgaris) and the black halibut (Reinhardtius hippoglossoides called before Hippoglossus reinhardtius) are classified in this subheading.

B I k) Eglefinos

Only haddock (Gadus aeglefinus or Melanogrammus aeglefinus), also known as haddock, are classified under this subheading.

B I m) Heads

For the purposes of this subheading, it is understood exclusively by mackerel, the mackerel itself (Scomber scombrus), the starling (Scomber colias) and the tasarte (Orcyopsis unicolor). By contrast, horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus) is to be classified under subheading 03.01 B I q.

B I o) Sollas

Only plaice of the species Pleuronectes platessa is classified under this subheading.

B I q) others.

Among the fish covered by this subheading, they can be cited:

1. the false sardines of the species Sardinops sagax and the alachas (Sardinella aurita);

2. The fane and the major ojus (Trisopterus luscus and Trisopteros esmarki), the maruca (Molva molva) and the blue escort (Molva dypterygia);

3. hake (Merluccius merluccius, as well as Merluccius bilinearis, M. productus, etc.);

4. the blue whiting of the species Miromesistius poutassou;

5. the pollack (Pollachius or Gadus pollachius);

6. Sea bass or robalus (Labrax lupus or Morone labrax or Roccus labrax punctatus or Roccus punctatus), serranids (Serranus spp.) and groupers (Epinephelus spp.);

7. gold (Sparus aurata or Chrysophrys aurata);

8. the mullet (Mullus barbatus) and the rock mullet (Mullus surmuletus);

9. Trips or garneos (Trigla, Eutrigla, Aspitrigla, ligiidotrigla and Trigloporus spp.);

10. the racases themselves (Scorpaena spp.);

11. the marine lamprea (Petrolyzon marinus);

12. the lape (Lophius piscatorius);

13. needles (Belone belone) and spider fish or viper fish (Trachinus spp.);

14. the Pacific halibut (Hypoglossus stenolepsis);

15. all flat fish, other than halibut falling within subheading 03.01 B I g) and plaice (subheading 03.01 B I or)), mainly turbot and romps (Psetta spp. and Scopphthalus spp.), sole (Solea spp.), limandas (Pleuronectes limanda or Limanda limanda) and false limands (Pleuronectes microcephalus or Microstomus kitt);

16. the stripes (Raja or Raja spp.).

B II Fillets

For the purposes of this subheading, fillets, strips of meat extracted in parallel with the dorsal edge of the fish, constitutive of the right or left side provided that the head has been removed, the viscera, the fins (dorsal, anal, caudal, ventral or pectoral), the

spines (spine or spine, ventral or costal spines, branchial bone, etc.) and that the two sides are not attached to each other by the back or the belly, for example.

The accidental presence of the skin, which is sometimes held together with the fillet to preserve the cohesiveness or to facilitate the subsequent cut in slices, does not change the classification of these products. The same can be said for the presence of incompletely eliminated spines in the fillets of some species of small fish (herring, sprats or anchovies, for example).

The fillets cut into pieces are also classified under this subheading, provided that it is possible to appreciate that the cuts have been obtained from fillets. The species most commonly used for this purpose are cod, haddock, saithe, gallinette, whiting, hake, gold, sole, plaice and turbot.

This subheading also includes frozen blocks consisting of fillets or fillets (usually of cod, even mixed with small amounts (maximum 20%) of fish chips of the same species that serve to fill the empty spaces inside the blocks. The blocks are used to cut them into smaller pieces (rations, slices, slices, etc.) in conditioning for retail sale.

Cooked fillets, whether frozen or not, are classified under heading 16.04.

B II b) 5 of tuna

The explanatory note of subheading 03.01 B I c) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II b) 6 of mackerel

The explanatory note of subheading 03.01 B I m) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

C Higgers, roe and Leches

Whenever they are fit for human consumption by their nature or presentation, livers, roes and fish milks, fresh, chilled or frozen, remain under this subheading, even if they are in fact intended for industrial uses: frozen livers of gadidae, halibut or myelga for the extraction of oil or vitamin A, for example.

03.02 Dried, salted or in brine fish; smoked fish, whether or not cooked before or during etc.

They are considered to be salted fish or in brine, for the application of this consignment, the fish whose conservation system is limited to the bottom salting (with salt or with brine). The addition to the salt of small amounts of sugar to attenuate the salt taste too pronounced, does not modify the classification of the fish.

The use of colorants, which is frequently practised to improve the appearance of some products of this heading (smoked fillets, especially), in principle, does not change the classification.

A) Arenques

The delimitation of this subheading shall be established, mutatis mutandis, in accordance with the definitions given in subheading 03.01 B I a) for herring.

A I b) Bacalaos (Gadus morrhua, Boreogadus saida or Gadus ogac)

This subheading includes only the cod itself (Gadus morrhua Boreogadus saida or Gadus ogac), except for fillets, which has undergone a treatment, either salted (with salt or brine), or dried or both treatments combined.

This is primarily the following products:

1. the salted cod, called the green cod, which is the wild fish and eviscerated open in flat form, very salty with dry salt and stacked in successive layers on board of the boats during the fishing. The green cod is subjected after landing to a complementary drying treatment to obtain a more durable conservation product which is also included in this subheading;

2. Dry cod, called in some stockfisch countries, is often a whole fish, simply gutted and heavily desiccated in the open air (usually, without any previous savoury) which gives it a very firm rigid consistency. Frequently practised in the Scandinavian countries, this treatment is sometimes applied to coarse, coarse-divided media divided by simple cutting.

Several fish other than cod-usually gadidae (haddock, scolan, etc.)-are subject to these same operations (klippfisch and stockfisch). In this case, they are classified under subheading 03.02 A I f).

A I c) Anchoas (Engraulis spp.)

The brine anchovies that are classified under this subheading are those that have not received any other preparation. They are presented in buckets, mouthpieces and often even in hermetic metal boxes that have not undergone any heat treatment after closing them.

A I e) Salons salted or in brine

This subheading includes only salmon as defined in the explanatory notes of subheading 03.01 A I b) (Salmo, Hucho and Oncorhynchus spp.) except those presented in fillets.

A I f) others

This subheading includes all fish, other than fillets, dried, salted or in brine, whether or not of fresh water or of sea, except for herring, anchovies, cod and common halibut, dried, salted or in brine and in brine or in brine.

Among the fish included here, you can quote:

1. gadidae (haddock, scolane, hake, etc.) other than cod itself, salted and dried or simply dried;

2. the salted carbonyl.

A II Fillets

The explanatory note of subheading 03.01 B II applies mutatis mutandis.

A) of cod

This subheading covers only cod fillets itself (Gadus morrhua Boreogadus saida or Gadus callarias). For the purposes of this subheading, the explanatory note falling within subheading 03.02 A I b) is also to be observed;

B smoked, whether or not cooked before or during smoking

All freshwater fish or sea fish, which have been subjected to a smoking or smoke-curing treatment, with prior or without salting, are classified in this subheading, whether they are whole, headless, chopped or cut into fillets.

B V the others

Among the smoked fish included in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. the tents;

2. Eels, very often presented whole or in pieces;

3. Large sardines and sprat, smoked as herring;

4. the snuff fillets;

5. fillets of gadidae, especially of haddock, lightly smoked, and often coloured;

6. the fillets of squalid.

C Higgers, roe and Leches

The livers, roes and milks referred to in subheading 03.01 C, salted, dried or smoked are included here.

It should be noted that edible fish eggs are classified in this subheading only if they do not respond to the description of "caviar or caviar substitutes" included in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 16.04 paragraphs 3 and 4.

D Fish Harins

The edible fish meal is understood here. It is usually made edible, by degreasing and deodorising and is frequently called in trade, unduly "fish protein concentrate".

This subheading also includes the product known as an instant fish powder, obtained from fresh, frozen fish, cut into small pieces, finely chopped and dried.

03.03 Crustaceans and molluscs (whether or not separated from shell or shell), fresh (live or etc

This consignment comprises all crustaceans and molluscs presented fresh (live or dead), chilled, frozen, salted (or in brine), or dried, even without their shell or shell.

These products are classified, on the other hand, in heading 16.05, when they are presented:

-cooked, with the sole exception of crustaceans simply cooked with water but not peeled which remain classified in subheading 03.03 A:

-or prepared or preserved by procedures other than those referred to in the first subparagraph, including by means of a simple smoking procedure.

This consignment also includes edible lobster flour, bogands, quisks and other crustaceans, intended for the preparation of sauces, potages, etc. and generally, obtained by grinding the shells, tweezers and other offal, with salt. The same situation is given with the edible meal of molluscs. It is recalled that this flour is classified under heading 23.01 when it is not suitable for human consumption.

A I lobsters

This subheading exclusively comprises the crustaceans of the genus Palinurus, Panulirus and Jasus.

In addition to live lobsters, the main products included here are the following:

1. the lobsters with their shell, whole or divided in the sense of the length, frozen, with prior cooking in or without water;

2. unpeeled lobster tails, whether or not split into two parts, frozen at times, after a simple cooking in water;

3. peeled tails, as well as lobster meat, frozen but uncooked (whether or not cooked with water, the latter products are classified under heading 16.05).

A II bogavants (Homarus spp.)

This subheading only refers to the crustaceans of the genus Homarus spp., whose various commercial presentations are practically identical to those of the locusts.

A III crabs, sea or river crabs

"Crabs" are considered a great variety of crustaceans with tweezers of very varied dimensions that are distinguished from the locusts, bogeavantes, quisquels, cigalas and prawns due to the absence of the articulated carnous tail that characterizes the latter.

In addition to the sea crabs of Europe, such as the ox (Cancer pagurus), the necora (Portunus puber) and the centollo (Naia squinado), a large number of other species are included here (Cancer, Callinectes, Carcinus, Portunus, Neptune, Charybdis) Scylla, Erimacrus, Paralithes, Chionoecetas, Limulus, Maia, Menippi, spp., mainly), as well as the crab of fresh water, called "Chinese crab" (Eriocheir sinensis).

As for crabs, freshwater crustaceans, the most important species belong to the genus Astacus, Cambarus, Orconnectes and Pacifastacus.

The crabs covered by this subheading are frequently presented:

1. alive;

2. chilled or frozen (usually after cooked with water), but without peeling, either whole or in the form of tails.

In heading 16.05, those which have been subjected to a smoked, peeled or unpeeled, as well as the peeled and cooked products (for example, the generally frozen crab meat) are classified as heading 16.05.

A IV prawns; prawns; carabiners; quisquels and shrimps

These small sea crustaceans are usually divided into two categories:

1. the quisquels of the genus Crangon spp.;

2. pink prawns (although certain varieties do not acquire the colour pink or red until they are found) belonging to the groups of the Palaemonidae, Penaeidae and Pandalidae. Among the pink prawns, the true gamba (Palaemon serratus) and prawn (Penaeus caramota or Penaeus trisulcatus) are frequently distinguished.

Crustaceans of this subheading are usually presented in the following ways:

1. chilled or frozen (usually after cooked with water) but without peeling, either whole or in the form of tails;

2. dry but uncooked (peeled tails).

The products of this class, peeled or unpeeled, which have undergone a smoking treatment, as well as the peeled and cooked products (for example, peeled, generally frozen, tails) are classified in heading 16.05.

A V the others (Norway lobster, etc.)

This subheading covers almost a single crustacean among which are the subject of outstanding commercial exchanges: Norway lobster (Nephrops norvegicus).

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

-dafnias called "water fleas", minuscule crustaceans and other ostracised and filloped, dried and only suitable for the feeding of fish in aquariums (subheading 05.15 A);

-the shells of prawns and quisks (subheading 05.15 B).

B I oysters

This subheading comprises exclusively the bivalve molluscs of the genus Ostrea, Crassostrea (also called Gryphaea) and Pycnodonta Fisher of Waddheim.

Flat oysters (Ostrea) of which they have irregular valves, such as oysters called oysters or Portuguese oysters; (Crassostrea angulata or Gryphaea angulata) and oysters from Virginia (Crassostrea virginica) are commonly distinguished.

B I a) Flat ossas that do not weigh more than 40 grams per unit

Young oysters of the genus Ostrea are classified exclusively in this subheading. European flat oysters are generally of the species Ostrea edulis. There are other species such as the Lurida Ostrea on the Pacific Coast of North America and the Ostrea chilensis in Chile, mainly.

B I b) others

oysters of the genus ostrea are classified here weighing more than 40 g per piece, as well as all young or adult oysters of the genus Crassostrea (formerly Gryphea) and the genus Pycnodonta Fisher of Waddheim.

The genus Crassostrea also belong to the Portuguese oyster or oyster or Crassostrea angulata, the Japanese oyster or Crassostrea gigas and the American or Crassostrea virginica.

B II mussels

Only bivalve molluscs of the genus Mytilus spp. are classified in this heading.

B IV a) 1 bb) Other

This sub-item mainly comprises the average Alloteuthis.

B IV a) 4 others

It is mainly classified in this subheading the appopos or musk octopuses (Eledone moscata), as well as bivalve molluscs or monovalvos other than oysters, mussels and land snails.

Among the mollusks included here, you can quote:

1. The sea snails, such as the bucino (Buccinum undatum);

2. Bigarians (Littorina and Lunatia spp);

3. The ears of sea (Haliotis tuberculata);

4. Clams (flat Scrobicularia), fake mactres or clams (Mactra spp.) and cockles (Cardium spp.);

5. Navajas (Solen spp.), mainly species S. marginatus, S. silica and S. ensis and the spines (Venus mercuraria and Venus verrúcosa);

6. Scallops (Pecten maximus or Pecten jacobaeus and Placopecten magellanicus), frequently presented without valves.

B IV b) 2 others

The unfrozen molluscs referred to in subheadings 03.03 B IV a) 1 bb), B IV a) 2, 3 and 4 are included in this subheading.

CHAPTER 4

MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS; POULTRY EGGS; NATURAL HONEY; ETC

Note 2: Metal tins shall be tightly closed, cans welded or closed in such a way as to penetrate neither air nor germs, and in which only the opening may be made to deteriorate.

04.01 Milk and cream, fresh, not concentrated or sugary

Provided that they have not been subjected to treatments other than those provided for in the NCCA explanatory notes, this item mainly comprises:

1. fresh milk itself, whether or not skimmed;

2. pasteurised milk, that is, milk whose preservation has been improved by partial elimination of the microbial flora by heat treatment;

3. sterilized milk, even the U.H.T. milk. (ultra high temperature), with a longer period of conservation, in which the microbial flora has been practically eliminated by more advanced heat treatment;

4. the homogenised milk in which the fat cells of the natural emulsion have been fragmented into glomeruli of much smaller diameter by mechanical action under very high pressure attached to a heat treatment, thus avoiding partially the formation of cream;

5. peptonized or pepsinised milk, that is, milk whose digestibility has been improved by the transformation of the proteins as a result of a pepsin addition;

6. the curd milk, consisting of milk coagulated (mainly by the action of the lactic acid spontaneously produced by the natural ferments of the milk, by means of additional ferments of the calf of the calf (rennet), as well as by addition of other coagulant products). Of very fluid pasty consistency, the curd is bathed by a cloudy liquid or serum;

7. leches fermentated by the action of different ferments among which can be cited:

(a) the kefir, sputous beverage sown with kefir grains, obtained by acidic and partial alcoholic fermentation of the lactose contained in the milk or in the serum. It is mainly used for cow, goat or sheep;

(b) the "koumys", a liquid obtained by an analogous transformation of the milk of the mare, goat, camella or buffala or mixtures of milk of burra and cow;

c) yogurt, more or less liquid, from the clotting of milk, often deprived of a part of the water.

In heading 21.07, the non-consumable yoghurt is classified as an aromatised drink in addition to the quantities, even very small, of fruit juices, jams, etc. and, to fortiori, those which bear fruit pieces added (currants, strawberries, pineapple, nuts, hazelnuts, etc.). The same products with cocoa powder are classified in heading 18.06. Aromatised, liquid, yoghurt, susceptible to direct consumption as a drink, sometimes known as 'drinking yoghurt', is classified, however, under heading 22.02;

8. the cream, which is the fat layer that is naturally formed on the surface of the milk at rest by slow agglomeration of the fatty cells of the emulsion. Extracted manually or by centrifugation of the milk (skim), it contains, in addition to the milk components, a fairly high amount of fat (usually exceeds 10% by weight).

Unconcentrated cream contained in this heading is considered as such with any percentage of fat, provided that it has been obtained exclusively:

a) by skimming on the surface of the milk;

b) or by centrifugation.

It is classified, on the other hand, in heading 04.02, the cream concentrated by other procedures such as the evaporation of the water by a heat treatment;

9. Residual liquids from the manufacture of butter or cheese, namely:

(a) the babeurre or milk or whey of butter, by-product of the manufacture of the butter, which is a white liquid, close to the skimmed milk, which has undergone a fermentation initiation and which contains protein substances, lactose, traces of fat, lecithin, phosphates and a part of the vitamins of milk;

(b) whey, a by-product of the manufacture of cheese or casein, which is a clear, greenish-yellow liquid containing part of lactoalbumin, lactose, mineral salts and traces of other milk-containing compounds (fat, casein, etc.).

This item is excluded from this item, products of the type of commercially-filled milk products which are classified under heading 22.02 when they are presented as consumer-ready drinks (see Explanatory Note to heading 22.02).

04.02 milk and cream, preserved, concentrated or sugary

This consignment comprises all the products under heading 04.01 (milk, cream and residual derivatives) which have undergone a conservation treatment and/or a conservation treatment within the meaning of Note 2 to this Chapter or which have been sugary.

These products may contain other added substances, mainly starch in a proportion that does not exceed 10% by weight, antioxidants, emulsifiers, vitamins or small amounts of acids (including lemon juice).

Products of the type of commercially named milk, liquid or powder (items 22.02 or 21.07) are excluded from this item.

To I Milk serum (whey)

This consignment comprises products obtained from the serum by total or partial elimination of water, without added sugar, whatever form (liquid, sirub-, pasty or solid) or the manufacturing process: for powdered products, for example, Roller (Hatmaker and other) or spray.

It should be noted that these lactoserums remain here whatever their lactose content.

B with addition of sugar

Milk and cream of milk with added sugars, other than lactose (sucrose, invert sugar, glucose, fructose, dextrimaltose, etc.) are classified in this subheading mainly for sweetening or conservation.

These products are only classified here when their content by weight of sugars other than lactose (calculated as sucrose) is equal to or less than 60%.

B I a) Special Leches, called "infants", in hermetically sealed containers of a net content of not more than 500 g, with a fat content of more than 10% but not exceeding 27%

Only special infant milk as defined in Additional Note 2 to this Chapter is classified under this subheading and for which a certificate recognised by the competent authorities is presented.

Products which do not comply with these conditions and/or which do not comply with the text of subheading 04.02 B I a) are classified under subheading 04.02 B I b).

04.03 Butter

The butter is an aqueous emulsion of the milk fat in which the water constitutes the dispersed phase and the fat matter the continuous phase.

On the other hand, the cream (items 04.01 or 04.02) is an emulsion of fat cells in the water in which the latter constitutes the continuous phase and the fat material the dispersed phase, with a fat content that can in some cases equal the one of the butter.

From this difference of structure it turns out that by simple addition to the cream of an appropriate amount of water you can reconstruct approximately the primitive milk, which is not possible with the butter.

The butter made from cow, goat or sheep's milk, as well as that obtained from the milk of buffala (ghee), is included here.

The butter normally contains, at least, 82% by weight of fat, 15 to 16% by weight, approximately, of water and, in very small quantities, protein, lactose, mineral salts, as well as most of the vitamins of the milk.

This item also includes butter containing very small amounts of fine herbs, spices, flavourings, etc., provided that the butter is preserved.

The "split butter" obtained by fractionated crystallization of the butter (fusion followed by progressive cooling) in the presence, eventually, of an organic solvent (acetone or hexane) and of a surface agent or surfactant is also classified in this heading.

Not included in this heading and classified in heading 21.07, preparations called "butter powder" obtained by dehydrating an emulsion, whether of cream of milk and of skimmed milk, or of butter and of skimmed milk, or even of fat of butter and of skimmed milk, added in each case of an emulsifier, of a fluidifier and of other products such as caseinate and sodium citrate, intended primarily to avoid thickening, used for cooking, baking, pastry, ice-cream making, etc.

B Other

Among the types of butter of this heading which have a fat content of more than 85% by weight of milk, the melted butter must be quoted. This name often includes, in addition to the melted butter itself, several types of similar dehydrated butter usually designated with different names, such as dehydrated butter, anhydrous butter, butter oil, butter fat, or butter fat.

04.04 Quesos and requeston

Subheadings 04.04 A, C, D, E, F and G. I include whole cheeses, slices, pieces and similar forms, but not grallings or powder, falling within subheading 04.04 G II, except for Glaris cheese falling within subheading 04.04 B and those falling within subheading G I a) 1.

A I with a minimum fat content of 45% by weight of the dry extract and with a maturity of at least three months.

This subheading includes only the cheeses of emmenthal, gruyère, sbrinz, bergkäse, appenzel and grating which are accompanied by a certificate issued by the competent authorities. If they do not comply with this condition, they are classified under subheading 04.04 A II.

A I (b) in vacuum-packed or inert gas pieces that present at least the bark of the heel

The bark of the cheeses of this subheading must be clearly visible at least in the base of the "wedge" or heel. In the case of gruyere cheese, the unctuous fat covering the crust may have been removed, provided the characteristics of the original crust are still clearly recognizable.

B Glaris cheeses with herbs (called Schabziger), even in powder, made from skimmed milk and added finely ground herbs.

This subheading includes only Glaris ' cheeses with herbs, called Schabziger, in all its forms (usually in cones or powder), which are presented with a certificate issued by the competent authorities. If they do not comply with this condition, they are classified under subheading 04.04 G II.

C Blue Paste Cheeses

This subheading includes the 'blue' cheeses: bleu stilton, saingorlon, edelpilKäse, danablu, mycella, gorgonzola, roquefort, bleu de Auvergne, bleu de Causses and others limitatively referred to in subheadings 04.04 C I and C II, provided they are accompanied by a certificate recognised by the competent authorities. If they do not comply with this condition, they are classified under subheading 04.04 C III in which the 'blue' cheeses not expressly mentioned in the previous two subheadings are also included. Grated or powdered cheeses are to be classified under subheading 04.04 G II and the melts of blue paste falling within subheading 04.04 D.

D Melted Cheeses

The products that are classified in this heading are obtained by melting cheese of hard paste or soft paste that are milled and then added small amounts of certain salts (such as sodium citrate). Heated the product, liquefy and pour into moulds. This cheese is packaged with tin paper, foil or plastic sheeting. It can also be presented in a cold and smoked form.

It is recalled that, according to the NCCA explanatory notes, the presence in the cheese of substances, such as meat, pulses or spices, does not change the classification, provided that it preserves the character of cheese.

To be included in subheadings 04.04 D I and D II, the melted cheeses shall be accompanied by a certificate issued by the competent authorities; otherwise they shall be classified under subheading 04.04 D III. Grated or powdered cheeses are always covered by subheading 04.04 G II.

E Requeson

This subheading includes the curd, which is the product obtained from the curd milk from which most of the serum has been removed (e.g. by scurrying or pressing).

The curd with added sugar (other than pulverised) or with fruit retains its curd character of this subheading, provided that the total sugar or fruit content does not exceed 30% by weight.

The powder curd is classified under subheading 04.04 G II.

F Goat Cheeses

This consignment only includes goat cheese which is accompanied by a certificate recognised by the competent authorities.

Goat's cheese that does not meet such a condition, as well as grated or powdered, is classified under subheading 04.04 G II

G I (a) Other cheeses with a fat content not exceeding 40% by weight and with a water content of not less than 47% by weight in the non-fat matter

This subheading includes cheeses containing the amounts of fat and water expressed under the heading.

If they respond to the types called parmiggiano-reggiano, grana padano, pecorino and fioresard, whether or not grated or powdered, provided they are accompanied by the certificate recognised by the competent authority, they are classified under subheading 04.04 G I a) 1.

Those which do not comply with these conditions, as well as the types of cheese other than those mentioned above, shall be classified under subheading 04.04 G I to 2)

Except as expressly mentioned, other grated or powdered cheeses are to be classified under subheading 04.04 G II.

G I (b) Other cheeses with a fat content not exceeding 40% by weight and with a water content of not more than 47% by weight of water and not more than 72%

weight

Except for grated or powdered cheeses, falling within subheading 04.04 G II, this subheading covers cheeses of all types and names not mentioned or included in the preceding subheadings of heading 04.04, provided that they satisfy the conditions laid down in the heading as regards the fat and water content.

Subheadings 04.04 G I (b), 1, 2, 3 and 4 contain only specific types of cheese, provided that they are presented with a certificate recognised by the competent authorities. Therefore, cheeses similar to those referred to above shall be classified under subheading 04.04 G I (b) 5 (if the water content is greater than 62%) or 04.04 G I (b) 6 in other cases. The absence of a certificate shall mean classification under subheading 04.04 G I (b) 6.

G II Other

This subheading includes all cheeses which are not susceptible to be included in the previous subheadings of heading 04.04 for not responding to the type of cheese mentioned in them or not being accompanied by the corresponding certificate in the case of no more appropriate subheadings.

Among others, you can quote:

-Rallados or powder of any kind, even if they are accompanied by a certificate issued by the competent authority, with the exception of Glaris cheeses and parmigiano-reggiano, grana padano, pecorino and fioresard cheeses which are presented with the certificate referred to.

Grated cheese is generally used as a condiment and is obtained from hard-paste cheeses, such as emmenthal, sbrinz, reggianito, or asiago, which, after grating, are partially dehydrated to obtain as long-lasting conservation as possible.

The powdered cheese, usually used in the food industry, is obtained from any type of cheese by liquefaction followed by spraying or reducing it to paste and then drying and grinding it.

-Glaris cheese and goat cheese, without certificate.

-Cheese with a fat content of more than 40% by weight.

-Casein with a water content of more than 15% by weight.

04.05 Egg eggs and egg yolks, fresh dried or otherwise preserved, etc.

To eggs in shell, fresh or preserved.

This subheading also includes eggs with a broken shell as well as the eggs in which the hatching has already been started.

Conservation can be achieved by treating the surface of eggs with fats, wax or paraffin; by immersion in a solution of lime or silicates (soda or potash) by other procedures.

A I poultry eggs

It is understood by poultry eggs, those of birds falling within heading 01.05.

B I for food uses

They are considered for food uses, eggs without shell (whole eggs) and egg yolks, even if they can only be used in feeding after subjecting them to special treatment to remove certain pathogenic germs, such as salmonella.

They are also included here, the whole eggs without shell, as well as the egg yolks preserved by the addition of small quantities of chemicals, such as paraoxybenzoic acid, sodium paraoxybenzoate and the ethyl and propyl esters of the paraoxybenzoic acid, and intended for the pastry, manufacture of pasta and similar products.

B I a) 2 others

In addition to whole eggs without shell, which may be fresh, this subheading includes all eggs preserved by a procedure other than simply dried and mainly by the addition of salt or chemical preservatives (whole liquid eggs) or by freezing (frozen whole eggs).

CHAPTER 5

ANIMAL PRODUCTS, NOT EXPRESSED ETC

05.03 Crines and their waste, even in layers with or without support

A without rizar or fix on support

This consignment comprises not only the raw crin but also the comb or cut in specified lengths, provided that it is not raised or fixed on support and has not been subjected to operations which make it capable of classifying it in other chapters (mainly in Chapter 53). It may have been washed, degreased, disinfected, bleached or dyed and present in bulk, in bundles, twisted, etc. These provisions also apply to waste and scrap of horsehair.

B the others

This subheading comprises exclusively:

1. the crin and scrap of crin, raised, in bulk, in bundles, in crooked, etc.;

2. Horsehair and waste of horsehair, raised or not, placed on supports, that is, presented in a more or less regular layer fixed on a support of tissue, paper, etc., or disposed between two sheets of paper, two layers of tissue, etc. and maintained by a staple or by a rudimentary seam.

It is recalled, however, that the crin veils in which the crines are joined together by rubber latex, with or without the support of other matter, for use as filler, are classified in heading 59.03.

05.07 Pieles and other parts of birds with their feathers or down, feathers and parts of etc.

To Pens for Bed Items, and Plumon

It should be understood by pens for bedding, birds (mainly, goose and duck), pigeon, partridge, and the like, excluding large feathers of the wings or the plumage of the tail and the thick waste feathers. The plumon is the finer and smoothest part of the oca and the duck, mainly. It is distinguished from the feathers by the absence of a more or less rigid astil. The pens for bedding and plumon can be used not only for filling of the bed articles themselves, but also for filling similar articles (seat cushions, for example).

A I raw.

The pens for bedding and plumon are classified in this subheading as they are after the animal's body starts, even if this operation has been done on a wet basis. Also classified in the present subheading are the pens for bedding and the plumon which, after being started, have been dusted, disinfected or subjected to a treatment simply for preservation.

In addition, in this subheading, the pens for recovery bed articles that cannot be reused by their state as pens for bedding are also classified. Products classified under this subheading are usually presented in pressed bullets.

A II others

In this subheading, the pens for bedding and plumes which have been subjected to a more intense cleaning than that provided for in the preceding subheading are generally classified; for example, washing with water or steam and drying with hot air.

B Other

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the skin and other parts of birds (head, wings, neck, etc.) with feathers or down, used, for example, in the making of hats and headgear;

2. the skin of birds without the cover feathers and mainly the parts of the fur of the seal, called 'swan skin', used mainly in the manufacture of tassels;

3. large feathers of the wings or of the tail or of other parts of the unusable plumage in bedding, in particular by their dimensions and by the rigidity of the mast;

4. (a) the ornamental pens intended essentially, after being worked, for the manufacture of motifs for headdresses, artificial flowers, etc. They are mainly the ostrich, garceta, royal garza, pheasant, marabu, ibis, peacock, bird of paradise, flamenco, lessor, fly bird, urraca, vulture, gaviota and stork feathers;

5. feathers, usually of a certain length, used in the manufacture of plumers;

6. parts of feathers, such as canyons and the like, whether or not hosed (for the manufacture of toothpicks, fishing articles, etc.), beards, cut or not, separated from the tile, even when they are joined together by the base with a kind of skin from the astil. However, if they constitute, by their nature, pens for bedding, they are classified under subheading 05.07 A, despite the work done so.

The products referred to in German gerissene Hahnenhalse are also classified under this subheading, which are spattered feathers, except at the top, the finest part, in which a small group of beards that have not been able to be removed in the deburring subsist;

7. the powder (or flour) and waste of feathers or parts of feathers.

05.13 Natural Sponges

A Raw

This heading includes, independently of those presented in the same state in which they have been fished, the natural sponges already devoid of the outer envelope, of the viscous materials and of a part of their impurities (calcareous, sand, etc.) by milkshake and washing in seawater.

This subheading also includes the natural sponges which are not provided, by cutting mainly of the unusable parts (rotten parts, for example) and, in general, all the sponges which have not yet been subjected to a chemical treatment.

B Other

The sponges that have received a more advanced preparation to completely remove the calcareous substances, clarify them (bromine or sodium hyposulfite treatment), degreases (bathing in an ammonia solution), bleach (with an oxalic acid bath at 2%) or prepare them for use by other chemical treatments are classified in this heading.

05.14 Grey Ambar, castoreo, algalia and musk; cantarides and bile, even desiccated; etc.

In addition to the products referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, the present consignment comprises refrigerated or frozen placental tissues, including in sterile containers.

05.15 Products of animal origin not specified or included in other consignments; animals etc.

To Fish, Crustaceans And Molluscs

In addition to non-edible fish eggs and roes, referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 05.15, paragraph 3, and the dead animals of Chapter 3 referred to in paragraph 9 of the same explanatory notes, they are classified under this subheading, for example, dafnias, called water fleas, and other ostracoes or fillopods, dried for the feeding of the aquarium fish.

B Other

In addition to the products listed in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 05.15 and included in subheading 05.15 A, they are also classified under this subheading, for example:

1. insects (for example, bumblebee or silkworm chrysalis without the cocoons) dead, whether or not sprayed, other than the canteens of heading 05.14;

2. prawns, prawns, carabiners, quisks and shrimps, whether or not sprayed;

3. the dead hydrozoarians without the calcareous skeleton, such as the colonies of Sertuaria argentea called "sea moss". By contrast, they are classified in heading 05.12, the formations (hydrozoars, antozoars, etc.) with calcareous skeleton: coral mosses (Hydroallmania falcata) and coral, for example.

4. The sperm of animals, even in nutritional solutions (for example, the bull sperm for artificial insemination.

SECTION II

ANIMAL KINGDOM PRODUCTS

CHAPTER 6

LIVING PLANTS AND FLORICULTURE PRODUCTS

06.01 Bulbs, onions, tubers, tuberous roots, sprouts and rhizomes, in vegetative rest, etc.

B In vegetation or in flower

This subheading includes the growing plants or plants that are fully developed, with their bulbs, onions, tubers, tuberous roots, sprouts or rhizomes, as well as the young plants obtained from seeds of species that form bulbs, onions, tubers, tuberous roots, sprouts or rhizomes.

06.02 Other live plants and roots, including cuttings and grafts

To Staquillas, Unrooted and Grafted Cuttings

This subheading includes:

1. the unrooted living parts of plants which have been separated from the mother plant to be transformed into autonomous plants (cuttings);

2. live parts of plants with buds used for grafting plants (grafts);

D Other

This item also includes rolls or sheets of grass. It also includes the white of mushrooms referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 06.02, paragraph 5.

It is designated by the name of mushroom white, a sharpening of thin filaments (talo or mycelium), sometimes underground, alive, that grows on the surface of animals or plants in decomposition or develops in the tissues themselves and gives rise to the birth of the mushrooms.

The selected commercial mushroom target is dispensed in the form of chips having semi-composite straw fragments upon which layers of player filaments are formed.

Also classified in this subheading is the product consisting of partially developed mycelium, presented in the form of microscopic particles deposited on a support of cereal seeds inserted in a compound fertilizer, consisting of sterilized horse manure (mixture of straw and horse excrement).

06.03 Flowers and buds, cut, for bouquets or ornaments, fresh, dried, bleached, etc.

At Fresh

Also included here are flowers and flower buds in which the natural color has been modified or reignited mainly by absorption of colored solutions before or after the cut, or, by simple immersion, provided these products are presented fresh.

06.04 Follages, leaves, branches and other parts of plants, herbs, mosses, lichens, for bouquets etc.

A Liquen of reindeer

This is a plant of the cladoniaceae family (Cladonia rangiferin, Cladonia selvatica and Cladonia alpestris).

B III others

It should be noted that the spigas of dried cereals (for example, maize) which have been bleached, dyed, impregnated or otherwise treated are classified under this subheading; for their use in ornamentation.

When the spikes are fresh or simply dry, they are classified in Chapter 10.

CHAPTER 7

PULSES, PLANTS, ROOTS AND FOOD TUBERS

07.01 Legume and vegetables, fresh or chilled

A I for seeding

Seed potatoes are only allowed under this subheading when they satisfy the conditions laid down by the competent authorities.

Early II

Early potatoes are characterized by light dye (usually white or pink), thin or almost unformed skin that adheres little and separates without difficulty from scraping. In addition, they do not exhibit any signs of germination.

B Coles

This subheading does not include fodder sprouts, such as white or red sprouts (Brassica oleracea var. medullosa) and berzas (Brassica oleracea var. (viridis), which are classified under heading 12.10.

B I cauliflowers

This subheading includes both the cauliflowers itself (Brassica oleracea var. botrytis s. var. cauliflora) as the brecoles (Brassica oleracea var. botrytis, s. var. cvmosa).

B III the others

This subheading includes the other varieties of food sprouts (other than cauliflowers, white cabbage and red cabbage), such as Brussels sprouts and yolks (Brassica oleracea var). gemmifera), green leaf cabbage (e.g. Brassica oleracea var. capitata), the Milan sprouts (Brassica oleracea var. sabauda), the Chinese sprouts (e.g. Brassica sinensis and Brassica pekinensis), as well as the colirradish (Brassica oleracea var. gongylodes).

C spinach

This subheading also includes the spinach (Spinacia oleracea), the New Zealand spinach (Tetragonia expansa) and the ardock (Artriplex hortensus). It is noted that the acedera (Rumex oily) is classified under subheading 07.01 T.

D II Other

This subheading includes, with the exception of rolled-out lettuce, all salad species among which can be cited:

1. Milamers;

2. the dandelion (Taraxacum officinale);

This subheading only covers sprouts or turions of asparagus (Asparagus officinalis).

N Olives

olives subjected to an oil extraction treatment are also classified in this subheading, but the fat content of which is greater than 8%.

P Pepinos and pepinillos

The pins that are classified under this subheading are of a variety of small cucumbers (85 units or more per kg.).

Q Mushrooms and Truffles

This subheading only comprises truffles and edible mushrooms.

Q I mushrooms The term "mushrooms" is defined in the complementary note of this chapter.

Q II Cantharelus spp.

This subheading includes exclusively the rebozuelos, usually of the colour of the egg yolk, of the species Cantharelus cibarjus Fries and Cantharelus friesii Quelet. Similar edible species, such as the aurantiac Clitocye and the trumpet of the dead or horn of abundance (Craterelus cornucopioides), sometimes used in charcuterie as truffle substitutes, are classified under subheading 07.01 Q IV.

Q III mushrooms (gender Boletus)

This subheading exclusively comprises the mushrooms belonging to the genus Boletus. It is the case, mainly, of the common mushrooms (Boletus edulis).

Sweet Peppers

Only sweet peppers are included in this subheading, provided they are fresh or chilled.

These same products are classified under headings 07.02, 07.03 or 07.04 according to their presentation (frozen, provisionally preserved in salt water, dried, dried, dehydrated or evaporated), provided that they are not ground or ground. In this form (paprika) they are classified under heading 09.04 B I and not in 07.04.

the species of peppers with an acre and pungent flavour of the genus Capsicum, whether they are the Capsicum annuum or the Capsicum frutescens, are also classified under heading 09.04, whatever their presentation.

T Other

Among the legumes and vegetables included in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. aubergines (Solanum melongena);

2. gombos or chimgombos (Hibiscus esculentus);

3. the courgettes (Cucurbita pepo var. medullose), the pumpkins (Curcubita pepo) and the winter pumpkins (Cucurbita maxima);

4. Celery in branches or pencas;

5. the rhubarb;

6. the acedera;

7. the Oxalis crenata;

8. the beetle (Sium sisarum);

9. berms of different classes: mastuerzo (Lepidum sativum), the water-berro (Nasturtium officinale) and the barberea (Barberea verna), etc.;

10. the verdolaga (Portulaca oleracea);

11. the parsley and the perejil, other than the large parsley and tuberous perejil falling within subheading 07.01 G IV;

12. the tarragon (Artemis dracinoulus), the garden garden (Satureida hortensis) and the pillo or wild ajedrea (Satureia montaña);

3. the endibia (Cichorium intybus var. foliosum), the scaroles (Cichorium endivia var. latifolia and Cichorium endivia var. Chryspa).

E Acelgas and Carts

This subheading comprises, on the one hand, the acelgas (Beta vulgaris s). var. cicla) and, on the other hand, the cardos (Cynara cardunculus).

F Pods of pods, in grain or in pods

They are not included in this subheading more than the legumes of the species of vegetable huerta, in grain or in pods, which are fresh or chilled. The same products are classified under heading 07.02 when they are frozen or in item 07.05 when they are dried. Vegetables of fodder species, fresh or chilled, unshelled, falling within subheading 12.10 B.

F I peas

This subheading only covers vegetable peas (Pisum sativum), excluding fodder peas (e.g. Pisum sativum

)

var. arvense or Pisum arvense L), which, fresh or chilled, unbroken, are classified under subheading 07.01 F III.

F II green beans

This subheading exclusively comprises the beans of the species Phaseolus, mainly the beans themselves (Phaseolus vulgaris) and the beans pints (Phaseolus multiflorus or Phaseolus coccinus).

F III the others

This subheading includes, in particular:

1. the beans of the species Vicia faba maior or Vicia faba var. megalosperma;

2. the dolics or labbab and beans (genus Doliches or Vigna) of all varieties of orchard;

3. the chickpeas of the genus Cicer.

G II carrots and turnips

This subheading only covers varieties of turnip and carrots (red or pink). For the purposes of subheading 12.10 A, for fodder carrots of generally white or light yellow colour, foraged turnips (Brassica campestris var) are classified as subheading 12.10. rapa), as well as the colinabo (Brassica napus var. napobrassica).

G IV the others

Other similar edible roots included in this subheading may be cited:

1. the red table beets (Beta vulgaris var. conditiva);

2. the salsifies (Tragagogon porrifolius) and the scorzonera (Hispanica Scorzonera);

3. radishes of any species: whites, blacks, roses, etc. (Raphanus sativus var. sativus and niger, above all);

4. the large or tuberous parsley (Petroselinum crispum var. tuberosum) and tuberous perifolle (Chaerophyllum bulbosum);

5. chirivia or pastinaca (Pastinaca ativa);

6. Japan's Stachys (Stachys affinis or Stachys Sieboldii).

However, food roots and tubers with high starch or inulin content, such as patacas or water-in-water, boniates or names, are classified in heading 07.06.

H Onions, shallots and garlic

This subheading includes all varieties of onions of huerta (Allium strain), shallots (Allium ascalonicum) and garlic (Allium sativum). The rocambole or garlic of Egypt (Allium scorodoprasum) and the brown garlic (Allium ampeloprasum) are also classified here. These products intended for sowing are also classified under this subheading.

IJ Leeks and other aliaceae (cebolletas, scallions, etc.)

This subheading mainly comprises the common leeks (Allium porrum), the chives (Allium fistulosum) and the chives (Allium schoenoprasum).

K Asparagus

13. the common improver (Majorana hortensis or Origanum majorana);

14. Chinese aquatic chestnuts or pi-tsi (tubercul; of the aquatic plants Eleocharis dulcis and Eleocharis tuberosa).

It is also noted that:

-roots and tubers with high starch or inulin content are classified in heading 07.06;

-a number of vegetables are excluded from this chapter, even though they are used in food; this happens mainly with the following species:

(a) thyme (Thymus vulgaris) (including serpol) and laurel (Laurus nobilis) which are classified under heading 09.10;

(b) the oregano (Origanum vulgare), sage (Salvia officinalis) basil (Ocimum basicliqum), mint (all varieties), verbena (Verbena spp.), ruda (Ruta graveolens), swab (Hyssopus officinalis) and borage (Borago officinalis) falling within heading 12.07;

-the water chestnuts (flaps) fruits of the Trapa natans are classified in subheading 08.05 G.

07.03 Legacies and vegetables in brine or presented in sulphur water or added to others etc.

This subheading includes pulses and vegetables in brine or in sulphur water or in other substances, which are not normally intended for use by their state or their packaging for immediate consumption.

To Olives

This subheading includes the still bitter olives generally presented in brine. Olives already consumable even by a simple prolonged maceration in salt water are excluded from this subheading and are classified in subheading 20.02 F.

B Alcapers

The capers classified under this subheading are generally presented in vats with a brine.

D Pepinos and pepinillos

Cucumbers and pepinillos, which have been simply packed in large capacity containers with a brine which, at the same time as it causes a spontaneous fermentation process, are classified in the present subheading, ensuring their preservation during transport and storage.

Before definitive use, these products are generally subject to the following treatments that transform them into Chapter 20 products:

-a partial desalting followed by a seasoning (which is often the addition of a vinegar-based aromatised coating liquid);

-a pasteurization that completes the stabilizing action of salt and vinegar, then, that the products have been placed in small containers (cans, mouth, glasses, etc.).

It should be noted that cucumbers and pepinillos, even presented in brine, which have undergone a complete lactic fermentation are classified in heading 20.02. These products are characterized by the fact that by drying them, the pulp presents a vitreous aspect in all its surface.

07.04 Legacies and vegetables, dried, dehydrated or evaporated, even cut into pieces etc.

B Other

In relation to the tomato powder, it is appropriate to comply with the explanatory note of subheading 20.02 C.

07.05 Dry, Unvainted, Even Monded or Split Pod Legacies

A Destined for sowing

In this subheading, the dried leguminous pulses, as mentioned in the following explanatory notes relating to subheadings 07.05 B I, B II and B III, are included when they are intended for sowing.

They are selected products that are generally distinguished by their conditioning (for example, in bags with label that requires their destination) and for their higher price.

B I peas, chickpeas and beans

This subheading comprises exclusively:

1. the peas itself of the species Pisum sativum, including fodder peas (for example, Pisum sativum var. arvense or Pisum arvense L) as well as the chickpeas of the genus Cicer (Cicer arietinum, mainly), are already destined for human or animal feeding.

2. the beans of the species Phaseolus, among which, in addition to the species mentioned in the explanatory note of subheading 07.01 F II, may be cited:

-the Lima beans (Phaseolus lunatus);

-mung beans (Phaseolus mungo), gold beans (Phaseolus aureus or radiatus). Some of these beans are sometimes marketed with the names green soy beans or green beans.

-tepary beans (Phaseolus acutifolius).

B II lentils

This subheading exclusively comprises the lentils of the species Ervum or Lens, for example, the various varieties of the common lentil (Ervum lens or Lens esculenta) and the lentil-yero or lenteja bastarda (Ervum ervilia).

B III the others

This subheading includes all dried leguminous vegetables, whether intended for human consumption or animal feed, except for peas, beans and lentils, as described above under the preceding subheadings 07.05 B I and B II.

Among the products included here can be cited:

1. the large common beans (Faba vulgaris or Vicia faba var. maior);

2. the small haba (Vicia faba var. minor), the haba caballar (Vicia faba var. (equine);

3. the dolics of the species Doliches or Vigna, such as the Jewish cow (Vigna sinensis), the giant dolic (Doliches sinensis spp. sesquipedalis), the Jewish hyacinth (Doliches labbab), the dolic caján (Vigna catjang), the pea of Angola (Cajanus caján), the Jewish sabre or white haba (Canavalia ensiformis) and the peas of Muscat (Mucuma utilises).

It is excluded from this subheading and classified under subheading 12.03 C the seeds of lupinus (lupinus) and the seeds of vetches of species other than Vicia faba.

07.06 Roots of cassava, arruruz, salep, sweet potatoes, boniates and other roots and tubers etc.

A roots of manioc, arruruz, salep and other similar roots and tubers, rich in starch, excluding boniates and patacas (aguaturmas).

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. the tuberous roots of the manioc of which there are two main varieties (Manihot utilissima and Manihot aipi);

2. the roots of arruruz belonging to diverse plant species according to their origins: arruruz of Brazil (Maranta arundinacea) of India (Maranta indica), of Tahiti (Tacca pinnatifida), of the Antilles or of Toloman, also called the Queensland arruruz (Canna edulis);

3. the dead roots of the dalias and other similar floral root roots, dead;

4. the roots of salep extracted from various varieties of plants of the genus Orchis;

5. colocasia or taro rhizomes (Colocasia esculenta or Colocasia antiquorum);

6. the names of very different varieties (Dioskorea batatas, D. trifida, D. alata, D. bulbifera, etc.).

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises the various varieties of patacas or aguaturas (for example, Heliantus tuberosus, H. strumosus and H. decapetalus), sweet potatoes or boniates (Ipomoea batatas) and the feculent calls of sagu, extracted from the trunk of some palm trees of various species (Metroxylon, Rumphii, Raphia ruffia, Arenga, etc.).

CHAPTER 8

EDIBLE FRUITS; CITRUS FRUIT AND MELONS

General Considerations

In this chapter, the fruit intended for distillation, presented in the form of coarse purses, even during natural fermentation.

08.01 Dates, bananas, pineapples, mangoes, mangoes, avocados, guayabas, coconuts etc.

B Bananas

This subheading includes the products listed in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 08.01, paragraph 2.

E Cocos

The present subheading also comprises the meat of the grated, dried coconut nut, without grilling.

08.02 Fresh or dry Agris

A I sweet oranges, fresh

Only sweet oranges of Citrus auratium var species are considered. sinensis or Citrus sinensis or Citrus aurantium dulcis.

A II the others

Among the oranges that are classified in this subheading, you can quote the bitter oranges (bigars) that are the fruit of various varieties (Citrus aurantium ssp. amara var. amara or var. pumila). They are mainly used in the preparation of jams.

B Mandarins, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids.

This subheading includes a whole category of citrus fruit, whose marketing as table fruits is identical to that of sweet oranges.

They can be cited primarily:

1. mandarins (Citrus nobilis Lour or Citrus reticulata Blanco);

2. tangerines (Citrus reticulata Blanco var. tangerine);

3. satsumas (Citrus reticulata Blanco var. unshiu (Swing));

4. clementines (Citrus cross-linked white);

5. the wilkings, hybrids of a variety (cultivar) of mandarin Willows Leaf and of the Temple;

6. tangerines, tangerine hybrids and grapefruit hybrids (grape fruit);

7. the hybrids of orange and tangerine;

8. the hybrids of orange and mandarin;

9. 'tangors', hybrids of sweet mandarin (mandarin-honey), Perl-Tangelo and Dancy-Tangerine.

C Limons

This subheading covers all varieties of lemons (Citrus limon)

D Toronjas and Pomelos

This subheading includes the grapefruit (Citrus grandis) and the pomelos or grape fruit (Citrus paradisi). It is mainly the latter that are the subject of international trade, with the improper denomination of grapefruit.

E Other

The main citrus fruits falling within this subheading are as follows:

1. Cytrus (medical Citrus);

2. cumquats (Citrus japonica or Fortunella japonica and Citrus margarita or Fortunella margarita);

3. the acid limes and the sweets (Citrus aurantifolia var. lumio and var. limetta);

4. the Citrus aurantium var. myrtifolia

5. bergamotas (Citrus aurantium var. bergamia).

08.05 Shell fruit (other than those falling within heading 08.01), fresh or dried, etc.

G Other

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. common hazelnuts (fruit of the Corylus avellana), hazelnuts in Turkey (fruit of the Corylus colurna) and Filbert hazelnuts (fruits of the maximum Corylus);

2. water chestnuts (fruit of the Trapa natans);

3. the pinions (fruits of Pinus pinea);

4. Pine pine nuts (fruit of the Pinus cembre).

It shall be taken into account that the Chinese aquatic chestnuts tpi-tsi (tubers of the aquatic plants Eleocharis dulcis and Eleocharis tuberosa) correspond to subheading 07.01 T.

08.06 Apples, pears and memberships, fresh

To I apples for cider, which are presented in bulk, from September 16 to December 15

Apples are classified in this subheading as for their appearance and characteristics (fruits without calibrating or classifying and generally smaller in size than table fruits, acid or low taste, low value, etc.) can only be used for the manufacture of beverages, even fermented. They must be presented in bulk, without layers of separation in the means of transport (e.g. railway wagons, large containers, lorries, chalanas, etc.).

B I pears for perada, which are presented in bulk from 1 August to 31 December

pears are classified in this subheading as for their appearance and characteristics (fruits without calibrating or classifying and generally smaller in size than table fruits, acid or low taste, low value, etc.) can only be used for the manufacture of beverages, even fermented. They must be presented in bulk, without layers of separation in the means of transport (e.g. railway wagons, large containers, lorries, chalanas, etc.).

08.07 Fresh Bone Fruit

C Cherries

This subheading includes cherries of any variety, including wild species and mainly common cherries (fruit of Prunus cerasus), the sour cherries embodied (fruit of Prunus cerasus var. austera), the sweet cherry (fruit of Prunus avium var. (juliana), the fruits of Prunus avium var. duracin and the fruits of Prunus avium or Cerasus avium.

D Other

They are mainly classified here the brones or endrinos (wild plum Prunus spinosa).

08.08 Fresh Bayas

B Fruits of vaccinium vitis idaea (blueberries or murtones)

This subheading includes only the fruits of the Vaccinium vitis idaea which are pink red (red blueberry).

C Fruits of Vaccinium myrtillus (blueberries or murtones)

This subheading only covers the fruits of the Vaccinium myrtillus which are blue-black.

Raspberries, black currants (cassis) and red

This subheading includes:

1. raspberries (mainly the fruits of the Rubus idaeus, the Rubus ilecbrossus, the Rubus occidentalis and the Rubus strigosus);

2. the currants black (cassis) and red (fruits of the Ribes nigrum, Ribes sanguineum, Ribes spicatum and Ribes sylvestre).

E Papayas

This subheading comprises only the papayas (fruit of the Papaya Caricca).

F Other

Whenever it is edible berries, they can be cited among those classified under this subheading:

1. Sour blueberry (fruit of Vaccinium oxycoccus and Vaccinium macrocarpum-American scraper blueberry), the fruits of Vaccinium uliginsum, the fruits of other species of Vaccinium (e.g. the American blueberry arbustibo Vaccinium corymbosum or the blueberry in mata Vaccinium angustifolium);

2. the zarzamora (fruits of the fruticosus Rubus and the Chamaemorus Rubus), the Logan (fruits of the Rubus laganobaccus), and the hybrid of the Logan, raspberry and blackberry;

3. the zarzamora (fruits of Morus alba, Morus nigra and Morus rubra);

4. the currant of white drups (fruits of the Ribes vulgare or Ribes album) and the spiny or prickly grapes (fruits of the coarse Ribes or Ribes uva crisa);

5. the madrones (fruits of the Arbutus unedo);

6. the crop (fruit of Berberis vulgaris);

7. berries of elderberry (berries of Sambucus nigra);

8. the fruits of the Hippopohae rhamnoides);

9. the serval or serbal berries (e.g. the fruits of the domestic Sorbus and the Sorbus aria);

10. the anonaceae (fruits of the Annona cherimola -chirimooya-, Annona muricata -guanabano-, Annona reticulata -mamon or anona colorada-, Annona squamosa -anon or anona of Peru-;

11. the fruits of the passiphloras (e.g. Passiflora costeulea, Passiflora edulis -purple granadilla-and Passiflora quadrangularis -granadilla real-);

12. the various species of almorenjes (fruits of Physalis alkekengi or Physalis pubescens);

13. the so-called "plum" plums of Madagascar or plums of the governor or cherry-orange (Flacourtia cataphracta e Idesia polycarp).

08.09 Other fresh fruits

In addition to the fruits mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 08.09, they can be cited among those classified in this heading:

1. the nifpers (fruit of the Germanic Mespilus), the nifpers of Japan (fruit of the Japanese Eriobotrya);

2. the zapotes or sapodilas (the latter so-called nifpers of America) (fruits of the Sapota and the mammosa Lucuma, for example);

3. different varieties of actinoideas (e.g. the fruits of Actinidea sinensis and A. arguta);

4. the fruits of various species of sapindaceae, for example, lychees (fruits of Litchi sinensis), rabutan (fruit of Nephelium lappeceum), pulasan (fruit of N. mutabile).

It should be noted that tamarindos (the fruit of Tamarindus indica and Tamarindus officinalis), as they are usually presented in international trade (in the form of pods or pulp, not containing added sugar or other substances, or otherwise treated), are classified in subheading 08.12 G.

CHAPTER 9

COFFEE, TEA, YERBA MATE AND SPICES

General Considerations

The classification of spices mixed with each other or with addition of other substances is determined by Note 1 to this chapter.

According to the Note, mixtures of spices with other substances, which have lost the essential character of spices, are excluded from Chapter 9. They are classified under heading 21.04, if they constitute compound condiments or seasoning. However, these mixtures used directly for the aromatization of beverages or the preparation of extracts intended for the manufacture of beverages and consisting of spices and plants, parts of plants, seeds or fruit (whole, cut, crushed or ground) of the species belonging to other chapters (7, 11, 12, etc.) are classified in heading 21.07.

It should be noted that waste and waste from the collection of spices, from subsequent operations (classified, dried, for example), from storage or transport should be considered as 'free of grinding or grinding' products, except where these products are recognizable as originating from an intentional grind (due to their homogeneity, for example).

09.01 Coffee, even roasted or decaffeinated; coffee husks and coffee substitutes etc.

A I without Tostar

This subheading includes unroasted coffee in all its forms, decaffeinated or not (including grains or residues separated in the classification or in the sieve etc.), even for uses other than consumption (extraction of caffeine, for example).

A I a) Undecaffeinated

This subheading includes unroasted coffee provided that it has not been subjected to any caffeine extraction operation.

A I b) decaffeinated

This subheading includes the non-roasted coffee, which has been removed from the caffeine. The coffee thus treated has a caffeine content that does not exceed 0.2% by weight, calculated on the dry extract.

A II Toast

This subheading includes the coffee mentioned in subheading 09.01 A I, roasted, whether or not opened, ground or compressed.

A II a) Undecaffeinated

The explanatory note of subheading 09.01 A I a) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

A II b) decaffeinated

The explanatory note of subheading 09.01 A I b) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

C Coffee Substitutes Containing Coffee

This subheading includes the products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 09.01, paragraph 5. These mixtures may be ground or unmilled or even compressed.

09.04 Pepper (of the genus "Piper"); peppers (of the genera "Capsicum" and "Pimenta")

A pepper

This subheading includes the products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 09.04, paragraph 1. It should be noted that broken seeds and pepper residues remain classified under this subheading, provided that they do not clearly come from an intended ground or ground. The same situation is presented with the dust or bars made of impure pepper.

A II peppers

This subheading includes the products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 09.04, paragraph 2.

The peppers of the genus "Capsicum" preserved are classified in this subheading:

-in salt water, even if they have experienced lactic fermentation;

-in oil;

-by addition of acetic acid, salt and water and by a complementary fermentation even pasteurized.

Also classified under this subheading are products consisting essentially of broken or agostated fruits, pieces of husks, stalks, leaves and other impurity originating from the sieve made to separate the healthy fruits from the residues of these fruits.

B I peppers of the genus "Capsicum"

The ground sweet pepper (Capsicum grossum) is classified in this subheading without the skin or the nuggets, whether or not pasteurised or sterilised.

09.06 Canela and Candle Flowers

B Other

They are classified in this subheading, for example:

1. Cinnamon shell beams rolled and fitted to each other, which can reach a length of 110 cm;

2. the pieces resulting from the sectioning of the above beams at a given length (5 to 10 cm, for example);

3. the pieces of shell of different lengths and thicknesses, such as the quillings (fragments and wastes resulting from the fractionation of the cinnamon on certain length rods) and the featherings or chips (small particles of cinnamon from the husks used mainly for the manufacture of the essence of cinnamon).

09.08 Moscada Nuez. massis, amos and cardamomes

A Without Grinding or grinding

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the whole nutmeg, frequently treated with lime slurry to protect against insects, as well as the nutmeg of inferior quality, such as poorly developed nuts and broken nuts during harvesting, which are marketed with the waste names, "BWP" (broken, wormy, punky) or "defective";

2. the commercially called "whole massis", as well as the residues of massis resulting from the separation of the envelope from the nutmeg or the triad of the massis after drying;

3. Amos and cardamomes, whole, as well as seeds and bark, whether or not broken, resulting from the fragmentation of the almond of amos and cardamomes during drying.

09.10 Tomillo, laurel and saffron: other spices

A Tomillo

This subheading includes the thyme of which there are several species (Thymus vulgaris, Thymus zygis, Thymus serpyllum or serpol).

A I b) others

This subheading includes, for example, leaves and flowers which are uprooted and dried from Thymus vulgaris or Thynus zygis.

B Bay Leaves

The present subheading comprises the leaves of laurel (Laurus Nobilis).

C Azafran

This subheading only comprises saffron (Crocus sativus) as described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 09.10.

D Ginger

This subheading only includes ginger, which is used mainly for dried or crushed rhizomes.

E Curcuma and Alholva Seeds

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 09.10, third paragraph.

F Other spices, including mixtures referred to in paragraph (b) of Note 1 to this Chapter.

Among the other spices included in this subheading, the Kani can be cited from the fruits of Aethiopic Xylopy.

On the contrary, despite their current use as spices, the following products are classified in other chapters:

1. mustard seeds (heading 12.01);

2. galanga rhizomes of all species (heading 12.07);

3. the product called 'saffron bastard' or 'false saffron' of more red colour than the real saffron and consisting of flowers of cartamus or alazor (Carthamus tinctorius or Carthamus oxyacantha or Carthamus palaestinus) (Item 14.05).

Numerous seasoning plants that do not constitute true spices are also excluded from this chapter and are classified in Chapters 7 and 12, mainly (see explanatory notes for these chapters).

F II crushed or ground

In addition to crushed or ground spices not included in the preceding headings and subheadings, this subheading also includes the mixtures referred to in Note 1 (b) to Chapter 9, among which, in particular, they may be cited.

I. the curri powder, as described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 09.10 last paragraph; the addition of other products with an accessory character (salt, mustard seeds, leguminous flours, for example) does not change the classification of these mixtures;

2. the products usually called four spices consisting of a mixture of pepper, cinnamon, clove and nutmeg powder.

CHAPTER 10

CEREALS

General Considerations

It is noted that the spigas of cereals (for example, maize) dried, which have been bleached, dyed, impregnated or otherwise treated for use as an ornament, are classified in subheading 06.04 B III.

The cereals in this chapter may have undergone a heat treatment that results in the pregelatinization of the starch and sometimes the burst or burst of the grain.

10.05 Maiz

A Hybrid, which is intended for seeding

Hybrid maize intended for sowing is permitted under this subheading, provided that it satisfies the conditions laid down by the competent authorities.

10.06 Rice

For classification under this heading, see the definitions set out in Supplementary Note 2 to this Chapter.

10.07 Alforfon, millet, piste and sorghum; other cereals

B Mijo

This subheading includes, for example, the "moha" (Panicum Germanicum) and the panizo (Setaria italica).

CHAPTER 11

MILLING PRODUCTS; MALT: STARCHES AND FECULES: GLUTEN; INULIN

11.01 Cereal Flour

See Note 2 to this Chapter.

11.02 Granons and semolas; mondice, parsides, matches or flakes, etc.

See Note 2 to this Chapter.

A Granons and Semolas

1. See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 11.02, paragraphs 1 and 2;

2. See Supplementary Note 1 to this Chapter;

3. -products which do not meet the screening criteria of Additional Note 1 to this Chapter shall be classified under subheadings 11.02 B or D, depending on whether the grains have been mondied or not before the ground;

-products which meet the screening criteria of Additional Note 1 to this Chapter but which are presented as fragments of grain in a rounded shape as they have been perked, are classified under subheading 11.02 C.

B Mondice (shelled or peeled) grains, even cut or split

In addition to the products referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 11.02, paragraph 3, are classified under this subheading, for example:

1. Mondice grains which, although ground, do not meet the conditions laid down for groats and meal in Supplementary Note 1 to this Chapter;

2. products called "grutze" or "grutten", which are obtained by cutting or grinding of grains of certain cereals.

B I a) 2 aa) unstitch oats

The spunstitch oat is made up of grains that still have the wraps or bracts but the tips have been removed. As a result of the treatment, about 10% by weight of the grains may be unwrapped.

They are also classified in this subheading by grains of oats originating exclusively from the handle after the harvest. They still have the wraps or bracts but the tips are broken.

C Grains perked

In addition to the perked grains considered in the explanatory notes of NCCA, heading 11.02, paragraph 4, the fragments of grains which are rounded by having been subjected to a perside treatment are classified in this subheading.

D Grains only matches

The products obtained by fragmentation of grains of unmounted grains which do not meet the sifting criteria of Supplementary Note 1 of this Chapter are classified under this subheading.

D V of maize

Residues of maize grains collected during the screening of non-mondar and cleaned grains which meet the criteria laid down in Note 2 A to Chapter 11 are classified under this subheading as "crushed grains".

And Crushed Grains; flakes

The flakes classified under this subheading are mondice and crushed grains which still frequently retain a part of the film (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 11.02, paragraph 6).

They are classified under this subheading:

-products obtained from cereal flour processed into pasta by addition of water, dried by heated in a cylinder and reduced to fragments similar to the flakes;

-soluble or instant flakes obtained from flakes of cereals (mainly oats) ground, agglomerated in pellets and processed back into flakes by cylinder capacity.

F Agglomerates ("pellets")

See Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

11.07 Malta, even toast

A Without Tostar

Any malt which has the necessary diastolic activity for the saccharification of starch from seeds is classified under this subheading. Among these malts, the green malt can be cited as the aerated malt and the malt dried in saucer dryers, the latter being commercially divided into clear malts (Pilsen type) and dark malts (type Munich).

The whole malt of this subheading is characterized by the harinous, white and deleznable grain. However, in the case of dark malts (type Munich), about 10% of the grains have a color that varies from yellow to brown. The grains have a dry and delectable consistency. Molturados produce small soft granons when biting.

B Toast

Any malt whose diastolic activity has been completely weakened or disappeared as a result of roasting is classified under this subheading and therefore does not intervene more than as an additive of unroasted malt in order to give the beer a particular colour or taste.

The color of the grain of this malt varies from dirty white to black, according to the types.

They can be cited, mainly;

1. the roasted malt which has been subjected to roasting without prior saccharification or after a partial saccharification according to the moisture content of the processed clear malt. This malt is bright outwardly and the endosperum is black without being vitreous;

2. the caramelised malt in which the sugars formed by the previous saccharification have been caramelised, This malt has a pale brown to pale brown colour; the endopermian of 90% at least of the grains presents a vitreous appearance and a dirty white or dark brown dye. In the case of very pale caramelised malts, the diastolic activity remains partly. A proportion of 10% of grains can be presented without caramelising.

CHAPTER 12

OILSEEDS AND OLEAGINOUS FRUITS; SEEDS, SEEDS AND MISCELLANEOUS FRUITS.

12.01 Oil seeds and fruits, even broken

In particular, the tariff classification of certain seeds marketed under the name of green soy beans or green beans should be monitored. Frequently, these are not soya beans but beans of the genus Phaseolus which are classified under heading 07.05.

To be used for sowing

The products intended for sowing are selected and are generally distinguished by their conditioning (e.g. in sacks with labels that require their use) and for their higher price.

12.03 Seed and fruit seeds, for sowing

It is recalled that the seeds of this heading are classified here even if they have lost their germination capacity.

To beet seeds

This sub-item consists exclusively of table beetroot seeds (Betavulgaris var. (a) the feed beet (Beta vulgaris var. (a) and sugar beet (Beta vulgaris var. altissima).

The seeds called monogermen obtained genetically, or by segmentation of glomeruli, seeds called segmented, even if they are wrapped by a coating, based on clay, are included here.

B Forest seeds

This subheading includes the seeds of forest trees, even if they are intended for the production of trees or shrubs of the name in the importing country.

It is understood here by "trees" all trees, shrubs or mats, whose trunks, stems branches have woody consistency.

This subheading interchangeably comprises the seeds and the fruits for sowing:.

1. trees of species, both European and exotic, intended for restocking for the production of wood, for the fixing of soils or for defence against erosion;

2. the trees used for the ornamentation or the composition of landscapes in the parks, in the public and private gardens, in the public squares, along the urban boulevards, the roads, canals, etc.

Among the trees of the second group-which for the most part belong to the same species as those of the former-are those that are used not only for their shape or the color of the foliage (some varieties of poplars, moose, conifers, etc.) but also for their flowers (mimosas, tamarisks, lilas magnolias, codeso of the Alps, cherry trees of Japan, a tree of Judea or crazy algarrobo, etc.), or because of the vivid color of their fruits (lauroceraso, Cotonou, Pyracantha, etc.).

It is however recalled that, according to the NCCA explanatory notes, item 12.03, seeds and fruits are excluded from this subheading, even if they are intended for sowing, which are in themselves:

1. fruit of Chapter 8 (in this case it is mainly dried fruits such as chestnuts, nuts, hazelnuts, pecans, almonds, etc.);

2. or seeds and fruits of Chapter 9 (the seed of the juniper, for example);

3. or seeds and oleaginous fruits of heading 12.01 (Ayucos, palmiste nuts, for example).

They are classified in heading 23.06, the acorns and the chestnuts of the Indies.

C I Festuca of meadows (Festuca pratensis); vezas; seeds of the poa species (Poa palustris, Poa trivialis, Poa pratensis); raygrass (Lolium perenne, Lolium multiflorum); feo de los prados (Phleum pratense); festuca red (Festuca rubra; dactylo (Dactylis glomerata); agrostis (Agrostides)

This subheading also includes mixtures of seeds expressly mentioned in the text of this subheading.

C III the others

This subheading includes:

1. the seed of grass (mainly the Festuca arundinacea or the Poa memoralis), the seed and other herbs not covered by subheadings 12.03 C I and C II;

2. seed of fodder products of heading 12.10, provided that they are not classified as such in other headings (for example, fodder beet seed falling within subheading 12.03 A) or in other chapters (for example, beans, fodder peas and other dried leguminous vegetables, Chapter 7 or cereals of Chapter 10).

D flower seeds and colirradian seeds (Brassica oleracea var. Caulorapa and gongyloides)

This subheading mainly comprises the seed of plants other than those of subheading 12.03 B, cultivated exclusively or principally by their flowers (cut flowers, ornamental flowers, etc.). The seeds of this class may be presented on a support of cellulose wadding or peat, for example. Seeds classified under this subheading can be used to cite the seeds of pea of smell (Lathyrus odoratus).

E Other

This sub-item comprises, mainly:

1. Seeds of vegetables of heading No 07.01, provided that these seeds are not classified in another heading by their main use (e.g. fennel seeds-heading 09.09-);

2. the pepitas of melon and watermelon;

3. the seeds of fruit trees;

4. the seeds of tobacco.

12.04 Beetroot (even sliced), fresh, dried or powdered; sugar cane

To Sugar Beet

For the application of this subheading, the product containing by weight more than 8% of sucrose in the dry extract is considered to be beet pulp. This classification does not vary when the product is agglomerated in "pellets" either directly by compression or by addition of a binder substance which does not generally exceed 3% by weight.

When they contain a percentage of sucrose in the dry extract equal to or less than 8%, this product is classified under heading 23.03.

12.07 Plants, parts of plants, seeds v fruits of the mainly used species etc.

D Other

They are classified, for example, in this subheading:

-the rhizomes of galanga, of any species;

-the parts of the Cannabis plant, even mixed with inorganic or organic substances used as simple diluents.

12.08 chicory roots, fresh or dry. whether or not cut, not roasted; fresh garroffles or so on.

B Garrofas

This subheading includes the fruit of carob or garroferous (Ceratonia silica), whether or not devoid of seeds, crushed or ground.

C II the others

This sub-item comprises, principally:

1. seeds of carob (garrofin), mondally or without germ;

2. the endosperm of the carob seed, with the exception of the endosperk flour falling within heading 13.03;

3. the germs of the carob seed, whether or not sprayed, mixed or not with dust from the tegumentos.

E Other

For example, whole, ground or ground Koniaku tubers are classified under this subheading.

12.10 Remolachas, turnips, foraging rarces: hay, alfalfa, sparceta, clover, foraging sprouts, etc.

To Beets, Turnips And Other Fodder Roots

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 12.10 (1), are classified under this subheading.

It is recalled that the various species and varieties of sweet potatoes (Helianthus tuberosus -aguaturma or pataca, for example) are included in heading 07.06, while chirivia (Pastinaca sativa) is classified under subheading 07.01 G IV.

B Other

For the classification of the products of this subheading, it is necessary to comply with the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 12.10 (2), as well as the exclusions.

CHAPTER 13

GUMS, RESINS AND OTHER VEGETABLE JUICES AND EXTRACTS

13.02 Goma lacquer, whether or not bleached, gums, gomorresins, resins and natural balms

Coniferous Resins

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 13.02, paragraph II, 2) as well as the balm of Canada are classified in this subheading.

It is noted that the balm of Judea and Mecca, which is an oleoresin, other than that of conifers, are classified in subheading 13.02 B.

B Other

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 13.02, paragraphs I and II, with the exception of coniferous resins falling within subheading 13.02 A, are classified in this subheading.

Mixtures of resin of the plant cannabis with inorganic or organic substances used as simple diluents are also classified in this subheading.

13.03 Jugos and plant extracts: pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and so on.

Vegetable Juices and Extracts

This subheading does not include resinoids called also oleoresins in certain cases. Reference is made to the explanatory notes of subheading 33.01 C.

A IV of liquorice

This subheading includes the liquorice extract described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 13.03, paragraph A 3.

A VII vegetable extracts mixed with each other, for the manufacture of beverages or food preparations

This subheading includes compound extracts of plants (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 13.03, paragraph A, last line before the exclusions), even in alcoholic solutions, used, according to their nature, for the manufacture of beverages or food preparations.

A VIII a) medicinal

Among the products that are classified under this subheading can be cited:

1. the medicinal extracts considered in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 13.03, paragraph A, 8;

2. cannabis extracts and tinctures, whether or not mixed with inorganic or organic substances used as simple solvents;

3. the podrofilin;

4. the curare;

5. the pulp of purified cuasia (aqueous extract);

6. extracts of the plant products listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 12.07, provided that they are mainly used in medicine.

A VIII b) others

Among the products covered by this subheading can be cited:

1. the league;

2. the lacquer of China;

3. the lacquer of Japan;

4. the liquid extracted from the bark of the mahogany;

5. the kino, the manna and the juice of the papayo.

B pectic substances, pectinates and pectates

The products referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes are classified under this subheading. Item 13.03. point B.

C I agar-agar

This subheading refers to agar-agar or gelosa, extracted from various algae (red algae) belonging to the genus Gelidum, Euchema and Graciaria, which are collected in the Pacific Ocean and the Western coasts of the Atlantic Ocean (France, Spain, Portugal and Morocco). The extraction is done by treatment with alkaline pressure water with sodium carbonate.

Agar-agar is usually presented in dried, flaked, powdered, or gel-like filaments.

C II mucilages and thickeners of garrofa or garrofa seeds (garrofin)

This subheading also includes the flour of garrofin endosperuses, even if it has been slightly modified by chemical treatment (mainly with borax, with alkalis or with acids).

C III the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following products;

1. carrageenin and carrageenates of calcium, sodium and potassium (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 13.03, paragraph C 3). These products remain classified under this subheading even if they have been standardised with the addition of sugar (sucrose or glucose, for example) to ensure a constant activity during their use. The added sugar content does not generally exceed 25%;

2. the extract prepared from the Alga Furcellaria fastigiata collected on the Danish coast, which is obtained under the same conditions as the agar-agar and which is presented in the same forms as the latter;

3. the mucilage and the thickeners of guar seed flour;

4. the mucilage of quince seeds;

5. the musg mucilage of Iceland;

6. the flour of the cotyledons of the guar seed, even slightly modified by chemical treatment (mainly with borax, alkalis and acids);

7. thickeners obtained from gums or gomorresins, water-soluble by treatment with water under pressure or by any other system.

CHAPTER 14

MATERIALS FOR BRAIDING AND OTHER PRODUCTS OF PLANT ORIGIN, ETC.

14.01 Plant-based materials used primarily in cesteria or esparteria (wicker, cane, bamboo, etc.)

to Wicker

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 14.01 (1), are classified under this subheading.

B Grain straw cleaned, bleached or dyed

The products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 14.01, paragraph 6, are classified under this subheading.

C The others

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 14.01, paragraphs 2) to 5) and 7) are classified under this subheading. It should be specified that the leaves of the various species of Thypha (e.g. Typha latifolia) are also classified under this subheading.

14.05 Products of plant origin not specified or included in other headings

In addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 14.05 is classified under this heading:

1. the stems of the tobacco devoid of the pecioli, nerves, etc.;

2. the flour and granules of common nut shells;

3. Dried or not (other than medicinal

seaweed flour

-heading 12.07), including the one obtained from algae of different varieties, mixed even in specified proportions;

4. Plant tubers of whole, ground or ground amorphous species (for example, Ilesmannaan flour), except for koniaku (subheading 12.08 E);

5. Non-sterile lamineries (it is recalled that sterile lamineries are classified in match 30.05);

6. the seeds of leguminous guar (Cyamopsis psoralioids or Cyamopsis tetragonolobs Taubert) whole, peeled or crushed;

7. seeds or walnuts of sapindus (Sapindus mukorossi, S. trifoliatus, S. sapanaria, S. marginatus, S. drummondii);

8. the bark of Quilalla (Quillaia saponaria; wood of Panama, soap bark).

It should be noted that the heads of carders mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 14.05, paragraph C 6), are of the species Dipsacis sativus (formerly Dipsacs fullonum).

SECTION III

FATS AND OILS (ANIMALS AND VEGETABLES); PRODUCTS OF THEIR CLEAVAGE; ETC.

CHAPTER 15

FATS AND OILS (ANIMALS AND VEGETABLES); PRODUCTS OF THEIR CLEAVAGE ETC:

General Considerations

The fats and oils of this Chapter are substances of animal or plant origin that are essentially constituted by a mixture of triglycerides. These triglycerides are esters of different acids with glycerin.

For the application of subheadings 15.01 A I, 15.02 A, 15.03 A I, 15.03 B and 15.07 D I, only those involving the processing of the base product are considered 'industrial uses'.

On the contrary, the "technical uses" (subheading 15.07 D 1) do not imply such transformation.

Simple treatments such as purification, refining or hydrogenation are not considered "industrial uses" or "technical uses".

It should be stressed that even products suitable for human consumption can be used for technical or industrial purposes.

15.01 Manteca, other pork fats and poultry fats, pressed, melted or extracted etc.

B Bird Fats

It is also classified here, for example, the fat of the seal, melted, small amounts of pork fat.

15.02 Sebos (of bovine, ovine and caprine species), raw, melted or extracted by means etc.

Unlike heading 15.01, which comprises only the fats obtained by melting, pressure or extraction by means of solvents, the present consignment comprises, in addition to the sebos melted or extracted by means of solvents, the raw sebos, that is, the sebos enclosed in their cell membranes.

They are sorted accordingly, in this heading:

1. the raw sebos, that is to say 'in branch' (sips of slaughter, butchery, tableware or triperia;

2. melted seps, among which can be distinguished:

a) 108 sebos called "first juices", which constitute the best quality edible sebos;

b) the sebos called "for chicharrones";

c) the sebos called "to the acid", which come from the boil in an aqueous solution of sulphuric acid of raw sebos of the lowest qualities that hydrolyzes the albuminoideas of the tissues, thus releasing the fat.

They are excluded from this heading, for example, fat and bone or marrow oil, foot oils and fats called abattoir (heading 15.06).

A That are intended for industrial uses other than the manufacture of human food products

See the general considerations in Chapter 15.

B Other

See the general considerations in Chapter 15.

15.03 Solar stearin; oleostearin: lard and oleomargarine oil etc.

A solar stearin and oleostearin

The products mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 15.03, fourth and last paragraphs, are classified under this subheading.

A I which are intended for industrial use.

See the general considerations in Chapter 15.

B Sebum oil, which is intended for industrial uses other than the manufacture of human food products

The product described in the explanatory notes to NCCA heading 15.03, third paragraph, is classified under this subheading, provided that it is intended for industrial uses other than the manufacture of foodstuffs < see general considerations of cap.15).

C the others

In addition to the products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 15.03, second and last paragraphs, the sebum oil which does not meet the conditions laid down in subheading 15.03 B, for example, the sebum oil for technical uses, is classified under this subheading.

15.04 Fish and fish oils and marine mammals even refined

To Fish Liver Oils

Products classified under this subheading are described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.04, second paragraph.

In addition to this subheading, the oils that have been survived, provided that they have not lost the character of fish liver oils. This is the case, for example, of fish liver oils that have a vitamin A content that does not exceed 100,000 international units per gram.

A.I with a vitamin A content equal to or less than 2,500 international units per gram

It should be noted that the vitamin A content of the livers oils of gadidae (cod, haddock, scholane, hake, etc.) does not exceed generally 2,500 international units per gram.

A II others

It should be noted that the vitamin A content of the liver oils of tuna, halibut and numerous squalid oils, for example, does not exceed generally 2,500 international units per gram.

B Whale and other cetaceans oil

Whale oil classified under this subheading is described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.04, third and fourth paragraphs.

It should be noted that this subheading covers all cetacean oils, including those extracted from their livers, such as the liver oil of sperm whale, which is very rich in vitamin A, and has properties similar to fish liver oils of heading 15.04 A.

C The others

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the oil of all fish species, except for the sole extraction of the livers;

2. all oils (including those of livers) of marine mammals other than cetaceans;

3. the bacon of marine mammals.

Among the oils and fats classified in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. Herring oil and menhaden oil (quite similar to herring, fish exclusively for the extraction of oil);

2. the waste oil of the canning industry, of less value than the previous ones.

These are commercially distinguished from clupeid waste oil, tuna and pretty waste oil, and salmonid waste oil;

3. Fishery waste oil of a complex nature and of a lower quality still;

4. the oil of pinnipeds (seals, walruses and otaries).

The oils and fats of this subheading are used almost exclusively for technical and industrial uses, such as tanning, preparation of paints or cutting oils.

15.07 Fixed, fluid or concrete, raw, purified or refined plant oils

This item also includes oils containing small quantities of herbs, spices, aromatic substances, etc., provided that they retain the character of oils. On the other hand, oils prepared, inter alia, with pieces of Cayenne peppers, which give them a spicy taste, used, generally in small quantities, to highlight the taste of 'pizzas' (subheading 21.04 C) are excluded from this heading.

B Wood Oils of China, of tung, of oleococa, of oiticica; of wax of myrica and wax of Japan

They are classified under this subheading:

1. wood oils of China, of tung and of oleococa

Only oils obtained from tree seeds of the different species of the genus Aleurites (Euforbiaceae family) mainly Aleurites fordii, Aleurites montaña and Aleurites cordata are classified in this category. All these oils are very dry due to their high oleostearic acid content. They are generally used in the industrial plane for the manufacture of varnishes.

2. the oil of oiticica

This oil sometimes called "Conepia oil" is obtained from the seeds of a tree of the family of the Rosaceas (rigid Licania or Conepia glandifolia). This oil has the same drying properties and the same uses as the oils in paragraph 1 above.

3. the wax of mirica and the wax of Japan

These two products are described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.07, paragraph 2. They are mainly used for the manufacture of encastics, cosmetics, etc.

C castor oil

The castor oil is extracted from the bush seeds of various varieties of the species Ricinus communis, belonging to the family of the Euforbiaceae. It is an oil of high viscosity and according to its quality can be colourless, greenish yellow or even reddish; it is characterized by its great solubility in alcohol.

The castor oil is known with the names of castor oil, "palm christi" oil or "kerva oil".

It is not included in this subheading the oil of "knob", extracted from the seeds of the Jatropha tree of the family of the Euforbiaceae called sometimes "castor oil of America" or "wild castor oil" (Subheading 15.07 D I a) 3, for example).

D Other oils

In addition to palm oil and tobacco seed oil, for example, they are classified under this subheading:

1. the soybean oil;

2. Cotton oil;

3. Groundnut oil;

4. the sunflower oil;

5. the rapeseed oil and the turnip oil;

6. the flax oil;

7. coconut oil (copra oil);

8. the sesame oil;

9. palm nut oil (palm oil);

10. corn oil (corn germ oil);

11. the babasu oil;

12. the cartamo oil;

13. the mustard oil;

14. the tea oil;

15. the wheat germ oil;

16. common nut oil;

17. the poppy oil;

18. the almond oil.

D I which are intended for technical or industrial uses other than the manufacture of human food products

See the general considerations in Chapter 15.

D I a) 1 Palm oil

The palm oil, for the application of this subheading, is only the one extracted from the pulp of the fruits of the palm trees of different species of the genus Elaeis

Palm oil is a concrete fat of consistency comparable to that of butter. Its colour, ranging from orange to brown, according to the degree of purity, pales to the contact of air and light. It has a pleasant violet smell and an aromatic flavour.

Raw palm oil is broken down more quickly than other oils and thus presents a very high free fatty acid content.

Palm nut oil (palmiste) is excluded from this subheading, extracted from the almond of the fruits of the already mentioned palm trees (subheading 15.07 D I a) 3, for example).

D I a) 2 tobacco seed oil

The oil classified in this subheading is extracted from the seeds of various varieties of plants of the genus Nicotiana. It is mainly used in soapery.

D I b) 1 tobacco seed oil

See Explanatory Notes to subheading 15.07 D I a) 2.

D II a) Palm oil

See Explanatory Notes to subheading 15.07 D I a) 1.

D II b) Other

In relation to the distinction between specific oils and fluid oils, see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 15.07, third paragraph.

15.10 Industrial fatty acids, acid oils from refining, fatty alcohols etc

A stearic acid

For the application of this subheading, stearic acid shall mean the mixture of solid industrial fatty acids at room temperature and with a pure stearic acid content equal to or greater than 30% but less than 90% by weight of the anhydrous product.

Products having a stearic acid content of 90% or more are classified in heading 29.14.

B oleic acid

For the application of this subheading, oleic acid shall be understood to be the mixture of liquid industrial fatty acids at room temperature and with an oleic acid content equal to or greater than 70% but less than 85% by weight of the anhydrous product.

Products having an oleic acid content of 90% or more are classified in heading 29.14.

C Other industrial fatty acids; acid oils from refining

For the purposes of this subheading, 'other fatty acids' means industrial mixtures of fatty acids in which none of the fatty acids which make up them reaches 90% by weight of the anhydrous product.

Products in which one of the component fatty acids reaches a percentage equal to or greater than 90% are classified in Chapter 29.

The fatty acids extracted from thalloil are also classified under this subheading, provided that the fatty acid content is equal to or greater than 90% by weight of the anhydrous product. Products containing by weight less than 90% of fatty acid are classified in heading 38.05.

For the purposes of this subheading, 'acid oils from refining' are defined in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 15.10, paragraph B.

D Industrial Fatty Alcohols

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.10, paragraph C.

It should be noted that only industrial fatty alcohols (mixture of acyclic alcohols) are classified in this subheading in which none of the component alcohols reaches 90% by weight of the anhydrous product.

Products in which one of the component fatty alcohols reaches a percentage equal to or greater than 90% is classified under heading 29.04.

15.11 Glycerin, including water and glycerinous remoteness

To Crude Glycerine, including Glycerine Waters and Remoteness

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.11.

B Other, including synthetic glycerin

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 15.11.

All purified glycerins, including chemically pure glycerin, such as refined glycerin, distillation glycerin, glycerin of pharmacy, glycerin for dynamite, and synthesis glycerin are classified in this subheading.

SECTION IV

PRODUCTS FROM THE FOOD INDUSTRIES; BEVERAGES; ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS

CHAPTER 16

MEAT, FISH, CRUSTACEAN AND MOLLUSC PREPARATIONS

General Considerations

For the classification of compound food preparations (including stewed dishes) containing mainly sausages, meat, offal, fish, crustaceans or molluscs mixed with legumes, spaghetti, sauce, etc., account should be taken of the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 16.

In order to determine the meat or offal content, the weight of the bacon and fats may also be taken into account in addition to meat or offal.

16.01. Sausages of meat, of edible offal or of blood

Preparations composed of minced or finely homogenised meat which have been moulded into boxes or other rigid containers, even in a cylindrical form, should not be considered as "sausages" for the application of this heading.

A Liver

This subheading includes sausages containing liver, whether or not containing meat, offal, bacon, fat, etc., provided that the liver confers the essential character on the products. These products, usually cooked and sometimes smoked, are recognizable by the very peculiar taste of the liver.

B I sausages, dry or uncooked, uncooked

This subheading includes uncooked sausages with the double condition that they are cured (dried in the open air, for example) and that they are consumable as they are presented.

These products may also be smoked provided that they do not present a total coagulation of the albumin produced by any heat treatment, such as high temperature smoking.

Therefore, in this subheading, the sausages that are commonly consumed in slices (such as the ichon, chorizo, salami, Arles, Plockwurst), as well as the sausages for an untar (teewurst, for example) are classified.

B II the others

Among the products that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

1. sausages and other specialties, fresh, that have not undergone the healing process;

2. cooked sausages, for example:

the Frankfurt sausages, the Strasbourg sausages, the Vienna sausages, the mortadella, the butifarra, the morcilla and other similar specialties.

16.02 Other prepared and preserved meat or edible offal

A Liver

This subheading includes preparations and preserves containing liver, even with a mixture of meat or other offal, provided that the liver confers the essential character on the product.

B I of birds

1. Birds, for the purposes of this subheading, shall be understood as poultry falling within heading No 01.05.

2. The present sub-heading consists mainly of poultry and parts of poultry kept after cooking.

Products containing meat or offal of poultry and other meat and offal are classified under this subheading, provided that the meat or offal of poultry confers the essential character on them.

Among these products can be cited:

(a) chickens in gelatine;

b) The means and quarters of chicken in sauce and the whole thighs of duck or chicken, even frozen;

(c) poultry cake (essentially composed of poultry meat to which it has been added mainly beef, pork fat, truffles and spices), whether or not frozen;

(d) the cooked meat of poultry meat, containing, in addition to poultry meat, a garnish of pulses, rice, pasta, etc., which constitute a complementary dish of the meat itself. In this category, mainly, the preparations called chicken rice, chicken with mushrooms, as well as frozen dishes based on poultry meat presented in a tray that separately carry the plate of meat itself and the different complementary dishes can be cited.

3. It should be noted that in order to determine the percentage of poultry meat (subheading 16.02 B I a), b) and c), the weight of the bones shall not be taken into account.

B I a) 1 containing uncooked meat or edible offal; mixtures of meat or edible offal, cooked, and of meat or edible offal, uncooked

See the Supplementary Note to this Chapter.

B II hunting or rabbit

The preparations and preserves obtained from meat and offal of game of subheading 02.04 B are to be classified in this subheading. As for example, preparations of wild boar meat.

B III others

For the determination of the percentages of meat and offal, as provided for in subheadings 16.02 B III a) 2 aa), bb) and cc), all fat, including bacon, contained in the product, should be added to the weight of meat and offal. Substances other than meat, offal, bacon and fat (e.g. gelatine and sauces) shall not be taken into account for the determination of the percentages referred to above.

B III a) 1 containing meat of bovine animals, uncooked

See the Supplementary Note for this chapter.

B III a) 2 aa) 11 hams, loin and chops, and their pieces

Products that are minced, in the form of pastes or finely homogenised, are excluded from this subheading, even if they have been made from hams, solomillos, loins or pieces thereof.

B) III a) 2 aa) 22 pallets and palette chunks

Products that are minced, in the form of pastes or finely homogenised, are excluded from this subheading, even if they have been manufactured from pallets, or from pieces of pallets.

B III a) 2 aa) 33 others

They are included here, mainly, provided that the conditions required by the texts of subheadings 16.02 B III a) and B III a) 2 aa are respected, the various preparations called "head cheese", "head of wild boar", "galantina", etc. composed of pieces of meat or offal, of gelatin, of bacon, of fat and of various ingredients and generally formed with mould.

This subheading also includes products based on minced or finely homogenised meat, whether or not originating from hams or pallets. These preparations are known, for example, with commercial denominations such as chopped ham, luncheon meat and deviled ham spread.

These preparations should not be considered as "sausages" within the meaning of subheading 16.01, when they have been moulded into boxes or other rigid containers, even in a cylindrical manner.

B III b) others

It should be noted that products containing meat or offal of domestic swine in any proportion remain classified under subheading 16.02 B III a). By contrast, the products containing, in the absence of meat or offal of the porcine species, small quantities of bacon falling within heading No 02.05 remain classified under subheading 16.02 B III b).

B III b) 1 aa) uncooked; mixtures of meat or cooked edible offal and meat or uncooked edible offal.

See the Supplementary Note to this Chapter.

B III b) 2 others

It should be noted that products containing neither meat nor offal of the domestic swine species but which contain meat or offal of the bovine species in any proportion are classified under subheading 16.02 B III b) 1.

16.04 Fish prepared and preserved, including caviar and their substitutes

A I caviar (sturgeon roe)

The products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 16.04, paragraph 3, are classified under this subheading.

A II others

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 16.04, paragraph 4, are classified under this subheading.

B I salmon

For the purposes of this subheading, the species of fish referred to in the explanatory notes to subheadings 03.01 A I b) are considered salmon.

B II the others

For the purposes of this subheading, the other salmonids, the species of fish referred to in the explanatory notes to subheadings 03.01 A (a), (c) and (d) are considered.

C Herring

For the application of this subheading, the fish species referred to in the explanatory notes of subheading 03.01 B I a) are considered to be herring.

D Sardines

For the purposes of this subheading, the fish species referred to in the Explanatory Notes to subheading 03.01 B I (d) shall be considered sardines.

E Tunes

For the purposes of this subheading, the fish species referred to in the Explanatory Notes to subheading 03.01 B I c are considered to be tuna.

F Pretty, mackerel and anchovies

For the application of this subheading are considered:

1. pretty, the pretty real (Sarda, spp.);

2. mackerel, the fish species mentioned in the explanatory notes of subheading 03.01 B I m);

3. anchovies, true anchovies (Engraulis, spp.).

16.05 Crustaceans and molluscs prepared or preserved

To Sea Crabs

For the application of this subheading, crabs, the crustaceans referred to in the explanatory notes of subheading 03.03 A III, first and second paragraphs, are considered.

CHAPTER 17

SUGARS AND CONFECTIONERY

17.01 Beet and cane sugars, in solid state

To White Sugars; Flavoured Sugars or with Addition of Colours

The terms "white sugar" are defined in Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter, first paragraph.

White sugar is refined or unrefined sugars, usually white, due to its high sucrose content (99.5% and more).

It should be noted that flavoured or added sugar sugars remain classified under this subheading, even if their sucrose content is less than 99,5%.

B Raw Sugars

See Supplementary Note 1 to this Chapter, second paragraph.

Among the sugars that are classified in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. certain unrefined, white-coloured sugars;

2. 'low grade' 'brown sugar', obtained from the second and third products of a colouring which ranges from light yellow to dark brown, mainly due to the molasses contained in it and the percentage of sucrose is generally between 85 and 98% by weight;

3. the lower purity sugar from the refining or the manufacture of the cane sugar, for example the chewing sugar and the chancaca.

17.02 Other sugars in solid state; sugar syrups without addition of flavourings etc.

Lactose and lactose syrup

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 17.02, paragraph A 4.

B Glucose and glucose syrup; maltodextrin and maltodextrin syrup

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 17.02, paragraphs A 1 and A 2.

C Sugar and maple syrup

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 17.02, paragraph A, 7, except for the provisions of Note 2 to Chapter 17.

D I isoglucose

See Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

D II the others

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 17.02, paragraphs A 3, A 5, A 6 and A 7 (other than maple sugar and subject to the application of the provisions of Note 2 to Chapter 17) and paragraphs B I (other than simple lactose, glucose, maltodextrin and maple sugar), B 2 and B 3, are classified under this subheading.

The products improperly called "high test molasses" obtained by hydrolysis and concentration of raw cane juice and used mainly as a means for feeding microorganisms in the manufacture of antibiotics and also for the manufacture of ethyl alcohol remain classified in this subheading.

And Honey Substitutes, even blended with natural honey

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 17.02, paragraph C.

F caramelized sugars and molasses

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 17.02, paragraph D.

17.04 Confectionery without cocoa

to liquorice extracts containing by weight more than 10% sucrose, without the addition of other materials.

This subheading only includes liquorice extracts containing more than 10% by weight of sucrose, without the addition of other sugars, of aromatic substances or of other materials, whether or not presented in the form of breads, blocks, bars, lozenges, etc.

The liquorice extract, prepared as a confectionery product for the addition of other materials, is classified under subheading 17.04 D, whatever its sucrose content.

B Chewing Gums (gum)

The present subheading includes the sugar chewing gum characterized by the presence of gum gum or other similar non-consumable products, whatever their presentation (tablets, tablets, etc.), even the dilable gums.

C Preparation called "white chocolate"

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 17.04, paragraph 3.

D the others

This subheading comprises most of the sugary food preparations commonly designated with the names of sweets, candies, etc. The fact that these preparations contain a spirit or an alcoholic liqueur does not alter its classification under this subheading.

They are also included in this subheading, pastes for the manufacture of fondants, marzipan, turron, etc, which are semi-products of dulceria, presented, generally, in masses or in loaves. Semi-products of this kind are included in this subheading, even if their sugar content is still to be increased during processing into finished products, provided that they are specifically and definitively intended for the manufacture of certain types of sweets.

In addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 17.04 (excluding products falling within subheadings 17.04 A to C), for example, this subheading is classified as:

1. liquorice extracts prepared as candies for the addition of other materials, whatever the content of sucrose;

2. almonds, hazelnuts, roasted peanuts, etc., coated with sugar;

3. the dry fondant presented in powder form having the same composition and use as the traditional fondant after adding a certain amount of water to it.

4. Glucose tablets, whether or not chemically pure (dextrosa), with a binder, generally flavoured, eventually coloured, ready for immediate consumption.

They are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. ice-cream for consumption, whether or not presented around a support, such as poles (heading 18.06 or 21.07);

2. sweets containing cocoa, mixed in variable proportions with non-cocoa sweets, put up for sale already mixed (heading 18.06).

CHAPTER 18

COCOA AND ITS PREPARATIONS

18.06 Chocolate and other food preparations containing cocoa

To cocoa powder, simply sugared with sucrose, containing by weight of sucrose

This subheading includes cocoa powder, simply added sugar by addition of sucrose (excluding other sugars). However, in order to make it more suitable for use, cocoa may have been treated, for example, with alkaline substances to increase the solubility or addition of small amounts of lecithins, or even slightly aromatised.

B Ice Cream

For the purposes of this subheading, "ice cream" means food preparations, whether or not put up for retail sale, containing cocoa or chocolate (even as a coating), in which the solid or pasty state has been obtained by freezing, and which are intended for consumption as presented.

These products are characterized by the essential property of returning to the liquid or semi-liquid state when placed in an environment at a temperature of about 0 C.

On the other hand, preparations which do not have the essential property described above, even though they have an ice-cream aspect, are generally classified under subheading 18.06 D if they contain cocoa or chocolate.

The products of this subheading have very different denominations (casata, cut, cones, etc.) and are presented in various forms; they may contain, in addition to cocoa or chocolate, sugar, vegetable fats or milk, skimmed milk or not, fruits, stabilizers, aromatic substances, dyes, etc.

Total fat content does not exceed, in general, 15% by weight of the finished product. However, some specialties in the manufacture of which a large proportion of milk cream is used may have a total fat content of 20% by weight.

During the manufacture of some ice cream, air is incorporated into the raw materials that are manipulated to increase the volume of the finished product (sponging).

C Chocolate and chocolate articles, whether or not filled; confectionery and substitutes made from sugar substitutes containing cocoa.

For the purposes of this subheading, chocolate (including chocolate covered) is considered, the product obtained initially in the form of a homogeneous liquid more or less pasty, by milling and intimate mixing of cocoa beans (sometimes cocoa in paste or powder, even very unroasted), on the one hand, and sucrose and possibly other sugars on the other, with the combined added cocoa butter. In addition to the product thus obtained, other food materials, such as milk, milk cream, hazelnuts and fruits, as well as small quantities of aromas and lecithins, for example, are added to the product. However, it cannot be found in fat chocolate other than cocoa butter or other amylaceous substances, unless they are natural components of the added food materials.

They are classified under this subheading:

1. Block chocolate;

2. Chocolate powder;

3. Articles of chocolate, whether or not filled with creams, fruit, liqueurs, etc. normally presented in the form of plates, plates, tablets, lozenges, grainy croquettes, flakes or miscellaneous objects (easter eggs, fish, clogs, etc.);

4. the products referred to in the first paragraph of the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 17.04, containing cocoa or chocolate-coated products, as well as products containing cocoa presented in similar forms (principally, chocolates and similar products for diabetics) in the manufacture of which sweeteners (sorbitol, for example) are used instead of sugar.

D Other

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. certain mixtures of cocoa or chocolate, whether or not containing added sugar, with milk powder, butter or milk cream;

2. preparations for infant feeding or for dietetic or culinary purposes, on the basis of flour, starch, starch or malt extract, containing by weight 50% or more of cocoa;

3. Powder for the manufacture of creams, ice-cream, desserts and similar preparations other than on the basis of flour, starch, starch or malt extract and containing cocoa;

4. certain food preparations containing cocoa such as untar pastes made from cocoa powder to which fat other than cocoa butter has been added (for example, shea butter, coconut or plama fat, hydrogenated fat, margarine or tallow), sugar and possibly amylaceous substances;

5. Cocoa powder sweetened with sugars other than sucrose.

CHAPTER 19

PREPARED BASED ON CEREALS, FLOURS, STARCHES OR FECULES;

19.07 Bread, sea crackers and other ordinary bakery products, not containing added sugar, etc.

A Crispy Bread Called Knackebrot

It should be remembered that the knackebrot is a dry, crisp bread, which is usually presented in the form of thin, rectangular, granular, granon-based, and panifiable flour, which do not contain more than 10% water.

B Pan Azimo (Mazoth)

The product referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 19.07, paragraph A, third paragraph, is understood.

19.08 Fine bakery products, pastry and biscuits even with the addition of cocoa in etc.

To preparations called "spice bread", with a content by weight of sucrose (including invert sugar, calculated as sucrose)

Only the products of spongy and elastic consistency obtained from a fermented paste and the components of which are indicated in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 19.08, paragraph 6, are permitted under this subheading.

Some types of spice bread are coated in chocolate or icing, for example, by a fat and cocoa-based ratio. Other types contain or are coated with sugar fragments (sucrose).

The speculoos and the Russian bread are not included in this subheading, mainly. CHAPTER 20

VEGETABLE, VEGETABLE, FRUIT AND ETC.

20.01 Legacies, vegetables and fruits, prepared or preserved by vinegar or acetic acid, etc.

A Mango Pickle

For the application of this subheading and of subheading 21.04 A, the term 'mango pickle' means a preparation obtained from pickled mangoes to which various products have been added, such as ginger, dried grapes, pepper and sugar.

While the mango pickle of this subheading still contains pieces of fruit, the magician pickle of subheading 21.04 A is presented in the form of a more or less liquid, completely homogenized sauce.

20.02 Legacies and vegetables prepared or preserved without vinegar or acetic acid

To Tomatoes

This subheading includes, in particular, whole tomatoes preserved by sterilisation, the tomato purée, whether or not presented in the form of bread, tomato concentrates, and tomato juice of which the dry extract content is 7% or more, by weight.

This subheading also includes the tomato powder obtained by dehydration of the juice; on the other hand, the powder obtained by milling the flakes obtained by drying tomatoes previously cut into slices is classified under subheading 07.04 B.

F Alcapers and olives

This subheading includes the olives referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 20.02, fourth subparagraph of paragraph 1, whether or not filled with legumes (e.g. pepper, sweet or spicy), fruit (e.g. almonds) or a mixture of pulses and fruit.

G Peas and Green beans

For the application of this subheading, they are considered to be green beans, exclusively, those of the genus Phaseolus, taken before they mature and in which the entire pod is consumable. The pod can be of different colours: smooth green, grey striped green or blue or light yellow, mainly.

20.06 Fruit prepared or preserved otherwise, with or without the addition of sugar or alcohol

To nuts (including peanuts) roasted, in immediate packings of a net content

This subheading mainly comprises the products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 20.06, paragraph 3.

These products also remain classified under this subheading:

-presented in laminillas or in small pieces; they are mainly used in pastry;

-ground or crushed and in the form of paste, even with other substances.

By contrast, they are excluded from this subheading:

-pasta for the manufacture of marzipan, turron, etc., of heading 17.04;

-the peanut butter of heading 21.07.

B Other

This subheading, for example, is classified as nuts in Chapter 8, not roasted, ground or ground, in the form of a paste.

By contrast, the pastes for the manufacture of marzipan, turron, etc., of heading 17.04 are excluded from this subheading. B II without the addition of alcohol

For the classification of products under this subheading, reference is made to Additional Notes 1 and 2 of this Chapter.

This sub-item comprises, principally:

1. fruit prepared with or without sugar, not containing added spirit, preserved by sterilisation, prepared for consumption;

2. semi-products consisting of whole fruit or pieces, whether or not previously treated with heat (commercially called fruit pulp), preserved by sterilisation and intended for sweetery or pastry; semi-finished products consisting of sifted fruit preserved by sterilisation;

3. 'brown glace' in syrup and fruit confided with sugar and then placed in a syrup;

4. the homogeneous masses in the form of purées, of grated orange husks or finely ground uncooked, sterilized in cans.

B II a) 2 grapefruit or pomelos gags

For the application of this subheading, the natural gajos of the fruit presented in whole are considered to be garlic.

B II 3 mandarins, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other hybrids a) similar to citrus fruits

The explanatory note of subheading 08.02 B is applicable mutatis mutandis

Some citrus fruits of this subheading are frequently marketed under the name "mandarinas-naranja".

B II b) 2 grapefruit or pomelos gags

For the application of this subheading, the natural gajos of the fruit presented in whole are considered to be garlic.

B II mandarins, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other b) 3 similar citrus hybrids

The explanatory note of subheading 08.02 B is applicable mutatis mutandis.

Some citrus fruits of this subheading are frequently marketed under the name "mandarinas-naranja".

CHAPTER 21

MISCELLANEOUS FOOD PREPARATIONS

21.03 Mustard mustard and prepared mustard

To mustard flour, in immediate packings of a net content

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 21.03, first paragraph, are classified in this subheading.

B Prepared Mustard

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 21.03, second paragraph, are classified in this subheading.

21.04 Salsas; compound condiments and seasoning

A Handle Pickle, Liquid

For the purposes of this subheading and of subheading 20.01 A, the term 'mango pickle' means preparations obtained from pickled mangoes to which various products have been added, such as ginger, dried grapes, pepper and sugar.

While the handle pickle of this subheading is presented in the form of a more or less liquid, completely homogenized sauce, the one of the subheading 20.01 A contains still pieces of fruit.

21.05 Prepared for soups, potages or caldos; soups, potages or caldos, prepared; etc.

To preparations for soups, potages or broths; soups, potages or bales, prepared

The products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 21.05, paragraph A, are classified under this subheading.

B homogenized composite food preparations

The expression "homogenized composite food preparations" is defined in Note 3 to this chapter.

See also the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 21.05, paragraph B.

21.07 Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included

A I corn

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. maize in grain, frozen;

2. maize mazorcas, whether or not usable as legumes, prepared or preserved;

3. maize in grain, prepared or preserved;

4. cooked maize grains, with sweet peppers cooked and cut into pieces, in a proportion not exceeding 5% by weight.

A II rice

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the rice described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 21.07, paragraph 18;

2. cooked or cooked rice, with pulses or meat in a proportion not exceeding 5% by weight.

B Pasta, unfilled, cooked; stuffed pasta

The food pastes classified under this subheading are described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 21.07, paragraph 11.

C Ice Cream

Ice cream, whether or not containing milk, described in the explanatory notes of subheading 18.06 B, is classified under this subheading, provided that they do not have cocoa or chocolate. They are classified in this subheading even if they are placed in bars around a support such as the poles.

On the other hand, liquid products consisting of water, sugar and aromatic substances and contained in a sacral of artificial plastic material, intended for the domestic preparation of poles by freezing in cold appliances, are not classified under this subheading. These products are considered to be beverages of subheading 22.02 A.

D yogurt ready

It is mainly classified in this subheading the non-consumable yoghurt directly as a drink, sugary or not, added of flavouring substances (essence of vanilla and essence of fruits, mainly) or of pieces of fruit (strawberries, raspberries, cranberry, almonds, etc.).

The prepared yogurt is classified in this subheading, which, after fermentation, has received a heat treatment that motivates the almost total disappearance of the activity of the ferments.

Aromatised yoghurt, in liquid state, which can be consumed directly as a beverage, is classified, however, under heading 22.02.

D II other, with a weight content of fats derived from milk

They are classified, for example, in this subheading:

1. preparations in the form of a fine white yellowish powder, consisting of a mixture of whole milk and skimmed milk, to which sugar has been added (approximately 2,5%), a small amount of phosphates, a thickening (sodium alginate) and an emulsifier, and which, by adding water, a sugar supplement, a perfume, and eventually a dye, are used for the preparation of ice-cream;

2. food preparations in powder form, for children, made up of milk (about 58%) with the addition of sucrose, lactic acid, vitamins, grain and yeast granons;

3. products of the type of commercially known with the name of filled milk presented in powder form. These products in pasty form are classified in heading 21.07 F.

e Ready called fondues

The term fondues is defined in Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter.

F III: Isoglucose

See Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

G Other

In addition to the preparations mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 21.07, paragraphs 1 to 10, 12 to 17 and 20, for example, they are classified under this subheading:

1. crushed maize grains, cooked by pressure water, with the addition of malt extract, sugar and salt and dried, used as intermediate products for the manufacture of "corn-flakes" and similar preparations;

2. products called "bulgur wheat grats" made up of partially mondice and grossly milled grains, which still contain small quantities of whole grains.

These products have also been subjected to heat treatment (precooked);

3. prepared or preserved parra leaves, not filled;

4. the names are prepared or preserved by procedures other than sugar or syrup;

5. boniates for human food prepared or preserved, except those preserved in sugar or syrup;

6. Outbreaks of prepared or preserved hops;

7. Whole palm or palm oil couches (sprouts), in pieces or in strips, prepared or preserved;

8. Mixtures consisting of plants, parts of plants, seeds or fruits (whole, cut, crushed or ground) of species belonging to different chapters (7, 9, 11, 12, etc.), used directly for the aromatization of beverages or for the preparation of extracts intended for the manufacture of beverages, provided that these mixtures are not classified in another heading (cap. 9 or p. 21.04) by application of Note 1 to Chapter 9;

9. products of the type of commercially called milk milk in pasty form;

10. food preparations consisting of natural honey enriched with actual honey jelly;

11. food preparations of cooked poultry eggs which are present in the form of a cylinder (for example, a length of 20 cm. and a diameter of 4,5 cm.), the centre of which is formed by the buds completely surrounded by

the clear.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

(a) prepared or preserved bamboo shoots (Chapter 20);

b) consumable tonic preparations directly as a beverage, even if taken in small quantities, per tablespoons, for example (chapter 22, mainly).

CHAPTER 22

BEVERAGES, ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS AND VINEGAR

General Considerations

Where a distinction is made in this Chapter between products presented in containers holding 2 litres or less, or more than 2 litres, account must be taken of the volume of the liquid contained in the containers and not the capacity of the containers.

They are classified in this chapter-as long as they are not medicines-the tonic preparations consumable directly as a drink, even if they are taken in small quantities (mainly by spoonfuls). Non-alcoholic tonic preparations which must be diluted before consumption as a drink are excluded from Chapter 22 and are generally classified under heading 21.07.

N.C. The actual alcoholic strength by volume is calculated by multiplying the mass of sugars 1 (b) (expressed in kilograms of invert sugar) contained in 100 litres of the product under consideration, by the coefficient 0,6.

22.01 Water, mineral waters, gaseous waters, ice and snow

To mineral waters, natural or artificial; gaseous waters

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 22.01, paragraph B and C, are classified under this subheading.

Not classified under this subheading, for example, natural mineral water in containers of the aerosol type for use in the treatment and care of the skin (item 33.06).

B Other

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 22.01, paragraphs A and D. Water vapor and filtered, esterified, purified or demineralized natural water are classified here.

22.02 Limonadas, flavoured gaseous waters (including mineral waters treated etc.)

A that do not contain milk or fat from milk

For example, liquid products composed of water, sugar and aromatic substances, packaged in a plastic bag used for the preparation of poles or sorbets by freezing in cold appliances, are classified in this subheading.

B Other, with a weight content of fat from milk

This sub-item, for example, is classified as a liquid product called commercially filled milk, provided that it is a drinking-ready beverage. The milk filled is a product based on skimmed milk or skimmed milk which has been added fat or refined vegetable oils in a quantity almost identical to that of the natural fat contained in initial whole milk. This drink is classified under this subheading according to the fat content of the milk.

It is also classified in this subheading the yoghurt for drinking, aromatised, that is, the sugar yoghurt or not, added of flavouring substances (essence of vanilla and essence of raspberries, mainly) or reduced fruits to small fragments (strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, almonds, etc), presented in liquid state and susceptible to direct consumption as a drink.

22.06 Vermuts and other wine of grapes prepared with plants or aromatic substances

Among the wines classified under this subheading and described in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 22.06, may be cited:

1. the drinks called Marsala to the egg, based on Marsala wine, flavoured with egg yolks (or with almonds) and other flavoured materials;

2. the drink called a wine-based indentation, flavoured with lemon or orange, for example.

22.07 Sidra, perada, aguamiel and other fermented beverages

B II non-sparkling, which are presented in containers containing

This sub-item is classified, for example, as beverages which are not products of the natural fermentation of fresh grape must, but are extracted from concentrated grape must. This must is stable and can be stored for use when necessary. The fermentation process is then caused by the addition of yeasts. Sugar is sometimes added to the must before fermentation or during fermentation. The product obtained by this process can be sweetened, headed or mixed.

22.08 Undenatured ethyl alcohol of ripening equal to or greater than 80, ethyl alcohol, etc.

B Undenatured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength by volume of 80% or more

It should be noted that alcoholic beverages (gin, vodka, for example), whatever their alcoholic strength, are classified under subheading 22.09 C.

22.09 Non-denatured ethyl alcohol of less than 80 degrees; spirits, liqueurs, etc.

A non-denatured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength of less than 80% vol. presented in containers containing them

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 22.09, paragraph I, second paragraph.

B compound alcoholics (called "concentrated extracts")

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 22.09, paragraph II, are classified in this subheading.

It should be noted that products obtained from a single base material are not considered to be compound preparations (e.g., alcohol concentrates of apple aroma, which are classified in Chapter 33).

B I aromatic Amargos of an alcoholic strength exceeding 44.2% vol. up to 49.2% vol. and containing 1,5 to 6% by weight of gentian, spices and miscellaneous ingredients, of 4% to 10% of sugar and presented in containers of a capacity of 0,5 litres or less.

The products included in this subheading are liquid concentrated alcoholic preparations that owe their peculiar taste, at the same time bitter and very aromatic, to the roots of gentiana used in their manufacture combined with various spices and aromas.

These concentrated aromatic bitters are addition products intended for use as drinks (cocktails, syrups, lemonades, etc.) as improvers, in the form of sauces and compound condiments, in the kitchen and in the pastry (soups, prepared dishes of meat, fish or legumes, sauces, sausages, fruit salads and salads, fruit tarts, creams, sorbets, etc.).

C Alcoholic Beverages

The spirit drinks of this subheading are alcoholic liquids generally intended for human consumption and obtained:

-either directly by distillation (whether or not in the presence of aromatic substances) of natural fermented liquids, such as wine, cider, or fruit, pomace, seed and other previously fermented plant products;

-or, by simple incorporation of various aromas and eventually of sugar into the distillation alcohol.

The different spirit drinks are described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 22.09, paragraph I, first and third paragraphs.

In relation to the spirits, it should be noted that they are classified here even when they have a wealth of 80% vol. or more of alcohol, although the product cannot be directly drunk.

Alcoholic beverages obtained by fermentation are excluded from this subheading (items 22.03 to 22.07).

C I rum, arac and tafia, presented in containers containing

They are classified under these headings:

1. the rum and tafia referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 22.09, paragraph I, 2) provided that they have not been deprived of their organoleptic characteristics;

2. the arac which is a spirit manufactured, by means of a special yeast, from molasses of sugar cane or of sugary juices of plants and rice. It should be noted that the arac should not be confused with the raki which is obtained by redistillation of the spirit of dried grapes or dried figs, in the presence of anise seeds and which is classified under subheading 22.09 C V.

C II gin, presented in containers containing

gin is a spirit drink usually obtained by simple or successive distillation of cereals or ethyl alcohol, rectified, in the presence of juniper berries and other aromatic substances (for example, cilandro, angelic roots, anise or ginger)

For the application of this subheading only gin, spirits having the organoleptic characteristics of the gin are considered.

Consequently, it is excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. the quavit;

2. the genevre (genever)

3. the kranwitter.

C II b) Other, presented in containers containing

Whisky is a spirit obtained exclusively by the distillation of a fermented must of different cereals (barley, rye, maize or wheat, mainly), mixed or not and previously saccharified by the action of the diatase of malted barley.

For the application of this subheading it is only considered whisky, the alcoholic beverage that is characterized by the smell and the peculiar taste of the whisky.

Whisky with gaseous water (whisky-soda) is excluded from this subheading and is classified under subheading 22.09 C V.

C IV vodka of an alcoholic strength by volume of 45% or less, spirits, pears or cherries, presented in containers holding

This subheading includes:

1. Vodka which is an alcoholic beverage usually obtained by fermentation and distillation of cereal musts, without the addition of aromatic substances.

Distillates are then purified by intense filtration by activated carbon. You get this a colourless drink that looks like a rectified alcohol, but it differs from it for its sweet taste.

It should be noted that only vodka with a content of ethyl alcohol equal to or less than 45% vol. is classified in this subheading. Vodka with a content of ethyl alcohol of more than 45% vol. is classified under subheading 22.09 C V.

2. The spirits of plums, pears or cherries, are alcoholic beverages obtained only by fermentation and distillation of prunes, pears or cherries.

For interpretation of terms:

-plums, see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 08.07;

-cherries, see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 08.07, in relation to the explanatory notes of subheading 08.07 C.

C V other, presented in containers containing

In addition to the alcoholic beverages referred to in the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 22.09, paragraph I, 1) and 7) to 13), they are mainly classified under this subheading:

1. vodka with an ethyl alcohol content of more than 45,4% vo.;

2. Fruit spirits other than those of plums, pears or cherries;

3. the aquavit, genevre (genever) and kranawitter;

4. the korn:

5. the agave spirit (tequila);

6. the gentian spirit;

7. the rice spirit;

8. the sorghum spirit;

9. alcoholic beverages mixed with each other (cocktails) or with the addition of gaseous water (whisky-soda, for example).

CHAPTER 23

WASTE AND WASTE FROM FOOD INDUSTRIES; FOOD ETC.

N. C. 1 The maximum alcoholic strength is calculated by multiplying the mass of sugars (expressed in kilograms of invert sugar) contained in 100 kilograms of the product under consideration by factor 0.47.

23.01 Flours and dust of meat and offal, fish, crustaceans or molluscs, impropriety etc.

B Flour and powder of fish, crustaceans or molluscs

The fish meal and powder of this subheading are made up of fish or fish waste generally treated with steam and under pressure, dried or ground afterwards. The presence in these products of small quantities of particles of starfish or other echinoderms does not change their classification.

They are excluded from this subheading:

-fish meal suitable for human consumption (heading 03.02);

-the flour of starfish and other echinoderms (subheading 05.15 B).

23.02 Saved, sharps and other residues of the sifting, milling or other treatments etc.

A of cereals

To distinguish the products of this subheading from items 11.01 and 11.02, see Note 2 (A) to Chapter 11.

Provided that they meet the criteria laid down in Note 2 (A) to Chapter 11, the pieces of maize collected during the unsound of the unmounted and cleaned grains are excluded from this subheading (subheading 11.02 D V).

23.03 Beetroot Pulp, Sugar cane bagasse and other industry waste etc.

A Waste from the corn starch industry (excluding concentrated soaking waters) with a protein content, calculated on the dry extract

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. products called "maize gluten" (in general, in the form of flour), consisting mainly of gluten obtained during the separation of starch. Its protein content exceeds 40% by weight;

2. products called "meal gluten", obtained mainly by mixing of faeces from the starch industry with pure gluten. These products generally have a protein content of about 40% by weight.

3. products called "corn gluten foods" (corn gluten feed), which generally have a protein content of 20% by weight at least, and are mainly made up of pericarp and endospermian particles, as well as corn grains gluten and, where appropriate, concentrated water from maize sorex, if all these components are by-products of the corn starch industry.

This subheading also includes the following products in the form of pellets.

It should be noted that only those products which have a starch content of not more than 40%, calculated by weight on the dry extract, are classified under these headings.

Products, which have a higher starch content, are generally classified under headings 11.01, 11.02, 23.02 or 23.07, as the case may be.

Concentrated corn soreed waters are classified under subheading 23.03 B II whatever their protein content.

B I beet pulp, sugar cane bagels and other sugar industry waste

For the application of this subheading, it is considered pulp to be beet, containing by weight a maximum of 8% sucrose referred to in the dry extract.

When you have sucrose in higher percentage, this product is classified under heading 12.04.

It is not considered "waste of the sugar industry" and the whey to which the lactose has been partially extracted (subheading 04.02 A I) is not classified under this subheading.

B II the others

For the purposes of this subheading, residues from the manufacture of starch from manioc roots are considered to be residues containing by weight 40% of starch in relation to the dry extract.

Products in the form of flour or meal containing a higher percentage of starch are classified in subheading 11.04 C.

Also classified under this subheading, for example:

1. the products known as 'sorghum gluten feed', which generally contain a protein content of 18% by weight and are mainly made up of particles of pericarp and of the endosperum, as well as gluten of sorghum grains and, where appropriate, concentrated waters of sorghum soreure, if all of these components are by-products of the manufacture of sorghum starch.

It should be noted that only products having a starch content of not more than 40% calculated by weight on the dry extract are classified under this subheading.

Products having a higher starch content of generally classified in headings 11.01, 11.02, 23.02 or 23.07, as the case may be:

2. waste from the production of fecules called 'dry potato pulp'. The starch content of these residues is generally raised to a minimum of 50% by weight.

It should be noted that the concentrated waters of the maize soak are classified in this subheading whatever their protein content.

23.04 Tortas, olive pomace and other residues from the extraction of vegetable oils, etc.

Olive-pomace and other residues from the extraction of olive oil

Waste from the extraction of olive oil shall mean only products whose fat content does not exceed 8% by weight. These products (except for burras or faeces) with a higher fat content are classified as the base material (subheading 07.01 N).

B Other

The present subheading mainly comprises the residues of the extraction of the corn germ oil, which are usually presented in the form of more or less pulverulent mixtures, of particles of the germ, of the pericarp and of the corn grain, even in the form of pellets.

Residues from the extraction of maize germ oil by solvent or precession are not classified under subheading 23.04 B more than when they present at the same time the following contents calculated by weight on the dry extract:

1. in products with a fat content of less than 3%

-starch content: less than 45%

-protein content (nitrogen content x 6,25.): equal to or greater than 11,5%;

2. for products with a fat content of 3% or more and not exceeding 8%

-starch content: less than 45%

-protein content (nitrogen content x 6,25): equal to or greater than 13%.

In addition, these residues cannot carry components that do not come from the corn grain.

Products that do not meet the above criteria are generally classified under headings 11.01, 11.02, 23.02 or 23.07, as the case may be.

23.05 Wine Times; Gross Tatar

A I with an alcoholic strength total equal to or less than 7,9% 'plus' and a dry extract content equal to or greater than 25% by weight

See Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter, as well as the relevant explanatory note.

23.06 Plant-based products of the type that are used in the feeding of the like.

A) with a total alcoholic strength equal to or less than 4,3% 'plus' and a dry extract content equal to or greater than 40% by weight.

See Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter, as well as the relevant explanatory note.

A II others

The present subheading mainly comprises the "orange cells", that is, the products composed of parts of orange, which when the oranges are squeezed down on the juice before being filtered and contain almost no element of pulp or fruit juice, but are made up in their greater part of the skin of the cell and of the albedo. These products are intended to be added to the diluted concentrates of orange juice or lemonades.

23.07 Fodder prepared with the addition of molasses or sugar; other preparations of the type of the like.

Products called "soluble" fish or marine mammals

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 23.07, paragraph B II, last paragraph.

B other than containing, in isolation or in combination, whether or not mixed with other products, starch or starch, glucose or glucose syrup, maltodextrin or maltodextrin syrup falling within subheadings 17.02 B and 21.07 F II and milk products.

See Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

CHAPTER 24

TABACO

24.01 Unworked or unworked tobacco; tobacco waste

In relation to raw or unmanufactured tobacco, see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 24. 01 paragraph 1).

Among tobacco waste (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, item 24.01, paragraph 2), may be cited primarily:

1. waste from the handling of tobacco leaves; they are known in trade with the names of kirinti, broquelins, scraps, etc. They usually contain impurities or foreign bodies such as dust, vegetable waste or filaments of textile materials. These wastes have been dusted, sometimes, by sifting;

2. wastes from tobacco leaves known in trade with the name siftings (sifting) which are obtained by sifting from the waste mentioned above;

3. waste from the manufacture of cigars, designated by the name of coupurées consisting of cuts and cuts of leaves;

4. the powder obtained by sifting from the aforementioned waste.

Not classified in this heading, for example:

1. live tobacco plants (heading 06.02);

2. tobacco stems devoid of pecioli, nerves, scrapes, etc. (item 14.04);

3. Tobacco waste, put up for smoking, chewing, aspiring or powder, or having been treated for use as it is presented for smoking, chewing, aspiring or as a tobacco powder (heading 24.02),

24.02 Manufactured tobacco; tobacco extracts or juices

To Cigarettes

Cigarettes are smoking tobacco cylinders as presented and should not be considered as pure cigars or puritos (within the meaning of the Explanatory Notes to subheading 24.02 B).

Products consisting exclusively or partly of substances other than tobacco and which meet the above definition are also covered by this subheading, mainly cigarettes made of leaves of a variety of specially prepared lettuce containing neither tobacco nor nicotine.

By contrast, products consisting exclusively of substances other than tobacco intended for medicinal use (heading 30.03) are excluded.

B Cigars and Purites

Pure cigars and puritos are smoking tobacco cylinders as presented:

1. consisting entirely of natural tobacco or

2. with an outer layer of natural tobacco or

3. with an outer layer of the normal colour of pure cigars and a sublayer, both of reconstituted tobacco falling within subheading 24.02 E, where at least 60% by weight of the tobacco particles have a width and a length greater than 1,75 mm. and when the outer layer is helically placed with a minimum acute angle of 30 to the longitudinal axis of the continuous tobacco crooked or

4. with an outer layer of the normal colour of pure cigars, of reconstituted tobacco falling within subheading 24.02 E, when the unit mass without filter or nozzle is equal to or greater than 2,3 gr. and at least 60% by weight of the tobacco particles have a width and a length greater than 1,75 mm and a third part, at least, of the length of the tobacco cylinder present a perimeter equal to or greater than 34 mm.

Products also classified under this subheading are the products provided with an outer layer of natural or reconstituted tobacco, or an outer layer and a reconstituted tobacco sublayer, which is composed of substances other than tobacco and which also satisfy the conditions set out above.

C Tobacco for Smoking

Smoking tobacco is cut or split tobacco in another form, twisted or pressed into plates and smoked without the need for any industrial transformation.

Tobacco waste shall be considered as smoking tobacco when it is put up for retail sale, can be smoked and not classified as cigarettes, cigars or purites (see the preceding explanatory notes to subheadings 24.02 A and B).

Products consisting wholly or partly of substances other than tobacco and meeting the above definition are also classified under this subheading. On the other hand, products consisting solely of substances other than tobacco intended for medicinal use (heading 30.03) are excluded.

D Tobacco for chewing and snuff

The chewing tobacco is presented in cylinders, bars, strands, cubes, or plates, specially prepared for masquerade, but not for smoking, conditioning for retail sale.

The snuff is powder or grain tobacco, specially prepared to vacuum it, but not to smoke.

Products which are partially constituted by substances other than tobacco and which meet the conditions laid down above are classified under this subheading.

E Other, including agglomerated tobacco in the form of sheets

They also belong to this subheading:

1. Reconstituted tobacco in the form of sheets;

2. the tobacco powder;

3. Brazil tobacco, twisted, flavoured and fermented, pressed into balls and packed in skins (mangots).

SECTION V

MINERAL PRODUCTS

CHAPTER 25

SAL; SULPHUR; EARTH AND STONES; YEAS, CALES AND CEMENTS

25.01 Salt gem, salt salt, sea salt, table salt; pure sodium chloride; mother waters etc.

A I to be used for chemical transformation (separation of Na and Cl) for the manufacture of other products

It is mainly classified under this subheading, provided that it complies with the conditions determined by the competent authorities, the salt, whether or not denatured, for the manufacture of hydrochloric acid, chlorine, calcium chloride, sodium nitrate, sodium hypochlorite, sulphates, carbonates, hydroxide, chlorate and sodium perchlorate, as well as metallic sodium.

A) denatured or intended for other industrial uses (including refining), excluding the preservation or preparation of products intended for human consumption.

This subheading includes, provided that the conditions determined by the competent authorities are met:

1. the denatured salt whatever its destination, except for the denatured salt of subheading 25.01 A I;

2. the salt distilled from the refining; only the purification by procedures in which the salt is dissolved is considered to be refined;

3. salt for industrial uses, except for the chemical transformation, preservation or preparation of products for human consumption. It is considered to be industrial use, the salt intended for use in factories as raw material or as an accessory in an industrial manufacturing cycle (e.g. in metallurgy, dry cleaning, leather and fur industry, soapery, cold industry and ceramics).

A II b) Other

In this subheading, the salt intended directly for human consumption or that of animals (for example, stones for licking), the salt used for the preservation or preparation of products for human or animal nutrition, as well as pure sodium chloride, even in aqueous solution, for scientific or medical use, is classified as such.

25.03 Sulphur of any kind, excluding sublimated sulphur, precipitated sulphur and so on.

A Raw

The different classes of sulphur referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 25.03, paragraphs 1) to 4, are classified under this subheading. These azufres are generally in blocks, in pieces or in powder.

B Other

This subheading includes the different classes of sulphur referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 25.03 (5) and (6). These azufres are generally presented in bars, small loaves (refined sulfur) or powder (sifted, ventilated or micronized sulfur).

The sulphur "mu" insoluble in carbon sulphide, obtained by special procedures and used in the rubber industry, is also classified under this subheading.

25.13 pumice stone, esmeril; natural corindon, natural granate and other natural abrasives, etc.

A raw or in irregular chunks

The pieces of pumice stone, called pumice gravel or "bimskies", are classified in this subheading.

B Other

This sub-item includes, in particular, ground or ground products.

25.15 Marbles, travertine, ecaussines and other limestone or construction stones etc.

When the stones are not in uniform thickness, the classification according to the thicknesses is performed according to the greater thickness.

A raw; chipped; simply cut by sawing or cleft and of a thickness of more than 25 cm

This subheading includes:

1. blocks and plates of any thickness, unworked or simply chipped (roughly squared);

2. blocks and plates, cut by sawing or cleft (whatever the sawing system, for example, with helical wires, with blades, etc.) of a thickness of more than 25 cm;

3. irregular waste from the extraction itself or from subsequent work (bulkhead, sawing pieces, etc.), but only to the extent that they are still usable for size or construction. Otherwise, they are classified under heading 25.17.

It should be noted that the irregular contour lasses obtained by sawing of blocks or bulkheads to be used as such or in the manufacture of agglomerated tiles are classified under subheading 25.15 B.

25.16 Granite, porphyry, basalt, sandstone and other carving or building stones, raw, etc.

When the stones are not in uniform thickness, the classification according to the thicknesses is performed according to the greater thickness.

A raw; chipped; simply cut by sawing or cleft and of a thickness of more than 25 cm

The explanatory note of subheading 25.15 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B I granite, porphyry, sienite, lava, basalt, gneis, trachite and other similar hard rocks;

Among the other hard rocks also included in this subheading are: the diabola, the diorite, the phonolite, the liparite, the gabra, the labradorite and the peridotits.

B II a) Apparent Density stones less than 2.5

In particular, the calcareous tats and soft limestone are classified in this subheading.

B II b) Other

Among the limestone stones that are classified in this subheading, the serpentine or the ophyte, the calcareous or dolomitic puddles, and the volcanic tobas can be cited. The meandering limestone and the calcareous gaps are included in heading 25.15.

25.18 Unworked Dolomite, chipped or simply cut by sawing; fried dolomite or so on.

A Dolomite in Gross

Raw dolomite is a natural double carbonate of calcium and magnesium.

It is classified under this subheading even if it has been subjected to a slight heat treatment which does not modify its chemical composition.

This subheading includes:

1. dolomite in blocks or plates of any thickness, raw, chipped (grossly squared) or simply cut by sawing or cleft;

2. dolomite in the form of irregular waste from the extraction itself or from subsequent work (bulkhead, sawing pieces, etc.);

3. dolomite in granules, tasquiles or powder (see, however, the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 25.18, last paragraph).

B-fried or calcined Dolomite

Dolomite fried or calcined is the dolomite that has been subjected to a very advanced heat treatment (about 1,900 C in the fried dolomite and 800 C in the calcined dolomite) that modifies its chemical composition due to the release of carbon dioxide.

25.19 Natural Magnesium Carbonate (Magnesite): Electrofused Magnesia; Calcined Magnesia Etc.

A Magnesium Oxide, other than natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite) calcined

This subheading mainly comprises:

-magnesium oxide obtained by calcination of magnesium hydroxide or precipitated magnesium carbonate used primarily in pharmacy; this is a white powder with a purity of 98% or more.

-the magnesium oxide obtained by fusion with an electric arc (electro-fused magnesia): this is a generally colourless product with a purity higher than that of the product obtained by calcination of the magnesite but not generally passed by 97%;

-magnesium oxide from seawater, obtained by calcination of magnesium hydroxide precipitated from seawater; the purity of this product is between 91 and 98%, generally, and contains as impurity boron characteristic in excess of that containing the calcined magnesite to death (sintered) (about 100 ppm versus 40 ppm, approximately).

Natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite or giobertite) calcined (subheading 25.19 B) is excluded from this subheading.

B Other

This sub-item comprises, mainly:

-the natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite or giobertite) described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 25.19;

-the natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite or giobertite) calcined; this is magnesium oxide, the purity of which is between 86 and 93%, generally containing as impurities other metal oxides, such as calcium, aluminium and iron oxides. It is essentially used for its refractory properties.

All magnesium oxides not produced by the calcination of natural magnesium carbonate (subheading 25.19 A) are excluded from this subheading.

CHAPTER 26

METALLURGICAL MINERALS, SLAG AND ASH

26.02 Escoria, bathyhard and other waste of iron and steel manufacturing

B Other

It must be specified that the granulated slag of blast furnaces falling within this subheading are characterised by an apparent dry mass of more than 300 Kg/m3.

These products heavily expanded by foamed and with an apparent dry bulk mass equal to or less than 300 Kg/m3 are classified under subheading 68.07 B.

26.03 Ashes and residues (other than those of heading 26.02) containing metal or so on.

Among the products that are classified in this item, they can be cited primarily:

1. the matas of zinc:

(a) heavy galvanizing mats which are metal products of a very variable and heterogeneous composition, less fuses and denser than zinc, which are deposited in the bottom of the liquid zinc bath during hot-dip cinching of steel sheets, wires, tubes, etc.

These mats are taken out of the bath in a pasty state and are molded in the form of plates or "loaves" that can have a rough and even spongy exterior appearance.

Contain by weight of 2 to 5% of iron. The zinc content varies from 92 to 94% by weight. Aluminium content is generally low and does not exceed 0.2 to 0.3% by weight;

(b) the light galvanising mats or surface mats which are metal products of the foam of the galvanising baths continues by the Senzimir procedure, which do not contain flux.

These slates, less dense than zinc, float on the surface of the bathrooms. They are taken out of the baths in a pasty state and are shaped in the form of "loaves"; they have a less irregular external appearance than the previous ones.

The iron content is much lower, generally less than 0.5% by weight. The aluminum content is higher: 1 to 2% by weight. The zinc content is in the order of 98% by weight.

Not to be confused with zinc alloys (heading 79.01), which generally have 3 to 5% of aluminium by weight and may contain up to 3% of copper by weight, but which respond to precise technical characteristics, whereas the composition of zinc matas is such that they cannot be practically used more than for a metallurgical or chemical transformation;

(c) the raffins which are drawn from the bottom of the refining baths of the raw zinc and which contain by weight 4 to 8% of lead and up to 6% of iron;

2. the other cinch ash and residues, for example:

(a) zinc ash, consisting of zinc (65 to 70% by weight) and zinc oxide, contaminated with coal and other impurities;

(b) zinc foams, consisting of metal zinc, zinc and ammonium chloride, zinc oxide and iron oxide, separated from the surface of the galvanising baths or the recasting vats of the old zinc;

c) zinc sludge, which is waste from some industries using zinc as a reducer;

(d) zinc foams obtained as a residue from the manufacture of zinc oxide from zinc matas; they contain by weight about 60% zinc, and the remainder is made up of iron and other impurities;

e) the residual zinc oxides from the dusting of the fumes in the recovery of various metals or alloys such as brass. These residual oxides should not be confused:

-with zinc grey (subheading 32.07 A VI b) which is very impure zinc oxide, which is present in homogeneous colour and fineness powder and used as a pigment;

-with zinc powder obtained by spraying the cast zinc and with zinc powder containing by weight 80 to 94% of metal zinc and the grains of which are coated with a layer of zinc oxide (subheading 79.03 B).

CHAPTER 27

MINERAL FUELS, MINERAL OILS AND PRODUCTS OF THEIR DISTILLATION ETC.

ASTM standards will be understood as those of the American Society For Testing and Materials, published in December 1962, 39 edition on standard definitions and specifications for petroleum products and lubricants, except that the use of a more recent standard is prescribed.

ns. 2 and 3 1. For the determination of the content of aromatic compounds the following methods shall apply:

-for products with a distillation end point equal to or less than 315 C: ASTM D-1319-70;

-for products whose final distillation point is greater than 315 C: See Annex A to the explanatory notes to this chapter.

2. Heavy oils of this chapter, with a volume of 15 C, not exceeding 1 gr, are considered as falling within subheading 27.10 C. /cm3, whatever the content of the aromatic compounds.

N.C. 5 1. Subject to the provisions of Additional Note 5 (n), it is necessary to specify that the exemption provided for applies to all products subject to a defined treatment.

Consequently, if an oil product were to be subjected, for example, to an alkylation or a polymerisation, even the part of the product that was not effectively transformed (or polymerized) would enjoy the exemption.

2. Where prior preparation is necessary (see the last paragraph of the N.C. 5), two conditions are essential to enjoy the exemption:

(a) that the imported product is effectively subjected to the "defined treatment"; for example, a cracking;

b) that prior preparation is technically necessary to enable "defined treatment";

Prior preparation is considered essential for products intended for a "defined treatment":

a) the ungasped;

b) drying;

c) removal of certain light or heavy products that may impair treatment;

(d) the elimination or transformation of mercaptans (smoothing), other sulphurated components or other substances that are harmful to the treatment;

e) neutralization;

f) decantation;

g) the desalting.

Products obtained, where appropriate, during prior preparation and which do not undergo a defined treatment are classified under the subheading of products "intended for other uses", according to the class and value of the imported products and based on the net weight of the products obtained.

N.C. 5 a) Vacuum distillation

Vacuum distillation shall mean distillation at a pressure not exceeding 400 millibars measured at the head of the column.

N.C. 5 (b) Redistillation by an extreme fractionation procedure

Redistillation shall be understood by means of an extreme fractionation procedure, the distillation process (other than the atmospheric distillation "topping") applied in industrial installations of continuous or discontinuous cycle using distillates of subheadings 27.10 A, B, C I or 27.11 B, to obtain:

1. isolated hydrocarbons of a high degree of purity (90% or more for olefins and 95% or more for other hydrocarbons). Mixtures of isomers of the same organic compound should be considered as isolated hydrocarbons.

It should be noted that only treatments are allowed for which at least three different products are obtained, this restriction does not apply each time the treatment involves a separation of isomers.

In this respect, in relation to xylenes, ethylbenzene is considered an isomer;

2. products of subheadings 27.07 B, 27.10 A, B or C I:

-where an overlap of the boiling end point of a cut with the initial boiling point of the following cut is not supported, the temperature intervals between the distillation points in volume 5% and 90%, including losses, are equal to or less than 60 C, according to ASTM D-86-67 (as revised in 1972);

-in which an overlap of the boiling end point of a cut and the initial boiling point of the following cut is supported, the temperature intervals between the distillation points in volume 5% and 90%, including losses, are equal to or less than 30 C, according to ASTM D-86-67 (as revised in 1972).

N.C. 5 c) d The cracking

Cracking, the industrial treatment which is intended to break the molecules of petroleum products and the modification of their chemical structure by means of heat, with or without pressure, with or without a catalyst, by means of which it is obtained mainly mixtures of lighter, liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons in the normal temperature and pressure conditions.

The main industrial cracking treatments are as follows:

1. thermal cracking;

2. catalytic cracking;

3. the vapour (steamcracking) for the obtention of gaseous hydrocarbons;

4. hydrocracking (hydrocracking) (cracking treatment with hydrogenation);

5. dehydrogenation;

6. Dealkylation;

7. the reduction on coke;

8. viscutting (visbreaking).

N.C. 5 (d) Reformed

Reformed, heat treatment, or even catalytic, light oils or means to increase their content in aromatics.

Catalytic reforming is used, for example, to transform light oils from first distillation into light oils having a higher octane rate (with a high content of aromatic hydrocarbons) or in hydrocarbon mixtures containing benzene, toluene, xylenes, ethylbenzene, etc. The main catalytic reforming treatments are those that use platinum as a catalyst.

N.C. 5 e) Extraction with selective solvents

Selective solvent extraction means the process of separation of groups of products having a different molecular structure, by means of specific solvents carrying out a selective activity (furfurol, phenol, dichlorinated ethyl ether, sulphur dioxide, nitrobenzene, urea and certain urea derivatives, acetone, propane, methylethylceeone, methylisobutylketone, glycol, morpholine, etc.).

N.C. 5 g) Polymerization

Polymerization, the industrial process by which, with or without heat, with or without catalyst, the unsaturated hydrocarbons are joined to form one or more of their polymers or copolymers.

N.C. 5 h) alkylation

Alkylation shall mean any thermal or catalytic reaction in which non-natural hydrocarbons bind to other hydrocarbons, especially isoparaffins or aromatics.

N.C. 5 ij) Isomerization

Isomerisation shall mean the transformation of the structure of the components of the petroleum products without modification of the gross formula.

N.C. 5 l) Dewaxed by procedure other than filtration

Among the dewaxing procedures, according to this Supplementary Note, can be cited, for example:

1. the dewaxed by the action of the cold;

2. microbiological treatment;

3. the dewaxing by means of urea;

4. treatment with molecular sieves;

N.C. 5 n) Atmospheric distillation

Atmospheric distillation shall be understood to mean a pressure of the order of 1,013 millibars measured at the head of the column.

N.C. 6 I. 'Chemical transformation' means any operation which has as its object the molecular transformation of one or more components of the treated oil product.

Not considered "chemical transformation", for example, the simple mixing of an oil product with another product, oil or not. Therefore, the incorporation of white spirit, for example, into a painting, an oil-grease or a printing ink, cannot be said to respond to the definition of "chemical transformation". The same applies to any use of petroleum products as solvents, such as fuels or fuels.

II. Examples of "chemical transformations"

A. action of halogens or halogenated compounds:

1. reaction of polypropylene contained in an oil gas cut to obtain organic derivatives (for example, to obtain propylene oxide);

2. treatment of oil cuts (petrol, kerosene, diesel) and paraffin, petroleum waxes or paraffinic residues, with chlorine or chlorinated compounds to obtain chloroparaffins;

B. action of the bases (soda, potash, ammonia, etc.) to obtain naphthenic acids;

C. action of sulphuric acid and its anhydrous for:

1. the production of sulphonates;

2. the extraction or production of isobutylene;

3. the sulfonation of gas oils or lubricating oils.

The oil added after the sulfonation does not enjoy the exemption.

D. sulfocloruration;

E. hydration, mainly to obtain alcohols for the transformation of unsaturated hydrocarbons contained in a gaseous oil cut;

F. treatment with maleic anhydride, primarily, treatment of butadiene mixed in a gaseous 4-atom gas oil cut to obtain tetrahydrophthalic acid;

G. treatment with phenol, for example, reaction of oil olefins and phenols in the presence of a catalyst, to obtain alkylphenols;

H. oxidation:

1. oxidation of heavy oils to obtain blown bitumen from subheading 27.14 A;

2. oxidation of any oil product for the production of processed chemicals, acids, aldehydes, ketones, alcohols, etc., for example, hot-pressure oxidation of light fractions to obtain acetic, formic, propionic and succinic acids;

J. dehydrogenation, mainly:

-of naphthenic hydrocarbons to obtain aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., benzols);

-of paraffinic hydrocarbons to obtain liquid olefins, used, for example, in the manufacture of biodregradable alkylbenzenes;

K. oxosynthesis;

L. Irreversible incorporation of heavy oils into high polymers (natural or synthetic latex, butyl rubber, polystyrene, etc.);

M. Manufacture of products of heading 28.03;

N. nitration for obtaining nitroderivatives;

O. biological treatment of certain oil cuts containing n-paraffins for protein or other complex organic products.

N.C. 7 A. This explanatory note relates only to products falling within subheading 27.10 C III c).

B. For their application, imported oils must be mixed in companies with adequate material. These oils must be treated for resale.

The imported product must be mixed:

-either with other oils, whether mineral, plant, animal or synthetic;

-either with products of subheadings 38.14 B I or B III;

-or with thickeners (e.g. graphite, talc, bentonite, soap, molybdenum disulfide, polymerization waxes, suarda fat), whether they are imported or acquired in the internal market.

Whenever imported oils are mixed with at least one of the aforementioned products, other products may still be added, provided that the final product is an oil, a fat or a lubricating preparation.

Only "mixtures" are considered for the purposes of this explanatory note for products obtained which present different technical, physical or chemical characteristics of the imported oils. This modification of the characteristics should be detectable by the analyses.

C. Although the packaging is generally carried out by means of automatic or semi-automatic appliances, simple construction equipment is also permissible, intended to fill toneles, drums, boxes and the like.

However, although Supplementary Note 7 requires equipment for conditioning, mixed products can also be sold in bulk.

27.04 Cokes and semi-coke of coal, lignite and peat, agglomerated or not; retort coal

A I to be used for the manufacture of electrodes

This subheading includes the coke and semi-coke of hard coal used in the manufacture of electrodes generally intended for the production of ferro-alloys. The coke and semi-coke considered in this subheading are especially pure (low ash content) and are generally presented in the form of reduced-caliber products.

A II Other (ECSC)

This subheading refers to the coke and semi-coke of hard coal for uses other than the manufacture of electrodes.

It is mainly in this category of gas coke (by-product of the manufacture of the city gas), as well as the coke and semi-metal coke prepared specially for the needs of the metallurgical industry and which, contrary to the coke of gas, are a hard and resistant product that is presented in the form of large pieces of silver appearance.

B Lignite (ECSC) Coques and Semicots

Lignite is not suitable for the production of coke by high temperature carbonization.

On the contrary, it is obtained by low temperature distillation a semicot which is a smoke-free, fluffy, bright-looking, clean-to-touch fuel, which is lit and burned with ease.

C The others

This subheading includes:

-the products obtained by the carbonisation of the peat; they give off by burning a strong and unpleasant smell and are mainly used to feed the industrial furnaces;

-retort coal (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.04, fourth and fifth paragraphs).

27.05 Lighting gas, poor gas, water gas and similar gases

This item only comprises gases with a lower heat power not exceeding 20.9 MJ/m3, measured at the temperature of 0 C and at the pressure of 1,013 millibars.

27.07 Aceites and other products from the distillation of hard coal from coal etc.

See Note 2 and the Additional Explanatory Notes to Notes 2 and 3 of this Chapter.

To Raw Oils

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the products obtained in the first distillation of the high temperature coal tar.

These high temperature coal tar are generally obtained in metallurgical coking plants at a temperature of more than 900 C. The products of the distillation of these alkylates contain not only hydrocarbons in which there is a predominance, by weight, of aromatic hydrocarbons, but also nitrogen compounds, oxygenated or sulphurated and very frequently impurities. In general, these products should be subject to different treatments before use;

2. similar products, as provided for in Note 2 to the Chapter.

Products having a qualitative composition similar to that of the products referred to in paragraph 1 above are considered to be 'analogues'.

However, they may have a higher percentage of aliphatic and naphthenic hydrocarbons, as well as phenolic products and a lower percentage of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons than the products considered in paragraph 1 above.

In these products there is generally, in terms of hydrocarbons, a predominance by weight of aromatic hydrocarbons.

It should be stressed that only products in which the aromatic compounds predominate by weight in relation to non-aromatics are classified in this subheading.

Also classified in this subheading, for example, oils from the debenzolate after the washing of the gases from the coking of coal.

B Benzols, toluols, xylols, naphtha solvents (heavy benzol); analogue products as defined in Note 2 to this chapter distilling 65% or more of their volume up to 250 C (including mixtures of petroleum gasolines and benzol); sulphurated heads

In relation to:

a) the benzoles;

b) toluols;

c) the xylols;

d) the solvent naphtha (heavy benzol)

of this subheading, respectively:

(a) of benzene whose fraction of 1% to 96% (by volume) does not distil in a maximum range of 2 C comprising the temperature of 80.1 C according to the ASTM D-850-56 (revision of 1966) or the ASTM D-1078-70 standard (using a conical bottom test tube instead of the test tube prescribed for these two standards). Where the product does not present these characteristics, it shall be classified under subheading 29.01 D I;

(b) of toluene whose fraction of 1% to 96% (by volume) does not distil in a maximum range of 2 C comprising the temperature of 110,6 C according to the ASTM D-850-56 (revision of 1966) or the ASTM D-1078-70 standard (using a conical bottom test tube instead of the test tube prescribed for these two standards). Where the product does not present these characteristics, it shall be classified under subheading 29.01 D I;

(c) of xylenes containing less than 95% of xylenes (isomers, ortho-, meta-or for-isolated or mixed), a percentage referring to the weight of the anhydrous product as determined by gas-phase chromatography. Where the product does not present these characteristics, it shall be classified under heading 29.01 D I;

(d) of hydrocarbon mixtures with a predominance of aromatics in which neither benzene, toluene, nor xylenes predominate and which distills 65% or more of its volume, up to 250 C according to ASTM D-86-67 (revision 1972).

For the purposes of this subheading, only sulphurised heads, light products obtained during the primary distillation of tar gross oils containing sulphurated compounds (carbon sulphide, mercaptans, thiophene, etc.), as well as hydrocarbons with a predominance of non-aromatics and which distills 90% or more of their volume at a temperature of less than 80 C.

They are also classified here:

-aromatic petroleum gasolines (including mixtures of petroleum gasolines and benzol).

-means of petroleum oils in which the aromatic constituents predominate by weight and which distills 65% or more of their volume up to 250 C according to ASTM D-86-67 (revision of 1972).

It should be noted that phenols and naphthalene are classified in any case in subheadings 27.07 D and 27.07 E, respectively.

C Commodities

For the application of this subheading, are basic products the aromatic and/or heterocyclic nitrogenous products with basic function.

It is mainly classified in this subheading, the pyridic, quinoleic, acridinic and anilinic bases (including their mixtures). They are mainly formed by pyridine, quinoline, acridine and their counterparts.

Among the basic products that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

-pyridine whose fraction of 1% to 96% (by volume) does not distil in a maximum range of 2 C including the temperature of 115 C, according to the ASTM D-850-56 (revision of 1966) or the ASTM D-1078-70 standard (using a conical bottom test tube instead of the test tube prescribed for these two standards). Pyridine whose fraction of 1% to 96% distil in a maximum range of 2 C including the temperature of 115 C is classified under subheading 29.35 D;

-methylpyridines (alpha-, beta-and gamma-picoline), methylethylpyridine (ethylpicoline) and vinylpyridine, the degree of purity of which is less than 90% by weight of anhydrous product as determined by gas-phase chromatography. Where the percentage is equal to or greater than 90%, these products shall be classified under heading 29.35;

-quinoline whose degree of purity is less than 95% by weight of anhydrous product, determined by gas-phase chromatography. Where the percentage is 95% or more, this product shall be classified under subheading 29.35 G;

-acridine whose degree of purity is less than 95% by weight of anhydrous product, determined by gas-phase chromatography. Where the percentage is 95% or more, this product shall be classified under subheading 29.35 Q.

The salts of all the basic products referred to above (items 29.35 or 38.19) are excluded from this subheading.

D Fenols

The phenols from the distillation of high temperature coal tar, as well as the analogue products as defined in Note 2 to this Chapter, are classified under this subheading.

They are primarily classified under this subheading;

1. monophenol mononuclear (C6 H5 OH) which, according to the standard described in Annex B to the explanatory notes to this Chapter, has a solidification point of less than 39 C. Where this product has a solidification point of 39 C or more, it shall be classified under heading 29.06 A I;

2. cresoles (mixture of isomers) with less than 95% in total of cresoles, percentage by weight of anhydrous product, determined by gas-phase chromatography. Where the percentage is 95% or more, these products shall be classified under heading 29.06 A II;

3. Orthocresol, metacresol and paracresol (isolated isomers) having according to the method described in Annex B of the explanatory notes to this chapter, solidification points of less than 29 C, 8 C and 31 C, respectively. Where these products have solidification points equal to or greater than 29 C, 8 C and 31 C, respectively, they shall be classified under subheading 29.06 A II;

4. xylenols (mixtures of isomers or isolated isomers) with less than 95% in total xylenols, percentage by weight of anhydrous product, determined by gas-phase chromatography.

When these products contain 95% or more in total xylenols shall be classified under heading 29.06 A II;

5. other phenols with one or more benzenic nuclei, with one or more hydroxyl radicals, provided that they are not chemically defined phenols of heading 29.06.

It should be noted that the mixtures between phenols, cresoles and xylenols are still classified under this subheading.

By contrast, the phenols ' salts are excluded from this subheading (heading 29.06 or subheading 38.19 X, usually).

E Naftalene

Only naphthalene whose solidification point is less than 79.4 C is classified in this subheading only, according to the standard described in Annex B of the explanatory notes to this chapter. When this product has a solidification point equal to or greater than 79.4 C, it shall be classified under subheading 29.01 D V.

Naphthalene homologues are excluded from this subheading (subheadings 27.07 B or G or 29.01 D VII or 38.19 E, as the case may be).

F Antraceno

The anthracene of this subheading is usually presented in the form of sludge or paste and contains generally phenanthrene, carbazole and other aromatic compounds. Only anthracene containing less than 85% anthracene, referred to in the weight of the anhydrous product, is classified under this subheading. Anthracene with an anthracene content of 85% or more shall be classified under subheading 29.01 D V.

G Other

This subheading mainly comprises products made up of mixtures of hydrocarbons. Other products include:

1. heavy oils (excluding crude oils) derived from the distillation of high temperature coal tar, or of products similar to those oils, provided that:

a) distillates less than 65% by volume at 250 C according to ASTM D-86-67 (1972 review) and

(b) have a volume mass exceeding 1 gr. /cm3, at 15 C and

c) present at 25 C a needle penetration equal to or greater than 400, according to ASTM D-5 and

(d) have characteristics other than those of the products of heading 27.16.

Products that do not meet any of the conditions set out in 109 (a) to (d) above shall be classified according to their characteristics, in subheadings 27.07 B, 27.08, 27.10 C, 27.14 A or 27.16 for example;

2. aromatic extracts which do not meet the characteristics laid down for these products in the explanatory notes of subheading 27.14 C;

3. certain counterparts of naphthalene or anthracene, such as ethylnaphthalenes and methylanthracenes, provided that they are not classified under heading 29.01.

27.09 Crude Oil Oils or Bituminous Minerals

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.09.

As far as crude oil oils are concerned, it should be noted that they are only classified in this heading when they meet the specific characteristics of the crude oils according to their origin (density, distillation curve, sulphur content, drop point, viscosity, etc.).

27.10 Oil oils or bituminous minerals (other than crude oils); etc.

See Notes 2 and 3 of Chapter 27 and their explanatory notes.

See the Explanatory Notes to Item 27.10 of the NCCA.

In relation to the intended subheadings for the intended products

-a defined treatment;

-a chemical transformation;

See Supplementary Notes 5 and 6, as well as their explanatory notes.

I. Petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals (other than crude oils)

This item mainly comprises mixtures of isomers (other than the stereoisomers of saturated acyclic hydrocarbons with less than 95% of a given isomer, and of unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbons with less than 90% of a given isomer, these percentages referring to the weight of the anhydrous product.

The isolated isomers of the aforementioned hydrocarbons having a purity of less than 95% or 90% by weight respectively are also classified under heading 27.10.

It should be noted that this consignment only comprises petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals:

1. whose solidification point is less than 30 C according to the ASTM D-938 standard,

2. whose solidification point is equal to or greater than 30 C and which

a) have at 70 C a volume of less than 0,942 gr. /cm3 and a minimum penetration of the cone, prior to malaxation, from 350 to 25 C, according to the ASTM D-217 standard, or

b) have at 70 C, a volumic mass equal to or greater than 0,942 gr. /cm3 and a minimum needle penetration from 400 to 25 C, according to the ASTM D-5 standard.

Oil oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals may also be considered as oils, if small quantities of different substances have been added to it, such as additives to improve quality or odour, tracers or dyes.

27.10 See also the schema of the following page:

Flag criteria for certain petroleum products of headings 27.10, 27.12, 27.13 and 27.14 (other than preparations of heading 27.10).

When products are too hard to be subjected to the cone penetration test after malaxation (ASTM D 217), the cone penetration test (ASTM D 937) will be passed directly.

Schema omitted.

II. Preparations not elsewhere specified or included with a weight ratio of petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals of 70% or more and in which these oils constitute the base element.

In order to be classified under heading 27.10, preparations must meet the following conditions:

1. the proportion by weight of petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals, as defined in paragraph I, must be 70% or more;

This ratio is not determined based on the amounts of built-in compounds, but the results given by the analysis;

2. they must not be expressed or included in other items;

3. the oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals must be the basis for the preparation, i.e. the essential element, with a view to the use of the preparation.

Not considered as preparations included in this item, for example:

1. paints and varnishes (heading 32.09);

2. beauty products and cosmetics based on mineral oils (generally heading 33.06);

3. petroleum sulphonates (headings 34.02 or 38.19).

Oil sulfonates are frequently placed in suspension in an oil or bituminous mineral oil that serves as a vehicle. The content of sulfonates is generally so important that it excludes any direct use as lubricants;

4. the opening and the preparations for the preservation of wood, paints, metals, glass and similar products (mainly heading 34.05);

5. disinfectants, anti-parasitic products, etc. which consist of solutions or dispersions of an active product in an oil or bituminous minerals oil (subheading 38.11 D), whatever the presentation thereof;

6. for the class of those used in the textile industry (heading 38.12);

7. additives prepared for mineral oils (heading 38.14);

8. solvent and diluent compounds for varnishes (heading 38.18);

9. agglomerants for foundry cores (subheading 38.19 Q or X);

10. certain anti-rust preparations and, mainly:

-those containing amines as active elements (heading 38.19 R);

-, for example, by lanolin (approximately 20%) dissolved in white spirit (subheading 38.19 X).

To Light Oils

See Supplementary Note 1 A to this chapter.

A III a) special gasolines

See Supplementary Note 1 B in this chapter.

A III a) 1 white spirit

See Supplementary Note 1 C of this chapter.

B Media Oils

See Supplementary Note 1 D of this chapter.

C Heavy Oils

See Supplementary Note 1 E in this chapter.

C I diesel

See Supplementary Note 1 F of this chapter.

C II fuel-oil

See the N C 1 G of the chapter and the following scheme with the characteristics of the fuel-oils:

Schema omitted.

C III lubricating oils and other heavy oils and their preparations

Heavy oils as defined in Supplementary Note 1 E of this Chapter are classified under this subheading provided that they do not comply with the conditions of Supplementary Note 1 E (gasoils) or Note 1 G (fuel oil).

This subheading includes heavy oils which are distilled by volume, including losses of less than 85% to 350 C according to ASTM D 86-67 (revision of 1972);

1. provided that they present, in relation to the diluted colour C, a viscosity V:

-equal to or less than line I values in the Supplementary Note 1 G correspondence table, if the sulphated ash content was equal to or greater than 1% or if the saponification index was equal to or greater than 4;

-greater than the 12-line II values of the same correlation table if the drop point was less than 10 C;

-equal to the values of line II or between the values of lines I and II, if they distilled less than 25% to 300 C, with a drop point equal to or less than -10 C. These provisions apply only to oils with a diluted colour C lower than 2;

2. where it is not possible to determine:

-the percentage of distillation at 250 C, according to the ASTM D 86-67 standard (1972 revision) (zero is considered a percentage);

-the kinematic viscosity at 50 C, as per ASTM D 445-74;

-or the color diluted according to the ASTM D 1,500 standard:

3. with an unnatural color.

The methods of analysis to be used for the determinations set out in point 1 above are the same as those indicated for fuel oil (see Supplementary Note 1 G to this Chapter 27).

See also the following schema:

Schema omitted.

C III which are intended to be mixed under the conditions set out in Supplementary Note 7 of (c) this Chapter

See Supplementary Note 7 to Chapter 27 and its explanatory note.

27.11 Oil and other gaseous hydrocarbons

For the definition of these products see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.11.

B I propane and commercial butane

See Supplementary Note 2 to Chapter 27.

In relation to the intended subheadings for the intended products

-to a defined treatment

-a chemical transformation,

see Supplementary Notes 5 and 6, as well as their explanatory notes.

This subheading covers practically all products of heading 27.11, which can be liquified by simple increase of pressure, presented in both liquid and gaseous state.

No propane of a purity equal to or greater than 99% by weight (subheading 27.11 A) is not classified in this subheading.

B II the others

This subheading includes the products of heading 27.11 which do not comply with the characteristics of Additional Note 2 to Chapter 27. All products of heading 27.11 which cannot be liquified more than through the temperature are classified in this subheading, i.e. mainly the refinery gases rated as 'non-condensable' and the natural gases.

Also classified in this subheading is methane, even chemically pure.

27.12 Vaseline

Only products are classified in this subheading:

1. whose solidification point, according to the ASTM D 938 standard, is not less than 30 C;

2. the volume of which is 70 C, less than 0,942 g/cm3;

3. which present a penetration to the cone, after malaxation, less than 350 to 25 C, according to the ASTM D 217 standard, and

4. which have a cone penetration equal to or greater than 80 to 25 C, according to ASTM D 937.

When a product is too hard to carry out the penetration test to the malaxated pre-cone, according to the ASTM D 217 standard, it will be passed directly to the cone penetration test according to the ASTM D 937 standard.

See also the outline of paragraph I of the explanatory notes to item 27.10.

By contrast, this subheading does not include the petroleum jelly put up for retail sale in which, in any case, reference is made to its use for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes (heading 30.03).

A Raw

See Supplementary Note 3 to Chapter 27.

In relation to the intended subheadings for the intended products

-to a defined treatment,

-a chemical transformation,

see Supplementary Notes 5 and 6 and their explanatory notes.

27.13 paraffin, petroleum waxes or bituminous minerals, ozokerite, lignite wax, etc.

A Ozoquerta, lignite wax or peat wax (natural products)

The products described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.13, third, fourth and fifth paragraphs, are classified under this subheading.

It should be noted that ozoquerite (natural wax) is currently rare in the market (depletion of the fields and small profitability of the farms); the names of ozoquerite and cereresins (refined ozoquerite) are frequently used for petroleum waxes of subheading 27.13 B.

B Other

The products described in the first, second, sixth and seventh paragraphs of the NCCA Explanatory Notes to item 27.13 are classified under this subheading.

These products meet the following criteria:

1. the solidification point according to the ASTM D 938 standard, is not less than 30 C;

2. the volume of volume at 70 C is less than 0,942 g/cm3;

3. Penetration of the malaxated pre-cone to 25 C is less than 350, according to ASTM D 217; and

4. The penetration of the cone at 25 C is less than 80, according to the ASTM D 937 standard.

When a product is too hard to carry out the penetration test to the malaxated prior cone, according to the ASTM D 217 standard, it will be passed directly to the cone penetration test, according to the ASTM D 937 standard.

See the outline of paragraph I of the explanatory notes to item 27.10.

B I raw

See Supplementary Note 4 to Chapter 27.

In relation to the intended subheadings for the intended products

-to a defined treatment

-to a chemical transformation

see Supplementary Note 5, as well as the relevant explanatory notes.

27.14 Betun oil, petroleum coke and other waste oil oils or etc.

A Betun of Oil

The oil bitumen (asphalt) described in paragraph A of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.14, is classified under this subheading.

This product meets the following criteria:

1. the solidification point is equal to or greater than 30 C, according to ASTM D 938;

2. the volume of volume at 70 C is equal to or greater than 0,942 g/cm3; and

3. The penetration of the needle is less than 400 to 25 C, according to the ASTM D 5 standard.

See also the outline of paragraph I of the explanatory notes to item 27.10.

B Oil Coke

The petroleum coke described in paragraph B of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.14, is classified under this subheading.

C The others

The products referred to in paragraph C of the NCCA Explanatory Notes, item 27.14, are classified under this subheading.

It should be noted that the aromatic extracts of this subheading (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 27.14, paragraph C 1) generally meet the following conditions:

-the content of aromatic compounds is greater than 80% by weight, according to the method described in Annex A to the explanatory notes to this chapter;

-the volumic mass is greater than 0,950 g/cm3; and

-do not distil more than 20% by volume at 300 C, according to ASTM D 86-67 (revision of 1972).

Alkylbenzenes and alkylnaphthalenes, for example, which also meet the above conditions, are classified under heading 38.19.

27.16 Bituminous mixtures based on asphalt or natural bitumen, petroleum bitumen, etc.

The products listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 27.16, are classified in this item.

These bituminous mixtures have a composition that varies according to the uses to which they are intended.

1. Products to achieve tightness, protection of surfaces or insulation.

These products, used for corrosion coating, insulation in electrical equipment, surface waterproofing, cracking, etc., are generally composed of a binder (bitumen, asphalt or tar), rigid loads such as mineral fibres (asbestos, glass), wood sawdust or any product to confer the desired properties or to facilitate the application. They can be cited, for example:

a) bituminous coatings

The solvent content is less than 30%. They allow to obtain coatings whose thickness does not pass from 3 or 4 mm.

b) bituminous mastics

The content of solvents does not pass from 10%; they allow coatings whose thickness varies between 4 mm and 1 cm, or large joints (2 to 8 cm).

(c) other bituminous preparations

These preparations do not contain solvents. Instead, they always contain loads. In addition, they must undergo heat treatment before use. These products are mainly used for the protection of buried or submerged pipes (pipelines).

2. Products used for road lining

Road coverings should be able to withstand traffic, resist abrasion and be waterproof.

The coating of the materials can be cold with bitumen, asphalt or tar solutions in an appropriate solvent or with aqueous emulsions, or, most frequently, hot, mixing the gravel and the heated bitumen around 150 C.

Bituminous products that are classified under this heading can be distributed in three main categories:

a) the "cut backs" and "road oils."

Cut backs are bitumen dissolved in more or less heavy solvents, in quantities that vary according to the desired viscosity.

The trade name of these preparations varies depending on whether the solvents used are from oil sources or from other sources. The first are fluidized bitumens and the other fluxes bitumens.

Road oils are also preparations based on bitumen containing heavy solvents in varying amounts according to the desired viscosity. The use of these products is rare.

In order to give these preparations properties of resistance to the decascarting or the disconch, they are added, sometimes, adhesive products.

Finally, all of these bituminous preparations have the following distinctive features:

-a needle penetration equal to or greater than 400 to 25 C according to the ASTM D 5 standard;

-a distillation residue obtained at reduced pressure according to the ASTM D 1189 standard equal to or greater than 60% by weight, with a needle penetration of less than 400 to 25 C, measured according to the ASTM D 5 standard.

As the following schema indicates:

-the first criterion makes it possible to distinguish fluidized bitumens or betunes fluxes from bitumens corresponding to subheading 27.14 A.

-the second criterion makes it possible to distinguish fluidized bitumens or fluxes from petroleum oils of heading 27.10.

Needle Penetration at 25 C ASTM D

Schema omitted.

b) aqueous emulsions are preparations obtained by emulsifying bitumens with water.

There are two categories:

-anionic or "alkaline" emulsions based on ordinary soap or tall-oil;

-cationic or "acid" emulsions based on fatty amines or quaternary ammonium.

METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE CONTENT OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS IN PRODUCTS WHOSE FINAL DISTILLATION POINT IS ABOVE 315 C

Method Principle

The sample, dissolved in n-pentane, is poured into a special chromatographic column filled with silica gel. Non-aromatic hydrocarbons, eluted with n-pentane, are then collected and weighed after the solvent is evaporated.

Appliances and reagents

Chromatographic column: consists of a glass tube, whose dimensions and shape are shown in the croguis of the next page. The upper opening may be closed with a glass gasket, the flat surface of which is attached to the upper part of the column by two metal-coated metal flanges. The closure must be completely watertight to apply a nitrogen or air pressure.

Silica Gel: size 100 to 200 meshes. Before use it must be activated for seven hours on a stove at 170 C and kept in a desiccator until it is cooled.

n-pentan: degree of purity of at least 95%, free of aromatics.

Procedure

Fill the chromatographic column with previously activated silica gel up to about 10 centimeters from the top glass sphere, carefully packaging the contents of the column by means of a vibrator, so that no channels are left. Then place a glass wool tampon at the top of the silica gel column.

Moisturize the silica gel with 180 ml of n-pentane and apply an air or nitrogen pressure up to the top level of the silica gel.

Caution the pressure inside the column with caution and insert about 3.6 grams (exactly heavy) of the dissolved sample into 10 ml of n-pentano; then wash the glass with 10 ml of supplementary n-pentane, which will also be poured into the column.

progressively apply the pressure by passing, drop to drop, the liquid from the lower capillary tube of the column at a speed of one millimeter per minute, approximately, and collect this liquid in a flask of 500 ml.

When the level of the liquid containing the substance to be separated reaches the top level of the silica gel, stop the pressure again with caution and add 230 ml of n-pentano; at this time apply again the pressure and bring down the level of the liquid up to the top level of the silica gel by collecting the eluid in the same previous container.

Evaporate the collected fraction, up to a small volume, in a stove at approximately 35 C, approximately, and in a vacuum, in a rotating vacuum evaporator or in a similar apparatus, then perform a quantitative transfer to a glass calibrated glass of 100 ml. using as solvent n-pentane.

Evaporate the contents of the glass in the vacuum stove to constant weight (P).

The percentage by weight of non-aromatic hydrocarbons (A) is given by the following formula:

A = P/P1 x 100; in which P1 represents the weight of the analyzed sample.

The difference between 100 is the percentage of hydrocarbons absorbed by the silica gel.

Method Precision

Repeatability: plus or minus 0.2%; Reproductibility plus or minus 0.5%

Schema Omitted

METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE POINT OF SOLIDLFLCATION OF THE FENOL OF THE CRESOLES AND THE NAPHTHALENE

Melt by removing about 100 grams of naphthalene in a porcelain capsule of about 100 cm3. Introduce about 40 cm of the melt into a previously heated "Shukoff" jar until three-quarters are filled. Then insert a thermometer divided into tenths of degree through a cork stopper, so that the mercury reservoir is in the middle of the liquid. When the temperature approaches the solidification point of the naphthalene (about 83 C), the crystallization is caused by continuously stirring. Since the first crystals are formed, the mercury column is generally immobilized, and then again comes down. The temperature at which the mercury has been immobilized and remains stable for some time is noted and this temperature is considered to represent the solidification point of naphthalene, after the corrections necessary to take into account the part of the mercury column that is outside. It can be admitted that this correction is the same, for a mercury thermometer, a

Formula omitted.

Being the number of mercury column graduations that are located on the outside, t the temperature scored and the mean temperature of the mercury column that is outside, t' can be determined approximately with an auxiliary thermometer whose deposit is at half the height of the part of the column located outside. The use of a capillary column thermometer ensures greater accuracy.

The "Shukoff" bottle drawn below is a glass container of double walls between which the vacuum has been made.

Schema omitted.

It should be noted that the above method should be applied by analogy, to phenol and to cresoles.

SECTION VI

PRODUCTS FROM THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND RELATED INDUSTRIES

CHAPTER 28

INORGANIC CHEMICALS: INORGANIC OR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS OF ETC.

III. HALOGENATED AND OXYHALOGENATED AND SULPHURATED DERIVATIVES OF METALLOIDS

28.14 Chlorides, oxychlorides and other halogenated and oxyhalogenated derivatives of metalloids

A II others

The present subheading mainly comprises telluride tetrachloride (omitted compound) used primarily to give a patina to the silverware.

B Other halogenated and oxyhalogenated derivatives of metalloids

Among the products to be classified under this subheading, in addition to those referred to in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 28.14, paragraph C, it is appropriate to mention:

1. Sulphur hexafluoride (compound omitted), a stable product which is used in electronics by its dielectric properties;

2. Boron trifluoride (compound omitted) which, in addition to its use as hydrating and catalyst is employed in research and in the nuclear industry, particularly in the manufacture of neutron counters.

IV. INORGANIC METAL BASES, OXIDES, HYDROXIDES AND PEROXIDES

Only peroxides, the compounds of a metal with oxygen in the molecule of which there is an O-O binding as is the case of hydrogen peroxide (oxygenated water).

Oxides, hydroxides or peroxides which are not expressly mentioned in the headings or subheadings of this subchapter are classified under subheading 28.28 N.

V. METAL SALTS AND PERSALTS OF INORGANIC ACIDS

28.29 Fluorides; fluosilicates, fluoborates and other fluosals

A II others

They are sorted here, for example:

1. The neutral fluoride of beryllium (compound omitted), a vitreous-looking product with a density of close to 2 g/cm, fuse to a temperature of the order of 800 C, very soluble in water, which is used as an intermediate product in the metallurgy of the beryllium. It is obtained by calcination of ammonium fluoroberylate;

2. the basic fluoride of beryllium (compound omitted), also of vitreous and water-soluble aspect, of a slightly higher density (2,3 g/cm3, approximately).

B III trisodium hexafluoruroaluminate

The trisodium hexafluoruroaluminate called artificial criolite is characterized by an opaque and sometimes colored appearance, while the natural criolite (starting 25.28) is frequently presented in the form of transparent crystals with an ice appearance; it is also distinguished, due to its purity, generally higher, since the natural cryolite contains silicon, calcium, iron, etc.

28.38 Sulfates and alums; persulphates

A V of cobalt or titanium

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. Dititanium tri (sulphate), (titanium sulphate, titanium sesquisulfate, trivalent titanium sulphate) (compound omitted). Anhydrous in the form of green crystalline powder insoluble in water, but soluble in the diluted acids, with which it forms a violet solution. Hydrated, it forms a water-soluble, crystalline compound. It is used as a reducing agent in textile indsutria.

2. titanium oxysulphate (titanium sulphate) (compound omitted). Anhydrous, in the form of hygroscopic white powder or hydrated in one of the numerous forms between which the dihydrate is the most stable. Used as a bite to dry;

3. Titanium (compound omitted) bis (sulphate) is a very hygroscopic and very low-stable white powder.

28.40 Fosphytes, hypophosphites and phosphates

B Phosphates (including polyphosphates)

Not included in this subheading are preparations consisting of a mixture of different phosphates (Chapter 31 or heading 38.19, generally).

B I a) polyphosphates

This subheading mainly comprises tetraammonium diphosphate (ammonium pyrophosphate) (compound omitted) and pentaammonium triphosphate (compound omitted).

Also enter those ammonium polyphosphates with a higher degree of polymerisation, even consisting of homologous series of polymers (sometimes called ammonium metafosfates). This is the case, for example, of the ammonium salt of the Kurrol (which should not be confused with the salt of Kurrol, which is a sodium metafhosphate) polymer linear with a fairly high degree of polymerization (from some thousands to some tens of thousands of units). It is a white crystalline powder, not soluble in water, essentially used as a flame retardant.

B I b) others

This subheading mainly comprises triammonium orthophosphate also called phosphate

Mono-or diammonic orthophosphates, whether or not pure, are classified under subheading 31.05 A II a).

B II the others

In addition to the phosphates and polyphosphates other than ammonium referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 28.40, paragraph C, may be cited:

-pentasodium triphosphate (sodium tripolyphosphate) (compound omitted) which, due to its qualities of complexing agent, deflocculant and pH regulator, is widely used in the preparation of detergents, in the industrial treatment of water, etc.;

-the salt of Graham, sodium polyphosphate with a degree of polymerization comprised between 30 and 90, which is presented in the form of a glass, transparent and hygroscopic mass, soluble in hot water. It should be noted that this salt, from an analytical point of view, has long been considered as hexametafhosphate (compound omitted) and that this name is still used in industry (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 28.40, paragraph C, 2) e).

28.45 Silicates, including commercial sodium or potassium silicates

A From Circonium

Only the precipitated zirconium silicate, which is presented in the form of white powder, is classified under this subheading. It only has a minor importance for the fact that e) commercial zirconium silicate is generally natural. The latter is, as the case may be, classified under heading 26.01 (zirconium ore), under subheading 25.32 B (if it is micronised, the iron has been removed and used as opacifying), or in heading 71.02 (precious and semi-precious stones). Sodium, potassium, etc., which are double silicates of zirconium and sodium, zirconium and potassium, etc., are classified under subheading 28.48 B IV.

28.46 Borates and Perborates

A Borates

It should be noted that the concentrates of natural sodium borates, compounds of sodium tetraborate and generally containing 3% or more of non-soluble natural impurities (silica clay, etc.), on the anhydrous product, are classified under heading 25.30.

A I sodium, anhydrous

It is classified in this subheading, the anhydrous sodium tetraborate (compound omitted), which is presented in the form of molten vitreous masses, sodium diborate, sodium pentaborate, sodium metaborate, etc.

Anhydrous sodium tetraborate is used among others for the manufacture of sodium peroxoborate (perborate), for example, while the other sodium borates cited above are used very little.

A II others

In this subheading they are mainly comprised of sodium tetraborate decahydrate or refined borax (compound omitted), as well as borax extracted from natural brines by fractionated crystallizations and containing soluble impurities, such as chlorides, carbonates, sodium sulfates, potassium, etc. Also classified here are sodium tetraborate pentahydrate (compound omitted), sodium metaborate hydrated and borates, hydrated or unhydrated, of other metals.

28.47 Sales of metal oxide acids (chromates, permanganates, stannates, etc.)

C Manganites, manganates and permanganates

Manganites are salts of manganous acid (compound omitted) in which manganese is tetravalent. They are practically insoluble in water and are easily hydrolysed.

Copper manganite (compound omitted) is used in gas masks to oxidize carbon oxide by transforming it into carbon dioxide; bimanganite (composed omitted) is more effective even.

In addition to the manganates mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 28.47, paragraph 5 (a), it is also appropriate to point out the manganates in which the manganese is pentavalent, for example, compound omitted.

28.48 Other persalt salts of inorganic acids, excluding hydrazoates (azides)

A single, double or complex sales of selenium or telluride acids

This subheading mainly covers the products referred to in the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 28.48, paragraphs I, B and C and II, D and E (including thioselenides, selenosulphates and thiotelurates referred to in paragraph C 4), which should be added:

1. mercury selenide HgSe and indium selenide InSe, used as semiconductors;

2. Lead telluride (PbTe) used in a state of high purity, in transistors, in thermocouples, in mercury vapour lamps, etc.

VI. VARERS

28.50 Chemical and isotope elements, fissile; other radioactive chemical elements etc.

A chemical elements and fused isotopes, their compounds, alloys, dispersions and cermets, including the cartridges of used nuclear reactors (irradiated) (EURATOM)

The products described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 28.50, are classified under this subheading.

-sections I A and I B;

-paragraphs III A and III B;

-paragraph IV.

Enriched uranium in isotope 235 is found in trade with the denominations of "lightly enriched uranium" (containing up to 20% of U 235) and "highly enriched uranium" containing more than 20% of U 235.

In addition to the combustible elements irradiated of any kind, the fissile products that are extracted from them are also classified under this subheading.

On the other hand, uranium depleted in U 235 (taking as a reference the U 235 content of natural uranium) and its compounds, extracted from irradiated fuel elements, even if they have a residual radioactivity higher than that of depleted uranium from other sources, are excluded from this subheading and are classified in subheadings 81.04 M and 28.52 A respectively.

They are also excluded from this subheading:

1. fission products extracted from the elements of irradiated fuels (subheading 28.50 B);

2. new or obtained fuel elements after the recycling of used elements (subheading 84.59 B).

For the transport and storage of fissile materials, it is necessary to observe the special precautions, established by international standards, which have as main object to prevent these materials from not accumulating in quantities and in geometric dispositions such that they constitute critical masses in the breast of which a reaction of fission in chain could be spontaneously triggered;

B Other

For products falling within this subheading, reference should be made to the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 28.50, paragraph II and III C.

They are also classified under this subheading:

-some isotopes of transplutonic elements that may produce fission (spontaneous or not); they should not be considered fissile isotopes having regard to the provisions of Note 6 to Chapter 28. This is the case of the californium 252, which is used as an intense source of neutrons, as well as of amerium 241, of curio 242 and of curio 244;

-some sources of neutrons formed by the association (mixture, alloy, assembly, etc.) of an element or of a radioactive isotope (radio, radon, antimony 124, amerium 241 etc.) with another element (beryllium, fluorine, etc.) so that a reaction (gamma, n) or (alpha, n) occurs.

However, the assembled neutron sources, arranged for introduction into the nuclear reactors to initiate the chain fission reaction, are considered as reactor parts and are therefore classified under subheading 84.59 B.

As regards packaging, transport and storage of all radioactive products of subheading 28.50 B, international standards require that these products be presented in outer packaging capable of preventing radiation from reaching a dangerous level for which they are handled or must be close to them. These same rules impose the requirement on packages of special labels indicating the dangerous nature of the goods.

For products that only produce beta reactions, they are sufficient containers of sealed veneer, while for those producing radiations, a heavy metal such as lead is needed. Radioactive materials are often contained in immediate packaging of composition and special type, which must be regarded as technically indispensable and are therefore classified in the same heading as the radioactive product.

For example, metal radio is sold in immediate packaging of metal monel or platinum-iridium alloys, for use as a source of range in industrial radiography or in radiation therapy.

The radio salts (sulfate, bromide, etc.) are applied in light layers on gold sheets. Radon is adsorbed by activated charcoal granules; these are introduced into a glass ampoule which, in turn, is fixed with wax to a platinum or gold needle.

As for carbon 14 compounds, simple blisters or glass jars are enough to stop the radiation but, well understood, it is necessary to protect it against the blows.

The cobalt 60 and the other artificial isotopes used as a source of gamma rays are contained in special metal containers that allow their handling. However, devices for gamaterapia, in particular the so-called "cobalt pump" for the therapy of tumours and devices for the industrial or scientific irradiation range are not considered to be simple packaging and are classified under heading 90.20.

28.51 Isotopes of chemical elements other than those of heading 28.50; their Compositions etc.

A. Deuterium, deuterium oxide (heavy water) and other deuterium compounds; hydrogen and its compounds, enriched in deuterium; mixtures and solutions containing these products (EURATOM)

This subheading includes, in addition to deuterium (hydrogen 2), heavy water or deuterium oxide. Natural water contains 0.015% deuterium oxide, i.e., that for each deuterium atom there are about 6,500 hydrogen atoms. By various procedures such as electrolysis, distillation, chemical exchange reactions, centrifugation, diffusion, the deuterium content of the water can be increased by obtaining water enriched in heavy water (which is also classified under this subheading) or pure heavy water.

Heavy water, which has a fairly high cost, is similar to that of ordinary water and has the same chemical properties; on the contrary, its physical properties are slightly different.

Also classified under this subheading are other organic or inorganic hydrogenated compounds in which hydrogen has been partially or wholly replaced by deuterium. Among the most important ones, we must mention the lithium deuterium, as well as other deuterated products such as: ammonia gas, sulphoric acid, methane, acetylene, paraffin, benzene, diphenyl and) triphenyls. These products are applied in the nuclear industry as neutron moderators and as intermediates for the preparation of heavy water or for the study of thermonuclear fusion reaction. These compounds also have applications in organic analysis and synthesis.

B Others;

Among the isotopes and their compounds of this subheading, they can be cited:

-carbon 13, lithium 6, lithium 7 and its compounds cited in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 28.51, paragraph 4, fifth paragraph (e.g., omitted compound);

-boron 10, boron 11, nitrogen, oxygen 18 and its compounds (e.g., omitted compounds).

They are used in scientific research and in the nuclear industry.

28.52 Inorganic or organic compounds of thorium, depleted uranium in U 235 and etc

A of thorium, of depleted uranium at U 235, even mixed with each other (EURATOM)

In addition to the compounds mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 28.52, we can cite the UC and UC2 uranium carbides and the U02 uranium oxide of the depleted uranium at U 235; these compounds can be used as "fertile" materials.

The compounds of natural uranium or uranium enriched in U 235 (subheading 28.50 A) are excluded from this subheading.

B Other

Among the compounds of the metals of the rare earth family, called "lanthanides" (since lanthanum is the first element), the oxides of europium, gadolinium and samarium that have been used as neutron absorbers in the control or safety bars of the nuclear reactors and in the screens of the television sets in color can be cited.

CHAPTER 29

ORGANIC CHEMICALS

General Considerations

The chemicals included in the explanatory notes to the headings and subheadings of this chapter are sorted alphabetically by the following rules:

-when multiple names exist for the same product, it is sorted by the best known name (synonyms and chemical names can be enclosed in parentheses);

-for the alphabetical classification, either at the beginning of the product name or inside, the prefixes that modify the gross formula, for example: anhydrous, apo, cycle, dehydro, deoxy, homo, hydro, bis, di, tri, tetra, penta, exa (or hexa), poly, nor, per, piro, have been taken into account.

-the following prefixes have not been taken into account: cis, trans, d (dextro), l (levo), de (race), D, L, DL, mono, n (normal), ortho, meta, para, sec (secondary), terc (tertiary), threo, (alpha), (beta), (range), (delta), (ro), (omega), pseudo, neo, meso, epi, sim (symmetric), -asim (asymmetric), alo, muco and (pi).

This rule does not apply when the prefix is part of the name: for example, epiclorhydrin.

-the initials N, C, O, S, etc. have not been taken into account, etc., which point to the substitutions in the N C O S atoms etc.

The acronym DCI cited below a denomination listed in the Customs Tariff or in its explanatory notes means that this figure is included in the list of International Common Denominations for pharmaceutical substances published by the World Health Organization.

The acronym DCIM means that the designation has been accepted by the WHO as "Modified International Common Denomination".

The acronym ISO (International Organisation for Standardisation) means that the denomination is comprised of the " Common Names for Pesticides and Other Phytopharmaceutical Products in the ISO R 1750 Recommendation of the International Organization for Standardisation.

Note 1 (a) and 1 (b) As a general rule, organic compounds and mixtures of isomers of the same organic compound-excluding mixtures of isomers (other than stereoisomers) of acyclic hydrocarbons, saturated or not-correspond to Chapter 29 when they are pure or commercially pure. They may contain impurities normally resulting from the manufacturing process and whose disposal is not necessary for technical and economic reasons, taking into account the subsequent use of these products. This is the case, for example, of a large number of intermediate products in the manufacture of synthetic organic colouring matters which contain a certain proportion of sulphate or sodium chloride.

Correspond primarily to this chapter, when they meet the following purity conditions:

1. Anthracene with a minimum purity of 85% by weight of the anhydrous product (ex 29.01 D IV).

2. Benzene whose fraction of 1 to 96% by volume distils at a maximum interval of 2 C comprising the temperature of 80.1 C (ex 29.01 D 1).

3. Naphthalene with a minimum solidification point of 79.4 C (ex 29.01 D IV).

4. Toluene whose fraction of 1 to 96% by volume distils at a maximum interval of 2 C comprising a temperature of 110,6 C (ex 29.01 D I).

5. Xylenes containing a minimum percentage of 95% xylene (ortho-, meta-, or for-isolated or mixed isomers) referred to in the weight of the anhydrous product (ex 29.01 D I).

6. Ethane and other saturated acyclic hydrocarbons (excluding methane and propane) presented as isolated isomers with a minimum purity of 95% on the anhydrous product, percentage referred to in the volume of the gaseous and non-gaseous products (at 15 C and 1,013 millibars) (ex 29.01 A).

7. Ethylene and propylene with a minimum purity of 90% on the anhydrous product, percentage referred to the volume in the gaseous products and the weight in the non-gaseous (at 15 C and 1,013 millibars) (ex 29.01 A).

8. Fatty alcohols with a minimum purity of 90% by weight of the anhydrous product having at least six carbon atoms (ex 29.04 A V or B II).

9. The ortho-cresol with a minimum solidification point of 29 C (ex 29.06 A II).

10. The target-cresol with a minimum solidification point of 8 C (ex 29.06 A II).

11. The para-cresol with a minimum solidification point of 31 C (ex 29.06 A II).

12. Mixtures of isomers of cresol containing at least 95% by weight of the anhydrous product, of cresoles (ex 29.06 A II).

13. Phenol with a minimum solidification point of 39 C (29.06 A I).

14. Xylenols (isolated isomers or mixtures of isomers) containing at least 95% xylenols, as a percentage of the weight of the anhydrous product (ex 29.06 A II).

15. Fatty acids (except oleic acid) with a minimum purity of 90% by weight of the anhydrous product and with a minimum of 6 carbon atoms (ex 29.14 A and B).

16. Oleic acid with a minimum purity of 85% by weight of anhydrous product (29.14 B III a)).

17. Pyridine, of a fraction of 1 to 96% by volume, distils at a maximum interval of 2 C, comprising the tenperature of 115 C (ex 29.35 D).

18. Methylethylpyridine, picolines (methyl-pyridines) and vinylpyridine, with a minimum purity of 90% by weight of anhydrous product (29.35 K and 24.35 Q).

19. Quinoline, of a purity of 95% or more (as determined by gas chromatography), as a percentage of the weight of the anhydrous product (ex 29.35 G).

20. Acridine with a purity level of 95% or more (determined by gas chromatography), as a percentage of the weight of the anhydrous product (ex 29.35 Q).

21. 1,2-Dihydro-2,2,4-trimethylquinoline with a purity of more than 85% by weight of anhydrous product (ex 29.35 Q).

22. The derivatives of the fatty acids and alcohols referred to in points 8, 15 and 16 (sale, esters, amines, amides, nitriles, etc.) provided that they meet the purity criteria for the acids and the corresponding fatty alcohols.

Note 1 (b) See in this respect the explanatory notes to the NCCA, general considerations of Chapter 29, second subparagraph of paragraph A.

Note 1 (d) For aqueous solutions only true solutions shall be understood, even if the substance is only partially dissolved as a result of water failure.

Note 1 (f) Regarding the addition of stabilizers, see the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations in Chapter 28 (A), third and fourth paragraphs and general considerations of Chapter 29, first paragraph.

Note 5. The provisions of this Note apply only to the classification of esters and salts of compounds of acid function and of the halogenides of carboxylic acids in the headings of the Arancel (see the NCCA explanatory notes, General Considerations of Chapter 29, paragraph G).

For classification within a heading, the provisions of the supplementary note in this chapter shall apply.

I. HYDROCARBONS, THEIR HALOGENATED, SULPHONATED, NITRATED DERIVATIVES ETC.

29.01 Hydrocarbons

To Acyclic

This subheading includes the following compounds:

acetylene, alene,

amylenes: 3-methylbut-1-ene, 2-methylbut-2-ene, pent-1-ene, pent-2-en;

Buta-1,3-diene (divinyl), n-butane, but-1-ene (alpha-butylene), but-2-ene (beta-butylene), but-1-ino,

n-decane-2,3-dimethylbultane (sim-tetramethetetane, diisopropyl), 2,3-dimethylbut-1-ene (1-methyl-1-isopropylethylene), 2,2-dimethylheptane, 2,6-dimethylhept-3-ene, 2,5-dimethylhexa-2-4-diene 2,3-din-ethylpentane (2-methyl-3-ethylbutane), 2-3-dimethylpent-1-ene), n-dodecane,

squalane (2,6,10,15,19,23-hexamethyltetracoan), ethane, 2-ethylbut-1-ene, 3-ethyl, 2,4-dimethylpentane, ethylene, 2-ethylhex-1-ene, 3-ethylpent-2-ene,

n-heptane, n-hexaconane, n-hexadecane, hexa-1,5-diene, n-hexane, hex-2-ene, hex-1-ino,

isobutylene, isopropene (2-methylbute-1,3-diene), isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane),

lycopene,

2-methylbutane, 2-methyldecane, 4-methylhex-2-ene, mircene (7-methyl-3-methylenocta-1,6-diene)

n-octadecane, n-octane,

n-pentaecane, penta-1,3-dielio, n-pentane, pent-1-ino, propylene, propino (allylene, methylacetylene)

n-tetradecane, n-triaconane, 2,3,5-trimethylhexane, 2,2,4-trimethylpent-1-ene,

n-undcecano,

vinylacetylene.

B I Azuene and its alkylated derivatives.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Blue (bicyclo-5,3, O-decapentaene) and its alkylated derivatives, e.g. camazulene (1,4-dimethyl-7-ethylazulene), guayazulene (1,4-dimethyl-7-isopropylazulene), vetiverazulene (4,8-dimethyl-2-isopropylazulene)

B II Other

This subheading mainly includes the following compounds:

n-butylcyclohexane,

coltin, cyclobutane, cyclobutane, cyclohexadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclooctatetraene, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopropane,

decahydronaphthalene, n-decylcyclohexane, dicyclohexyl (dodecahydrodiphenyl), 1,3-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-dimethylcyclopentane,

1-ethylcyclohexene,

isubutylcyclopentane, isopropylcyclohexane,

menthane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclopentane,

1,1,3-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,2,4-trimethylcyclopentane,

vinylcycloexane.

C I Pinenes, Canfene and dipentene

This subheading only contains the following compounds:

Canfene (3,3-dimethyl-2-methylennorcanfane) dipentene (inactive limonene) and pinenes (alpha and beta pinenes, mainly)

C II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Bisabolene,

cadinene, cariophylene, cingiberene,

felandrene, D-limonene,

sabineno, silvpremiere,

alpha, beta and terpinene range.

D VII Other

This subpdrtide mainly includes the following compounds:

Acenafteno, acenaphthylene, tert-amylbenzene (2-methyl-2-phenylbutane),

1,2-and 2,3-benzoanthracene, 9,10-benzophenanthrene, 3,4-benzopyrene, n-butylbenzene,

cymenus, colanthrene, Crisine (1,2-benzophenanthrene), pseudo-cumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene),

dibenzyl (sim-diphenylethane), dibenzyltoluenes, 1,2-5,6-dibenzoanthracene, diphenylethane (benzylbenzene), 1,4-dihydronaphthalene, n-dodecylbenzene

stilbene (1,2-diphenylethylene)

phenanthrene, phenylacetylene (ethinylbenzene), fluoranthene, fluorene (diphenylenmethane),

indano, indeno

Mixethylene (1,3,5-triethylbenzene) 1-2-and 9-methylanthracene, 1-methylnaphthalene,

nonylnaphthalene,

pentamethylbenzene, pyrene,

retainers (1-methyl-7-isopropylphenanthrene),

1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene, tolane (diphenylacetylene), triphenylethylene, triphenylmethane.

29.02 Hydrocarbon Halogenated Derivatives

The halogenated derivatives of the hydrocarbons are compounds that result from the substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms in the molecule of a hydrocarbon by an equal number of halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine).

The polyfluorides, polychlorides, polybromides and polyiodides are derived from hydrocarbons containing in their molecule several halogen atoms of the same species.

Mixed derivatives contain several different halogen atoms in their molecule.

A I Fluorides

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1,1-difluoroethane, carbon tetrafluoride (tetrafluoroethane), tetrafluoroethylene, trifluoroethylene, trifluoromethane

A II to 2) Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1-chlorobutane, chloroform (trichloromethane), 1-chloro-2-methylpropane,

chlorides of: anil (1-chloro-3-methylbutane, 2-chloro-2-methylbutane, 1-and 2-chloropentanes), cetyl (1-chlorohexadecane), ethylene (1,2-dichloroethane), methylene (dichloromethane), propyl, (1-chloropropane);

1,4-dichlorobutane, 1,1-dichloropropane, ethylidene dichloride (1,1-dichloroethane),

hexachloroethane (perchloroethane),

pentachloroctane,

tetrachloroethane, carbon tetrachloride (tetrachloromethane), 1,1,2-trichloroethane

A II b) Unsaturated

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

2-chlorobuta-1,3-diene,

Chlorides of: allyl (3-chloropropene), methyl-allyl (beta-methyl-allyl chloride), oleilovinylidene (1,1-dichloroethylene), vinyl,

1,3-dichlorobut-2-ene, 1,3-dichloropropene,

hexachloropropene,

trichloroethylene, 1,1,3-trichloropropene

A III Bromides

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1-bromobutane, 1-bromobut-2-ene, bromoform (tribromomethane), 2-bromo-2-methylpropane, 3-bromopropino,

bromides of: allyl (3-bromopropene), amyl (1-and 2-bromo pentanes, 2-and 4-bromo-methylbutanes), cetyl (1-bromo-n-hexadecane), decyl (1-bromine-n-decane), ethyl (bromoethane), ethylene (1,2-dibromoethane), lauryl (1-bromo-n-dodecane), methyl (bromoethane), myristil (1-bromo-n-tetradecane), octyl (1-bromooctane), oleyl, propyl (1-bromopropane);

1,4-dibromobutane (tetramethylene dibromide), 2,3-dibromopropane, ethylidene dibromide (1,1-dibromomethane).

tetrabromethane, 1,2,3-tribromo-2-methylpropane, 1,2,3-tribromopropane.

A IV Yodias

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

tetrayodoethylene,

iodoform (triyodomethane),

iodides of: allyl (3-iodopropene) amyl (2-and 4-iodo-2-methylbutanes 1-yodpentane), cetyl (1-iodine-n-hexadecane), ethyl (iodoethane), methyl (yodomethane), methylene (diyodomethane), propyl (1-iodopropane).

A V Mixed Derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Bromochlorodifluoromethane, bromochloromethane, ethylene bromochloride (1-bromo-2-chloroethane), trimethylene bromochloride (1-bromo-3-chloropropane), bromodiclorofluoromethane, bromodichloromethane, 2-bromo-1,1,1-trifluoroethane, bromofluoromethane,

chlorofluoromethane, chlorotrifluoromethane,

dibromochloromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane,

halothane (2-bromo-2-chloro-1,1,1-trifluroethane),

2,2,3,3-tetrachlorohexafluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, trichloro-1,1,2-trifluoroethane.

B halogenated derivatives of cyclanic, cyclenic and cycloterpenic hydrocarbons.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Bromocyclohexane, bromocyclopentane,

chlordane (octocloro-endo-methylenetrahydrohydrindene), chlorocanfen, chlorocyclohexene, bornyl chloride,

1,2-dichlorohexafluorocyclopentene, dodecachloropentacyclodecane,

fluorocyclohexene,

hexabromocyclododecane, benzene hexabromide (hexabromocyclohexane), hexachlorocyclopentadiene, hexafluorocyclobutene,

lindane (isomer range of hexachlorocyclohexane),

yodocyclohexane.

C halogenated derivatives of aromatic hydrocarbons.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Brominated Derivatives:

9-bromoanthracene, bromobenzene, 5-bromo-seudo-cumene (5-bromo-1,2,4-trimethylbenzene)

4-bromodiphenyl, ortho-, meta-, para-, alpha-, and beta-bromostyrenes, 9-bromofenanthrene,

2-bromonaphthalene, 2-bromo-paraxylene, ortho-, meta-, para-bromotoluenes, benzyl bromide (alpha-bromodiphenylmethane),

ortho-, meta-, para-dibromobenzenes, stilbene dibromide,

2,3,5,6-tetrabromo-paraxylene.

Chlorinated derivatives:

chlorobenzene, 4-chloro-7-methylindane, chloronaphthalene, ortho-, meta-and para-chlorotoluenes, 2-chloro-para-xylene,

chlorotriphenylmethanes,

chlorides of: benzyl, benzylidene (alpha, alpha, alpha-dichlorotoluene, benzal chloride), 2,6-dichlorobenzlidene, ortho-and para-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl

para-isopropylbenzyl, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylo;

DDT (1,1,1-trichloro-bis (chlorophenyl) ethane), 9,10-dichloroanthracene, ortho-, meta-and paraichlorobenzene, 2,2-dichloro-1,1-bis ' (para-chlorophenyl) -ethane, dichlorophenylmethane, dichloronaphthalene,

octacloronaphthalene,

1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene, benzyl trichloride (alpha, alpha, alpha-trichlorotouene), ortho-chlorobenzyl trichloride (ortho-chloro-alpha, alpha, alpha-trichlorotoluene),

Fluorinated Derivatives:

meta-difluorobenzene, 4 '-difluorodiphenyl, fluorobenzene.

Iodinated Derivatives:

4-iododiphenyl, alpha-iodoethylbenzene.

Mixed derivatives:

meta-bromochlorobenzene, para-bromoiodobenzene,

ortho-, meta-y para-chloroiodobenzenes,

3,4-dichlorodobenzenes,

meta-bromobenzyl trifluoride (meta-bromo-alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluorotoluene)

29.03 Hydrocarbon nitrated sulphonated derivatives

To Sulfonated Derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Acids: benzene-methadisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, di-1-naphthylmethano-4,4 '-disulfonic ethanesulfonic, ethylenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (Armstrong acid), naphthalene-2,7-disulfonic, naphthalene-1 and 2-sulfonic, naphthalene-1,3,5-trisulfonic, toluene-alpha-, ortho-and para-sulfonic, xylenesulfonic,

benzene-sodium meta-disulfonate, barium benzenesulfonate, ethyl benzenesulfonate,

n-dodecylbenzenesulfonate of sodium,

Aluminium methanodulfonate,

prop-2-ene-1-sulfonate sodium,

para-ammonium toluenesulfonate, ethyl paratoluenesulfonate.

B II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Almizcle xylene (5-tert-butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-1,3-dimethylbenzene)

bis-(para-nitrophenyl) -methane, 3-tert-butyl-2,6-dinitro-4-isopropyltoluene (musk cymeno), 2-tert-butyl-4,5,6-trimethyl-1,3-dinitrobenzene,

ortho-, meta-and para-dinitrobenzenes, 2,2 '-dinitrodiphenyl, 4,4'-dinitrodiphenyl, 2,4-dinitrostilbene, 4,4 '-dinitrobenylmethane, 2,5-dinitrofluorene, dinitromethylene, dinitropentamethyl-hydrindene (5,7-dinitro-1,1,3,3,6-pentamethylhydrindene), paradinitrobenzene,

ortho-ethylnitrobenzene,

nitrobenzene (myrbath essence), 1-and 2-nitrobutanes, nitroocyclohexanes, 4-nitrodiphenyl, beta-nitrostyrene, nitroethane, nitromethane, 1-and 2-nitropropanes, nitrobenzene, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrosotoluenes, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrotoluenes, 3-and 4-nitro-ortho-xylenes,

4-nitro-metaxylene,

tetranitromethane, 1,3,5-trinitrobenzene, trinitromethane (nitroform).

C I Halogenated Derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Acids: 2-bromoethane-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt, 8-chlororaphthalene-1-sulfonic, 4-chlorotoluene-3-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt, 2,5-dibromobenzenesulfonic;

Chlorides of: benzenesulfonyl, para-bromobenzenesulphonyl, para-chlorobenzenesulphonyl, 4-chlorotoluene-2-sulfonyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzenesulphonyl, ethanesulfonyl, para-fluorobenzenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, naphthalene-1 and 2-sulfonyl, toluene-alpha-, ortho-and para-sulfonyl;

Sodium paraclobenzenesulfonate,

sodium metiodal (sodium iodometanosulfonate).

C II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Acids: 2-chloro-3,5-dinitrobenzenesulfonic, 6-chloro-5-nitrotoluene-3-sulfonic, 4,4 ' -dinitro-stilbene, 2,2-disulfonic, meta-nitrobenzenesulfonic, 5-nitronaphthalene-1-sulfonic;

1-bromo-2,4-dinitrobenzene, ortho-, meta- 9 para-bromonitrobenzenes, brominonitromethane, bromopicrine, para-nitrobenzylidene bromides, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenzyl bromides,

1-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, ortho-, meta-and para-chloronitrobenzenes, sodium 4-chloro-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate, chloronitromethane, 1-chloro-1-nitropropane, 4-chloro-2-nitrotoluene, 2-chloro-5-nitro-alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluorotoluene, chloropicrine (trichloronitromethane), 2-chloro-1,3,5-trinitrobenzene,

2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonyl chlorides, 3,5-dinitrobenyl, para-nitrobenzenesulphonyl, 5-nitrotoluene-2-sulfonyl, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenzyl,

2,5-dibrominitrobenzene,

1-fluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, para-fluoronitrobenzene,

2-nitrobutane-1-sulfonate ammonium,

pentachloronitrobenzene,

2,3,5,6-tetrachloronitrobenzene, trichloro-1,3,5-trinitrobenzene,

yodonitromethane, ortho-, meta-and para-yodonitrobenzenes, iodonitromethane.

11. ALCOHOLS AND THEIR HALOGENATED, SULPHONATED, NITRATED OR NITROSATED DERIVATIVES

29.04 Acyclic Alcohols and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives

A I methanol (methyl alcohol)

In addition to methanol (methyl alcohol), this subheading mainly comprises sodium methoxide (sodium methylate).

A III a) 2-methylpropan-2-ol (alcohol-tert-butyl)

This subheading only comprises 2-methylpropan-2-ol (alcohol-tert-butyl)

A III b) others

This subheading only comprises the following compounds:

Alcohols: n-butyl (butane-1-ol), sec-butyl (butane-2-ol), isobutyl (2-methylpropan-1-ol).

A IV pentanol (amyl alcohol) and its isomers.

This subheading only comprises the following compounds:

Alcohols: n-amyl (pentan-1-ol), sec-amyl (pentan-2-ol), tert-amyl (2-methylbutan-2-ol), amylylene-hydrate, isoamyl (3-methylbutan-1-ol), sec-isoamyl (3-methylbutan-2-ol), 2-methylbutan-1-ol, neopentyl (neoamyl, 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol), pentan-3-ol.

A V the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Acetaldehyde-bisulphytosodium,

isothonic acid,

alcohols: ceryl, cetyl, stearic, lauric (n-dodecanol), myricylic (nelisic, 1-hydroxytriaconane),

Sodium blsulfite acetaldehyde, sodium bisulfite acetone 1-bromo, 3-chloropropan-2-ol, 2-bromoethanol, 3-bromopropan-1-ol, 2-n-butyloctanol,

chlorbutol (acetona-chloroform, 1,1,1-trichloro-2-methylpropan-2-ol), 4-chlorobutan-1-ol, 1-chloro-2-methylbutan-2-ol,

n-decanol, 2,3-dibromopropan-1-ol, 1,3-dichloropropan-2-ol (alpha-dichlorohydrin), 3-chloropropan-1-ol, 1,3-diydopropan-2-ol, 2,6-dimethyl-heptan-4-ol, (diisobutylcrabinol), 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol, (tetrahydrorogeramol), 3,7-dimethyloctan-3-ol (tetrahydrolinalol),

ethylenchlorhydrin (2-chloroethanol), 2-ethylbutanol, 2-ethylhexanol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-pentan-1-ol, 5-ethyl-nonan-2-ol,

sodium-bisulphite formaldehyde,

n-heptadecanol, heptan-1-ol, heptan-2-ol (n-amyl-methyl-carbinol), heptan-3-ol, heptan-4-ol, hexan-1-ol,

5-methyl-2-isopropyl-hexan-1-ol (tetrahydrorolavandol), 2-methylpentan-2-ol, 2-methylpentan-1-ol, 3-methylpentan-3-ol (diethylmethylcarbinol, alcohol-tert-hexyl), 4-methyl-2-n-propylpentan-1-ol,

2-nitrobutan-1-ol, n-nonanol, n-octadecanol, n-octanol, octan-2-ol (n-hexylmethylcarbinol), octan-3-ol (n-amilylcarbinol), octan-4-ol (n-butyl-n-propylcarbinol),

n-tetradecanol,

para-toluenesulfonates of: n-amyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, methyl, n-propyl,

2,2,2-tribromoethanol, 1,1,1-tribromo-2-methylpropan-2-ol, 1,1,1-trichloropropan-2-ol, aluminium triethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,6,8-trimethylnonan-4-ol,

n-undecanol,

sodium valeraldehydro-bisulfite.

B II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Alcoa) is: ethylpropylallyl, metallyl (beta-metallyl), oleic (cis-octadec-9-en-1-ol), propargyl (prop-2-in-1-ol);

but-3-in-1-ol, but-3-in-2-ol,

1-chloro-3-ethylpent-4-en-1-in-3-ol, citronelol,

3,5-dimethyl-hex-1-in-3-ol, 3,6-dimethyl-oct-4-in-3-ol, divinylcarbinol,

farnesol,

geraniol,

hexadienol, hex-3-en-1-ol,

isophytol,

linalol,

2-methyl-but-3-en-2-ol, 2-methyl-but-3-in-1-ol, 2-methyl-but-3-in-2-ol, 3-methyl-pent-3-inol, 2-methyl-pent-4-in-3-ol,

nerol,

pent-4-in-2-ol, phytol,

rodinol (2,6-dimethyl-oct-2-en-8-ol),

3,7,11-trimethyldodeca-2,6,10-trien-1-ol, 3,7,11-trimethyldodeca-1,6,10-trien-3-ol,

C I diols, triols, and tetroles

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

ricinoleic alcohol,

butano-1,2-diol, butane-1,3-diol, butane-1,4-diol (tetramethyleneglycol), butane-2,3-diol, butane-1,2 4-triol, but-2-ene-1,4-diol, but-2-o-1,4-diol, 2-n-butyl-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol,

decane-1,10-diol (decamethyleneglycol), 2,2-diethylpropane-1,3-diol, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-diol, 2,5-dimethylhexo-2,5-diol, 3,6-dimethyloctane-3,6-diol, 3,6-dimethyl-oct-4-ino-3,6-diol, 2,2dimethyl-propanediol,

erythrita (butano-1,2,3,4-tetraol), 2-ethylhexane-1,3-diol (octileneglycol),

glycol (ethylene glycol, ethanediol),

hexadecane-1,16-diol, hexane-1,6-diol (hexamethyleneglycol), hexane-2,5-triol, hexane-1,2,6triol, hex-3-o-2,5-diol,

2-methyl-pentane-2,4-diol (hexyleneglycol), 2-methyl-2-n-propyl-propane-1,3-diol,

pentaerythritol (pentaerytrite, tetramethylolmethane), pentane-1,2, -1,4, -1,5, -2,3 and 2,4-diol, pent-2-ino, -1 4-diol, pent-3-ino-2,5-diol, pinacone (2,3-dimethyl-butane-2,3-diol, tetramethylethyleneglycol), propane-1,2-diol (alpha-propylene glycol), propane-1,3-diol (trimethylene glycol),

trimethylol-ethane (2-hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-propane-1,3-diol),

trimethylolpropanes: 2-ethyl-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol and 3-hydroxymethyl-pentane-1,5-diol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-pentane-1,3-diol.

C III D-glucitol (sorbitol)

Only D-glucitol (sorbitol) which complies with the provisions of Note 1 to Chapter 29 is classified under this subheading.

The varieties of D-glucitol (sorbitol) which do not comply with those conditions are classified under subheading 38.19 T.

C IV other polyols

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Adonitol (adonite), dulcitol (dulcita), iditol (idite), perseitol (perseite), volenitol (volenite) and xylitol (xylita).

C V halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated and nitrosated derivatives of polyols

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

3-chloropropane-1,2-diol (glycerol-1,2-monochlorhydrin), 2-chloropropane-1,3-diol (glycerol-1,3-monochlorhydrin),

2-ethyl-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol,

glyoxal-bisulfito sodium,

hydrates of: bromal (2,2,2-tribromoethane-1,1-diol), butylcloral (2,2,3-trichlorobutano-1,1-diol), chloral (2,2,2-trichloroethane-1,1-diol),

2-hydroxymethyl-2-nitropropane-diol.

29.05 Cyclic alcohols and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated and nitrosated derivatives

A II menthol

This subheading only comprises the (-)-para-mentol-3 ((-) trans-1,2-cis-1,5-isopropyl-2-methyl-5-cyclohexanol), the (+)-para-mentol-3 as well as the (+) para-mentol-3.

Neomentol, isomentol, and neoisomentol are mainly excluded from this subheading (subheading 29. 05 TO IV).

A III sterols, inositoles

the sterols are acyclic, saturated or unsaturated alcohols, which are derived from the hydrocarbon 1,2-cyclopentane-perhydrophenanthrene, in which the hydroxyl group is bonded to carbon 3, with a methyl group in the carbons 10 and 13 and a side chain of 8 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to carbon 17.

The following compounds are mainly included in this subheading: cholesterol, coprosterol (coprostanol), lanosterol, lumisterol, sitosterol, stigmasterol.

This subheading also comprises the d-, 1-, dl-, meso, epi, alo and muco-inositoles.

A IV the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

phenolic alcohol,

borneol (camphor de Borneo), para-tert-butyl-cyclohexanol,

2-chlorocyclohexanol, cyclohexane-1,2-diol, 4-cyclohexyl-cyclohexanol, cyclohexylmethanol, cyclopentanol, cyclopropylcarbinol,

decahydro-1-naphthol, dihydro-carveol, dihydro-tachysterol,

2-ethyl-cyclohexanol, 17alpha-ethinyl-andros-5-ene-3beta, 17beta-diol, 1-ethinyl-cyclohexanol,

terpine hydrate, 2 (1-hydroxybutyl)-cyclohexanol,

iborneol, isomentol, neo-isomentol, isopeugol,

neo-menthol, 17alpha-methyl-androsta-1,5-diene-3beta, 17beta-diol,

nopinol (nopol),

pregnane-3alpha, 20alpha-diol, pulegol,

sabinol, alpha-and beta-santaloles,

tachysterol, terpine, alpha-, beta-, gamma-, 1-and 4-terpinols, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanol.

B II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

alcohols: alpha-n-amyl-cinnamic, benzyl (phenylcarbinol), ortho-chlorobenzyl, para-isopropylbenzyl, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenzilicos;

benzaldehyde bisulfite sodium, benzyldimethylcarbinol, benzeprol (diphenylcarbinol), 1,1-bis-(paraclorophenyl)-ethanol, 2-bromo-1-indanol, 4-para-tert-butylphenyl-3-methyl-butan-2-ol,

beta-chloro-alpha-hydroxyethylbenzene (styrenochlorhydrin), 2-para-chlorophenyl-3-methyl-butane-2,3-diol,

1,2-diphenylethanol (benzylphenylcarbinol), 1,1-diphenyl-octan-1-ol,

1-phenyl-butan-1-ol, 2-phenyl-but-3-in-2-ol, 1-phenyl-ethane-1,2-diol (styrenoglycol), 1-phenylethanol (methylphenylcarbinol, methyl benzyl alcohol), 2-phenylethanol, 1-phenyl-pentan-1-ol, 5-phenyl-pentan-1-ol, 1-phenyl-propan-1-ol (ethylenylcarbinol), 1-phenyl-propan-2-ol (benzylmethylcarbinol), 2-phenyl-propan-1-ol, 1-phenyl-prop-2-in-1-ol,

indan-1-ol (hydroxyhydrindene),

2-methyl-1-phenylbutan-2-ol, 2-methyl-4-phenylbutan-2-ol, 3-methyl-1-phenylbutan-2-ol, 3-methyl-1-phenyl-pentan-3-ol, 4-methyl-1-phenylpenta-2-ol, 2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-ol,, 2-methyl-1-phenylpro pan-2-ol,

1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthol (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene), 2,2,2-trichloro-1,1-bis-(parachlorophenyl)-ethanol, 2,2,2-trichloro-1-phenyl-ethanol, 1,1,1-trichloro-3-phenylpropan-2-ol, triphenyl-methanol (triphenylcarbinol).

III. PHENOLS AND PHENOLS-ALCOHOLS, AND THEIR HALOGENATED DERIVATIVES, ETC.

29.06 Phenols and phenol-alcohols

I Phenol and its salts

This subheading only includes phenol and its salts, for example, calcium phenate, lithium phenate, and sodium phenate.

A II cresoles, xylenols and their salts

This subheading only comprises the ortho-, meta-v para-cresol, the xylenols (e.g.: 1,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxybenzene, 1,2-dimethyl-4-hydroxybenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxybenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-4-hydroxybenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-5-hydroxybenzene, 1,4-dimethyl-2-hydroxybenzene and its salts.

A III naphthols and their salts

This subheading only comprises (1-naphthol) alpha-naphthol, (2-naphthol) beta-naphthol) and its salts, e.g. bismuth beta-naphtolate.

A IV the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

6-n-amyl-meta-cresol, para-tert-amylphenol,

4-benzyl-meta-cresol, ortho-and para-benzylphenol, ortho-sec-butylphenol, para-tert-butylphenol, 6-tert-butyl-2,4-xylenol,

carvacrol,

4,6-dibenzyl-meta-cresol, 4,6-di-tert-butyl-meta-cresol, para-alpha, alpha-dimethylbenzylphenol, 2,4-diestirilphenol,

ortho-meta- and para-ethylphenols,

para-n-heptyl-phenol, ortho-and para-hydroxydiphenyl (ortho-y para-phenyl phenols),

indan-5-ol, ortho-isopropyl-phenol,

mesytol (2,4,6-trimethylphenol),

nonylphenol,

n-octil-cresoles, octyl-phenol,

2,3,4,5-, 2,3,4,6-and 2,3,5,6-tetramethylphenols, thymol (5-methyl-2-isopropylphenol), 2,3,4-, 2,3,5-, 2,3,6-, 2,4,5-and 3,4,5-trimethylphenols.

B I resorcinol and its salts

This subheading only comprises the resorcinol (resorcin) and its salts, for example bismuth resorcinate.

B III dihydroxynaphthalenes and their salts

This subheading only comprises dihydroxynaphthalenes, that is, the compounds in which two hydrogen atoms of the naphthalenic core are replaced by two hydroxyl groups, for example, the 1,3-, 1,4-, 1,5-, 2,3-and 2,7-dihydroxynaphthalenes and their salts.

B V the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

4-benzyl-resorcinol, bis (5-tert-butyl-6-hydroxy-3-tolyl) methane, 2,3 ,bis-(3,4-dihydroxybenzyl) butane, 4-tert-butyl-pyrocatechin,

2,5-di-tert-amylhydroquinone, 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, dienestrol (3,4-bis-(para-hydroxy-phenyl) hexa-2,4-diene), 1,1 '-dihydroxy-2,2'-dinaphyl, 4,4 '-dihydrostilbene, 3,4-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,5-dimethylhydroquinone (2,5-dihydroxy-para-xylene),

stilbenstrol (diethyl-stilbestrol, 4,4 ' -dihydroxy-alpha, beta-diethylstilbene, 3,4-bis-(para-hydroxyphenyl) hex-3-ene),

floroglucinol (1, 3, 5-dihydroxybenzene),

5-heptyl-resorcinol, hexestrol (3,4-bis- (para-hydroxyphenyl) n-hexane), 4-n-hexyl-resorcinol,

hydroxy-hydroquinone (1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene),

menadiol (2-methyl-1,4-naphthohydroquinone, Vitamin K4), methylene-di-beta-naphtoI, 2-methyl-hydroquinone, 4-methyl-pyrocatechin,

orcin (3,5-hydroxytoluene, 5-methyl-resorcinol), game-orcin (2-methyl-resorcinol),

pyromatechin, pyrogalol (1,2,3-trihydroxybenzene),

hydroquinone salts,

trimethylhnidroquinone.

C Phenols-alcohols

This subheading mainly comprises saligenin (salicylic alcohol)

29.07 Halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives of phenols and so on.

To Halogenated Derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

benzenesulfonate 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-bromo-4-tert-butyl-phenol, 5-bromo-meta-cresol, bromohydroquinone, 3-bromo-4-hydroxydiphenyl, 1-bromo-2-naphthol, ortho-, meta-and para-bromofenol, 4-bromo-3,5 -xylenol,

4-chloro-meta-cresol, 5-chloro-ortho-cresol, chlorohydroquinone, 1-chloro-2-naphthol, ortho-, meta-and para-chlorophenol, 4-chlororresorcinol, 6-chlorotimol, 4-chloro-3,5-xylenol,

2,6-dibromo-1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,4-dibromophenol, 4,6-dichloro-meta-cresol, 2,4-dichloro-l-naphthol, 2,4-dichlorophenate sodium, dichlorophene (5,5 '-chloro-2,2'-dihydroxydiphenylmethane), 2,4-dichlorophenol, 2,4-dichloro-3,5-xylenol,

for-fluorophenol,

hexachlorofen (bis-(3,5,6-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-methane),

sodium pentachlorophenate, pentachlorophenol,

bismuth, bismuth, bismuth, 2,4,6-tribromophenol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenate, sodium 2,4,5-trichlorophenate, zinc, 2,4,5-trichlorophenol, trichlorofluoroglucnol, meta-trifluoromethylphenol, 2,4,6-metastrifluoromethylphenol, 2,4,6-triydometacresol, 2,4,6-triyodophenol

2,4,6-trichlorophenate, 2,4,6-trichlorophenate,

ortho-, meta-y para-yodophenol.

B Sulfonated Derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: meta-cresol-4-sulfonic, croceic (2-naphtol-8-sulfonic), chromotropic (1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic), 6,7-dihydroxynaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt, phenol-para-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt, F (2-naphtol-6,8-disulfonic), and its potassium salt, hydroquinone-2-sulfonic, 1-naphtol-3,8-disulfonic, Naphtoltrisulfonic, R (2-naphtol-3,6-disulfonic), pyrocatecol-3,5-disulfonic salt, and its potassium salt, of Schaeffer (2-naphtol-6-sulfonic), timolsulfonic,

calcium ortho-cresol-4-sulfonate,

1,8-dihydronaphthalene-6,8-disulfonate disodium,

stybofen (antimony (III) bis- (pyrocatecol-disulfonate) sodium or potassium).

C II dinitrores, trinitro-m-cresol

This subheading only comprises dinitrocers (e.g., 4,6-dinitro-ortho-cresol, 2,6-dinitro-para-cresol) and trinitro-meta-cresol (2,4,6-trinitro-meta-cresol).

C III the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

styfnicus acid (trinitrorresorcinol),

2-sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol, 2-tert-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol,

6-cyclohexyl-2,4-dinitrophenol,

2,4-dinitro-sodium phenate, 2,4-, 2,5-and 2,6-dinitrophenol, 2,4-dinitro-1-naphthol, 2,4-and 4, dinitrorresorcinol, 2,4-dinitroresorcinol, 2,6-dinitrothymol,

2-nitro-para-cresol, ortho-y para-sodium nitrophenate, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrophenols, 1-nitro-2-naphthol, 4-nitroresorcin, 4-nitrous-ortho-cresol, 4-nitrous-meta-cresol, para-nitrous-phenol, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 4-nitrosorresorcinol, 6-nitro-2,4,-xylenol,

picratos of: potassium, sodium, or strontium,

3,4,5-trinitro-ortho-cresol.

D Mixed Derivatives

This sub-item primarily consists of the following compounds:

acids: 2,6-diiodine-phenol-4-sulfonic, flavianic (2,4-dinitro-1-naphtol-7-sulfonic), 2-nitrophenol-4-sulfonic, 2-nitro-1-naphtol-4-sulfonic, 2-nitroso-1-naphtol-4-sulfonic,

2-bromo-3-nitro-para-cresol, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenol,

4-chloro-2-nitro-meta-cresol, 4-chloro-2-nitro-phenol, 6-chloro-2-nitro-3,4-xylenol, 2,6-diiodophenole-4-sulfonyl chloride,

2,6-dibromo-4-nitrophenol, 2,6-dichloro-4-nitrophenol, 2,6-diiodophenol-4-sulfonate of zinc, 2,6-diiodophenol-4-sulfonate of potassium.

IV. ETHER-OXIDES, PEROXIDES OF ALCOHOLS, PEROXIDES OF ETHERS, ETC.

29.08 Ethers-oxides-alcohols, ethers-oxides-phenols, ethers-oxides-alcohols-phenols, etc.

A) Diethyl oxide (ethyl ether), dichlorodiethyl oxides

This subheading only comprises diethyl oxide (ethyl ether, diethyl ether) and dichloroethyl ether (di-2-chloroethyl ether, mainly).

A I b) others

This subheading primarily consists of the following compounds:

1,2-di-n-butoxyethane-, 1,2-di-(2-chloroethoxy)-ethane, 1,2-diethoxyethane (ethylenylglycol-diethyl ether), 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane (diethylenedioxide),

ethers: allylethyl, allylvinyl, amilylyl, 2-bromo-diethyl, butylethyl, n-butylvinyl, chlorodimethyl, 2-chloro-ethylvinyl, diallyl, diamyl, dibutyl dimethyl, di-(4-chloro-2-propyl), di-(3-chloro-2-propyl), di-(2-chlorovinyl), di-(2-chlorovinyl), di-n-hexyl, dimethylic, diethyleneglycol, diethylene glycol, dimethyl glycol, dipropyl, dimethyl, 2-ethyl-hexyl-vinyl, ethyl-vinyl, isobutylvinyl, isopropylethyl, methylethyl, methylpropyl, methylvinyl, n-propylethyl,

1-methoxy-buta-1,3-diene, 4-methoxy-but-3-en-1-amino.

To II cyclicals, cyclenics and cycloterpenics

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

cineol (eucalyptol),

chloromethyl-menthyl ether, methyl-Santalyl ether.

A III c) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

para-allyl-anisole (estragol, chavicol-methyl-ether, 4-methoxy-1-allyl-benzene), anisole (methyl-phenyl-ether), anethol (para-propyl-phenyl-methyl-ether),

3,4-bis-(para-methoxyphenyl)-hex-3-ene, bis-(para-chlorophenoxy) methane, 1,2-bis-(ortho-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethane, bromelia (2-naphthol-ethyl-ether), ortho-, meta-and para-bromoanisole, 4-bromo-2,5-diethoxy-nitrobenzene, beta-bromofenetol, ortho-, meta-and para-bromofenetol,

ortho-y para-chloroanisole, 2-chloro-1,4-diethoxy-benzene, 4-chloro-2,5-diethoxy-nitrobenzene, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)-2-phenoxy-ethane beta-chlorofeuetol 4-chloro-2-nitroanisol, chlorotrianisene (chloro-tri- (para-methoxyphenyl) -ethylene), para-methoxybenzyl chloride (anilyl chloride),

2,4-dichloroanisole, 2,4-dichlorophenol, ortho-, meta-and para-diethoxybenzene, 2,5-diethoxynitrobenzene, ortho-, meta-and para-dimethoxybenzene, 2,5-dimethoxynitrobenzene, 2,4-dinitroanisol, 2,4-diuitrophenol,

ethers: allyl-phenylic, amyl-benzyl, amyl-2-phenyl-ethyl, benzyl-n-butyl, benzyl-ethyl, benzyl, paracresol, eugenol benzyl, benzyl-methyl, 2-naphthol, dibenzyl, hydroquinone dibenzyl, 4,4 '-dibromodiphenylic di-(1phenylethyl), diphenyl, di- (alpha-methylbenzyl), ethylenyl-diethylstilbene), diphylenyl, 2,2'-dinaphthyl, di-para-tolyl, paracresol ethyl, ethyl ethyl eugenol, and isoeugenol, 1-naphthol ethyl, cresol phenylic, butylmeta-cresol methyl (4-tert-butyl-3-methoxituene), meta-and para-cresol methyl, eugenol methyl, and 1-naphthol methyl isoeugenol,

phenitol (ethyl-phenyl-ether), para-fluoroanisol-, para-fluorophenethol, fragarol (isobutyl-2-naphthyl-ether),

2-methoxy-4-nitrotoluene,

nitroanetol, ortho-, meta-and para-nitro-anisole, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrodenetol,

2,4,5-and 2,4,6-trichloroanisole, 1,1,1-trichloro-2,2-bis-(para-methoxyphenyl)-ethane (methoxloro DMDT), 2,4,5-and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol, 1,2,3-trimethoxybenzene (pyrogalol-trimethylether),

veratrol (ortho-dimethoxybenzene),

yara-yara (methyl-2-naphthyl-ether), ortho-, meta-and para-iodine-anisole,

B I acyclic

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

2-n-butoxyethanol (ethylene glycol-monoblast-ether), 1-n-butoxipropan-2-ol, (1,2-propylene glycol-1-n-butyl-ether),

diethylene glycol, di-alpha-propylene glycol,

ethers: diethylene glycol monobutyl (butyl-diglycol), alpha-propylene glycol mono-n-butyl, di-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl), diethyleneglycol mono-diethyl, diethyleneglycol monoethyl, triethylene glycol monoethyl, diethylene glycol monomethyl, glycerol alpha-methyl, di-alpha-propylene glycol monomethyl,

2-ethoxyethanol (ethylene glycol mono-ethyl-ether), 1-ethoxy-propan-2-ol (1,2-propylene glycol-ethyl-ether),

2-isopropoxyethanol,

3-methoxy-butan-1-ol, 2-methoxyethanol (ethylene glycol mono-methyl-ether), 1-methoxy-propan-2-ol (1,2-propylene glycol-l-methyl-ether),

triethylene glycol.

B II Cyclic

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Anisic alcohol (alcohol for-methoxybenzyl), 2-benzoxyloxyethanol (ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether), 2-para-sec-butylphenoxyethanol, 2-para-chlorophenoxyethanol, dianisilhexanol (3,4-bis-(para-methoxyphenyl)-hexan-3-ol),

ethers: glycerol-alpha-para-chlorophenyl (ether para-chlorophenyl-alpha-glycerol), glycerol-dialpha-guayacyl, glycerol-1,3-diphenylic, glycerol-alpha-2,4,6-trichlorophenyl

monoethyl

glycerol pyrocatechin, diethylene glycol mono-phenyl, xylenyl-mono-glycolic, 2-phenoxyethanol (ethylene glycol monophenyl ether), 1-phenoxypropan-2-ol (1,2-propyleneglycol ether 1-phenyl),

mefenesin (glycerol-alpha-ortho-tolyl ether), ortho methoxy-benzydrol, 1,1 '-methylene-bis-(parafenylenoxy)-di-2-propanol,

beta-2-naphthyloxyethanol.

C I guayacol, potassium guayacolsulfonates:

This subheading only includes guayacol (ortho-methoxyphenol, mono-methyl ether of pyrolatecin) and guayacolsulfonates of potassium

C II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

para-benzyloxyphenol (hydroquinone mono-benzyl ether), 2-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenol,

dihydroeugenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol (1,3-dimethylpyrogalol ether),

meta-and para-ethoxyphenols, 5-ethoxirresorcin (monoethyl ether of fluoroglucine), eugenol,

guetol (mono-ethyl ether of pyrocatechin),

isoeugenol,

2-methoxy-para-cresol, 2-methoxyhydroquinone, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, meta-and para-methoxyphenols,

5-propenylguetol.

D peroxides of alcohols and peroxides of ethers

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

ascaridol (1,4-peroxide-para-menthene-2),

2,2-bis-(4-tert-butylperoxicyclohexyl)-propane,

hydroperoxides of: tert-butyl, diisopropylbenzene, alpha, alpha-dimethylbenzyl (cumene hydroperoxide), ethyl, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl, paramentane,

peroxides of: di-tert-butyl, cyclohexanone (1-hydroxy-1 '-hydroperoxydicyclohexyl), di- (alpha-dimethylbenzyl), diethyl, methylethylketone,

29.09 Epoxides, epoxyalcohols, epoxifenols and epoxithers (alpha or beta); etc.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1,2-3,4-dioxidobutane,

ethers: allylglycic, n-butylglicidic, ortho-diphenylglycic, isopropylglycic, phenylglycicic,

epidibrohydrin (1-bromo-2,3-epoxypropane), 1,2-epoxybutane, alpha, beta-epoxyethylbenzene (phenylethylene oxide, styrene oxide), 1,2-epoxypropane (propylene oxide), 1,2-epoxy-2,4,4-trimethylpentane,

glycidol (3-hydroxypropylene oxide),

oxides of: sim-dimethylethylene, ethylene and isopropylylene.

29.10 Acetals, semi-acetals and acetals and semi-acetals of simple oxygenated functions etc.

A oxide of 2-(2-butoxyethoxy) ethyl and 6-propylpiperonyl (piperonylbutoxide).

This subheading only comprises 2-(2-butoxyethoxy) ethyl oxide and 6-propylpiperonyl (piperonylbutoxide) oxide.

B the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

piperonyl alcohol, cloral alcoholates (e.g., isopropyl alcoholate, methylalcoholate and chloral ethylalcoholate), 1-n-amylcinamdediethylacetal, 2-n-amyl-2-methylbenzo-1,3-dioxane, anhydroglucoral (chloralose), apyol (2,5-dimethoxy-3,4-methylenedioxy-1-allylbenzene),

benzaldehydrodiethylacetal, bromoacetal (2-bromo-1,1-diethoxyethane),

chloroacetal (2-chloro-1,1-diethoxyethane), chlorodimethylacetal (2-chloro-1,1-dimethoxyethane), 2-chloro-1-ethoxy-ethanol (chloroacetaldehyde alcoholate), citraldiethylacetal,

dichloroacetal, (2,2-dichloro-1,1-diethoxyethane), 2,2-diethoxyethanol, dietoximethane (ethylalt, 1,1-diethoxinane, diethylacetal (1,1-diethoxyethane), 2,3-4,6-diisopropylidenensorbosa (diacetone sorbitol), 1,1-dimethoxidecane, 1,1-dimethoxy-n-dodecane, 3,3-dimethoxy-17alpha-ethinyl-estr-5 (10) in-17beta-ol, 1,1-dimethoxyheptane, 1,1-dimethoxy-2-phenylethane, 1,1-dimethoxy-2-phenylpropane, 2,2-dimethoxypropane, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,1-bis-(2-phenylethoxy) ethane, di-n-propoximethane, dipropylacetal (1,1-din-propoxyethane),

1-ethoxy-1-phenylpropan-1-ol,

phenylacetaldehydrodicinamilacetal, phenylacetaldehydrodimethylacetal, 4-phenyl-1,3-dioxane, 0-1,2 (2-phenylethylidene)-glycerol,

2-n-hexyl-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane, hydroxycitronelaldimethylacetal,

0-1,2-isopropylidenglycerol (2,2-dimethyl-4-hydroxymethyl-1,3-dioxolane), isosafrol (1,2-methylenedioxy-4-propenylbenzene),

methylal (dimethoxyethane), 4-methyl-1,3-dioxane, 0-1,2-methylenglycerol (4-hydroxymethyl-1,3-dioxolane),

piperonaldiethylacetal,

safrol (3,4-methylenedioxy-1-allyl-benzene),

1,1,3,3-tetramethoxypropane.

V. ALDEHYDE FUNCTION COMPOUNDS

29.11 Aldehydes, aldehydes-alcohols, aldehydes-ethers, aldehydes-phenols and other aldehydes, etc.

Acyclic aldehydes

See the NCCA Explanatory Notes to heading 29.11, paragraphs A I and A II

A III butyraldehyde (butanal)

This subheading only comprises butyraldehyde (n-butyric aldehyde, n-butane).

A IV the others

This subpartlda mainly comprises the following compounds:

acrolein (acrylaldehyde),

aldehydes: capric (n-decanol), crotonic, isobutyric (isobutane), lauric (dodecanal), methacrylic, myristic (tetradechanal),

butanodial (succinic aldehyde),

citral, (geranial, 3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadienal), citronelal (rodinal),

dihydrocytronelal (3,7-dimethyloctanal), trans-1,2-dimethylacrolein (tiglic aldehyde),

2-ethylhexanal, 2-ethylhexen-2-al (ethylpropyllacrolein),

glutaric (pentane-1,5-dial), glyoxal,

n-heptanal (n-heptyl, enantal), hexanol, hexen-2-al,

2-methylundecanal (methylnonyl-acetaldehyde),

pelargonic (nonanal), pentanal (valeric aldehyde), prodiaper (propionic aldehyde),

tridecanal, trimethylacetic (pivalic aldehyde),

undecanal, 1,1-aldehyde 1-, 8-and 9-undecylenic (undecenal-11).

B cyclanic, cyclenic and cycloterpenic aldehydes

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds.

perillic aldehyde,

alpha-and beta-cyclocytral,

occlocytral,

felandral (aldehydrotetrahydrocuminic),

safranal,

See also the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.11, paragraph A III.

C Aromatic Aldehydes

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.11, paragraph A IV.

C II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Aldehydes: alpha-n-amylcinnamic, para-tert-butyl-alpha-methyl-hydrocynamic, alpha-ethylcinnamic, para-isopropyl-alpha-methylhydrocinnamic, alpha-methyl-cinnamic; 9-anthracenic,

benzaldehyde, beta-para-tert-butylphenilisobutyric,

para-isopropylbenzyl (cuminic aldehyde), beta-para-isopropylphenilisobutyric (cyclamic aldehyde),

alpha-methyl-beta-isopropylphenylpropionic,

1-and 2-naphthalic,

phenylacetic, alpha-phenylpropiolyl (hydrotropic aldehyde), beta-phenyl-propionic (hydrocynamic aldehyde), phthalic,

para-tolylacetic.

D-alcohols-alcohols

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetaldol (aldol), glyceric aldehyde, glycolic aldehyde,

butyraldol,

alpha-hydroxyadipic, hydroxycitronelal (2,6-dimethyl-2-hydroxy-8-octanal), range-hydroxy-alpha, alpha-dimethylbutyric,

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.11, paragraph B.

And Aldehyde-Ethers, phenols and other aldehydes of simple or complex oxygenated functions

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 29.11, paragraph C.

E II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

anisic aldehyde (aldehyde para-methoxybenzyl, aubepine), aldehyde para-methoxycinnamic, 3,4-diethoxybenzyl aldehyde, 3,4-dihydroxybenzyl aldehyde (protocatequic aldehyde), ortho-ethoxybenzyl aldehyde, beta-ethoxypropionic aldehyde, ortho-and meta-methoxybenzyl aldehyde, heliotropin (piperonal), meta-and para-hydroxybenzilicoJ aldehyde 2-hydroxy-1-naphthalic,

isovanillin (aldehyde 4-methoxy-3-hydroxybenzyl),

2-methoxyethanal (Methoxyacetic aldehyde), 4-Methoxisalicyl,

salicylic (ortho-hydroxybenzyl aldehyde),

ortho-vanillin (aldehyde 2-methoxy-3-hydroxybenzyl), veratric (3,4-dimethoxybenzyl), ortho-veratric (aldehyde 2,3-dimethoxybenzyl).

29.12. Halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated or nitrosated derivatives of products of heading

29.11

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

benzaldehyde-ortho-sulfonatosodium, brominated, ortho-, meta-and para-bronlobencylic, 5-bromosalicylic, butylcloral,

chloroacetic, cloral, ortho-, meta-and para-chlorobenzyl, 5-chlorosalicyl,

2,4-dinitrobenzyl,

ortho-, meta-y para-nitrobenzyl, aldehyde 4-and 5-nitrosalicylic, para-llitrosobencil,

yodal (triiodoacetic aldehyde).

VI KETONE FUNCTION OR QUINONE FUNCTION COMPOUNDS

29.13 Cetones, ketones-alcohols, ketones-phenols, ketones-aldehydes, quinines, etc.

Acyclic Ketones

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.13, paragraph A.

A I monocetones

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetone, allylketone, n-amilylketone,

n-butylethylketone,

di-n-amylketone, di-n-butylketone, diethylketone, diisoamylketone, disisopropylketone, dimethylhexenone,

etilideneacetone (methylpropenylketone), ethyl-n-propylketone,

forone,

n-heptylmethylketone, hexamethylketone (di-tert-butylketone),

pseudo-ionone, isobutylmethylketone, isohexylmethylketone (6-methylheptan-2-one),

methylethylketone (butanone) 5-methylheptan-3-one, 2-methyl-hept-2-en-6-one, 6-methylhept-5-en-2-one, methylisopropenylketone, methyl-n-nonylketone, methyl-n-octyl, methylpropylketone, methyl-seudo-ionone, methylvinylketone,

mesitilo oxide,

pinacolone (tert-butylmethylketone).

A II polyketones

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetonylketone (2,5-hexanedione), acetylketone (2,4-pentanedione),

decane-2,4-dione, diacetyl,

heptano-2,4-dione,

octano-2,3-dione.

B Cyclanic, Cyclenic And Cycloterpenic Ketones

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.13, paragraph A II.

II others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

allilionone, androsta-1,4-diene-3,17-dione,

2-n-butylcyclohexanone, 2-n-butylidenencyclohexanone,

canphoquinone (canfan-2,3-dione), carvone, 11-ketoprogesterone, 3-cholestone, civetone (cyclohexadece-9-en-1), 3-coprostanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexane-1,2-dione, cyclohexanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexene-2-one, cyclohexylacetone, 2-cycle-hexylcyclohexanone, cyclooctanonma, cyclopentadecanone, cyclopentanone (adipoketone), cyclopropylmethylketone,

dicyclopropylketone, dihydrojasmona (2-n-amyl-3-methylcyclene-pent-2-en-1-one), size (5,5-dimethylcyclohexane-1,3-dione), dimethylcyclohexanone,

fenchona,

2-n-hexylcyclopenten-2-one,

alpha-and beta-ionones, alpha-, beta-and gama-irones, isoforone (1,5,5-trimethylcyclohex-1-en-3-one),

jasmona

mentone, methylcyclohexanone, methylionone, muscona (3-methylcyclopentadecan-1-one),

piperisone (1-methyl-4-isopropylcyclohexyl-1-en-3-one), halopregnane-3,20-dione, 2-n-propylcyclohexanone, pulegone.

C III the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetophenone (phenylmethylketone), 4-acetyldiphenyl, 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,1-4,4-tetramethylnaphthalene, acetylheptametylindane, 2-para-acetylphenyldiphenyl, antrone,

bezantrone, benzyl (dibenzoyl), benzophenone, benzoylacetone, benzylidenacetophenone, 4-paratherc-butyl-2,6-dimethylacetophenone (acetylbutylxylene), n-butyrophenone,

canphobenzylidene, cinnamilidenacetone, cinamidenacetophenone,

deoxybenzoin, para-diacetylbenzene, 1,2-dibenzoylethylene, dibenzoylmethane, dibenzylacetone, dibenzylidenacetone, 2,4-and 2,6-dimethylacetophenones, dipnone (alpha-methylbenzylidenetophenone),

phenylindane-1,3-dione, 1-phenylpropane-1,2-dione (acetobenzoyl), fluorenone,

n-hexophenone, 1,1,2,2,3,3,5-heptamethyl-6-acetyllindane,

indano-1,3-dione, indanotrione (tricetohydrindene), indano-1-one, isovalerophenone, 2-isovalerylindanedione,

para-methylacetophenone (methyl-para-tolylketone), 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-methyl-5-isopropylacetophenone,

propiophenone (phenylethylketone),

1-tetralone (l-ketotetrahydroronaphthalene), 2,4,6-trimethylacetophenone,

n-valerophenone (n-butylphenylketone).

D I others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetoin (1-acetylethanol, acetylmethylcarbinol), acetol (acetylcarbinol, hydroxyacetone), filicinic acid, rodizonic acid (cyclohexene-diol-tetrone),

dihydroxyacetone, 17alpha, 21-dihydroxypreg-4-ene-3,20-dione (Reichstein S substance);

4-hydroxypentan-2-one, 3-beta-hydroxypregna-5,16-diene-20-one, 17alpha-hydroxypregnenolone, 11alpha-hydroxyprogesterone,

6alpha-methylpregna-4,17-diene-11beta, 21-diol-3-one,

4-oxopentano-1-ol,

pregna-4,17-diene-11beta, 21-diol-3-one, pregna-1,4,17-triene-11beta, 21-diol-3-one, pyruvic (aldehyde 1-oxopropionic, methylglyoxal, propanalone),

triacetonadialcohol (2,6-dimethylheptane-2,6-diol-4-one).

D II aromatics

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

benzoylphenylcarbinol (benzoin),

phenylglyoxal (benzoylformaldehyde).

E Ketone-phenols and other ketones of simple or complex oxygenated functions

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

2-aceto-1-naphthol, acetovainillone (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyacetophenone), anisilyl (4,4 '-dimethoxybenzyl), anisindione (2-para-anisil-1,3-indanedione), anisoin (4,4 'dimethoxybenzoin), anisilidenmethylethylketone,

4-n-butyrresorcin,

deoxyanisoin, 2,5-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone (4-benzoylresorcin), 2,2 '-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2 '-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 16alpha, 17alpha-dihydroxyprogesterone-acetophenide (droxone), 2,5-dimethoxyacetophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4,4-dimethoxybutan-2-one (3-oxobutyraldehyde acetaldimethyl), disalcitenacetone,

epoxipengenolone, ethyldeoxyanisoin,

phenoxyacetone (etherphenylacetonyl, omega-acetanisole),

4-n-hexanoylresorcin, 1-hydroxy-2-acetonaphthalene, ortho-, meta-and para-hydroxyacetophenones, ortho-, meta-and para-hydroxybenzophenones, para-hydroxybenzylacetone, para-hydroxybenzylidenacetone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, ortho-, meta-and para-hydroxypropiophenones,

para-methoxyacetophenone (acetoanisole), para-methoxybenzoylacetone, 3-methoxy-13-ethylestra-2,5 (10)-dien-17-one, 1-methoxy-2-hexamone, 16beta-methyl-16alpha, 17alpha-epoxido-5-pregnen-3beta-ol-20-one,

piperonylideneacetone,

resacetophenone (2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone),

salicylideneacetone (ortho-hydroxybenzylidenetone),

2,3,4-trihydroxyacetophenone (galacetophenone).

F Quinones, quinone-alcohols, quinone-phenols, quinones-aldehydes and other quinones of simple or complex oxygenated functions

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

acenaftenoquinone, anthraquinone, antrarrufina (1,5-dihydroxyanthraquinone),

1,2-benzanthraquinone (naphthanthraquinone), para-benzoquinone, 2-tert-butylanthraquinone,

bismuth chrysofanate, 1,2-chrysoquinora, Q coenzymes (ubinquinones, per iisimide, ccenzymes Q-10),

2,6-dihydroxyanthraquinone, 2,5-dihydroxy-para-benzoquinone, 5,8-dihydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone (naphthazaline),

embelin (3,6-dihydroxy-2n-undecyl-para-benzoquinone),

emodins: alloemodine (3-hydroxymethylcrisazine), framullaemodin (4,5,7-trihydroxy-2-methylanthraquinone),

2-ethylanthraquinone,

phenanthraquinone,

1-and 2-hydroxyanthraquinone, 3-hydroxy-1-methylanthraquinone, 2-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone,

juglone (5-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone),

menadione (menaftona, 2-methyl-1,4-naphthoquinone, 'vitamin K3'), 1-and 2-netilanthraquinones, 3-methyl-1,6,8-trihydroxyanthraquinone,

1,4-naphthoquinone,

quinizarira (1,4-dihydroxyanthraquinone),

3,5,3 ', 5'-tetramethyldifenoquinone-4,4 ' (tetramethyldiphenylquinone), timoquinone, 2-toluquinone (2-methyl-para-benzoquinone),

para-xyloquinone (2,5-dimethyl-para-benzoquinone).

G I 4 '-tert-butyl-2', 6 '-dimethyl-3', 5 '-dinitroacetophenone (musk ketone)

This subheading only comprises 4 '-tert-butyl-2', 6 '-dimethyl-3', 5 '-dinitroacetophenone (musk ketone).

G II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: anthraquinone-1,5, -1,8-, -2,6-and -2,7-disulfonic, anthraquinone-1-and 2-sulfonic, 3-bromoalkanfor-8-sulfonic, 3-bromo-de-camphor-10-sulfonic, 10-bromo-camphor-3-suphonic, can-10-sulfonic, chloroanilic (2,5-dichloro-3,6-dihydroxy-para-benzoquinone), crisaminic (2,4,5,7-tetranitrochrisacin), 1,8-dihydroxyanthraquinone-4,6-disulfonic acid,

1,5-bis (methanitrophenyl) -1,4-pentadien-3-one, bromoacetone, ortho-, meta-and para-bromoacetophenones, 3-bromo-benzantrone, para-bromo-benzophenone, 3-bromoalkanfor (alpha-bromoalkanfor) 5-bronioalkanfor, 8-bromoalkanfor (pi-bromoalkanfor), 10-bromoalkanfor (omega--bromoalkanfor), 3-bromopropylmethylketone (game-acetopropyl bromide),

brominions of: para-bromofenacil, para-netilfenacil, para-nitrofenacil (omega-bromo-paranitroacetophenone, fenacyl),

chloroacetone, ortho-, meta-and para-chloroacetophenones, 1-and 2-chloroanthraquinones, 3-chlorobenzantrone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 3-chloroalkan-2, 2-chlorocyclohexanone, 3-chloro-1-hydroxyacetone, 4-chloro-1-hydroxyanthraquinone, 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzophenone, para-chloropropiophenone, 3,4-dihydroxyphenacyl chloride, fenacyl chloride,

3,6-dibromothymoquinone, sim-and asim-dichloroacetones, 2,5-dichloroacetophenones, 1,5-and 1,8-dichloroanthraquinones, 4,4 '-dichlorobenzophenone, 2,5-dichloro-para-benzoquinone, 4,5-dichloro-1,8-dinitroanthraquinone, 2,3-dichloro-1,4-naphthoquinone, 2,7-dinitroanthraquinone,

hexachloroacetone,

menadiona-bisulfito sodium (menaftona-bisulfite sodium), 3-methoxy-16alpha-chloroestrone,

meta-y para-nitroacetophenones, 1-nitroanthraquinone, nitrosoalkanfor,

bromoalkanfor sulfocloride,

2,4,7-trinitrofuroenone.

VII. CARBOXYLIC ACIDS, THEIR ANHYDRIDES, HALIDES, ETC.

29.14 Monocarboxylic acids, their anhydrides, halides, peroxides, etc.

A I formic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes formic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

formates of: allyl, aluminum, ammonium, amyl, anilyl, barium, benzyl, formyl, butyl, cadmium, calcium, cinamyl, zinc, citronyl, cobalt, copper, chromium, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, geranil, hexen-2-yl, n-hexyl, ibornyl, isopropyl, linallyl, magnesium, manganese, menthyl, methyl, neryl, nickel, n-octyl, 1-and 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, lead, potassium, n-propyl, rodinyl, Santallyl, sodium, terpenyl.

A II b) 3 others

This subheading comprises the following compounds:

acetates of: aluminium (including basic), ammonium, bismuth, cadmium, calcium, zinc, copper (including basic), chromium, iron, lithium, magnesium, mercury, nickel, lead (including basic), potassium, thallium

A IIc) 2 methyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentilo (amyl), isopentilo (isoamyl) and glyceryl acetates

This subheading only comprises the following compounds:

acetates of: n-pentilo (n-amyl), n-butyl, isopentilo (isoamyl), isobutyl, methyl,

glyceryl diacetate (diacetin),

glyceryl monoacetate (acetin),

glyceryl triacetate (triacetin).

A II c) 3 para-tolyl acetate, phenylpropyl acetates, benzyl acetate, rodinyl acetate, Santallyl acetate and phenyl-ethane-1,2-diol acetates

This subheading only comprises the following compounds:

acetates of: para-tolyl (para-cresyl), phenylethane-1,2-diol (phenylglycol), benzyl (phenylmethyl acetate), 1-, 2-and 3-phenylpropyl, rodinyl and Santallyl.

A II c) 4 others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetates of: allyl, anilyl, bornyl, 2-chloroethyl, colsterilyl, cinamyl, citronelil, ortho-and meta-cresyl, cyclohexyl, decahydro-2-naphthyl, 16,17-dehydropregenenolone, 1,2-diphenylethyl, 16,17-epoxypregenolone, ethylene glycol (2-ethoxyethyl, ethylhexyl, ethylhexyl), stigmasteryl, eugenol, phenquyl, guayacol, geranil, n-hexyl, hydroxyacetone (acetyl, acetonyl), 2-hydroxyethyl (ethylene glycol monoacetate), ibornyl, isoeugenol, isopropenyl, lauryl (n-dodecyl), linallyl, menthyl, methylglycol (2-methoxyethyl), ethylene glycol ethermonomethyl, 3-methyl-1-phenylbutyl, neryl, ortho-nitrophenyl, n-octyl, 1-and 2-phenylethyl, piperonyl, pulegyl, Reichstein S-substance (17-hydroxy-11-deoxycorticalc), terpenyl.

3-acetate of 16alpha-bromopregn-5-en-3beta-ol-20-one, 3-acetate of 16 alpha-chloropregn-5-en3beta-ol-20-one, diethylene glycol monoacetate, 21-acetate of 16alpha, 17 alpha-epoxidesoxicorticide 21-acetate of 9beta, 11beta-epoxypregn-4-ene-17,21-diol-20-one, 17-acetate of 17alpha-ethinylandrost-2-en-17beta-ol, 21-acetate of 6alpha-methylpregna-4,17-diene-11beta, 21diol-3-one, 3acetate of 16methylpregn-5-16-diene-3beta-ol-20-one, 21-acetate of 6beta-methylpregnane-5alpha, -11beta, 17alpha, 21-tetraol-3,20-dione, 21-acetate 16alpha-methyl-1,4,9 (11) pregnatriene-17alpha, 21-diol-3,20-dione, 17-alpha-methylpregn-4-en-17alpha-ol-20-one acetate, 21-acetate-4,17-diene-11beta21-diol-3-one, 21-acetate-1,4,17-triene-11beta, 21-diol-3-one, 21-acetate-11-para-toluensulfonate of 16alpha-methyl-allopregnane-11alpha, 17alpha, 21-triol-3,20-dione, acetomenaphone (1,4-diacetoxy-2-methylnaphthalene), 21-acetoxypregnenolone (3beLa, 21-dihydroxypregn-5-en-20-one), 3-acetoxypyrocatechin, 2-acetoxirresorcin,

diacetates of: diethylene glycol, 3alpha, 20-dihydroxy-5beta-pregn-17 (20)-en-11-one, glycerol-alpha-phenyl ether, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenzylidene,

3,20-diacetate of pregn-17 (20)-eno-3alpha, 20-diol-11-one, ortho-, meta-and para-diacetoxybenzenes (pyrolocatiquine diacetates, of resorcin and of nidroquinone), 1,2-diacetoxyethane (ethylene glycol diacetate), dichlorisone (21-acetate of 9alpha, 11alpha-dichloropregna-1,4-diene-17-alpha, 21-diol-3,20-dione),

isotile (paraacetoxyphenyl isobutene),

1,2,3-triacetoxybenzene (pyrogalyl triacetate).

A IV acetyl halides

This subheading only comprises the following compounds:

acetyl bromide, acetyl chloride, acetyl fluoride and acetyl iodide.

A V bromoacetic acids, their salts and esters

This subheading only comprises mono-, di-and tripromoacetic acids, their salts and esters, for example, ethyl bronoacetate or sodium tribromoacetate.

A VI propionic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises propionic acid, its salts and esters, for example: dipropionates of: hexestrol (3,4-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-n-hexane), stilbenstrol (4,4 ' -dihydroxy-alpha, beta-diethylstilbene), glycerin 1,3-dipropionate,

propionates of: allyl, amyl, barium, benzyl, butyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cinamyl, zinc, citronyl, ethyl, phenyl 1-and 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl geranil, glyceryl, isopropyl, linallyl, methyl, neryl, n-octyl, lead, propyl, rodinyl, sodium, terpenyl and vinyl,

glyceryl tripropionate.

A VII butyric acid and isobutyric acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes butyric acid and isobutyric acid, its salts and esters, for example:

butyrates of: allyl, amyl, ammonium, anilyl, barium, benzyl, n-butyl, cyclohydroxylo, cinamyl, zinc, citronyl, 2-ethylbutyl, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, phenyl, 1-and 2-phenylethyl, geranil, glyceryl, isopropyl, linallyl, magnesium, manganese, methyl, neryl, n-octyl, piperonyl, potassium, propyl,

dibutyrates of: hexestrol (3,4-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-n-hexane), glyceryl, stilbenstrol (4,4dihydroxy-alpha, beta-diethylstilbene),

isobutyrates of: allyl, amyl, benzyl, n-butyl, cinamyl, para-cresyl, 2-ethylbutyl, ethyl, 1-and 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, geranil, isopropyl, methyl, 2-methyl-4-phenyl-2-butyl, neryl, propyl and sodium,

glyceryl tributyrate.

A VIII valerianic acid and its isomers, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises isovalerianic acids (isovaleric, isopropylacetic), methylethylacetic, pivalic (trimethylacetic), valerianic (n-valerianic, n-valeric, n-pentanoic), its salts and esters, for example:

isovalerianates of: benzyl, bornyl, butyl, citronyl, ethyl, phenylethyl, geranil, methyl, neryl, oleyl, sodium,

1-phenyl-ethane-1,2-diol divalerianate,

triisovaleriannto de glyceryl.

n-valerianates of: allyl, benzyl, bismuth, bornyl, butyl, cinamyl, zinc, cyclohexyl, copper, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, geranil, n-hexyl, piperonyl, potassium, propyl.

A IX b) salts and esters ael palmitic acid

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

palmitates of: ammonium, amyl, barium, butyl, cadmium, calcium, cetyl, zinc, copper, chromium, strontium, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, magnesium, methyl, oleyl, lead, potassium, propyl, sodium,

sorbitol tripalmitate.

A X b) 2 others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1,2-di-(stearoyloxy)-ethane, (ethylene glycol sterdistearic),

stearates of: aluminium, amyl, ammonium, barium, butyl, cadmium, calcium, cetyl, copper, colsterilyl, chromium, diethylene glycol, strontium, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 2-hydroxyethylene (ethylene glycol monostearic ester), iron, isopropyl, lithium, 3-methoxybutyl, 2-methoxyethyl, methyl, 2-octyl, oleyl, lead, potassium, propyl, Santallyl, vinyl,

glyceryl tristearate

A XI the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: arachidic, behenic, alpha-bromo-n-butyric, alpha-bromohexanecarboxylic, alpha-bromoisovalerianic, alpha-and beta-bromo-propionic, capproic (n-pentanecarboxylic), caprylic (n-heptanocarboxylic), monochloroacetic, alpha-chloro-octanocarboxylic, alpha-and beta-chloropropionic, alpha-and beta-dibrominurirics, dichloroacetic, dichlorophyuoroacetic, difluoroacetic, enantic (n-hexanecarboxylic), 2-ethylbutyric, lauric, myristic, pelargonic (n-octanocarboxylic), pentafluoropropionic, perfluorooctanoic, perlauric, trichloroacetic, gamut, gamut, gamatrochlorobutyric, trifluoroacetic, n-undecanoic, iodoacetic, iodopropionic,

anhydrides: butyric, chloroacetic. trifluoroacetic,

bornyl bromoisovalerianate,

bromides of: bromoacetyl, alpha-bromobutyryl, alpha-bromopropionyl, dibromoacetyl,

chloroacetates of: allyl, n-butyl, ethyl, phenyl, sodium,

chloroformates of: allyl (allyl ester of chloroformic acid), benzyl, parabylphenyl, butyl, 2-chloroethyl, ethyl (ethyl chlorocarbon), isopropyl, methyl, phenyl,

chlorides of: bromoacetyl, butyryl, caproyl, capriloyl, chloroacetyl, alpha-chloropropionyl, dibromoacetyl, lauroyl,

n-butyl dichloroacetate, isopropyl dichloroacetate, ethylene glycol di-(chloroformate),

ethylhexanecarboxylate of allyl, 2-ethylhexanoate of tin (II),

laurates of: ammonium, cadmium, cethyl, ethyl,

myristates of: butyl, cethyl,

triethyl orthoacetate, triethyl orthoformate, trimethyl orthoformate, trieltile orthopropionate,

tert-butyl peracetate, acetyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, butyl pervalerianate,

pentaerythritol tetralaurate,

trichloroacetates of: ammonium, benzyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, methyl, sodium,

glyceride triaurate.

B I methacrylic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes methacrylic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

methacrylates of: allyl, butyl, n-dodecyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, ethyl, n-hexyl, methyl, sodium.

B II b) salts and esters of undecenoic acids

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

undecylates of: allyl, calcium, ethyl, methyl and lead.

B III b) salts and esters of oleic acid

This subheading comprises principalmenfte the following compounds:

oleates of: allyl, ammonium, amyl, barium, benzyl, butyl, cadmium, cetyl, zinc, colsterilyl, dientyleneglycol, magnesium, methyl, lead, potassium and sodium.

B IV b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: allylacetic, angelic, brasidic, crotonic, elaidic, erucic, stearolic, eptinoic, linolenic, beta-methylcrotononic (beta, beta-dimethylacrylic), 2-and 3-nonenocarboxflics, octenocarboxylic, 2-octinoic, propiolic, tiglic,

ethyl acrylate,

crotonoyl chloride, oleoyl chloride,

linoleates of: ammonium, barium, cadmium, calcium, chromium, ethyl,

ethyl sorbate, potassium sorbate.

C Cyclanic, cyclenic and cycloterpenic monocarboxylic acids

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: adamantane-1-carboxylic, chaulmugric, colanic, cyclohexanecarboxylic, beta-cyclohexylpropionic, cyclopentanecarboxylic, cyclopentenylacetic, norcolanic,

aletrina,

cyclopentanoacetyl chloride,

ethyl ester of chaulmugric acid.

D I benzoic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes benzoic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

benzoates of: ammonium benzyl citronyl, dodecyl, phenyl, lithium, mercury, 1-and 2-naphthyl, nickel, potassium, sodium.

D II benzoyl chloride

This subheading only comprises benzoyl chloride,

See also the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 29.14, paragraph C I a).

D III phenylacetic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes phenylacetic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

phenylacetates of: calcium, ethyl, phenylethyl, geranil,

D IV the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds

acids: atropine (alpha-phenylacrylic), alpha-bromofenylacetic, para-tert-butylbenzoic, ortometa-and para-chlorobenzoic, 2-chloro-3,5-diiodobenzoic, alpha-chlorophenylacetic, cinnamic, 2,4-dichlorobenzoic, 2,4-and 3,5-dinitrobenzoic, 2,4-dinitrobenylacetic, diphenylacetic, 4-phenylbutyric, phenylpropiolic, fluorene-9-carboxylic, 1-and 2-naphthylacetic acid, 1-and 2-naphthoic, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenylacetic acid, ortho-nitrophenyl propiolic, ortho-and para-nitrophenyl propionic, perbenzoic, orthosulphobenzoic, ortometa-and para-toluilic, triphenylacetic, 2,4,6-trinitrobenzoic, ortho-, meta-and parayodobenzoic,

benzoic anhydride, cinnamic anhydride,

benzoyl bromide,

chlorides of: ortho-, meta-and para-chlorobenzoyl, cinamoyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-and 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl, phenylacetyl, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrobenzoyl, ortho-, meta-and paratoluoyl, ortho-, meta-and para-yodobenzoyl,

cinamates of: allyl, benzyl, butyl, citronyl, methyl, propyl,

butyl paranitrobenzoate,

tert-butyl perbenzoate, benzoyl peroxide,

29.15 Polycarboxylic acids, their anhydrides, halides, peroxides, etc.

A I oxalic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises oxalic acid and its salts and esters, for example:

oxalates of: ammonium, ammonium and sodium, barium, zinc, chromium, diamyl, dibutyl, dicyclohexyl, diethyl, dimethyl, dipropyl, strontium, iron, iron and potassium, magnesium, nickel, lead, potassium, sodium.

A II malonic acid, adipic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises the adipic and malonic acids, their salts and their esters, for example:

adiducks of: n-butyl and methyl, diallyl, di-(2-n-butoxyethyl), dibutyl, dicyclohexyl, di (2-ethoxyethyl), diethyl, di-(2-ethylhexyl), di-(methylcyclohesyl), di-n-octyl, di-3,5,5,-trimethylhexyl),

malonates of: barium, diethyl, dimethyl, thallium.

A IV b) salts and esters of azelaic acid and sebacic acid

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

dibutyl azelate, dieielohexyl azelate,

sebaeates of: diallyl, dibenzyl, di-(2-n-butoxyethyl), dibutyl, dicyiohexyl, diethyl, di-(2-ethylhexyl), dimethyl, di-(3-methoxybutyl), di-n-oethyl, di-propyl.

A V the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: acetylenedicarboxylic, acinitic (1,2,3-propenotricarboxylic), butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic, n-butylmalonic, cetylmalonic, chlorosuccinic, citraconic, deeane-l, 10dicarboxylic, aIfa-, beta-dibromosuccyl, alpha, alpha-dimethylglucic, ethylmalonic. ethylmethylmalonic, ethylsuccinic, fumaric, glutaric, beta-isopropylglutaric, itaconic, maleic, mesaconic (methylfumaric), beta-methylglutaric, methylsuccinic, pimelic, suberic, succinic, tapsico, traumatic, tricarbalitic,

anhydrides: aconitic, adipic, chloromalic, citraconic, itaconic, methylsuccinic, sueccinic,

ethyl allisisobutylmalonate, dimethyl amylylmalonate, diethyl bromoalkonate,

chlorides of: adipoyl, citraconoyl, fumaroyl, malonyl, sebacoyl, succinyl

methyl dichlorosuccinate, dimethylmalonate isobutyl acid,

ethane-1,1,2,2-tetracarboxylate of tetraethyl, diethyl ethylmalonate,

diethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate,

diethyl glutarate,

diallyl maleate, di-n-butyl maleate,

succinyl peroxide,

diethyl suberate,

succinates of: ammonium, diamyl, diethyl, lithium and lead.

B cyclanic, cyclenic and cycloterpenic polycarboxylic acids

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: canphenic, canforic, cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic, cyclohexyl-1,2-dicarbooxyl, hexachloroendomethylenetrahydrophthalic (HET, chlorendive),

anhydrides: canforic, cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic (hexahydrophthalic), endomethylenetrahydrophthalic, hexachIoro-endomethylenetrahydrophthalic,

ammonium canforate.

C III the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: benzylbromosomalonic, benzylidenmalonic, benzylmalonic, 5-chloroisophthalic, 3-and 4-cIorophthalic, 4,5-dichlorophthalic diphenic (diphenyl-ortho, ortho ' -dicarboxylic), hemimethyl phenylsuccinic (benzene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic), omophthalic, isophthalic, methyl (benzen-1,2,3,5-tetracarboxylic), naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic, naphthalic, 3-and 4-nitronaphthalics, ortho-phthalic, pyromelytic (benzene-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic), 4-sulfophthalic, tetrachlorophthalic, trimelytic (benzene-1,2,4-tricarboxylic), trimesic (benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic), trucylic.

anhydrides: naphthalic, pyromelytic, tetrabrompophthalic, tetrachlorophthalco, trimethylic,

chlorides of: ortho-phthaloyl, terephthaloyl,

4,5-ethyl dichlorophthalate,

phthalates of: benzyl and calcium, calcium, dibenzyl, dibutyl, dicyclohexyl, diethyl, diisodecyl, diisononiIo, diisooctyl, dimethyl, -n-octyl, ethylene glycol, potassium,

diethyl methylphenylmalonate,

di-2-ethylbutyl tetrachlorophthalate, sodium aIfa-trucilate,

29.16 Carboxylic acids with alcohol, phenol, aldehyde or ketone function, etc.

A I lactic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes lactic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

lactates of: aluminium, ammonium, amyl, antimony, bismuth, butyl, cadmium, calcium, zinc, cobalt, copper, strontium, ethyl, iron, lithium, magnesium, mercury, methyl, nickel, lead, potassium, sodium,

A II malic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes malic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

malates of: ammonium, calcium, zinc, diethyl, dimethyl, iron, magnesium, lead, potassium, sodium.

A III tartaric acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only includes tartaric acid, its salts and esters, for example:

meso-tartaric acid, acids (+)-, (-)-y (+)-tartaric acid,

tartrates of: aluminium, aluminium and sodium, ammonium, ammonium and sodium, antimonyl and potassium (emetic), barium, bismuth, cadmium, calcium, zinc, copper and potassium, diamyl, diethyl, dipropyl, tin, lithium, magnesium, manganese, nickel, lead, potassium, potassium and sodium, sodium.

A IV b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

triethyl acetylcitrate,

citrates of: aluminium, ammonium, ammonium and iron, ammonium and nickel, bismuth, calcium, chromium, iron, iron and magnesium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, triallyl, tri-n-amyl, tricyclohexyl, triethyl, triisobutyl, trimethyl, tripropyl.

A V gluconic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises gluconic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

gluconates of: ammonium, barium, calcium, cobalt, copper, iron, magnesium, methyl, sodium.

A VI mandelic acid (phenylglycolic), its salts and esters

This subheading only includes mandelic acid (phenylglycolic), its salts and esters, for example:

phenylglycolates (mandelates) of: ammonium, benzyl, calcium, ethyl, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl.

A VII colic acid, 3alpha acid, 12alpha-dihydroxy-5beta-colan-24-oic acid (deoxycholic acid), its salts and esters

This sub-heading only comprises colic, 3alpha, 12alpha-dihydroxy-5beta-colan-24-oic acid (deoxycholic acid), its salts and esters, for example:

methyl colate, sodium colate,

ethyl deoxycholate, sodium deoxycholate.

A VIII a) acyclic

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: agaricco (cetylcitric), bromocruco, 9,10-dihydroxystearic, glucoheptonic, glyceric, glycolic, hydroacrylic (beta-hydroxypropionic), beta-hydroxy-n-butyric, alpha-hydroxyisobutyric, 12-hydroxystearic, delta-hydroxy-n-valerianic, ricinoleic (12-hydroxy-9-octadecanoic), saccharic, tartronic, 3,3,3-trichlorolactic,

ethyl acetylricinoleate,

diethylene glycol dirricinoleate,

calcium glycerate, butyl glycolate, calcium glycolate, salicyl glycolate, calcium glucoheptonate, ammonium mucate,

ricinoleates of: ammonium, butyl, cadmium, calcium, chromium, tin.

A VIII b) Cyclic

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 3beta-acetoxynorcolen-5-oic, atrolactic (2-phenyl-lactic), benzyl, para-brominandelic, cyclopentanol-1-carboxylic, alpha-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-n-butyric, beta-hydroxy-alpha, alpha-diphenyl-propionic, lytocic, 1-and 2-phenyl-glyceric, quinic (1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxyhexahydrobenzoic), chemical, tropic,

auxin A,

methyl benzylate,

methyl litocolate.

B I b) salts of salicylic acid

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

salicylates of: aluminium, ammonium, barium, bismuth, cadmium, calcium, zinc, copper, iron, magnesium, manganese, mercury, lead, potassium, sodium.

B I c) 2 others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

O-salicylsalicylic acid,

salicylates of: acetol, amyl, benzyl, bornyl, butyl, para-chlorophenyl, citroneliyl ethyl, 1-and 2-phenylethyl, geranyl, n-hexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl-menthyl, methoxymethyl, 2-naphthyl, propyl, rodinyl, 2,4,6-tribromofen.

B I d) O-acetylsalicylic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises O-acetylsalicylic acid (ortho-acetoxybenzoic acid), its salts and esters, for example:

O-acetylsalicylates of: ethyl, methyl, phenyl, 2,4,6-tribromofen,

acetylsalicylates: calcium, lithium, magnesium, lead, sodium.

B II sulfoallyl acids, their salts and their esters

This subheading only comprises the sulfoscilic acids, (for example 5-sulfosalyl acid), its salts and esters (e.g., sodium sulfosaliliclatum).

B III 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, its salts and esters

This subheading only comprises 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, its salts and esters, for example:

4-hydroxybenzoates of: benzyl, butyl, ethyl, phenyl, isopropyl, methyl, potassium, propyl,

B IV b) salts and esters of gallic acid (3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid)

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

gallates of: aluminium, ammonium, bismuth, zinc, n-dodecyl, ethyl, isopropyl, lithium, methyl, n-propyl, 3,3,5-trimethylhexyl.

B V hydroxynaphtoic acids, their salts and esters

This subheading only comprises hydroxynaphtoic acids (e.g. 1,2-, 2,1-, 6,2-and 7,1-hydroxynaphtoic), their salts and esters, for example: hydroxynaphtoates of: ethyl, methyl, sodium.

B VI others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

O-acetyl-5-yodosalicylate methyl,

acids: O-acetyl-para-cumaric, acetyl-ortho-cresotinic (2-acetoxy-3-methylbenzoic), O-acetyl-5-yodosalicyl, anacardic (2-hydroxy-6-pentadeca-8,11-dienylbenzoic) 5-bromosalyclic, O-n-butyrylsalicylic, caffeic (3,4-dihydroxy-trans-cinnamic), chlorophenyl, 5-chlorosalicyl, ortho-, meta-and para-cresotinics, meta-and para-digalics, 3-phenylsalicyl-2,2 '-dihydroxy-1,1'-dinaphthylmethane-3,3 '-dicarboxylic, diphenolic, 4,5-dihydroxyphthalic, 3,5-dinitrosciyl, 4,4-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-pentanoic, 4,5-diyiodalicyl, gentisic (2 5-dihydroxybenzoic), meta-hydroxybenzoic, 4-hydroxyisophthalic, 4-hydroxynaphthalic para-hydroxyphenylacetic, beta-para-hydroxyphenyl-alpha-phenyl-propionic, 3-hydroxyphthalic, homogentisic (2,5-dihydroxyphenylacetic), methylenedigalic, 4-and 5-nitrosalyclic 3-nitro-5-sulfoalicyl, protocatequic (3,4-dihydroxybenzoic), pyrogalol-4-carboxylic, succinylsalicylic acid, 5-yodosalicyl,

methyl, methyl, ortho-cresotinate, sodium, cinarina (bis-(3,4-dihydroxycinnamate), 1-carboxy-4, 5-dihydroxy-1, 3-cyclohexylenyl),

3,5-dibromosalicylate of 4 '-bromofenyl (this product is sometimes called, incorrectly, "tribromofenyl salicylate"),

fenyodol (beta-(4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodophenyl)-alpha-phenylpropionic acid), phenolphthalin,

ethyl methahydroxybenzoate,

tetrabromophenolphthalin.

C I dehydrocolic acid (INN), and its salts

This subheading only comprises dehydrocolic acid (INN) (3,7,12-trioxo-5beta-colanic acid, 3,7,12-tricetocolanic acid) and its salts (e.g. sodium dehydrocolate).

C II acetaeetate and its salts

This subheading only comprises ethyl acetoacetate and its metal derivatives (e.g. sodium derivative).

C III the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

ethyl acetonadicarboxylate,

acetylacetates of: butyl, methyl, propyl,

acids: acetonadicarboxylic, beta-benzoylacrylic, ortho-benzoylbenzoic, beta-benzoylpropionic, ortho-(para-chlorobenzoyl) -benzoyeo), phthalaldedic (ortho-adehido-benzoic), glyoxylic, levulinic, mexosalic, oxalacetic, alpha-oxobutyric, alpha-oxoglutaric, pyruvic,

ethyl alpha-allylacetoacetate,

ethyl alpha-benzoylacetate,

ethyl alpha-chloroacetate,

ethyl levulinate,

ethyl, 2-oxo-cyclohexanecarboxylate ethyl oxalacetate,

methyl and methyl pyruvates

D other carboxylic acids with simple or complex oxygen function

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: meta-(para-tert-amylphenoxy)-benzoic, para-methoxybenzoic, anthraquinonecarboxylic, arystocolic (8-methoxy-3,4-methylenedioxy-10-nitrophenanthrene-carboxylic), aurinatricarboxylic, 4-chloro-2-methylphenoxyacetic, 6-chloro-2-methyl-phenoxyacetyleic, range-(4-chloro-2-methylphenoxy)-butyric, ortho-, meta-and para-chlorophenoxyacetic, 4-chlorophenoxypropionic, 4-chloro-3,5-xyloxyacetic, diacetone-1-glutonic (2,3,4,6-diisopropylidene-2-ketogulonic), 3,6-dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic, 2,4-, 2,5-and 2,6-dichlorophenoxyacetyleites, alpha-2,4, -2,5 and 2,6-dichlorophenoxypropionic, 2,4-dichloro-5-yodophenoxyacetic, diglycolic, 2,4-, 2,5-and 2,6-dimethoxybenzoic, 2,5-dimethoxyphenylacetic, ethoxyacetic, ortho-and para-ethoxybenzoic, para-ethoxyphenoxyacetic, 5-ethyl-3-methylphenoxyacetic, para-fluorophenoxyacetic, galacturonic, glycyrretinic, hemipinic (3,4-dimethoxyphthalic), para-hydroxyphenoxyacetic, methoxyacetic, ortho-methoxybenzoic, beta-methoxy-n-butyric, (4-methoxy-1-naphthyl)-acetylacetic, alpha-methoxyphenylacetic, beta-(para-methoxyphenyl) -alpha-phenylpropionic, 1-and 2-naphthyloxyacetic, 3-nitropyanic, opianic, pentachlorophenoxyacetic, phenoxyacetic, ortho-phenoxybenzoic, piperic, piperonyl, siringic, ortho-toloxyacetyleic, 2,4,5-and 2,4,6-trichlorophenoxy)-propionic, 2,4,6-triiodophenoxyacetic, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxyacetic, vainlic, 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,4- and 3,5-xyloxyacetic, veratric (3,4-dimethoxybenzoic),

aluminon (ammonium aurinatricarboxylate), auxin B,

cantaridine, 4-chloro-2-methylphenoxyacetate butyl,

chlorides of: para-n-amiloxibenzoyl, anisoyl, ortho-ethoxybenzoyl, phenoxyacetyl,

2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic 2-n-butoxyethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetate of

ethyl, ethyl diethoxyacetate,

9,10-epoxystearate methyl, diethyl ethoxymethylene malonate, ethyl beta-ethoxypropionate,

phenobuthiodiyl (2-(2,4,6-triyodophenoxy)-butyric acid), allyl phenoxyacetate,

calcium lactobionate (calcium galactogluconate),

metalenestryl (alpha, alpha-dimethyl-beta-(6-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-n-valerianic acid), ortho-methoxyphenoxyacetate ethyl,

2-naphthyloxyacetate methyl,

isobutyl piperonylate,

3,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetate butyl, 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetate ethyl.

VIII. ESTERS OF MINERAL ACIDS AND THEIR SALTS, ETC.

29.19 phosphoric esters and their salts, including lactophosphates, etc.

A Hexakis (dihydrogen phosphate) of myo-inositol (phytic acid) and its salts (phytates), lactophosphates

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

hexakis (dihydrogen phosphate) of myo-inositol (phytic acid),

calcium inositohexaphosphate, magnesium inositohexaphhosphate,

lactophosphates of: bismuth, calcium, zinc, iron, magnesium, manganese, potassium, sodium.

B tributyl phosphates, triphenyl phosphate, tritolyl phosphates, trixylyl phosphates, tris-(2-chloroethyl) phosphate.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

phosphates of: tri-n-butyl, tris-(2-chloroethyl), ortho-, meta- and para-trilolyl, ortho-meta- and para-tricresyl, triisobutyl, triphenyl, ortho-, meta-and para-trixylyl.

C the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

alpha-and beta-glycerophosphoric acids,

disodium stilbenstrol diorthophosphate,

alpha-and beta-glycerophosphates: ammonium, barium, calcium, zinc, strontium, iron, lithium, potassium and sodium,

dibenzyl acid phosphate and diphenyl acid phosphate,

phosphates of: 2,2-dichlorovinyl and dimethyl, diethyl and para-nitrophenyl, the enolic form of pyruvic acid, 2-ethylhexyl and diphenyl, guayacyl, 1-naphthyl and potassium, 2-naphthyl and potassium, triallyl, tri-(2-n-butoxyethyl), tri-para-chlorophenyl, triethyl, tri-(2-ethylhexyl) (trioctyl phosphate), trimethyl, tri (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl),

orthophosphates of para-nitrophenilodisodium,

diethyl diacid pyrophosphate, tetraethyl pyrophosphate,

hexaethyl tetraphosphate.

29.21 Other esters of mineral acids (except acid esters etc.).

To sulphuric esters and carbonic esters; their salts and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated and nitrosated derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

carbonates of: dibenzyl, di-(2-chloroethyl), diethyl, diisoamyl, di- (trichloromethyl), guayacol,

ethyl orthocarbonate,

sulphates of: chlorodimethyl, beta-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-ethyl and sodium (sodium beta-2,4-,dichlorophenoxy-ethylsulfate), diethyl, dimethyl, dodecyl and sodium (sodium dodecyl sulfate) ethyl, ethyl and barium (barium ethyl sulfate), ethyl and sodium (sodium ethylsulfate), methyl.

B II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

borates of: diethylene glycol, triamyl, tri-ortho-chlorophenyl, tri-n-dodecyl, trioctyl, triphenyl, tripropyl,

diethyl chlorothiophosphate,

dithiophosphate of dibutyl and sodium dithiophosphate of dicresyl and sodium dithiopyrophosphate of tetraethyl,

diisopropyl fluorophosphate,

Acid phosphites: di-n-butyl, di-(dimethylcyclohexyl), dimethyl,

tri-(2-chloroethyl) phosphite and trimethyl phosphite,

inositol hexanitrate (hexanitroinositol) and sorbitol hexanitrate (hexanitrosorbitol),

metaborates of: n-butyl, methyl, isopropyl,

nitrates of: amyl, butyl, ethyl, 2-ethylbutyl, n-hexyl, methyl, propyl,

nitrites of: amyl, butyl, ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, methyl, octyl, propyl,

parathion (O, O-diethyl and O-para-nitrophenyl thiophosphate),

sulphites of: di-n-butyl, diethyl, monoethyl, 1-(para-tert-butylphenoxy)-2-propylchloroethyl,

silicates of: ortho-diphenylyl and triphenyl, tetra-para-tolyl (tetra-para-cresyl), tetraethyl.

triethyl phosphate, tetranitroerythritol.

IX. NITROGENOUS FUNCTION COMPOUNDS

29.22 Amine Function Compounds

A I monomethylamine, dimethylamine and trimethylamine and its salts

This subheading only comprises mono-, di-and trimethylamine and its salts (e.g., bromodes, chlorhydrates, phosphates, nitrates, sulfates and iodhydrates).

A II diethylamine and its salts

This subheading only includes the diethylamine and its salts (e.g. acetate, bromohydrate, hydrochloride, phosphate, nitrate, sulphate and iodhydrate).

A III others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetates of: n-hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, oleylamine,

allylamine, 2-aminoheptane, 2-aminooctane, amylamine,

4-bromo-1-diethylamino pentane 2-bromoethylenamine brominate, 2-bromoethyldiethylamine brominate, 2-bromoethyldimethylamine, butylaminates (iso, n-, sec-and tert-butylamines),

2-chloro-1-diethyl-aminoethane, 2-chloro-1-dimethylaminopropane, 2-chloroethyldiethylamine, 2-chloroethyldimethylamine,

chlorhydrates of: 2-chloro-ethyldiisopropylamine, 2-isoamylamino-6-methylheptane, mustine (N, N-di-(2-chloroethyl)-methylamine hydrochloride),

n-decylamine diallylamine, diisoamylamine, di-n-amylamine, dibutylamine, di-n-decylamine, diethylnitrosamine, dimethylnitrosamine, N, N-dimethyl-n-octadecylamine, N, N-dimethylpropylamine, dioctylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, dipropylnitrosamine, n-dodecylamine,

2-ethylhexylamine,

heptylamine, hexadecylamine,

metallylamine, 2-methylbutylamine,

octylamine, oleylamine,

propylamine,

taurine, tetradecylamine, triamylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, trihexylamine, trioctylamine, tripropylamine.

B I hexamethylenediamine and its salts

This subheading only includes hexamethylenediamine and its salts (e.g. acetate, bromohydrate, hydrochloride, phosphate, nitrate, sulphate and iodhydrate).

B II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

4-amino-1-diethylamino pentane,

1,6-bis-(dimethylamino)-hexane, 1,12-diaminododecane,

(pentamethylenediamine), ethylenediamine hydrochloride, ethylenediamine citrate,

3,3 '-diaminodipropylamine, 1,2-diaminopropane, 3-di-n-butylaminopropylamine, 1,4-diaminobutane dihydrochloride, 2-diethylaminoethylamine, 4-diethylamino-1-methylaminobutane, diethylamino-propylamine, N, N'-diethylethylenediamine, diethylenetylentriamine, dipropylenetriamine,

ethylenediamine (diamoethane),

spermidine phosphate (omega phosphate-aminopropyltetramethylenediamine), spermin phosphate (bis-(omega-aminopropyl) -tetramethylenediamine phosphate)

putrescine (tetramethylenediamine),

ethylenediamine tartrate, tetraethylenpentamine, tetramethylmethylenediamine, triethylenetramine.

C I cyclohexylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine and its salts

This subheading only comprises cyclohexylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine and its salts (e.g. acetates, carbonates, chlorhydrates, stearates and oleates).

C II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

bornylamine, bornylenediamine (2,3-diaminocanfane),

mecamylamine hydrochloride (3-methylaminoisocanfane hydrochloride), N-cyclohexyldiethylamine, 2-cyclohexylethylamine, N-cyclohexylmethylamine,

1,2-diamino-cic) ohexane, 3,5-diamino-1,1-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,3-diamino-l-methylcyclohexane, dicyclohexylamine,

alpha-felandrenediamine (5,6-diamino-1-para-menthene).

menthylamine,

D I aniline, its halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives and their salts

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

aniline,

acids: aniline-2,5-disulfonic, 4-c) oro-aniline-2-sulfonic, 4-chloroaniline-3-sulfonic acid (sometimes called beta acid), 2,5-dichloroaniline-4-sulfonic, methanilic (meta-aminobenzenesulfonic), 2-nitroani)-4-sulfonic, orthanilic (ortho-aminobenzenesulfonic), sulfanilic (para-aminobenzenesulfonic),

aniline bromide, ortho-, meta-and para-bromoanilines, brominonitroanilines,

ani)-in, ortho-, meta-and para-chloroanilines, 4-chloro-2-nitroaniline, 2,4-dibromoaniline, 2,3-, 2,4-and 2,5-dichloroanilines, 2,6-dichloro-4-nitroaniline, 2,4-dinitroaniline,

for-fluoroaniline, aniline phosphate,

aniline nitrate, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrosoaniline,

aniline oxalate,

su) aniline phosphate,

tetranitroanilins, 2,4-tribromoaniline, 2,4,6-trichloroaniline, trinitroanilines,

aniline, ortho-, meta-and para-iodoanilins.

D III toluidines, their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives and their salts

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 4-chloro-meta-toluidine-6-sulfonic, 5-chloro-para-toluidine-2-sulfonic (called veees 2B), meta-toluidine-4-sulfonic, para-toluidine-2-sulfonic (sometimes called 4B acid),

4-bromo-ortho-toluidine,

ortho-, meta-and para-toluidines, 3-chloro-para-toluidine, 3-, 4-,5-and 6-chloro-ortho-to) uidines, 4-chloro-meta-toluidin-6-ammonium sulfonate,

3,6-dinitro-ortho-toluidine, 2,3-dinitro-para-toluidine,

4-nitrous-ortho-toluidine, 4-and 5-nitro-ortho-toluidines, 2-and 3-nitro-para-toluidines,

ortho-, meta-and para-toluidine sulfates,

ortho-, meta-y para-toluidines.

D lV xylidines, their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives and their salts

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

2,4-xylidine acetate, 2,4-xylidine-6-sulfonic acid,

2,6-xylidine hydrochloride,

6-nitro-2,4-xylidine,

2,4-xylidine, 2,6-xylidine.

D V b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

diphenylamine bromide,

diphenylamine hydrochloride,

2,4-dinitrodiphenylamine, diphenylamine, diphenylamine-4-sulfonate of barium, diphenylnitrosamine,

2-and 4-nitrodiphenylamines, 4-nitrosodiphenylamine,

diphenylamine sulfate. D Vl a) 2-naphthylamine and its salts

This subheading only comprises 2-naphthylamine (beta-naphthylamine) and its salts, e.g., acetate, hydrochloride and sulfate.

D VI b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: from Broenner (2-naphthylamine-6-suphonic), from Freund (1-naphthylamine-3,6-disulfonic) from Koch (1-naphthylamine-3,6,8-trisulfonic), naphthonic (1-naphthylamine-4-sulfonic) 2-naphthylamine-6,8-disulfonic acid (sometimes called amino-G acid), 2-naphthylamine-3,6-disulfonic acid (sometimes called amino-R), 2-naphthylamino-7-sulfonic acid (sometimes called amino-F), of (called 1-naphthylamino-8-sulfonic acid), of Tobias (2-naphthylamino-1-sulfonic acid).

4-bromo-1-naphthylamine,

alpha-naphthylamine (1-naphthylamine), 1-nitro-2-naphthylamine-4-nitro-1-naphthylamine.

D VII the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 4-aminostilbene-2-sulfonic, 8-anilinonaphthalen-1-sulfonic, N, N-diethylmethanilic, 4-amino-4 '-chlorodiphenyl, 2-and 4-aminodiphenyl, 2-aminofluorene, 4-amino-3-nitrodiphenyl, 4-amino-4'-nitrostilbene, 4-aminostyrene, amphetamine (dl-1-phenyl-2-aminopropane), n-amylaniline,

benzylylamine (alpha-aminodiphenylmethane), benzylamine, N-benzylaniline, N-benzyl-N-ethyl-aniline, N-benzylmethylaniline, N-benzyl-para-nitroaniline, N-benzyl-ortho-and para-toluidines, para-bromo-N, N-dimethylaniline, N-n-butyl-alpha-methylbenzylamine,

ortho-y para-chlorobenzylamines, 1-para-chlorophenyl-2-amino-2-methylpropane, 5-dimethylaminonaphthalen-1-sulfonyl chloride, cummidine (para-isopropylaniline), pseudocumidine (2,4,5-trimethylaniline),

dexamfetamine (d-1-phenyl-2-aminopropane), N, N-dibenzylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline, 2,6-diethylaniline, N, N-diethyl-1-naphthylamine, N, N-diethyl-para-nitroaniline, N, N-diethyl-ortho-, meta and para-toluidines, 5-(3-dimethylaminopropylen)-dibenzo (a, d) (1, 4)-cyclohexadiene, N, N-dimethyl-2-naphthylamine, N, N-dimethyl-para-nitrosoaniline, 1,1-dimethyl-2-phenylpropylamine, N, N-di-(2-chloroethyl) -2-naphthylamine, for, for '-dioctyldiphenylamine, 1,2-diphenylethylamine, di- (para-tolyl) -amina;

ortho-, meta-, para-and N-ethylanilines, N-ethyl-1-naphthylamine, N, N-ethyl-n-propylaniline, 1-and 2-phenylethylamines, N-phenyl-1-and 2-naphthylamines,

mephentermine (N-alpha, alpha-trimethyl-beta-phenylethylamine), 2-methylamino-1-pentylphenylpropane, beta-methylaminopropylbenzene, alpha-methylbenzylamine, N-methyldiphenylamine, N-methyl-N-nitrosoaniline, mesidine (2,4,6-trimethylaniline),

2-amino-1-(3,4-xylyl)-propane sulphate, phenylcyclopropylamine sulphate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthylamine,

para-xylyamine (paramethylbenzylamine).

E I phenylenediamines and methylphenylenediamines (diaminotoluenes), their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated, nitrosated derivatives and their salts

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

para-phenylenediamine-2-sulfonic acid,

ortho-, meta-and para-phenylenediamines hydrochloride, 5-chloro-3-nitro-ortho-phenylenediamine hydrochloride, 4-chloro-ortho-phenylenediamine,

ortho-, meta-and para-phenylenediamines,

4-nitro-ortho-phenylenediamine, 2-nitro-para-phenylenediamine,

ortho-oxalate, meta-and para-phenylenediamines,

4-chloro-meta-phenylenediamine sulphate, ortho-, meta-and para-phenylenediamines sulfate,

toluene-2,4-, 2,5-and 3,4-diamines.

E II Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

benzidine acetate,

acids: 5-aminodiphenylamino-2-sulfonic, 4 '-amino-4-nitrodiphenylamino-2-sulfonic, benzdina2, 2'-disulfonic, ortho-tolidinadisulfonic,

4-amino-2-chloro-N, N-diethylaniline, 2-amino-5-diethylaminotoluene, para-amino-N, N-dimethylaniline, 4-aminodiphenylamine, para-amino-N-methylaniline,

benzidine,

benzidine hydrochloride, 4-cyclohexylaminodiphenylamine,

4,4 '-diamino-3,3'-dichlorodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminodiphenyl, 4,4 '-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,5-diaminofluorene, para-dianilinobenzene, 1,2-dianiloethane (N, N'-diphenylethylenediamine), N, N '-dibenzylenediamine, N, N'-di-sec-butyl-para-phenylenediamine, N-1-naphthylylenediamine dihydrochloride, 3,3 '-dichlorobenzidine, N, N' -di- (5-methylheptyl) -para-phenylenediamine, N, N '-diphenylenediamine, N, N'-diphenylbenzidine, 1,2-di-ortho-, meta-and para-toluidinoethanes,

hexamethyl-4,4 ', 4 "-triaminotriphenylmethane,

4-isopropyl-meta-phenylenediamine,

naphthidine (4,4 '-diamino-1,1'-dinaftile, 1,8-and 2,3-naphthylenediamine, benzidine nitrate,

benzidine sulfate,

N, N, N ', N'-tetramethylbenzidine, 4,4-tetramethyldiaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ', N'-tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine, ortho-tolidine, 1,2,4-triaminobenzene, 2,4,6-triaminotoluene,

meta-xylidenediamine.

29.23 Simple or Complex Oxygenated Function-Aminated Compositions

A I 2-aminoethanol (ethanolamine) and its salts

This subheading only comprises 2-aminoethanol (ethanolamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, colamine) and its salts (e.g. hydrochloride and sulphate).

A II others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

2-aminobutan-1-ol, 4-aminocyclohexanol, 1-amino-3-diethylaminopropan-2-ol, 1-aminoethanol (acetaldehyde ammonia), N-(2-aminoethyl)-ethanolamine, 4-amino-1-(N-ethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amino)-pentane, 2-amino-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol, 2-aminoethoxypropylamine, para-amino-N, N-bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-aniline, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethylpropane-1,3-diol, 2-amino-2-methylpropane-1,3-diol, 2-amino-2-methylpropane-2,3-diol, 2-aminopropanol, 3-aminopropan-1-ol.

benacticin (2-diethylaminoethyl benzylate), N, N-bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-aniline, N, N-bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) -meta-toluidine, N-n-butyldiethanolamine, N-butyrdehydroammonia,

chloralamonic,

chlorhydrates of: amidricaine (2-benzoxy-2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-dimethylaminobutane), amylocaine (1-(dimethylamino) -2-methyl-2-butanol benzoic ester), caramifene (1-phenylcyclopentanol-carboxylate of 2-diethylaminoethyl), alpha-cyclohexyl-alpha-phenylacetate of 2-diethylaminoethyl, diphenylacetate of 2-diethylaminoethyl,

1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxa-n-octane, 1,3-diaminopropan-2-ol, 1,11-diamino-3,6,9-trioxa-n-undecane, 2-di-n-butylaminoethanol, diethanolamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 1-diethylaminopropan-2-ol, 3-diethylaminopropan-1-ol, 5-diethylamino-propan-2-ol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 1-dimethylamino-propan-2-ol, 1-dimethylaminopropan-2-ol, 5-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) -5-hydroxydibenzo-(a, d)-cyclohexyl-(2-diphenylmethoxy-N, N-dimethylethylamine), diisopropanolamine, 2-diisopropylaminoethanol,

ethambutol (d-N, N '-bis-(1-hydroxymethylpropyl)-ethylenediamine), ether di-(2-aminoethyl), 2-ethylaminoethanol, N-ethyl-N-2-hydroxyethylaniline,

heptaldehydroammonia, 2-n-hexylaminoethanol, Michler's hydrorole (4,4 '-tetramethyldiaminobenchidrol), N-2'-hydroxyethyl-1-naphthylamine, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-nitro-para-phenylenediamine, 1-hydroxy-2-hydrindylamine,

2-isobutylaminoethanolamine, isopropanolamine (1-aminopropan-2-ol), 2-isopropylaminoctanol,

2-methoxyethylamine, 2-methylaminoethanol, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-methyl-N-phenylethanolamine,

N, N, N ', N'-tetra-(2-hydroxypropyl)-ethylenediamine, triethanolamine, tri- (hydroxymethyl)-aminoethane, triisopropanolamine, O, O ', O', O '-triethanolamine.

B Amino-naphthols and other amino-phenoles; amino-aryleteres; amino-arylesters

the aminoaryletheres are compounds in which the oxygen atom of the ether function is attached directly to the aromatic core and the amino group is directly or indirectly linked to this same core. These two functional groups can be presented several times.

The aminoarylesters are compounds in which one of the oxygen atoms of the ester function is directly attached to an aromatic core and the amino group is directly or indirectly bound to this same core. These two functional groups can be presented several times.

B I anisidins, dimethoxybiphenilienylenediamines (bianisidines), fenetidins, and their salts

This subheading only comprises the ortho-, meta-and para-anisidines, dimethoxybiphenylenediamines (bianisidines), (e.g., 3,3 '-dimethoxybenzidine), ortho-, meta-and para-phenetidinas and their salts.

B II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 6-amino-4-chlorophenol-2-sulfonic, 8-amino-1-naphtol2,4-disulfonic, 8-amino-1-naphtol-3,5-disulfonic (sometimes called K), 8-amino-1-naphtol-3,6-disulfonic acid (sometimes called H), 8-amino-1-naphtol-5,7-disulfonic acid (sometimes called SS), 6-~ mino1-naphtol-3-sulfonic (sometimes called acid J), 8-amino-1-naphtol-5-sulfonic acid (sometimes called S), 7-amino-1-naphtol-3-sulfonic, 2-aminophenole-4-sulfonic, 6-anilino-1-naphtol-3-sulfonic acid (sometimes called Phenyl-J), 7-anilino-1-naphtol-3-sulfonic acid (sometimes called phenyl-gamma acid), para-anisidin-3-sulfonic, 2-methoxy-1-naphthylamino-6-sulfonic, picramic (2-amino-4, 6-dinitrophenol),

4-amino-3-ethoxy-N, N-diethylaniline, 6-amino-4-chloro-3-nitrophenol, 2-amino-4-chlorophenol, 2-a, kid-para-cresol, 4-amino-2,6-dibromophenol, 3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-amino-1-para-methoxyphenylpropane, 1-amino-2-naphthol, 2-and 5-amino-1-naphthols, 2-amino-4-nitrophenol, ortho-, meta-and para-aminophenols, para-(2-aminopropyl)-phenol, 6-aminothymol, 4-amino-3,5-xylenol,

for-n-butylaminophenol,

4-amino-2-methyl-1-naphthol hydrochloride ("vitamin K-5"), 2-amino-resorcin hydrochloride, 3-chloro-para-anisidine, 5-chloro-ortho-anisidine, 4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyaniline, cresidine (6-methoxy-meta-toluidine),

2,4-diaminophenol, 2,5-di-n-butoxyaniline, 2,5-diethoxyaniline, diethylaminonitrosofenol, ortometa-and para-diethylaminophenols, N, N-diethyl-meta-phenetidine, 4,4-dihydroxyphenylamine, 2-(3, 4-dihydroxyphenyl)-ethylamine, N-beta-3,4-dihydroxyphenylethylmethylamine, 2,5-dimethoxyaniline, beta-3,4-dimethoxyphenylethylamine, 2-dimethylamino-para-cresol, meta-dimethylaminophenol,

epinin (4-beta-methylaminoethylpyrocatechin), meta-ethylaminophenol,

4 '-hydroxy-2,4-dinitrodiphenylamine, 4-hydroxydiphenylamine,

foledrine (para-beta-methylamino-n-propylphenol),

4-isopropoxydiphenylamine,

para-methylaminophenol,

4-and 5-nitro-ortho-anisidines, 2-nitro-para-anisidine, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrophenetidines, 5-nitro-2-n-propoxyaniline,

ammonium picramate,

2,4,6-tris-(dimethylaminomethyl)-phenol, tyramine.

C Amino-aldehyde; amino-ketonas; amino-quinones

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

bromoaminic acid (1-amino-4-bromoanthraquinone-2-sulfonic), ortho-, meta-and para-aminoacetophenones, 1-and 2-aminoanthraquinones, para-aminobenzaldehyde, para-aminobenzophenone, 1-amino-4-bromo-2-methylanthraquinone, 4-amino-1,3-dibromoanthraquinone, 1-amino-2-methylanthraquinone 2-amino-2-methylpentan-4-one, 2-amino-1-nitroanthraquinone, 4-amino-propiophenone,

Michler ketone (4,4 '-tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone),

1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,1 '-diantrimide (alpha, alpha'-dianthraquinonylamine), para-diethylamino-benzaldehyde, 5-diethylamino pentan-2-one, para-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, para-dimethylaminoocynamaldehyde,

methadone (6-dimethylamino-4,4-diphenylheptan-3-one),

4,4 ' -tetraethyldiaminobenzophenone.

D III glutamic acid and its salts

This subheading only comprises glutamic acid and its salts, for example, sodium glutamate.

D V the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: alpha-aminoadipic, para-aminobenzoic acid ("vitamin H1"), gama-aminobutyric, 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic, 5-amino-2-chloro-4-sulphobenzoic (sometimes called AC acid), alpha-aminodiphenylacetic 6-amino-5-methylbenzoic (5-methylanthranilic), alpha-amino-n-octanocarboxylic, alpha-aminophenylacetic, para-aminophenylacetic, 5-aminoisophthalic, omega-aminoundecanoic, anthranilic (ortho-aminobenzoic), aspartic (asparagic, alpha-aminosuccinic), benzin-3,3 '-dicarboxylic, alpha, gama-diaminopimelic, dimethylaminoacetic acid, 3,5-diiodanthranilic, meta-dimethylaminobenzoic, N-ethyl-5-sulfoanthranilic, iminodiacetic, mefenamic (N (2,3-xylyl)-anthranilic), N-methylanthranilic, nitrilotriacetic (trimethylamino-alpha, alpha ', alpha'-tricarboxylic), yopanoic (3 (-amino-2,4,6-triyodophenyl) -2-ethylpropanoic),

alanine (alpha-aminopropionic acid), ametocaine (para-n-butylaminobenzoate of 2-dimethylaminoethyl), alpha-aminoacetate of allyl, for-butyl aminobenzoate, for-methyl aminobenzoate, ethyl beta-anilincrotonate,

antranylates of: allyl, ethyl, menthyl, 2-phenylethyl,

benzocaine (ethyl para-aminobenzoate), butacaine (3-di-n-butylaminopropyl para-aminobenzoate),

l-(+)-ornithine, chlorambucil (gamma-para-di-(2-chloroethyl)-aminophenylbutyric acid), para-chlorophenylalanine, -alpha-ketglutarate,

alpha-(diethylaminoethylamino) phenylacetate dihydrochloride, isoamyl phenylacetate, EDTA (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid),

phenylalanine (alpha-amino-beta-phenylpropionic acid), para-fluorophenylalanine,

isoleucine,

leucine, norleucine (alpha-aminocaproic acid), norvaline (alpha-aminovalerianic acid),

ornithine (alpha, delta-diaminovalerianic acid), L (+)-ornithine alpha-ketglutarate,

procaine (2-diethylamin ethyl para-aminobenzoate)

valine (alpha-aminoisovalerianic acid).

And Amino-alcohols-phenols, amino-acids-phenoles; other aminated compounds with simple or complex oxygenated functions

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 5-amino-2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic, delta-aminolevulic, alpha-amino-gamma-methoxybutyric, 3-amino-5-nitrosciyl, 4-amilyloxylicyl (para-aminosalicyl), 5-aminosalicyl, 1,2-bis-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethane-N, N ', N'-tetuetic, N, N '-bis- (para-hydroxyphenyl) -ethylenediamine-N, N' -diacetic, 5-cioro-4-methoxydiphenyl-amine, 2-carboxylic, di (2-hydroxyethyl)-aminoacetic, 3-hydroxyanthranilic, 2-hydroxyethylaminodiacetic, betaoxyglutamic (alpha-amino-beta-hydroxyglutaric),

adrenalone (4-methylaminoacetylpyrocatechin), 5-amino-2,2-diethyl-3-oxopentene-1-carboxylate ethyl, 4-amino-1,3-dihydroxyanthraquinone, 2-(2-aminoethoxy)-ethanol, 3-amino-4-hydroxybenzoate methyl, 2-amino-3-para-hydroxyphenylpropionate ethyl, 4-alpha-aminopropionylpyrolocatechin,

2-(2-diethylaminoethoxy)-ethyl 1-phenylcyclopentane-1-carboxylate

chlorhydrates of: 4-amino-2-n-propoxybenzoate of 2-diethylaminoethyl, glucosamine, phenylephrine ((-)-1-meta-hydroxyphenyl-2-methylaminoethanol),

di-bromotyronine, di-bromotyrosine, N-(2,2-diethoxyethyl)-methylamine, 3,4-dihydroxyephedrine (1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-methylaminopropan-1-ol), beta-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl-alpha-alanine, 3,4-dihydroxinoreephedrine (1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -2-aminopropan-1-ol), 2,2-dimethoxyethylamine, dimethylaminoacetal (dimethyl-2,2-diethoxyethylamine), diiodotyrosine (iodogorgonic acid), 4-ethylaminoacetylpyrocatechin,

ortho--2-and para-2-hydroxyethylaminophenols, 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylaminoethanol, 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylaminopropanol, 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropylamino) propanol, hydroxyprocaine (4-aminosalicylate 2-diethylaminoethyl),

isoprenaline (1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -2-isopropylaminoethanol,

methoxamine, (2-amino-1-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-propan-1-ol), methyldopa (alpha-methyl-beta-(3,4hydroxyphenyl)-alanine), N-(2-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenlysopropyl))-norepinephrine, (N-(2-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenylpropyl))-noradrenaline),

propanolol (1-(isopropylamino) -3-(1-naphthyloxy)-propan-2-ol),

serine (alpha-amino-beta-hydroxypropionic acid),

threonine (alpha-amino-beta-hydroxybutyric acid), tribesmethamine (1- (4-diethylaminoethoxy) -phenyl) -1- (para-chlorophenyl) -ethanol), tyrosine (para-hydroxyphenylalanine).

29.24 Quaternary ammonium salts and hydrates, including lecithins and other phosphoaminolipids

A lecithins and other phosphoaminolipids

Lecithins are esters (phosphatids) that result from the combination of palmitic oleic acids and other fatty acids with the glycerophosphoric acid and a nitrogenous base, the choline. The remaining phosphoanlinolipids in this subheading are esters (phosphatides) similar to lecithins. These products include cephalin, whose organic nitrogen bases are colamine and serine, and sphingomyelina, whose organic nitrogen bases are choline and sphingosine.

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds;

acetylcholine,

benzoylcholine, befenium (benzyl-dimethyl- (2-phenoxyethyl) -ammonium), betaine,

bromides of: acetylcholine, choline, di-n-decyldiethylammonium, dimethyl-n-octylbenzyloylethylammonium, n-dodecyltrimethylammonium, domifen (dodecyldimethyl-2-phenoxyethylammonium), hexametonium, isoamyltrimethylammonium, metacoline (acetyl-beta-methylcholine), oxyphenonium (alpha-cyclohexyl-alpha-phenylglyonate methylbromide), trimethyl-n-octadecylammonium, trimethyl-phenyl-ammonium,

chlorhydrates of: betaine, carnitine ("vitamin BT"),

chlorides of: acetyl-beta-methylcholine, benzyl-n-decyldimethylammonium, choline, suxetonium (diethylchloride bis-(2-dimethylaminoethyl) succinate),

choline citrate, choline (bilineurin),

1,2-bis- (para-trimethylaminomethoxyphenyl) -3-methylbutane diiodide,

tetramethylammonium formate,

tetramethylammonium hydroxide,

laquesin (benzyloyloxyetilethyldimethylammonium chloride), tetraethylammonium laurate,

beta-methylcholine,

neurin (vinyltrimethylammonium hydroxide),

tetraethylammonium palmitate,

hill tartrate,

decametonium, tetramethylammonium iodides.

29.25 Carboxyamide function compounds and carbonic acid amide function compounds

A II others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetamide, aceto-n-butylamide, acetylcarbrominal (N-acetyl-N-bromodiethylacetylurea), N-acetylethanolamine, acetodiethylamide, aceto-2-hydroxyethylamide, acetomethylamide, N-acetyl-N '-methylurea, acetylurea, ethyl acetamidoacetate,

acids: acetamidoacetic, alpha-acetamidopropionic, N-acetylglutamic, hydanoic, allantoic, oxamic;

acrylamide, adipamide, alanylalanine, alanilglycine, alpha-alliisovalerianilurea, allurea, 1,2-bis-(methylolureyl)-ethane (dimethylolethylenediurea), biuret, alpha-bromoisovalerianilurea,

butylurea, butyramide,

capronamide, carbacol (carbamoylcholine chloride),

carbamates of: butyl, -1,3-dichloro-2-propyl, ethyl (ethyluretan), 3-methyl-1-pent-1-in-3-yl,

carbromine (bromodiethylacetylurea), chloroacetamide, chloroacetylleucine, chloralformamide (chloramamide) chlorides of: carbamoyl, carbamoyl-beta-methylcholine, diethylcarbamoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl,

citramide, citrulline,

N, N-diallylchloroacetamide, N, N-dialyloxamide, dichloroacetamide, N, N-diethylchloroacetamide, N, N '-diethyloxamide, diethylurea, di- (hydroxymethyl)-urea (dimethylolurea), dimalonamide, ethyl dimethylcarbamate, isopropyl dimethylcarbamate, N, N'-dimethyloxamide, dimethylurea, 1,2-diesteraramidoethane, disuccinamide, 1,2-diureethane,

stearamide, isopropyl ethylcarbamate, ethylurea,

fluoroacetamide, phosphamidon (2-chloro-2-(diethylcarbamoyl phosphate) -1-methylvinyl and dimethyl, urea phosphate, formaldehyde-acetamide, formamide, ethyl formamidomalonate, 2-formamidoethanol, fumaramide,

glycylalanine, glycilserine, glutamine,

isopropylmeprobamate (dicarbamate of N-isopropyl-2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol),

lactamide, lauramide, leucylglycine,

mono-malonamide, meprobamate (2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol dicarbamate), methacrylamide, N-methylolformamide, N-methylolmethacrylamide, methyloxamide, N-methyl-N-nitroso-ethyl carbamate, N-methyl-N-nitrosourea, methylurea,

urea nitrate, nitrourea,

oleamide, urea oxalate, ethyl oxamate, oxamide,

palmitamide, pivalamide, propionamide, propionylurea,

mono-succinamide, urea sulfate,

tartronamide, beta, beta, beta-trichlorolactamide, trifluoroacetamide,

valerianamide.

B I ureins

This subheading only comprises the cyclic ureins, i.e. the compounds derived from urea by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms of the NH2 group with allyclic or aryl radicals even though these radicals are substituted.

B I b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

benzylurea, N-n-butyl-N-3,4-dichlorophenyl-N-methylurea,

N-para-chlorobenzyl-N '-para-chlorophenylurea, N'-para-chlorophenyl-N, N-dimethylurea, para-cinamoylhydroxyphenyl urea,

N, N '-dibenzylurea, N'-3,4-dichlorophenyl-N, N-dimethylurea, N, N'-diethyl-N, N '-dimethyl-N, N'-dimethyl-N, N '-dimethyl-N, N'-dimethyl-N, N '-dimethylphenyl urea, sim-and asim-diphenylureas, para-diphenylurea, di-para-tolylurea, N, N' -di- (para-nitrophenyl) -urea,

N-ethyl-N '-methyl-N, N'-diphenylurea,

phenylurea,

meta-hydroxyphenyl,

1-and 2-naphthylureas,

for-tolylurea,

urea of J (N, N '-bis-(5-hydroxy-7-sulfo-2-naphthyl)-urea).

B LI ureids

This subheading only includes cyclic ureids, i.e. typical compounds derived from urea by replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms of the NH2 group by acid radicals within the meaning of heading 29.25.

B II (c) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 5-allyl-5-ethylbarbituric, 5-allyl-5-isobutylbarbituric, barbituric, 5-beta-bromoalyl-5-isopropylbarbituric, 5-cyclohexenyl-5-ethylbarbituric, dialuric, 5,5-diethyl-1-methylbarbituric, 5-isopropylbarbituric, parafrane,

N-acetyl-N-phenylurea, allantoin (5-ureidohydantoin), alobarbital (5,5-diallubbarbituric acid), aloxana, aloxanthine, amobarbital (5-ethyl-5-isopentylbarbutyric acid),

benzoylurea, butobarbital (5-N-butyl-5-ethylbarbutyric acid),

cyclobarbital (5-cyclohexyl-5-ethylbarbutyric acid),

1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, 1,3-dimethylaloxana, 5,5-dimethylhydantoin,

5-ethyl-5-phenylidantoin,

5-phenylhydantoin, phenotin (5,5-diphenylhydantoin),

hexobarbital (5-cylclo-hex-1-enyl-1,5-dimethylbarbituric acid), hydantoin, 1-hydroxymethyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin,

methine (5-ethyl-3-methyl-5-phenylhydantoin), methylphenobarbital (5-ethyl-N-methyl-5-phenylbarbituric acid),

pentobarbital (5-ethyl-5-(1-methylbutyl)-barbituric acid),

uramyl (5-aminobarbituric acid).

B III b) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

para-acetamidoaniline, 1-acetamidoanthraquinone, para-acetamidobenzaldehyde, 2-acetamidofluorene, 5-acetamido-2-naphthol, 4-acetamido-3-nitrodiphenyl, ortho-, meta-and para-acetamidophenols acetanilide, meta-acetaniside, acetoacetanilide, acetoacetylamide, acetoacetyl-para-cyoranilide, acetoaceto-para-chloranilide, acetoacetotoluide, acetoacetooxilide, aceto-ortho-, meta-and para-chloroanilides, para-acetofenetide, acetotoluide,

acids: para-aminohipuric, ortho-acetamidobenzpeak (acetylanthranilic), para-acetamido-phenylacetic, 3-acetamido-2,4,6-triyodobenzoic, alpha-benzamidopropionic (benzoylalanine), phenaceturic, (phenyl-acetylglycine), glycolic, hypuric, metrizoic (N-methyl-3,5-diacetamido-2,4,6-triyodobenzoic), para-nitrobenzamido acetic, taurocolic, yodobenzamic (N-(3-amino-2,4,6-triyodobonzyl)-N-phenyl-beta-aminopropionic,

2-alloxy-2-phenylpropionamide,

barban (N-(3-chlorophenyl)-carbamate of 4-chloro-2-butinyl), benzamide, 1-benzamidoanthraquinone, 4-benzamidobenzophenone, benzanilide, benzo-2,5-diethoxyanilide, benzo-2,5-diethoxy-4-nitroanilide, benzo-N-methylanilide, benzo-1 and 2-naphthylamides, benzo-ortho-, meta-and para-toluides, para-bromoacetanilide, 5-bromosalecylamide, bulocloamide (N-butyl-4-chlorohalilicamide),

cinamanilide, chloroaceto-2,6-xylide, chloroacetyl-N-ethylanilide, ortho-chloroacetylacetanilide ortho-chlorobenzodiethylamide, N-(3-chlorophenyl)-isopropyl carbamate, 5-chlorohalyl-3 ', 4'-dichloroanilide,

chlorides of: N-acetylsulfanylyl, ambenonium, diphenylcarbamoyl, N-methylphenylcarbamoyl,

cloforex ((para-chloro-alpha, alpha-dimethylphenethyl)-ethyl carbamate), cresotamide (3-methyl-2hydroxybenzamide), crotamitone (crotonyl-N-ethyl-ortho-toluidine),

ortho-, meta-and para-diacetamidobenzenes, 1,2-dibenzamidoethane, dichloroacetoacetanilide, 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetamide, 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetanilide, 2,4-diformamidotoluene, 2,4-dihydroxybenzamide, dimethylcarbamate of 5,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-1-cyclohexen-1-yl, 2 ', 4-dinitroacetanilide, N, N'-diphenylcarbamate of 1,1-dihydroxymethylcyclopentane,

stearanilide, ethinamate (1-ethinylcyclohexyl carbamate),

phenylacetamide, phenylacetanilide, ethyl phenylcarbamate, phenoxyacetamide, formanilide, phthalamides (mono-diftalimides),

hexapropimate (1-(2-propynyl)-cyclohexyl carbamate), barium hipurate, iron hypurate, 3-hydroxy-2-naphthanilide,

isopropamide,

lactilfenetide,

N-methylacetanilide, mefexamide (N-/2-(diethylamino)-ethyl/ -2- (para-methoxyphenoxy) -acetamide),

1-naphthylacetamide, para-nitroacetanilide,

oxanilide,

procainamide (2-diethylaminoethylamide of para-aminobenzoic acid), propionanilide,

salicylamide, salicylallamide, salicylanilide, para-acetoamidophenyl salicylate, salicil-para-fenetide,

tetraphenylthalamide, 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzamide, 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzanilide,

meta-iodoacetanilide.

29.26 Compositions of imide function of carboxylic acids (including imide, etc.)

A II others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

alpha-para-aminophenyl-alpha-ethylglutarimide,

bemegride (beta-ethylmethylglutarimide), N-benzylphthalimide, N-2-bromoethylphthalimide, N-bromosuccinimide,

N-chlorosuccinimide,

alpha- (2-diethylaminoethyl) -alpha-phenylglutarimide, 3,6-dihydroxyphthalimide,

N-ethylmaleimide,

phthalanil, phthalimide, ethyl phthalimidomalonate,

glutarimide, gluteshy (a1fa-ethyl-alpha-phenylglutarimide),

3-and 4-nitroftalimides,

succinimide,

thalidomide (alpha-phthalimidoglutarimide),

N-vinylphthalimide.

B I alkmines

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

aldol-alpha- and beta-naphthylamines,

para-benzylidenaminophenol, benzylidenaniline, benzylideneethylamine, benzylidenmethylamine, benzylidene-ortho-, meta-and para-toluidines, butylidenaniline,

etilidenaniline, ethyliden-para-toluidine.

B II (c) others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

guanidine acetate, acetylacetonaimine, guanidinoacetic acid, hexamethylenetetramine allyoduro, amylcarbalide (3,3 '-diamidinocarbanilide diisethionate, 3,3'-di guanilcarbanilide diisethionate), arginine,

hexamethylenetetramine benzoate, N, N-bis-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-acetamidine, bromofenol-indophenol,

hexamethylenetetramine canforate, 1,12-diguanidinododecane carbonate, guanidine carbonate, chlorohexidine (1,6-di (para-chlorophenyldiguanide) -hexane),

chlorhydrates of: acetamidine, acetaminoether, benzamidine, guanidine, hexamethylenetetramine;

4,4 '-diamidinodiphenylamine (4,4'-diguanildiphenylamine), 2,6-dichlorophenol-indophenol, dichlorohexylcarbodiimide, 1,10-diguanidinodecane, 1,3-diguanidinopropan-2-ol, di- (para-methoxyphenyl) iminobenzylmethane, dimethylguanidine, N, N-diphenylacetamidine, diphenylguanidine, di-ortho-tolylguanidine,

stilbenamidine (4,4 '-diamidinostilbene, 4,4'-diguanilstilbene),

phenamidine (ether di-para-amidinophenyl), phenanthracinonimine, 1-phenethylbiguanide, phenylbiguanide, phenylguanidine,

guanidine,

hydroistilbenamidine (4,4 '-diamidino-2-hydroxystilbene, 4,4'-diguanyl-2-hydroxystilbene),

hexamethylenetetramine, methylguanidine mandelate,

guanidine nitrate, nitroguanidine,

pentamidine (4,4 '-pentamethylenedioxybenzamidine), proguanil (N1-para-chlorophenyl-N5-isopropylbiguanide), propamidine (1,3-bis-(para-amidino-phenoxy)-propane),

hexamethylenetetramine salicylate, canavanin sulfate, guanidine sulfate, 2-sulfo-1naphtolindo-2 ', 6'-dibromofenolsodium, 2-sulfo-1-naphtolindophenol, hexamethylenetetramine sulfosalicylate,

thiocyanate of guanidine, ortho-tolylbiguanidine, sim-triphenylguanidine.

29.27 Nitrile Function Compounds

This item mainly comprises the following compounds

acetonitrile (methyl cyanide), cyanacetic acid, acrylonitrile (vinyl cyanide), adiponitrile, para-aminobenzonitrile, aminophenylacetonitrile,

benzaldehydrocyanidin (mandelonitrile), benzonitrile, 1,5-bis- (para-cyanophenoxy) -pentane, bis-(para-cyanophenyl) -ether, bromocianidrine, butylchloralcianidin, N-butyraldehydroanhydrin,

canfolenonitrile, chloralcianidrine ortho-chlorobenzonitrile, 4-chloro-3-hydroxybutyronitrile para-chlorophenyldianediamide, para-cyanobenzyl chloride, para-cyanobenzidene chloride, cinnamenitrile, cyanacetamide,

cyanoacetates of: calcium, ethyl, isopropyl and methyl,

Cyanidrine of acetone, para-cyanobenzaldehyde, cyanoguanidine (dicyandiamide), 1-cyanomethylnaphthalene, cyanopinacoline, cyanides of: para-acetylbenzyl, allyl, ortho-aminobenzyl, amyl, anilinomethyl, benzoylmethyl, benzyl (phenylacetonitrile), alpha, alpha-bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) -benzyl, 2-bromoethyl n-butyl (n-valeronitrile), para-chlorobenzyl, 2-chloroethyl (beta-chloropropionitrile), 1-, 2-and 3-chloropropyl dichloromethyl, diethylaminomethyl, phenacyl, ortho-, meta-and paranitrobenzyl (nitrophenyl acetonitriles), veratyl,

2,4-dichlorobenzonitrile, 4,4 '-dicyanostilbene, diphenylacetonitrile (diphenylmethyl cyanide), 3,6-dihydroxyphthalonitrile, 3,5-diiodo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile,

ethylenedianidin (2-cyanoethanol), ethylmethylketonacianidin,

phenylcyanamide, para-fluorobenzonitrile, phthalodinitrile,

glutaronitrile,

heptaldehydrocyanidin,, for-hydroxybenzonitrile, hydroxyphenylacemnitrile (parahydroxybenzyl cyanide),

iminodiacetonitrile,

lactonitrile (acetaldehydrocyanidin),

malononitrile, methylaminoacetonitrile,

naphtonitriles, 1-and 2-naphthylacetonitriles,

pimelonitrile, propionaldehydrocyanidin, cyanohex-2-en-2-yl propionate, propionitrile (ethyl cyanide),

saliconitrile, succinonitrile (1,2-dicyanoethane, ethylene dicyanide),

ortho-, meta-and para-toluonitriles, trichloroacetonitrile, tricyanomethylamine, tricyanotrimethylamine.

29.28 Diazoic, Azoic and Azoxy Compositions

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

acids: 4-aminoazobenzene-4 '-sulfonic, para-4-amino-1-naphthylazobenesulfonic, azobenzene-4-carboxylic, azobenzene-4-sulfonic, ortho, ortho-azoxybenzoic, para-diazobenzenesulfonic, 5-diazosalicyl,

dimethyl yellow (4-dimethylaminoazobenzene), para-aminobenzene, 4-amino-1,1 '-azonaphthalene, 2-amino-2', 3-dimethylazobenzene, methyl orange, azobenzene, 2,2 '-azobisisobutyronitrile, azoformamide, azonaphthalene, meta-azotoluene, para, para'-azoxyanisol, meta, meta-azoxitoluidine, azoxybenzene, para, para '-azoxifenetol,

chlorocyncato para-dimethylaminophenyldiazonium, anthraquinone-1-diazonium chloride, phenyldiazonium chloride,

4,4 '-(diazoamino)-dibenzamidine-(bis-(N-acetylglycinate) 1,3-bis-(para-amidino-phenyl)-triacene, 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene, ethyl diazoacetate, diazomethane,

4-hydroxyazobenzene, ienildiazonium hydroxide,

Magneson I (4- (para-nitrophenylazo) -resorcinol), Magneson II (para-nitrophenylazo-1-naphthol), 4-methoxyazobenzene, 4 '-methyl-4-aminoazobenzene, methyldiazoaminobenzene,

methyl red.

4,4 '-tetramethyldiaminoazobenzene.

29.29 Organic Hydrazine Or Hydroxylamine Derivatives

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetaldehydrophenylhydrazone, acetaldoxime (acetaldehydroxime), phenylhydrazine acetate,

acetone semicarbazone, acetophenone oxime, acetophenylhydrazone,

acids: 2-hydrazino-4-hydroxybenzoic, hydroxamic (e.g., acetohydroxamic and 2-hydroxybenzohydroxamic), phenylhydrazine-para-sulfonic, violuric,

ortho-aminobenzaldehydophenylhydrazone, aminoguanidine,

benzaldehydophenylhydrazone, benzaldehyde-emicarbazone, benzaldoxime-alpha-benzyldioxime, (diphenylglyoxime), benzophenylhydrazine, para-benzoquinonadioxime, benzylidenetoxime, alpha-benzoinaosima, N-benzyl-N-phenylhydrazine, ortho-, meta-and para-bromofenylhydrazines, butanonaoxime (methylethylketoxime), N-butyraldoxime,

para-carboxyphenylhydrazine, carvonoxime, 2,4-dinitroenylhydrazine hydrochloride, acetylyrazinotrimethylammonium chloride,

dimethylglyoxime (diacetyldioxime), dimethylhydrazine, 2,4-dinitrobenzaldehyde, 4,4 '-dinitrobenylcarbazide, 2,4-dinitrobenylsemicarbazide, diphenylcarbazide, diphenylcarbazone, diphenylhydrazine,

ethylhydrazide of podofinyl acid,

para-phenylazophenylhydrazine, phenylglucosazone, phenylglyoxime, phenylhydrazine, phenylhydrazine para-sodium sulfonate, phenylhydroxylamine, phenylsemicarbazide (carbamoylphenylhydrazine), formaldoxime,

heptaldoxime, hydrazides of carboxylic acids (for example: hydrazides of acetic and benzoic acids), cyanacetic hydrazide, hydrazidines (e.g. acetohydrazine), hydrazobenzene,

methylisopropylglioxime, methylphenylhydrazine,

naphthylhydrazine, nitrobenzaldehydophenylhydrazone, ortho-, meta-and para-nitrophenyl hydrazines, para-nitrosofenylhydrazine,

oxime of the 16,17-hydropregenolone acetate, oxime of 16,17-epoxypregenenolone,

1-Perillaldehydroantialdoxime, propionaldehydrophenylhydrazone,

salicylaldazine, salicylaldoxime, semicarbazide (carbamoylhydrazine),

ortho-, meta-and para-tolylhydrazines, meta-tolilsemicarbazide.

29.30 Compositions of other nitrogenous functions

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

phenylcarbilamine chloride,

cyclamates (cyclohexylsulfamates) of: calcium, choline, alpha-isopropyl-alpha-(2-dimethylaminopropyl)-phenylacetonitrile, sodium,

hexamethylene diisocyanate (1,6-diisocyanatohexane), 4,4 '-diisocyanathodiphenylmethane, dimethylamide of alpha-azidopropionic acid,

fenilysonitrile, phosphofocreatin (acid-phosphoric acid),

isocyanates of: para-bromofenyl, naphthyl (isocyanataphthalene), para-nitrophenyl, para-phenethyl, phenyl (isocyanatobenzene),

OMPA (octamethylpyrophosphoramide).

X. ORGANO-MINERAL COMPOUNDS AND HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS

29.31 Organic Tiocompounds

A Xantates (xanthogenates)

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 29.31, paragraph A.

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1-acetyl-2-thiohydantoin, acetylthiourea,

acids: acetamidobenzenesulfinic, 5-allyl-5-(1-methylbutyl)-thiobarbituric, aminoiminomethanosulfinic, benzenesulphinic, 8-chloro-1-naphthylthioglycol-co, diethylthiobarbituric, dithiosalicylic acid, djencolic (3,3 '-(methylenedithio)-dialanine) 2-mercaptoethylsulfonic, alpha (1-naphthylmethylthio)-propionic, rubeanic (dithiooxamide), thioacetic, thioglycolic, thiolactic, thiosalicyl (ortho-mercaptobenzoic),

AET (S-(2-aminoethyl)-isothiuronLobromine), N-allyl-N '-phenylthiourea, allylsenevol, allylthiourea (thiosinamine), 2-aminoethanothiol,

benzylmercaptane (toluen-alpha-thiol), bis-(dimethyldithiocarbamate) benzoquinonaguanylhydrareasonatiosemicarabazone, benzylidene, N-para-n-butoxifenyl-N '-para-dimethylaminophenylthiourea, butylmercaptan

(butano-1-thiol), n-butyltiourea,

captan (N-(trichloromethylthio)-cyclohexyl-4-ene-1,2-dicarboximide), captodiamine (2-(for-(butylthio)-alpha-phenyl-benzylthio)-N, N-dimethylethylamine), carbophenotion (trition), para-carboxyphenylthiourea,

chlorhydrates of: para-butylthiobenzidril-2-dimethylaminoethylsulfide, para-thiocyanatoaniline, para-thiocyanatophenylhydrazine,

para-chlorophenylthiourea, para-chlorothiophenol, 2,5-diethoxy-4-(ethylthio)-phenyldiazonium, cysteine, cystine, chlorocyncato,

dapsone (4,4 '-diaminodiphenylsulfone), decane-1-thiol, diethyldithiocarbamate diethyldithiocarbamate, diethyldithiocarbamate diethylamine, diethylsulfone, N, N'-diethylthiourea dimercaprol (2,3-dimercapto-1-propanol), dimethoate (O, O-dimethyl dimethyl and S-(methylcarbamoylmethyl),

dimethylthiocarbamates of: iron, mercury, nickel, para-nitrophenyl, lead, selenium and zinc, sim-and asim-dimethylthioureas, sim-di-1-naphthylthiourea, 2,4-dinitrothiocyanatobenzene, diphenylsulfone,

disulfides of: 2,2 '-dibenzamidodiphenyl, dibenzoyl, dibenzyl, di-tert-butyl, di-(carboxymethyl? , diethyl, dimethyl, tetraetiitiurama, xanthogen,

ammonium dithiocarbamate, S-(2,5-dichlorophenylthiomethyl and O, O-diethyl, dithizone (diphenylthiocarbazone) dithiophosphate,

ethanedithiol, ether di-(2-mercaptoethyl), manganese bis-(dithiocarbamate) manganese, ethyl bis-(dithiocarbamate) zinc, N-ethyl-N '-1-naphthylthiourea, para-ethylsulfonylbenzaldehyde carbazone, ethylthiourea,

phenylthiosemicarbazide, fentione (O, O-dimethyl thiophosphate and 0-(4-methylm.ercapto-3-methylphenyl)), fIuorexone (etii para-fiuorophenylsulfone),

glutathione,

beta-hydroxyethylallitiourea

isocyanates of: naphthyl and phenyl (isothiocyauatobenzene),

lantionin,

mercaptoacetanilide, 3-mercaptopropane-1,2-dioI, methionine, methylmercaptan (methanotiol), gamma-methylmercaptopropylamine, 2-methylpropane-1-thiol, methylthiourea,

naphthiomate N (N-methyl-N-(l-naphthyl)-thiocarbamate of 0-2-naphthyl), naphthiomate T (N-methyl-N-(3tolyl)-thiocarbamate. of 0-2-naphthyl), 1-and 2-naphthylthioureas,

1-pentanediol, acetylcyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide, N-propylthiourea,

solasulfona (overlap, 1,1-(sulfonylbis-(para-phenylenimino))-bis-(3-phenyl-1,3-propanodisulfonatetotebrodic), metasulfodiphenylsulfone, dibenzyl sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfoxide,

sulphides of: bis-(para-nitrophenyl), di-n-butyl, n-butyl and methyl, para-chlorobenzyl and para-chlorophenyl, 2-chloroethyl and methyl, diallyl, 4,4 '-diaminodiphenyl, dichloromethyl, 1,1'-dihydroxy-2,2 '-dinaphyl, 4,4-dihydroxyphenyl, diphenyl, tetraethylthiurama,

tetradecane-1-thiol, tetradifon (4-chlorophenyl-2,4,5-trichlorophenylsulfone), tetramethyldiaminodiphenylthiourea, tetramethylurama tetrasulfuro, thioacetamide, thiacetazone (para-acetamidobenzaldehyde), ammonium thioacetate, thiobenzamide, thiobenzanilide, thiocarbam&to ammonium, thiocarbanilide (sim-diphenylthiourea), thiocarlide (4,4 '-(diisoamyloxy)-thiocarbanilide, thiodiglycol, thiodipropionate of lauryl, thioformanide, 2-thiohydantoin, thioanalide (mercaptoaceto-2-naphthylamide), thioanalide, thiosemicarbacid, thiourea, tolueno-3,4-dithiol, meta-tolylthiourea,

xiIiltiourea,

triethylsulfonium iodide.

29.33 Organomeric Compounds

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

2-methoxyethylmercury acetate, phenylmercury acetate, 2-acetoxy-mercuri-4-octylphenol, ortho-(ethylmercuritio)-benzoic acid (S-(ethylmercuri)-thiosalicylic acid),

phenylmercury borate,

chloromerodrin (1-(3-chloromercuri-2-methoxypropyl)-urea), ortho-chloromercuriphenol,

chlorides of: 2-ethoxyethylmercury, 2-methoxyethylmercury, phenylmercury,

diethylmercury, dimethylmercury, diphenylmercury, di-orto-tolylmercury, di-para-tolylmercury,

phenylmercury stearate,

phenylmercury formate,

phenylmercury hydroxide,

mersalyl (N-3-hydroxycercuri-2-methoxypropyl)-salicylamide-O-sodium acetate),

phenylmercury nitrate,

phenylmercury salicylate, 2-methoxyethylmercury silicate,

timerosal (S-ethylmercuritio-sodium salicylate).

29.34 Other organominial compounds

organoarsenate compounds

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetarsol (3-acetamido-4-hydroxyphenylarsonic acid),

acids: 3-acetylamino-4-hydroxy-4 '-acetylaminoarsenobenzene-3'-hydroxyacetic, N-acetylaranilic, allarsonic, 3-amino-4-hydroxyphenylarsonic, ortho-y para-aminophenylarsonic, arsanilic (para-aminobenzenoarsonic), cacodicyl, diet'laminophenylarsonic, 4 '-dimethylaminoazobenzene-4-arsonic, 3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenylarsonic, para-hydroxyphenylarsonic, methyllaronic, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenylarsonic, phenylarsonic, para-ureidophenylarsonic,

Sodium arsanilate, arsenobenzene, arsfenamine (3,3 '-diamino-4,4-dihydroxyarsenobenzene),

iron cacodilate, sodium cacodilate,

diphenylcyanoarsin, difetarsona (N, N '-ethylenediarsanilate disodium),

ethyldichloroarsin,

phenyldichloroarsin, phenyldiyodoarsin,

neoarsphenamine (3,3 '-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxyarsenobenzenomethylensulfoxylate sodium),

oxophenarsin (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenylarsinoxide),

sulfarsphenamine (3,3 '-diamino-4,4-dihydroarsenobenzene-N, N'-dimethylenedisulfonate),

triphenylarsin, triparsamide (N-phenylglycinamide-para-sodium arsonate).

C the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

di-n-butyltin acetate, triethyltin acetate,

acids: phenylboric, alpha-hydroxybenzylphosphinic, ortho-iodobenzoic,

allyldichlorosilane, alliltrichlorosilane, gamma-aminopropyltriethoxysilane,

benzyltrichlorosilane, butyl-lithium,

tetra-(hydroxymethyl)-phosphonium chloride,

dicyclopentadienyl iron, diethylzinc, di-n-butyltin dilaurate, dimethyldichlorosilane, diphenylsilanediol, diethyl diselenide, dodecamethylcyclohexasilosane,

ethyltrichlorosilosane,

phenyldichlorophosphine, liallyl phenylphosphonate,

hexamethyldisilane, hexamethyldisilazane, hexamethyldisiloxane, sodium alpha-hydroxybenzylphosphinate, tetraphenylantimony hydroxide, diethylaluminium hydride, hiropentacarbonyl,

tri-n-propyltin laurate,

methyldiethoxysilane, methyltrichlorosilane, methylvinyldichlorosilane, molybdenohexacarbonyl,

nickel carbonyl,

oetamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, bis-(triethyltin) oxide,

selenourea,

tetra-n-butyltin, tetraphenyltin, trichlorofon ((1-hydroxy-2,2-trichloroethyl)-O, O-dimethyl phosphonate), triethylaluminium, triethylphosphine, triethyl-mono-silanol, triisobutylaluminium, trimethylaluminium, triphenylbismuth, triphenylsilanol, tungstenocarbonyl,

volframiocarbonyl,

diethylaluminum iodide,

the dialkyl stannic oxides are not classified in this subheading.

29.35 Heterocyclic compounds, including nucleic acids

F Esters of nicotinic acid (INN); niquetamide (INN) and its salts

This subheading only comprises the esters of nicotinic acid (pyridine-beta-carbonic acid) (e.g. methyl and ethyl esters and meso-inositol hexanicotinate and niquetamide (INN)) (nicotinic acid diethylamide) and its salts (e.g. double salt with calcium thiocyanate).

H I propifenazone (INN)

This subheading only comprises propifenazone (DCI1 (isopropylanalgesin, 2,3-dimethyl-4-isopropyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone)

H II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

amidopyrin (dimethylaminoanalgesic, aminophenozone, 4-dimethylamino-2,3 dimethyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone),

phenazone (analgesic, 2,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone), 1-phenyl-2,3-dimethyl-3-pyrazolin-5-on-4-yl-N-methylaminomethanosulfonate,

1-para-nitrophenyl-2,3-dimethylpyrazolin-5-one,

1-para-sulfophenyl-2-3-dimethylpyrazolin-5-one,

4-iodoanalgesic.

IJ nucleic acids and their salts

This subheading only comprises the nucleic acids (e.g. deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA)), sometimes called thimonucleic acids and ribonucleic acids (RNA), sometimes called cymonucleic acids, and their salts (nucleates), for example, the copper nucleates of mercury or sodium.

P 6-allyl-6,7-dihydro5H-dibenzo c, e azepine (azapithin); atrazine (ISO); etc.

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds as halogenated derivatives of quinoline:

6-bromoquinoline,

6-and 8-chloroquinoline,

4,7-dichloroquinoline.

The following compounds are mainly comprised of carboxylic quinoline acids:

acids: 8-hydroxykinconinic, 8-hydroxyquinoleinecarboxylic, 5-and 8-nitroquinaldinics, 2-phenylquinoleinecarboxylic acid,

amylcincofen (amyl 2-phenylquinoleine-4-carboxylate),

(ethyl)

buquinolate (4-hydroxy-6,7-diisobutoxyquinolein-3-carboxylate),

cinocaine (dibudine, 2-n-butoxi-N-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-cinconinamide),

neocyncofen (6-methyl-2-phenylquinoleine-4-carboxylate).

Q the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

finish (2-(hydroxymethyl) -1,1-dimethylpiperidiniomethylsulfatobenzylate), acepromazine (acetylpromazine, 2-acetyl-N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-phenothiazine), 2-acetamido-5-nitrothiazole,

acetates of: bis-3,3 '-(4-hydroxycitarinyl), diosgenin furfuryl, tetrahydrofurfuryl,

acetoguanamine (2,4-diamino-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine), 2-acetylfuran, N-acetylmorpholine, N-acetylphenothiazine, N-acetylpiperidine, 2-acetylthiophene,

acids: adenosinapyrophosphoric, adenosinriphohosphoric, 6-aminopenicillanic anhydromethylethylenitric, gamma-2-carboxyindol-3-ylbutyric, cyanuric, cincomeronic (3,4-pyridinicarboxylic), cinconinic, citacinyl (2,6-dihydroxyisonicotinic), coumarinecarboxylic, dehydroacetic acid (3-acetyl-6-methylpyrano-2,4-dione), diiodochelidamic, 3,5-diiodine-4-pyridone-N-acetic, 3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-carboxylic, 1-phenylpyrazole-5-one-3-carboxylic, furanecarboxylic, (pyromalic), 2-hydroxycarbazole-3-carboxylic, 5-hydroxyindolyl-3-acetic, 8-hydroxy-7-iodoquinoleine-5-sulfonic, 6-hydroxynicotinic, 8-hydroxyquinileine-5-sulfonic, imidazolecarboxylic, beta-indolylacetic, gamma-indolyl-3-butyric isoascorbic, isonicotinic (pyridine-gamma-carboxylic), 5-isopropyl-5-furfurylbarbituric, meconic (3-hydroxy-gamma-pyrone-2,6-dicarboxylic), N-methylphenylpiperidinacarboxylic, nalidixic (1-ethyl-1,4-dihydro-7-methyl-4-oxo-1,8-naphthyridine-3-carboxylic), picolinecarboxylic, picrolionic (3-methyl-4-nitro-1 '-(para-nitrophenyl) -2-pyrazolin-5-one), 3-pipyridinopropyl-9-thia-1,10-diazananthracenecarboxylic, pyrazino-2,3-dicarboxylic, chelidamic, chelidonic, quinaldic (quinolein-2-carboxylic), quinolein-6-carboxylic, quinoleic, terpenyl, tetronic, thiazol-5-carboxylic, thioctych (5 (3-(1,2-dithiacyclopentyl))-pentanoic), thiophene-2-carboxylic, uric, urocanic (imidazolacrylic), xanthene-9-carboxylic,

acranil, acridine, adenine (6-aminopurine), adenosine, alkylaminoacridines, aloxidone (3-allyl-5-methyloxazolidine-2,4-dione), alfameprodin (alpha-3-ethyl-1-methyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine), alfaprodine (alpha-1,3-dimethyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine), aluminio-8-hydroxyquinoline, ambrettolide (1,16-hexadecene-7-lactone), aminacrine (5-aminoacridine), 5-aminobenzidazole, 2-aminobenzothiazole, 2-amino-1,3-dimethyl-5-nitrosouracyl, 6-amino-2,4-dimethylpyrimidine, 4-amino-5-ethoxymethyl-2-methylpyrimidine, 2-(1-aminoethyl) -3,4-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-furan, N-2-aminoethylpiperazine, 6-amino-2,4-lutidine, 6-amino-2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 4-amino-5-(methoxymethyl) -2-propylpyrimidine, 8-amino-6-methoxyquinoline, 2-amino-4-methylpyrimidine, 2-amino-4-methylthiazole, 5-amino-2-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole, 6-amino-nicotinamine, 2-amino-5-nitrothiazole, 4-aminophenazine, 3-amino-1-phenylpyrazole, 3-amino-phenylpyrazole, 6-amino-alpha-picoline, N-gamma-aminopropylmorpholine, 2-, 3-and 4-aminopyridines, 2-aminopyrimidine, 3-and 8-aminoquinoleines, 4-aminoisoquinoline, 5-aminotetrazole, 2-aminothiazole, 2-aminothiazoline, 3-amino-1-H, 1,2,4-triazole, 5-aminouracyl, amifenazole (2,4-diamino-5-phenylthiazole), amisomethradine (6-amino-3-methyl-1-(2-methylallyl)-uracyl), amodiaquine (7-chloro-4-(3-diethylaminoethyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-quinoline, anetoltrithione (3-para-anisil-4,5-dithiacyclopent-2-enol-thione), beta-angelicalactone, antazoline (2-N-benzylanilinomethylinidazoline), gamma-arabonolactone, arstinol (2-(3 '-acetamido-4'-hydroxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2-arsaticlopentan-4-ylmethanol), azacyclonol (alpha- (4-piperidyl)-benzydrol),

benzalftalide (benzylidenftalide), benzhexol (1-cyclohexyl-1-phenyl-3-piperidinopropan-1-ol), 3-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylpiperidiniroperomide benzilate, N-methyl-3-piperidyl benzylate, benzimidazole, benzyodarone 2-ethyl-3-(3,5-diiodo-4-hydroxybenzoyl)-benzofuran), piperidine benzoate benzofuroquinoline, benzoguanamine (2,4-diamino-6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine), benzotriazole, benzoxazole 1-benzyl-3-methylpyrazol-5-one, 2-and 4-benzylpyridines, 6-benzyl-2-thiouracil, betameprodine (beta-3-ethyl-1-methyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine), betaprodine (beta-1, 3-dimethyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine), bilirubin, N, N-bis-(2-chloroethyl) -N ', O-propyl-phosphoramide, 4,6-bis-(diethylamino) -2-hydrazino-1,3,5-triazine, 4-(bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amino) -6-methyl-2-propylpyrimidine, 2,6-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridine bismuto-8-hydroxyquinoline, methanline-8-hydroxyquinoline, 2-bromothiophene, 2-bromothiophene, bromofeniramine (2-(para-bromo-alpha-(2-dimethylaminoethyl) -benzyl) -pyridine,

bromides of: didimmine (2,7-diamino-10-methyl-9-phenylphenantridinium), N-n-hexadecylpyridinium, pentienate (diethyl-2-(1-hydroxy-1-cyclopentyl-1-(2-thienyl)-acetoxy)-ethylmethylammonium,

but-3-en-3-olide (dicetene), gamma-butyrolactone,

caprolactam (1,6-hexalactam), 2-pyridyl carbamate, carbazole, carbimazole (1-ethoxy-carbonyl-3-methyl-2-thioimidazoline) piperidine carbonate, carbostiryl (2-hydroxyquinoline), catechin, 5-chloroacridine, chlorobenzoxyethamine (1-(2-(ortho-chloro-alpha-phenylbenzyloxy)-ethyl)-4-ortho-methylbenzylpiperazine), chlorocycline (1-para-chlorobenzdril-4-methylpiperazine), N-2-chloroethylmorpholine,

chlorhydrates of: N-benzyl-N ', N'-dimethyl-N-pyrid-2-ylethylenediamine, 1-para-chlorobenzyl-2-pyrrolidinomethylbenzimidazole, 3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxy-2-methylysoquinoline, 10-(2-dimethylaminopropyl)-1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-1-(1 -ethyl-4-(2-morpholinoethyl) -3,3-diphenylpyrolidin-2-one), moroxidine (4-morpholinacarboxyimidoylguanidine), octaverine, 2-(2-piperidinoethoxy)-ethyl), 3-piperidinopropiophenone,

chlormenazone (2-(para-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-3-methyl-4-H-1,3-thiazin-4-one-1,1-dioxide), 5-chlorobenzotriazole, N-para-chlorobenzyl-N, N '-dimethyl-N-2-pyridylethylenediamine, 2-chloro-4,6-bis (diethylamino) -1,3,5-triazine, 10-chloro-9,10-dihydrophenarsazine, 5-chloro-8-hydroxy-7-iodoquinoline, 5-chloro-8-hydroxyquinoline, 7-chloro-4-hydroxyquinoline, 6-chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (3- (para-chlorophenyl) -beta-acetylethyl) -4-hydroxycoumarin, chloropromazine (2-chloro-10-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-phenothiazine), 2-, 3-and 4-chloropyridines chloroquine (7-chloro-4-(4-diethylamino-1-methylbutylamino)-quinoline), 2-chlorothiophene, 7-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -5-phenyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzo (f)-diazepin-2-one,

chlorides of: cyanuryl, N-n-decylpyridinium, 1,3-diamino-5-phenylphenazinium, N-n-dodecylpyridinium, 2-para-yodophenyl-3-para-nitrophenyl-5-phenyltetrazolium,

cocarbosilaxa (pyrophosphoric thiamine ester), 2,4,6-colidin crimidine (castrix, 2-chloro-4-dimethylamino-6-methylpyrimidine), copper-8-hydroxyquinoline, 2-cyanopyridine (picolinonitrile), cyclicin (1-benzyl-4-methylpiperazine), quasin, cyclocaranol (3,4-dihydro-2-methoxy-2-methyl-4-phenyl-2,5-pyrane (3,2-c)-benzopyran-5-one, 1-cyclopentyl-1-phenyl-3-piperidinopropan-1-ol, cyproheptadine (4-(5H-dibenzo (a, d) cyclohexen-5-ylidene) -1-methylpiperidine),

dafnetine (7,8-dihydroxycoumarin), dehydrothioparatoluidine (6-methyl-2-(4-aminophenyl)-benzothiazole), distiobiotin (gamma-(2-oxo-5-methyl-4-imidazolidinyl)-caproic acid, dextrorphan ((+)-3-hydroxy-N-methylmorphinane), dextromoramide ((+)-1-(beta-methyl-gamma-morpholino-alpha, alpha-diphenylbutyryl)-pyrrolidine), 2,8-diacetamidoacridine, 2 ', 6'-diamino-5,5 '-azopyridine, 4,5-diamino-1,3-dimethyluracyl, 2,4-diamino-6-hydroxypyrinidine, 2,6-diamino-3-phenyl-5,5 '-azopyridine, 2,4-and 2,6-diaminopyridines, diaveridine (2,4-diamino-5-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-pyrimidine, dibenzofuran (diphenylene oxide), dibenzopyridazine, dibenzothiophene, 5,7-dibromo-8-hydroxyquinoline, 3,5-dibromopyridine, 1,1'-ethylene-2,2 '-dipyridyl, dihydrochloride of 4-para-tert-butylbenzyl-1-para-chlorobenzylpiperazine, 2,3-dichloro-7-methoxyacridine, 2,3-and 3,5-dichloropyridines, 2,3-dichloroquinoxaline, 1,1'-ethylene-2,2 '-dipyridyl, dicumanol, 2,5-bis-(4-diphenyl)-oxazole, dietazine (N-diethylaminoethylphenothiazine), 2,5-diethoxytetrahydrofuran, 1-(2-diethylaminoethyl)-amino-4,6,8-trimethyl-5-azothioxanthone, diethylcarbama2in (1-diethylcarbamoyl-4-methylpiperazine), dihydralafin (1,4-dihydrazinophthalazine), 3,4-dihydrocoumarin, dihydropyrane, 3,6-dihydroxypyridazine, 3,5-dihydroxypyridine, 2,4-dihydroxyquinoline, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline, 3,5-diyo-4-pyridone, dimazole (diamtazol, 6-(2-diethylaminoethoxy) -2-dimethylaminobenzothiazole), 2,5-dimercaptothiadiazole, para-dimethylaminobenzylidenilidene, 2- (alpha- (2-dimethylaminoethoxy) -alpha-methylbenzyl) pyridine, beta-dimethylaminoethyldibenzofuran, N-2-dimethylaminoethylphenothiazine, 10-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) -9-thia-1-1,10-dihydroanthracene, 5,6-dimethylbenzimidazole, dimethylcarbamate of 1-dimethylcarbamoyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolyl, dimethylcarbamate of 1-isopropyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolyl, 1,3-dimethylindol, 2,6-dimethylmorpholine, 2,9-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthrosin, dimethylpiperazine (din.ethyldiethylenediamine) 1,6-dimethyl-2-piperidone, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, 6,6 '-dimethyl-2,2'-pyridoine, N'-dimethyl-N-pyrid-2-ylethylenediamine, N, N '-dimethyl-N-2-pyridyl-N-3-tenylethylenediamine, 2,6-dimethyl-gamma-pyrone, 2,6-, 2,7-and 2,8-dimethylquinoleines, dimethylthianthrene, dimethyluracyl, alpha-and beta-dinitromethyazinasulphonas, diethodone (3,5-diethanolamine acetate), diosgenin, 2,4-dioxo-3,3-diethyl-5-methylpiperidine diphenylcarbazole, diphenylene dioxide, 2,5-diphenyloxazole, diphenylpyraline (benzyl-1-methyl-4-piperidyl ether), diphexamidayodomethylate 2,2-diphenyl-4-hexahydroazepine-1-yl)-butyramide), dipipanone (4,4-diphenyl-6-piperidinoheptan-3-one), dipiperidinomethane, alpha, alpha '-dipiperidyl, dipyridamole (2,6-bis-(diethanolamino) -4,8-dipiperidino-(5,4-de)-pyrimidine), 2,2'-diquinolyl, 4,4-dithiodimorpholine, dixantilene,

pyrvinium carbonate (6-dimethylamino)-2-(2-(2,5-dimethyl-1-phenyl-3-pyrril)-vinyl)-1-methyl-quinolinium, etacridine (6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridine), 2,5-diamino-7-ethoxyacridine terhexamethyl hexa-(hydroxymethyl)-melamine, ethoheptazine (4-carbetoxy-1-methyl-4-phenylhexahydroazepine), 7-ethoxy-4-methylcoumarin, 6-ethoxyquinoline, 1-ethyl-2-aminomethylpyrrolidine N-ethylcarbazole, ethylenimine, ethylmorpholine, N-ethyl-N '-(5-nitro-2-thiazolyl)-urea, 5-ethyl-alpha-picoline, N-ethylpiperidine, 2-ethyl-4-thiocarbamoyl-pyridine, 5-ethyl-2-vinylpyridine, eucatropin (4-mandeloiloxy-1,2,2,6-tetramethylpiperidine),

phenadoxone (6-morpholino-4,4-diphenylheptan-3-one), phenanthridine (1,10-phenanthropin), phenazine, phenbutrazate (2-phenylbutyrate of 2-(3-methyl-2-phenylmorpholino)-ethyl, phenothiazine, phenothiazine-10-carboxylate of 2-dimethylaminoethoxyethyl, phenothiazinasulfona, 2-phenylindole, alpha-phenyl-alpha-pyridinoacetate of 2-diethylaminoethyl, phenylpropylhydroxycoumarin (3-(1-phenylpropyl) -4-hydroxycoumarin), 1-phenylpyrazolid-3-one, 3-phenylpyrazolone, 6-phenylquinoline, fluorane, fluorescin, flufenazine (4-(3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)-phenothiazin-10-yl)-propyl) -1-piperazinaethanol), piperidine phthalate, phthalazine, phthalhydrazide, furaltadon (5-morpholinomethyl-3-(5-nitrofurfurylidenamino) -2-oxazolidinone), furan, furan-alpha-thiol, furazolidone (3-(5-nitrofurfurylidenamino) -2-oxazolidinone), furyl, furildioxime, allyl furoate (allyl ester of pyro-mycic acid), stylbestol furoate, furoin, alpha-furylmethanotiol,

glucono-delta-lactone, gramine, guanine, isoguanine (2-hydroxy-6-aminopurine), guanosine (guaninariboid),

hecogenin, hematin, hemin, hemisulfate de-proflavin (DCIM), hexadifane (N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)-hexahydroazetine, hexa-(hydroxymethyl)-melamine, histamine histidine, hydralazine (1-hydrazinophthalazine), hydrazide maleic, 2-hydrazinobenzothiazole, 4-hydroxycoumarin, 8-hydroxy-5,7-diydoquinoline, 2-hydroxy-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine, 1-(2-hydroxy-2,2-diphenylethyl) -4-methylpiperazine, 2-hydroxylepidine, hydroxycerridibromobroseine, (-)-3-hydroxy-N-methylmorphinane, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-benzotriazole, 3-hydroxy-N-methylpiperidine, 3-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridine, 8-hydroxy-5-nitrosoquinoline, hydroxypethidine (ethyl ester of 1-methyl-4-(3 '-hydroxyphenyl)-piperidin-4-carboxylic acid), 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-piperazine, hydroxyproline (4-hydroxy-2-pyrolidinecarboxylic acid), hydroxypyrrolidine, 8-hydroxyquinaldine, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-and 8-hydroxyquinoleines, hydroxyzine, (1-para-chlorobenzyl-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-ethyl)-piperazine), hypoxanthine (purine-6 (1H)-one, sarcine),

imidazole, imide quinoline, indazole (benzol-1,2-diazole), ethyl beta-indolylacetate, isatin, isatin-beta-oxime, 6-isobutylquinoline, isoniazid (isonicotinic acid hydrazide), isothipenyl (10-(2-dimethylaminopropyl) -9-thia-1,10-diazaanthracene),

The invention relates to a method for the use of said compounds in the form of a method for producing the same.

lactone of the acid-citric acid, piperidine laurate, lepidine (4-methylquinoline), leptazole (pentamethylenetrazole), leucopterin (2-amino-4,6,7-trihydroxypteridine), levalorphan ((-) -N-allyl-3-hydroxymorphinane), levorphan ((-)-3-hydroxy-N-methylmorphinane), lidocoflazine (1-, 4,4-(bis-(4-fluorophenyl)-butyl) -4-((2,6-dimethyl2nilinocarbonyl)-methyl)-piperazine), lucantone (1 (2-diethylaminoethylamino) -4-methylthioxanthone), 2,4-and 2,6-lutidines,

maltol (3-hydroxy-2-methyl-gamma-pyrone), meconine, melamine (2,4,6-triamino-1,3,5-triazine), mepacrine (acriquine, quinacrine), mepyramine (N-para-methoxybenzyl-N '-N'-dimethyl-N-2-pyridylethylenediamine), mercaptobenzimidazole-zinc, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 6-mercaptopurine, mesulfen (2,6-dimeryldiphenylene disulfide), methaqualone (2-methyl-3-ortho-tolyl-4-quinazolinone), 2-para-methoxybenzylaminopyridine, 2-methoxy-4-ethylamino-6-isopropylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 2-methoxyphenothiazine, 6-and 8-methoxyquinoleines, 17beta-methylandrostan-17beta-ol (3,2-c)-pyrazole, 2-and 5-methylbenzimidazole, 2-methylbenzoxazole, 2-methyl-benzothiazole, beta-methylesculetine, 2-methylfuran, N-methylmorphinane, N-methylmorpholine, beta-methylumbeliferone, 17alpha-methyl-2-oxaandrostan-17beta-ol-3-one, methylperidol (moperone, para-fluoro-4-(4-hydroxy-4-para-methylphenylpiperidino)-butyrophenone), ethyl 5-methyl-2-phenylbenzoxazole, 1-methyl-3-phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylate, 6-methylpicolinaldehyde, 1-methylpiperazine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidine-2-carboxy-2,6-xylide, 10-(1-methyl-3-piperidylmethyl)-phenothiazine, 1-(N-methylpiperid-4-yl) -3-phenyl-4-benzyl-3-pyrazolin-5-one, (N-methylpiperid-4-yl) -3-phenyl-4-ethyl-3-pyrazolin-5-one, 1-methylpyrrolidine, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 6-methylquinoline, difemanil methylsulfate (4-benzhydrylidene-1,1-dimethylpiperidinium methylsulfate, para-(alpha-phenylbenzylidene) -1,1-dimethylpiperidinium, methyltetrahydrofuran, methylthiouracil, 3-methyl-1-para-tolyl-2-pyrazolin-5-one, morine (3,5,7,2 ', 4'-pentahydroxyflavone), morpholine, 2-morpholinoethanol, midocalm (1-piperidino-2-methyl-3-para-tolyl-3-propanone),

naphtazoline (2-(1-naphthylmethyl)-imidazoline), 2-(1-naphthyl) -5-phenyloxazole, nialamide (N-2-(benzylcarbamoyl)-ethyl-N '-isonicotinoylhydrazine), nicotinaldehyde, nicotinaldehydrothiosemicarbazone, isonicotinate ethyl, nicumalone (3-(2-acetyl-1-para-nitrophenyl ethyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin), nifuroxazide (1- (para-hydroxybenzoyl) -hydrazine), niridazole (1-(5-nitro-2-thiazolyl) -2-oxotetrahydroimidazole), 3-nitrocarbazole, nitrofurantoin (1-(5-nitro-2-furfurylidenamino)-hydantoin), nitrofurazone (5-nitro-2-furaldehyemicarbazone), 5-nitroindazole, nitron, 5-, 6-and 8-nitroquinoleines, nitrosotriacetonamine (1-nitroso-2,2,6,-6-tetramethylpiperid-4-one), 5-nitrouracyl, nitroxoline (5-nitro-8-hydroxyquinoline), gamma-nonalactone,

octaverine (6,7-dimethoxy-1-(3,4,5-triethoxyphenyl)-isoquinoline), tetrahydrofurfuryl oleate, 2-oxa-4,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydroanthracene, oxazepam (7-chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2H-1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one), 2-oxo-2,9-dihydrophenazine,

tetrahydrofurfuryl palmitate, pantolactone (2,4-dihydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-gamma-butyrolactone), para-methadione (5-ethyl-3,5-dimethyloxazolidine-2,4-dione), 1,15 -pentadecalactone, pethidine (1-methyl-4-phenylpiperidine-4-carboxylate), picadex (1-piperazinacarbodithioic acid), alpha-and gamma-picolines, piperazine (diethylenediamine), piperazine-2,5-dione, piperidine, piperidone (3,3-diethyl-2,4-dioxopiperidine), piperocaine (benzoate) 3-(2-methylpiperid-1-yl)-propyl), primaquinine (8-(4-amino-1-methylbutylamino-6-methoxyquinoline), prochlorperazine (1-(3-(2-chloro-10-phenothiazinyl)-propyl) -4-methylpiperazine), procyclidine (1-cyclohexyl-1-phenyl-3-pyrrolidinopropan-1-ol), proflavin (2,8-diamioacridine), proline, promazine (10-(3-dimethyl-aminopropyl)-phenothiazine), promethazine (N-2-dimethylamino-n-propylphenothiazilla), tetrahydrofurfuryl propionate (2-propionylthiophene), propellin (2-propionylthiophene), propellin (3,5-diiodine-4-pyridone-N-acetate of N-propyl), purine, pyrantel (trans-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1-methyl-2-(2-(2-thienyl)-vinyl)-pyrimidine), pyrazine (1,4-diazine), pyrazinecarboxamide, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyridine-2-aldoxime, 2,2 '-pyridoine, alpha-pyridone (2-hydroxypyridine), gamma-pyridone, beta-pyridylcarbinol, N-2-pyridylethylenediamine, pyrimethamine (2,4-diamino-5-(para-chlorophenyl) -6-ethylpyrimidine), pyrimidine, pyrityldione (2,4-dioxo-3,3-diethyltetrahydropyridine), pyrrolidine, 2-pyrrolidone,

chelin (4,9-dimethoxy-7-methyl-5H-furo (3,2-g) (1)-benzopyran-5-one), chelinone, quinaldine (2-methylquinoline), quinoleine-2-aldehyde, quinoline-N-oxide, 2-quinolylhydrazine, 2-and 4-quinolylmethanols, quinoxaline,

P. de Girard reagent (N'-hydrazinocarbonylmethylpyridinium chloride), rhodamaging, rotenone,

Santonine oxime, serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine, 5-hydroxy-3-(beta-aminoethyl)-indole),

pentolinium tartrate (1,1 '-pentamethylenbis-(1-methylpyrrolidinium tartrate), tetrabromophenolphthalein, tetrahydrodeoxydodein, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydro-3-methyl-2-phenyl-1,4-oxazine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methylquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, tetrahydrozoline (2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthyl) -2-imidazoline), tetrayodophenoptalin, tetrayodopirol, thianthrene, thiazole, thiocrome, thiophensulfonate, O-cumarinyl and O, O-diethyl, thiopropazate (1-(2-acetoxyethyl) -4-(3-(2-chloro-10-phenothiazinyl))-piperazine), tolazoline (2-benzyl-2-imidazoline), toncylamine (N-para-methoxybenzyl-N ',-N-dimethyl-N-2-pyrimidylethylenediamine), triacetonamine, 2,4,6-and 4,5,6-triaminopyrimidines, 1-(3', 4 ', 5'-triethoxyphenyl) -6,7-dimethoxyisoquinoline, triethylenediamine (tetrahydroendoethylhydrazine), 1,4-diazabicyclo-2,2,2-octane), triethylenediophosphoramide, tryptamine, tryptophan, tris-(hydroxymethyl)-melamine, trimethazine (10-(3-(dimethylamino) -2-methylpropyl)-phenothiazine), trimethozine (4-(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)-morpholine), tripelenamine (N-benzyl-N, N '-dimethyl-N-2-pyridylethylenediamine), tripolidine (trans-2-(3-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-para-tolylpropenyl)-pyridine), trithione (1,2-dithiol-3-thione), troxidone (3,5-trimethyloxazolidine-2,4-dione),

1,4-undecalactone, umberiferone, ammonium urate,

1,4-valerolactone, N-vinylcarbazole, 2-and 4-vinylpyridines, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-vinyl-2-thiooxazoline, visnagin (5-methoxy-2-methylfuranol-3 ', 2' -6, 7) chromone),

warfarin (3-(2-acetyl-1-phenylethyl) -4-hydroxycoumarin,

xanthene, xantidrol, xanthine, xanthone, xanthopterin (2-amino-4,6-dihydroxypteridine),

2-iodothiophene, iodoxyl (diiodine-N-methylchelidamic acid), furfuryltrimethylammonium iodide

zoxazolamine (2-amino-5-chlorobenzoxazole).

29.36 Sulfamides

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetolamide (5-acetamido-1,3,4-thiodiazol-2-sulfamide), N1-acetyl-N4 -phthaloylsulfanylamide, acetylsulfadiazine, N -acetylsulfanylamide (para-acetamidobenzensulfamide), 5-N -acetylsulfanylamido-3,4-dimethylisooxazole, acetylsulfapyridine, acetylsulfatiazole,

acids: benzenesulfonylhydroxamic, para-(dichlorosulfamil)-benzoic, 4-hydroxy-4 '-(2-pyridilsulfamyl)-azobenzene-3-carboxylic, para-sulfamoylbenzoic, 4-sulfanylamidosalicyl,

2-(allylsulfamoyl)-5-chloro-4-sulfamoyl-N-(3-hydroxy-2-butenylidene)-aniline, 2-aminophenol-4-sulfamide,

bendroflumethiazide (3-benzyl-6-trifluoromethyl-3,4-dihydro-7-sulfamoyl-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide), benzenesulfamide, benzenesulphohydrazide, 1-benzenesulfon-2-nicotinohydrazide, benzthyl (3-(3-benzylthiomethyl) -6-chloro-7-sulfamoyl-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide), N4 -benzylsulfanilamide,

carbutamide (N-n-butyl-N '-sulfanyllurea), chloramine B (N-chlorobenzensulfamide sodium), chloramine T (N-chloro-para-toluensulfamide sodium) N-benzoylsulfanilamide hydrochloride, 10-(2-dimethylaminopropyl)-1-stewardenethiazine para-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, N-paraclobenzenesulfonyl-N'-n-propylurea, 5-chloro-2-methanilamidopyrimidine, N-(4-chlorophenyl-3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide), chlorophenyl (6-chloro-7-sulfamyl-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide), N-cyclohexyl-4-chloro-3-sulfamoylphthalimide, N-cyclohexyl-para-toluensulfonamide,

2 ', 4' -diaminoazobenzene-4-sulfamide, N, N-dichloro-para-toluensulfamide, 3,4-dihydro7-sulfamyl-6-trifluoromethyl-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide, 2,4-dimethoxy-6-sulfanylamido-1,3-diazine,

2-ethyl-2-sulfanylamido-1,3,4-thiadiazole,

1-phenyl-5-sulfanylamidopyrazole, formylsulfothiazole, ftalil-sulfacetamide, ftalilsulfotiazole (4 '-(2-thiazolsulfamyl)-phthalanilic acid, fursemide (4-chloro-N-furfuryl-5-sulfamoylanthranilic acid),

N' -para-isopropoxybenzoylsulfamamide,

mafenide (alpha-amino-para-toluenossulfamide), 4-methyl-2-sulfanylamidothiazole,

2-para-nitrobenzenesulfonamidothiazole,

politiazide (1,1-dioxide 6-chloro-3,4-dihydro-2-methyl-7-sulfamoyl-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylthiomethyl) -1,2,4-benzothiadiazine), probeneced (para-di-n-propylsulfamylbenzoic acid),

salicilazosulfapyridine (5-(para-(2-pyridilsulfamoyl)-phenylazo)-salicylic acid), succinylsulfanylamide, succinylsulfathiazole (2- (N4-succinylsulfanylamido) -thiazole), sulfacetamide (N1-acetylsulfanylamide), sulfadiazine (2-sulfanylamidopyrimidine, para-aminobenzenesulfamidopyrimidine), sulfamidine (4,6-dimethyl-2-sulfanylamidopyrimidine), sulfafurazole (3,4-dimethyl-5-sulfanylamidoisooxazole), sulfaguanidine (N1-guanilsulfanylamide), sulfamerazine (4-methyl-2-sulfanylamidopyrimidine), para-aminobenzenesulfamidomethylpyrimidine), sulfametiazole (5-methyl2-sulfanylamido-1,3,4-thiadiazole), para-sulfamoylbenzonitrile, para-sulfamoylbenzylamine, sulfanylamide (para-aminobenzenesulfamide), sulfamildimethylacrylamide, sulfanyl-3,4-dimethylbenzamide 2-sulfanyl-5-methylpyrimidine, sulfapyridine (2-sulfanylamidopyridine), sulfaquinoxaline (2-sulfanylamidoquinoxaline), sulfasomidine (2,4-dimethyl-6-sulfanylamidopyriol) para-aminobenzenesulfamidothiazole), sulfatiourea (para-aminobenzenesulfonylthiourea, 1-sulfanyl-2-thiourea),

toluene-ortho-and para-sulfamides, 4-toluene-para-sulfamidodylphenylamine, toluene-ortho-and para-sulfoethylamides, toluene-para-sulfonanilide, toluene-para-sulfon-n-butylanilide, toluene-para-sulfonhydrazide, paratoluenesulfonylmethylethane, tolylcyclamide (N-cyclohexyl-N '-para tolylsulfonylurea), para-tolylsulfonylmethylnitrosamide, meta-xylene-4-sulfamide.

29.37 Sultons and Sultams

This item mainly comprises the following compounds:

naphthosultama-2,4-disulfonic acid, bromophenol blue (tetrabrofenophenolsulfonphthalein), bromothymol blue (dibromotimolsulfonphthalein),

bromofenol red (dibromofenolsulfonphthalein), chlorophenol red (dichlorophenolsulfonphthalein), phenol red (phenolsulfonphthalein),

bromoresol green (tetrabrometacresolsulfonphthalein).

XI. PROVITAMINS, VITAMINS, H0RMONAS AND ENZYMES, NATURAL ETC.

29.38 Provitamins and vitamins, natural or reproduced by synthesis etc.

This consignment comprises the substances mentioned in the following subheadings

These substances remain classified in these subheadings if they are:

-oleosa stabilized;

-coated by technically appropriate auxiliary products such as gelatin, wax, fat, rubber of different classes or derivatives of cellulose;

-absorbed into silicon dioxide.

The addiction of plasticizing or anti-inflammatory products does not influence the tariff classification either.

Adsorbed products in ion exchangers are excluded from this item and are classified according to their composition and their use.

Unmixed Provitamins Even In Aqueous Solution

nicotinic acid (pyridine-beta-carboxylic acid, niazine, protvitamin PP) and its calcium and sodium salt,

7-dehydroolesterol without irradiating (provitamin D3) isoacetate, 7-dehydro-beta-sitoxterol without irradiating (provitamin D5), 22,23-dihydroergosterol without irradiating (provitamin D4) and its acetate,

ergosterol without irradiating (provitamin D2) and its acetate.

B I vitamins A

vitamin A1-acid (retinoic), vitamin A1-alcohol (axeroftol, retinol), vitamin A2-alcohol (3-dehydroaxeroftol, 3-dehydromethinol), vitamin A1-aldehyde (1-retinene, retinal), vitamin A2-aldehyde (2-retinene, 3-dehydroretinal),

acetate, palmitate, and other fatty acid esters of vitamin A.

B II vitamins B2, B3, B6, B12 and H

1. Vitamin B2

vitamin B2 (riboflavin and lactoflavin), ester5 '-orthophosphoric of riboflavin (5'-orthophosphate of riboflavin) and its salts of diethanolamine and sodium, hydroxymethylriboflavin (methylolriboflavin).

2. Vitamin B3

D-DL-pantothenic acids (D-DL-N-(alpha, gamma-dihydroxy-beta, beta-dimethylbutyril)-beta-alanine) and their calcium and sodium salts (D- and DL-pantothenates of calcium and sodium),

D-and DL-pantothenic alcohols (D-and DL-pantothenols, D-and DL-alpha, gamma-dihydroxy-N-3-hydroxypropyl)-beta, beta-dimethylbutyramide),

ethyl ether of D-pantothenol.

3. Vitamin B6 and its derivatives

pyridoxal (2-methyl-3-hydroxy-4-formyl-5-hydroxymethylpyridine), pyridoxal hydrochloride, pyridoxal esterorthophosphoric and its sodium salt,

pyridoxamine (2-methyl-3-hydroxy-4-aminoethyl-5-hydroxymethylpyridine), pyridoxamine dihydrochloride, pyridoxamine esterorthophosphoric and its sodium salt, pyridoxamine orthophosphate,

pyridoxine (adermin, pyridoxol, 2-methyl-3-hydroxy-4,5-di-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridine), pyridoxine hydrochloride, pyridoxine esterorthophosphoric and its sodium salt, orthophosphate of

pyridoxine (salt), pyridoxine tripalmitate.

4. Vitamin B12

cobalamins (e.g., cyanocobalamin, hydroxocobalamin, nitritocobalamin, sulphytocobalamin).

5. Vitamin H biotin, methyl ester of biotin.

B III vitamin B9

folinic acid (acido-5-formyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteroylglutamic), pteroyl glutanic acid (folic acid) and its sodium and calcium salts.

B IV vitamin C

L-ascorbic; acid

ascorbates of: L-arginine, calcium, magnesium, sarcosine and sodium;

L-strontium (L-ascorbo-alpha-phenylquinoline-gamma-carboxylate strontium), calcium ascorboglutamate, sodium ascorboglutamate;

calcium hypophospphytoascorbate;

ascorbilo palmitate.

B V other vitamins

1. Vitamin B1

vitamin B1 (thiamine, aneurysm);

thiaminasalicilate bromohydrate (aneurysm bromide);

chlorhydrates of iodothiamine, thiamine, thiaminasalicilate (aneurysm hydrochloride);

nicotinic ester of vitamin B1;

thiamine monohydrate;

thiamine orthophosphate (Vitamin B1 orthophosphoric ester) and its mono-and dihydrochloride and monophosphate;

thiamine-1,5 salt (aneurysm-1,5 salt, naphthalene-1,5-aneurin disulphonates);

yodhydrate of iodothiamine, iodothiamine.

2. Vitamin PP

nicotinic amide (nicothidamine, niacinamide), nicotinamide hydrochloride, nicotinomorfolide.

3. Vitamin D2

ergosterol activated or irradiated (calciferol, ergocarciferol), its acetic ester (acetate) and the other fatty acid esters.

4 Vitamin D3

7-dehydrocholesterol activated or irradiated (colecalciferol), its acetic ester (acetate) and other fatty acid esters, whether or not stabilized by cholesterol.

5. Vitamin D4

22,23-dihydroergosterol activated or irradiated.

6. Vitamin D5

7-dehydro-beta-sitoxterol activated or irradiated.

7. Vitamin E

D-and DL-alpha-tocopherols, beta-and gamma-tocopherols, tocopheryl acetate, tocoferyl acid succinate, tocopheryl succinate and polyethylene glycol, disodium salt of the orthophosphoric ester of tocopherol, tocopheryl diaminoacetate.

8. Vitamin K

vitamin K1 (phylloquinone, phytonadione, 3-phytylmenadione, 2-methyl-3-phytyl-1,4-naphthoquinone), vitamin K2 (farnoquinone, 2-methyl-3-difarnesyl-1,4-naphthoquinone), vitamin K1 -oxide (2-methyl-3-phytyl-1,4-naphthoquinone-2,3-oxide, 2-methyl-3-phythyl-2,3-epoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,4-naphthoquinone), dihydrophyloquinone (2-methyl-3-dihydro phytyl-1,4-naphthoquinone).

C I natural vitamin A + D concentrates

natural, oily or dry concentrates containing fatty acid esters of vitamin A and also vitamin D3 without added synthetic vitamins.

C II the others

natural vitamin E concentrates obtained from wheat germ oil.

D Mixtures even in solutions of any kind; non-aqueous solutions of provitamins or vitamins

Mixtures of vitamins, provitamins or concentrates; solutions (except for aqueous solutions of provitamins, vitamins or concentrates), even if they contain synthetic vitamins and any solvent in which they are dissolved (e.g. ethyl oleate, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, fatty oil), except for concentrates of subheading C; enriched C + C concentrates.

29.39 Natural hormones or reproduced by synthesis; their derivatives used, etc.

This item includes products that meet the criteria mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 29.39, first, second, third and fourth paragraphs.

These products are included in the following subheadings.

To Adrenaline

This subheading comprises the (-)-epinephrine (INN), the (+)-adrenaline (1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl) 2-methylaminoethanol) as referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 29.39, list of products, paragraph I B 1, as well as the hydrogen tartrate of epinephrine (DCIM) (hydrogenotartrate of (-)-adrenaline) and racepinephrine hydrogen tartrate (DCIM) (hydrogenotartrate of (+-)-adrenaline).

By contrast, the levartherenol, which is commonly called (-)-norepinephrine or (-)-noradrenaline (subheading 29.39 E), is not classified under this subheading.

B Insulin

This subheading includes insulin, as described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 29.39, product list, section II D 1 and insulin hydrochloride.

C I gonadotropin hormones

This subheading mainly comprises the following hormones:

gonadotropinacorionic (INN) (HCG (human gonadotrofinacorionic)), gonadotropinerinerica (INN) (PMSG (gonadotropinaserica de mares prenadas),

follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), lactogena hormone (LTH, galactin, galactogena hormone, luteotropin, mamotropin, prolactin), luteinstimulating hormone (LH, ICSH (interstitial cell stimulating hormone), luteinostimulin).

C II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following hormones:

corticotropin (INN) (ACTH (hormone adrenocorticotropa), adrenocorticotropin),

growth hormone (GH, STH (hormone), somatotropin),

thyrotropin (INN) (thyrotropa hormone, TSH (thyroid stimulating hormone).

D I cortisone (INN), hydrocortisone (INN), and its acetates; prednisone (INN), prednisolone (INN),

This subheading only comprises the following hormones:

cortisone (INN) (17alpha, 21-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione, 17alpha-hydroxy-11-dehydrocortical) and its acetate,

hydrocortisone (INN) (cortisol, 11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17alpha-hydrocortical), and its acetate,

prednisolone (INN) (1,2-dehydro-hydrocortisone, dehydrocortisol, 11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione),

prednisone (DCI) (dehydrocortisone, 17alpha, 21-dihydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,11,20-trione).

D II the others

This subheading includes, in addition to the esters of cortisone and hydrocortisone other than acetates, the esters of prednisone (dehydrocortisone) and prednisolone (1,2-dehydro-hydrocortisone) and the halogenated derivatives of cortisone and hydrocortisone, mainly the following hormones:

21-acetate aldosterone (DCIM), betamethasone 21-acetate (DCIM), chloroprednisone 21-acetate (DCIM), deoxymortone acetate (DCIM), dexamethasone 21-acetate (DCIM), fluorocortisone 21-acetate (DCIM), methylprednisolone 21-acetate (DCIM), paramethasone 21-acetate (DCIM), prednisolone 21-acetate (DCIM), prednenolone acetate (DCIM), prednenolone acetate (DCIM) (20-oxopregn-5-ene-3-beta-yl acetate, 3,11,20-trioxopregn- 4-ene-21-yl acetate), fluclorolone acetonide (INN) (9alpha, 11beta-dichloro-6alpha-fluoro-21-hydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha -isopropylidenedioxypregna 1,4-diene-3,20-dione), adrenosterone (androstenotrione, andro4-ene-3,11,17-trione), aldosterone (INN) (11beta, 21-dihydroxy-3,20-dioxopregn-4-eno-18-al),

17benzoate of betamethasone (DCIM), betamethasone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta-17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16beta-methylpregn-1-4-diene-3,20 -dione, 9alpha-fluoro-16beta-methylprednisolone),

hydrocortamate hydrochloride (DCIM), chloroprednisone (INN) (6alpha-chloro-17alpha, 21-dihydroxypregn-1,4-diene-3,11,20-trione), clocortolone (INN) (9alpha-chloro-6alpha-fluoro-11beta, 21-dihydroxy-16alpha-methylpregn-1,4-diene-3,20 -dione), corticosteroids (11beta, 21-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione),

11-dehydrocorticoids (21-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione), deprodone (INN) (11beta, 17alpha-dihydroxypregn-1,4-diene-3,20-dione) (desolone), desonide (INN), deoxychortone (INN) (deoxycorticalcide, cortical hormone, 21-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), dexamethasone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16alpha-methylpregn-1,4-diene-3,20 -dione, 9alpha-fluoro-16alpha-methylprednisolone), 16alpha, 21-diacetate of triamcinolone (DCIM), difloorasone diacetate (DCIM), betamethasone diacetate (DCIM),

prednisolone stearate (INN) (21-0-stearoylglycolate prednisolone),

21-(3-phenylpropionate) dexamethasone (DCIM), fludrocortisone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), flumetasone (INN) (6alpha, 9alpha-difluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16alpha-methylpregn-1,4-diene -3,20-dione), fluocinolone (INN) (6alpha, 9alpha-difluoro-11beta, 16alpha, 17alpha, 21-tetrahydroxypregn-1,4-diene-3,20 -dione), fluocinolone acetonide (INN) (6alpha, 9alpha-difluoro-11beta, 21-dihydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha -isopropylidenedioxypregna, 6alpha, 9alpha-difluoro-16alpha) -hydroxypregdnisolone-16,17-acetonide), fluocynonide (INN) (21-acetate of fluocinolone acetonide), fluocortolone (INN) (6alpha-fluoro-11beta-21-dihydroxy-16alpha-methylpregn-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, methylfluorodehydrocorcorticyl), fluorometholone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha-dihydroxy-6alpha-methylpregn-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21-deoxy-9alpha-fluoro-6alpha-methylprednisolone), 9alpha-fluoro-prednisolone (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione), fluprednidene (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16-methylenpregn-1,4-diene-3,20 -dione), fluprednisolone (INN) (6alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregna 1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 6alpha-fluoro-prednisolone), flurandrenolone (INN) (6alpha-fluoro-11beta, 16alpha, 17alpha, 21-tetrahydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), formocortal (INN) (21-acetate of 3-(2-chloroethoxy) -9alpha-fluoro-6-formyl-11beta, 21-dihydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha -isopropylidenedioxypregna), 21-(disodium phosphate) of dexamethasone (DCIM), 21-(disodium phosphate) of prednisolone 21-D-deoxycortone glycoside (DCIM),

halcinonide (INN) (21-chloro-9alpha-fluoro-11beta-hydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha-isopropylidenedioxypregn-4 -ene-3,20-dione), tetracacoactide hexaacetate (DCIM), triamcinolone hexaetonide (DCI), hydrocortamate (INN) (21-(N, N-diethylglycinate) hydrocortisone) (21-diethylaminoacetate), dexamethasone (DCIM), 9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 21-dihydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha-isopropylidenedioxypregna, hydrocortisone hydrogen succinate (DCIM), 21-hydrogen succinate Prednisolone (DCIM),

isoflupredone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione), 21-isonicotinate dexamethasone (DCIM),

6- (beta-lactoon) -D-glucoside deoxycorticide,

2-methylhydrocortisone (11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-2beta-methylpregn-4-ene -3,20-dione), 6alpha-methylhydrocortisone (11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-6alpha-methylpregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), methylprednisolone (INN) (6alpha-methylprednisolone, 11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-6alpha-methylpregne1,4-diene-3,20-dione),

parametasone (INN) (6alpha-fluoro-11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16alpha-methylpregna-1,4-dieno3,20 -dione, 6alpha-fluoro-16alpha-methylprednisolone), deoxymortone pivalate (DCIM), dexamethasone 21-pivalate (DCIM), flumetasone 21-pivalate (DCIM), prednisolone 21-pivalate (DCIM), prednisolamate (DCI) (21-diethylaminoacetate of prednisolone), prednisylene (INN) (11beta, 17alpha, 21-trihydroxy-16-methylenpregna, 16-methylenprednisolone), prednenolone (INN) (3beta-hydroxypregn-5-ene-20-one),

21-(sodium succinate) hydrocortisone (DCIM), 21-(sodium sulfate) dexamethasone (DCIM), 21-(sodium sulfate) hydrocortisone (DCIM),

tetraacetyl-beta-D-glucoside of deoxycorticide, triamcinolone (INN) (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 16alpha, 17alpha, 21-tetrahydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 9alpha-fluoro-16alpha-hydroxyprednisolone), triamcinolone acetonide (9alpha-fluoro-11beta, 21-dihydroxy-16alpha, 17alpha-isopropylidenedioxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione).

Other hormones and other steroids

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds: amadidone acetate (DCIM) (6-chloro-3,20-dioxo-19-norpregna-4,6-diene-17-yl acetate), androsterone acetate, chlormadinone acetate (DCIM), clostebol acetate (DCIM), delmadinone acetate (DCIM), estradiol 3-acetate (DCIM) (3-acetate of estradiol-17beta), 17-acetate of flugestone (DCIM), hydroxyprogesterone acetate (DCIM), medroxyprogesterone acetate (DCIM), medroxyprogesterone acetate (DCIM), melengestrol acetate (DCIM), acetate norethisterone (DCIM), pentagestrone acetate (DCIM) (3-cyclopentyloxy-20-oxopregna-3,5-diene-17alpha-yl acetate), allylenediol (INN) (17alpha-alloestr-4-ene-17-beta-ol), 2-amino-1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-ethanol (DL-noradrenaline), 5alpha-androstan-3,17-dione, androstanolone (INN) (stanolone, dihydrotestosterone, 17beta-hydroxy-5alpha-androstan-3-one),

androstenediols: androst-5-eno-3beta, 17beta-diol (3beta, 17beta-dihydroxyandrost-5-ene),

androst-5-ene-3beta, 17alpha-diol (3beta, 17alpha-dihydroxyandrost-5-ene);

androst-4-ene-3,17-dione, androsterone (3alpha-hydroxy-5alpha-androstan-17-one), androst-5-ene-3beta, 17beta-diol, androsterone benzoate, estradiol benzoate (INN) (3-benzodt of estradiol-17beta), strona benzoate (DCIM), testosterone benzoate (DCIM),

bolasterone (INN) (17beta-hydroxy-7alpha, 17alpha-dimethylandrost-4-ene-3-one), boldenone (INN) (17beta-hydroxyandrosta-1,4-diene-3-one),

calcitonin (INN) (TCA (tirolocalcitonin)), calicqueen (caleona, vascormona), calusterone (INN) (7beta, 17-dimethyltestosterone), chlormadinone (INN) (6-chloro-17alpha-hydroxypregna-4,6-diene-3,20-dione, 6-chloro-6-dehydro-17alpha-hydroxyprogesterone), clostebol (INN) (4-chloro-17beta-hydroxyandrost-4-ene-3-one), 3-cyclohexylpropionate testosterone (DCIM),

delamadinone (INN) (6-chloro-17alpha-hydroxypregna-1,4,6-triene-3,20-dione), di (acetate) of androst-5-ene-3beta, 17alpha-diol, di (acetate) of ethinol (DCIM), dihydroandrosterone (5alpha-androstane-3alpha, 17beta-diol), oxytocin dihydrogen-treatment (DCIM), dimethysterone (DCI), beclomethasone dipropionate (DCIM), methandriol dipropionate (DCIM), estradiol diundecanoate (DCIM), drostonolone (INN) (17beta-hydroxy-2alpha-methyl-5alpha-androstan-3-one), didrogesterone (INN) (9beta-10alpha-pregna-4,6-diene-3,20-dione),

edogestrone (INN), methenolone enantate (DCIM), norethisterone enantate (DCIM), testosterone enantate (DCIM), equilenine (3-hydroxyestra-1,3,5 (10), 6,8-pentaen-17-one), equiline (3-hydroxyestra-1,3,5 (10), 7-tetraen-17-one), estradiol (DCI) (dihydrofoliculin, estra-1,3,5 (10) -triene-3,17beta-diol), estriol (INN) (teelol, foliculin hydrate, estra-1,3,5 (10) -triene-3,16alpha, 17beta-triol), estrone (INN) (estrin, teelina, foliculin, alpha-follicular hormone, 3-hydroxyestra-1,3,5 (10)-trien-17-one), ethinylestradiol (INN) (17alpha-ethinylestradiol, 17alpha-ethinylestra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-3,17beta-diol), ethisterone (INN) (17alpha-ethinyltestosterone, pregeninolone, anhydrohydroxyprogesterone, 17alpha-ethinyl-17beta-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one), ethylenediol (INN) (17alpha-ethylestr-4-en-17beta-ol), ethinodiol (INN) (17alpha-ethinylestr-4-ene-3beta, 17beta-diol),

flugestone (INN) (9alpha-fluor-11beta, 17alpha-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), fluoxysterone (INN) (9alpha-fluor-11beta, 17beta-dihydroxy-17alpha-methylandrost-4-en-3-one, 9alpha-fluor-11beta-hydroxy-17methyltestosterone),

gestonorone (INN) (17beta-ethyl-17alpha-hydroxyestr-4-ene-3,20-dione), glucagon (INN) (HGF (hyperglycemic glycogen factor)),

3,20-dioxopregn-4-en-17alpha-yl hexanoate, levartherenol hydrogen tartrate (DCIM), 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methylestr-4-en-3-one, hydroxyprogesterone (INN) (17alpha-hydroxyprogesterone, 17alpha-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione)

testosterone isobutyrate (DCIM),

nandrolone laurate (DCIM), lavarteenoI (INN) ((-)-norepinephrine, (-)-noradrenaline, (-) -2-amino-1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-ethanol), levothyroxine sodium (INN) (L-thyroxine, sodium salt), lyotyroonin sodium (DCIM), linpremiol (INN) (17alpha-ethinylestr-4-en-17beta-ol, 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-ethinyl-19nor-4-androstene), lipresin (INN),

medroxyprogesterone (INN) (17alpha-hydroxy-6alpha-methylpregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 6alpha-methyl-17alpha-hydroxyprogesterone), megestrol (INN) (17alpha-hydroxy-6-methylpregn-4,6-diene-3,20-dione), melengestrol (INN) (17alpha-hydroxy-6-methyl-16methylenpregna-4,6-diene-3,20-dione), methanolone (INN) (17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methyl-5alpha-androthan-3-one, 17alpha-methylandrostanolone), mesterolone (INN) (17beta-hydroxy-1alpha-methyl-5-alpha-androstan-3-one), mestranol (INN) (17alpha-ethinyl-3-methoxiestra-1,3,5 (10)-trien-17beta-ol, 17alpha-ethinyl-17beta-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1,3,5 (10)-estratriene), methandienone (INN) (methandrostenolone, 1-dehydro-17alfamethyltestosterone, 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methylandrosta-1,4-dien-3-one), methenolone (INN) (methylandrostenolone, 17beta-hydroxy-1-methyl-5alpha-androst-1-en-3-one), metandriol (INN) (17alpha-methylandrost-5-en-3beta, 17beta-diol), methylnortestosterone (normetandrone, methylpremiolone, 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methylestr-4-en-3-one, 17beta-methyl-19-nortestosterone), 17alpha-methylestradiol (17alpha-methylestra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-3,17beta-diol), methyltestosterone (INN) (17alpha-methyltestosterone, 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methylandrost-4-en-3-one),

nandrolone (INN) (nortestosterone, 17beta-hydroxyestr-4-en-3-one, 17beta-hydroxy-19-norandrost-4-en-3-one) norethandrolone (INN) (17alpha-ethyl-17beta-hydroxyestr-4-ene-3-one, 17alphaethyl-19-nortestosterone, 17alpha-ethyl-17beta-hydroxy-19norandrost-4-en-3-one), norstysterone (INN) (noretindrone, 17alpha-ethinyl-17beta-hydroxyestr-4-ene-3-one, 17alpha-ethinyl-19-nortestosterone, 17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-ethinyl-19-norandrost-4-en-3-one), norethinnel (INN) (17alphaetinyl-17beta-hydroxy-estr-5 (10)-en-3-one), norgestrel (INN) (ettilethinylnortestosterone, 13beta-ethyl-17alpha-ethinyl-17beta-hydroxigon-4-en-3-one, DL-17beta-hydroxy-13beta-ethyl-17alpha-ethinylgon-4-en-3-one),

oxabolone (INN) (4,17beta-dihydroxyestr-4-en-3-one, 4beta-hydroxy-19-nortestosterone), oxysterone (INN) (4,17beta-dihydroxy-17alpha-methylandrost-4-en-3-one, 4-hydroxy-17alpha-methyltestosterone), oxymetholone (INN) (17beta-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethylene-17alpha-methyl-5alpha-androstan-3-one, 2-hydroxymethylene-17alpha-methylandrostanolone), oxytocin (INN) (alpha-hypofamin, octocin, pitocin),

parathhormone, prästerone (INN) (androstenolone, 3beta-hydroxyandrost-5-en-17-one) and its acetate, progesterone (INN) (alpha and beta-progesterone, lutestable, pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione), drostanolone propionate (DCIM), testosterone propionate (DCIM),

quinestradol (INN) (3-cyclopentyloxyestra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-16alpha, 17beta-diol), quinestrol (INN) (3-cyclopentyloxy-17alpha-ethinylestra-1,3,5 (10)-trien-17beta-ol), quingestrone (INN) (3-cyclopentyloxypregn-3,5-dien-20-one)

Sodium sulfate of Strona (DCIM),

vasopressin tanate (DCIM), testosterone (INN) (17beta-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one) -L-(levothyroxine (INN) and DL-thyroxins (2-amino-3-(4-(hydroxy-3,5-diiodophenoxy) -3,5diiodophenyl)-propionic acid, 3,5,3 ', 5'-tetrayode tyroonin), thiomesterone (INN) (1alpha, 7alpha-bis (acetylthio) -17beta-hydroxy-17alpha-methylandrost-4-en-3-one), L-(liotyronine (INN) and DL-3,5,31-triiodothyronines (2-amino-3-(4-(4-hydroxy-3-iodophenoxy) 3,5-diiodophenyl) propionic acid),

undec-10-enoate of boldenone (DCIM), estradiol undecylate (INN),

17-valerate of estradiol (DCIM), vasopressin (INN) (beta-hypofamin, pitressin).

XII. VEGETABLE, NATURAL OR REPRODUCED HETEROSIDES AND ALKALOIDS.

29.41 Heterosides, natural or reproduced by synthesis of their salts, ethers, esters etc,

To Digital Heterosids

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

acetylditoxin, acetyldigoxin, acetylgitoxin,

deacetyl-lanatoside A, B, C and D, digifolein, diginatin, diginin, digipurpurine, "digitalinum verum" and " d. germanicum ", digitonin, digitoxin, digoxin,

gypsy, gitaloxin, gitonin, gitoxin, glucoverdoxine,

lanafolein, lanatoside A, B, C, and D,

tigonine,

verdoxine.

B Glicirricin and glycyrrhizates

This subheading only comprises glycirricin and glycyrrhizates (e.g., ammonium glycyrrhizate).

C Routine and its derivatives

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

the routine and its esters, as well as methylol and ethylolroutine and the sodium salt of the routine ether.

D Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

adonidine, adonidoside, adonitoxin, adonivernosida, alloins (e.g., barbaloin), tonsilamine, arbutine,

benzylidene-beta-D-glycoside of podrofilotoxin,

convalamarine, convalatoxin, convaleside, cimarin (k-stroffanthin-alpha), cimarol,

escylarene A and B, escin, esculin, g-stroffanthin (uabaine), h-estrophanthin, k-estrophanthin (k-strophantoside),

gentiamarine, gratioline, gratiotoxin,

helebrin, hesperidine,

oleandrine (folinerine),

chelolglucoside (guelinin), guilaya saponin,

salicin, sarsasaponin, senoside A, and B, sinigrin,

tevetin,

uzarene, uzarina.

29.42 Plant, natural or reproductive alkaloids by synthesis, their salts, etc.

To Il others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

Total alkaloids of opium (concentrated opium), apomorphine,

benzilmorphine,

1-(3,4-diethoxybenzyl) -6,7-diethoxyisoquinoline hydrochloride, codeine, cotargirl hydrochloride,

diacetylmorphine, dihydrodein, dihydrodeinone, dihydrodesoximorphine, dihydromethylmorphinone, dihydromyorphine, dihydromyorfinone,

ethylmorphine,

hydrotarnina,

laudamaging,

morphine,

narcein, narco-tin,

oxocodona (dihydrohydroxycodeinone),

papaverine,

tebacona (acetate of the enol form of the dihydrodeinone).

B II the others

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

quinine carbonate, cinconidine, cinconine, cuprein,

quinine ethylcarbonate, hydroquinidine, hydroquinine,

quinidine, quinidine and its salts.

C II a) raw cocaine

This subheading only includes raw cocaine, a mixture of various ecgonine derivatives, the commercial product of which contains approximately 80 to 94% of cocaine.

C lV ephedrine and its salts

This subheading mainly comprises the 1-, d1-and pseudo-ephedrines.

C V theobromine and its derivatives

This subheading only comprises theobromine and its derivatives (e.g. sodium theobromine, L- (beta-hydroxypropyl) -theobromine and double compounds as theobromine salicylate and sodium).

C VII Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

lysergic acid, aconitine, ajmaline, anabasin, anhalonine, apoatropine, arecoline, atropine,

belladonine, berbamine, berberine, boldina, benzyl ester bromoethylate of 6-methoxytropin, brucine, bulbocapnina,

canadine, capsaicin, cefelina, cevadin, 7-(2-(1-methyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethylamino)-ethyl)-theophylline, 8-chlorotheophylline, tubocurarin chloride, colquicin, coniin, C-coumarins, curind, cytisin.

hydrophenated derivatives of the alkaloids of rye, dihydroergotamine,

egorcornina, ergocrystine, ergometrine (ergosina, ergonovine), ergosin, ergotamine, escopolamine (hyoscine), spartein, strychnina,

fisostigmine,

gelsemin,

harmina, homatropin, hydrazine, hydrastinin, hydrohydrastinin, hygrine, hyoscyamine,

isopylocarpin,

jatrorizine, jervina,

lobeline,

maleate of 1-methyl-lysergic acid butanolamide, methylergotasin maleate, mescaline,

methanesulfonates of: dihydroergocornina, dihydroergocrystine, dihydroergochriptin, dihydroergotoxin,

N-methylamphetamine (deoxyephedrine, 1-phenyl-2-methylaminopropane), methylefedrine, methylergometrine (methylergonovine),

nicotine, noephedrine (1-and d1-noephedrine, 2-amino-1-phenyl-1-propanol), nor-seudo-ephedrine (treo-2-amido-1-phenyl-1-propanol),

oxohydrastinin, oxyacanthin,

palmatin, peletierin, pilocarpin, piperin,

chelidon,

reserpine and other alkaloids of rawolfia, ricinin,

serpentine, solanine,

tomatin, tropin (cropan-3-ol), tropinone,

vasicin (peganin), veratrin (natural alkaloid mixture),

yohimbine.

XIII. OTHER ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

29.43 Chemically pure sugars, with the exception of sucrose, glucose and lactose; etc.

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1. chemically pure sugars among which can be cited:

arabinosa,

celobious,

digitoxa,

futhing,

galactose,

levulose (frutose) lixosa,

maltose, melectose, mellibiose,

pectinose,

ribose,

sorbose,

trehalose, turnosa,

xylose,

2. Sugar ethers and esters and their salts, for example:

sucrose acetate, sucrose acetisobutyrate,

phosphoric esters of sugars,

fructose phosphates,

glucose phosphates for example:

1-phosphate glucose (Cori ester),

6-phosphate glucose (Robison ester)

and its salts (e.g., barium and potassium),

hydroxypropylsucrose,

octoacetate of sucrose.

29.44 Antibiotics

A Penicillins

This subheading comprises all the penicillins, that is, all the active antibiotic compounds that present in their molecule the skeleton-called penine or 6-aminopenicillanic acid-of a beta-lactam of the 4-carboxy-5-dimethyl-2-thiazolidine-alpha-aminoacetic acid, in which the amino group of the lactam nucleus is bound to organic acids by an amidic bond. The structure of these acids, as well as the salification or other substitutions in the carboxylic group of the thiazolidine core, lack any influence on the classification. However, the skeleton "penine" cannot be modified in any other way. Examples of penicillins: benzylpenicilin-sodium (phenacetylpene-sodium), n-carboxyhexenylpenine-sodium), biosynthetic penicillin and delayed penicillins, such as penicillin-procaine and dipenicilin-benzatin, may be cited as examples.

B Chloranfenicol

This cmprende, in addition to chloramphenicol (cf. The explanatory note to the NCCA, heading 29.44, paragraph 4), the derivatives, such as palmitate and chloramphenicol succinate.

C Other antibiotics

This subheading mainly comprises the following compounds:

1. dihydrostreptomycin, streptomycin (N-methyl-1-glucosaminidostreptosodium streptidine), mannosidostreptomycin, as well as its salts (e.g. sulfates and pantothenates),

2. Limic acid (5-hydroxy2-(hydroxymethyl) -1,4-pyrone), actidione, actinomycetin, actinomycin, azaserine,

bacitracin,

cephaloridine, cephalosporin, chlorotetracycline, D-cicloserine,

erythromycin, streptotricin,

framicetin, fthiocol (2-hydroxy-3-methyl-1,4-naphthoquinone),

gentamicin, gramicidin,

hetacillin (6-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-4-phenyl-1-imidazolidinyl)-penicillanic acid),

neomycin, novobiona,

oleandomycin, oxytetracycline,

polymyxin B,

rifamiines,

tetracycline, tyrocydine, thyrotricin,

viomycin.

29.45 Other organic compounds

In addition to the compounds mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 29.45, this item comprises, for example:

1. Metal alcoholates (for example, titanium alcoholates-sometimes referred to as alkyl-and zirconium titanates-sometimes referred to as alkyl-), aluminium ethylate (aluminium ethylalcoholate), sodium methylate;

2. clathtreatment (e.g. hydroquinone and sulphur dioxide and diethanolamine and sulphur dioxide);

3. quinhydrone.

CHAPTER 30

PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS

30.01 Glands and other organs for opoterapic, desiccated, even pulverized uses, etc.

Glands and other organs, dried

In addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 30.01, paragraph A, the pituitary gland and the thyroid gland, for example, are classified under this subheading.

B Other

They are mainly classified under this subheading, in addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 30.01, paragraphs B and C:

1. human albumin obtained by fractionation of the plasma of total human blood and prepared for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes;

2. human gamaglobulin obtained by fractionation of plasma from total human blood, containing the antibodies of normal adults and prepared for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes;

3. the human blood in sealed ampoules;

4. The intrinsic factor (purified extracts of the pig hair muses, dried).

This subheading does not include the products mentioned as excluded from heading 30.01 in the NCCA explanatory notes, as well as the preparations based on natural honey and actual jelly (heading 21.07), human gamaglobulin prepared for purposes other than therapeutic or prophylactic purposes (heading 35.04), or chilled or frozen placental tissues, even in sterile containers (heading 05.14).

30.02 Specific people or immunized animals; microbial vaccines, toxins, etc.

To Sera and Vaccines

This subheading includes the products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 30.02, paragraphs A and B 1.

It does not include, in particular, reagents intended for the determination of groups or blood factors (heading 30.05) and isotonic solutions based on sodium chloride, polyvinylpyrrolidone or dextran (heading 30.03).

B Microorganisms cultures

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 30.02, paragraph B, 3).

C The others

With the exception of serums, vaccines and micro-organism cultures, this subheading includes the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 30.02. It is necessary to specify that the reagents of microbial origin for the diagnosis are understood here, even if they are designed to be used in the patient.

Also classified under this subheading as "other similar products", the "concurrent parasites", which are used in the treatment of certain diseases, such as the malaria parasite (Plasmodium) and the Tripanosoma cruci.

30.03 Medicines used in medicine or in a vein

The drugs, for the purpose of this consignment, are defined in Note 1 to Chapter 30 and specified in the NCCA explanatory notes.

It is excluded from this heading, for example, liquid dressings presented in aerosol-type containers, which allow the wounds to be coated with a generally transparent protective film (heading 30.04).

A Unconditioned for retail

This consignment includes medicinal products for human or veterinary medicine without conditioning for retail sale, that is to say, that they do not have, even if presented in the form of a dose (see in this respect the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 30.03, paragraph B (a)), the conditioning characteristics indicated for the medicinal products of subheading 30.03 B.

However, in this subheading, the samples of medicinal products presenting a packaging similar to that of the medicinal products for retail sale are classified, but are essentially distinguished by the fact that the immediate continent and the outer packaging bear a label with indelible characters with the indication 'free medical sample' or any other of the same range. The amount of product contained in each individual package may be lower than that of the smallest packages used for retail sale.

A I containing iodine or iodine compounds

Medicines are classified under this subheading:

-consisting of a mixture of products in which one at least is iodine or an inorganic or organic iodine compound; or

-constituted by iodine or an inorganic or organic iodine compound, without mixing, even in aqueous solution, if presented in dosage form.

Among the drugs that are classified in this subheading, the products can be cited in the form of solutions; ointments, suppositories, powder, granules, tablets, capsules and the like (for example, iodine tincture, that is, an alcoholic solution of iodine and potassium iodide, the powders to sprinkle with iodoform, with yodoclorohydroxyquinoline, the tablets based on the calcium and iron yodobehenate, and with the base of the hexatetramethylenetetramine.

Also classified in this subheading are preparations in which the medicinal products are made up of vitamins and hormones containing combined iodine, such as iodothiamine and its salts, thyroxine, triiodothyronine and its sodium salts.

Non-classified in this subheading, the opacifying preparations for radiological examinations and diagnostic reagents designed to be used on the patient containing iodine or iodine compounds (heading 30.05).

30.03

A) containing penicillin, streptomycin or derivatives of these products

This subheading includes; except those containing iodine or iodine compounds, the medicinal products:

-consisting of a mixture of products, of which one at least is a penicillin, a streptomycin or a derivative of these antibiotics; or

-consisting of a penicillin, a streptomycin or a derivative of these unmixed antibiotics, even in dissolution or in aqueous dispersion, if presented as a dose.

For the application of this subheading, the following definitions shall apply:

1. penicillin and its derivatives: the products referred to in the explanatory notes of subheading 29.44 A;

2. streptomycin and its derivatives: streptomycin, as well as manosidostreptomycin, dihydrostreptomycin, its salts (mainly sulphates and pantothenates) and other derivatives, mainly streptomycin sulphate and isonicotinylhydrazine as well as the chlorocalcium complex of streptomycin.

The associations of penicillins and streptomicines are also included in this subheading.

Medicines of this subheading may be presented in all pharmaceutical forms (injectable solutions, syrups, powder, tablets, ointments, ointments, and the like).

A) 1 containing penicillin or its derivatives

Medicines containing, in addition to penicillin or one of its derivatives, streptomycin or one of its derivatives are classified under this subheading.

A II (b) not expressed

Among the drugs that are classified in this subprtide, they can be cited:

1. pharmaceutical preparations called galenics of the type listed in the official pharmacopoeias;

2. medicinal products based on alkaloids or heterosides or their derivatives;

3. medicinal products based on opoterapic, vitamin or hormone products;

4. medicines based on antibiotics, other than those mentioned in subheading 30.03 to II a), of sulfamides, etc.

The contraceptives presented as tablets for use by mouth are also classified in this subheading.

B Conditioned for retail

This subheading includes medicinal products for human or veterinary medicine, consisting of mixed or unmixed products when they are put up for retail sale (see in this respect the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 30.03, paragraph B b). They are usually presented in containers or containers in which they are sold directly to users (private individuals, doctors, veterinarians, dentists, hospitals, etc.) and without any other reconditioning.

Drugs presented in packaging for long-term treatments, as well as for hospitals and similar collectivities are also included here. In this case, a large number of unit drugs are contained in the packaging, in which the long-term treatment or the treatment of the treatment of the hospitals is generally mentioned.

The fact that, for example, antibiotics, hormones or lyophilized products, which are presented in ampoules or bottles, for example, in ampoules or in flasks, must be added to either apirogenic water or other solvent prior to administration, it does not entail the exclusion of this subheading.

They are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheading 30.03 A, mainly:

1. medicinal products, even in doses, presented in packages containing relatively large quantities and which cannot be sold to users without reconditioning;

2. medicinal products in tablets, capsules and suppositories, for example, placed between thin sheets of paper or metal or contained by units in sachets of plastic material, but which must still be placed in a determined number of units in the containers or containers for retail sale;

3. the samples of medicinal products (see explanatory note for subheading 30.03 A).

B I containing iodine or iodine compounds

The explanatory note for subheading 30.03 A I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II a) containing penicillin, streptomycin or derivatives of these products

The explanatory note of subheading 30.03 A II a) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II b) not expressed.

The explanatory note of subheading 30.03 A II (b) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 31

CREDITS

31.02 Mineral or nitrogenous Chemicals

A Natural Sodium Nitrate

It is recalled that in order to classify it under this subheading, it is not sufficient that natural sodium nitrate contains 16.3% or less nitrogen, it must also satisfy the conditions determined by the competent authorities; failing that, it shall be classified under subheading 31.02 C.

31.03 Mineral or Phosphate Chemicals

A I superphosphates

You must refer to the NCCA explanatory notes, item 31.03, paragraph A, 3).

31.05 Other fertilizers; products of this chapter that are presented in tablets, pills, etc.

To Other Fertilizers

the expressions "containing the three fertilizer elements, etc." or " containing the two fertilizer elements, etc. . ', of this subheading, it is necessary to interpret them in the sense that the specified elements are in sufficient quantities to produce a real fertilising action and not simply as impurities and that these elements are present in the form of inorganic or organic compounds of mineral, vegetable or animal origin.

Nitrogen may be contained in the form of nitrates, ammonium salts, urea, calcium cyanamide or other organic compounds.

Phosphate is generally contained, in the form of phosphate more or less soluble or rarely, in organic form.

Potassium is contained in the form of salts (carbonate, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, etc.).

In trade the nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content is indicated respectively by N, P2 O5, K2 0.

A I have the three fertilizer elements: nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium

The fertilisers described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 31.05 paragraphs B and C, shall be classified under this subheading provided that they contain the three fertilising elements nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. They are sometimes called in the trade "NPK fertilizers".

Doubles of aluminium and of potassium of defined chemical composition are excluded from this subheading (subheading 28.48 B II).

A II (b) containing phosphates and nitrates

fertilisers containing at the same time nitrates and phosphates with any cation, including ammonium, but with the exception of potassium, are classified under this subheading.

The product described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 31.05, paragraph B, 2), but obtained without the addition of potassium salts, is an example of fertilisers belonging to this subheading.

A II (c) others

Included in this subheading:

1. mixtures of mineral salts containing phosphates with any cation (excluding potassium) and ammonium salts other than nitrates;

2. Phosphonitrogenic fertilisers in which nitrogen is present in a form other than nitric or ammoniacal nitrogen, i.e. in the form of calcium cyanamide, urea, or other organic compounds;

3. Phosphonitrogenous fertilisers of the types described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 31.05, paragraph C.

A III b) others

With the exception of fertilizers classified in subpdrtide 31.05 A III a) and potassium nitrate (subheading 28.39 B II), all fertilizers containing the nitrogen and potassium elements without phosphorus are classified in this subheading.

A IV a) with a nitrogen content exceeding 10% by weight

nitrogenous fertilisers (without phosphorus or potassium), other than those classified under headings 31.01 and 31.02, with a nitrogen content of more than 10% by weight, are classified under this subheading.

A IV b) others

They are classified in this heading:

1. Nitrogenous fertilisers (without phosphorus or potassium), other than those classified under headings 31.01 and 31.02, with a nitrogen content of 10% or less by weight; all fertilizers containing the elements of phosphorus and potassium (with the exception of potassium phosphates of a defined chemical composition of heading 28.40);

3. all other fertilisers with a single main fertilising element, other than those classified under headings 31.01 to 31.04, that is, in general, the fertilisers described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 31.05, paragraph C.

B Products of this chapter which are presented in tablets, tablets and similar forms or in packages of a maximum gross weight of 10 kg.

The terms "similar forms" apply to products presented in unit elements that have been shaped to constitute doses. Therefore, fertilisers presented in the current industrial forms (granulated, for example) are not considered to be similar.

CHAPTER 32

TANNING AND DYEING EXTRACTS; TANNINS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES; ETC.

Note 4 It should be noted that both the word "dissolutions" used in this Note, and the word "solutions" used in Note 3 (a) to Chapter 39 also include colloidal solutions.

32.01 Tanning extracts of plant origin: tannins (tannic acids), including tannin etc.

To I of mimosa

The curtient extractor of mimosa is obtained from the bark of different species of acacias (mainly Acacia decurrens, A. pycnantha and A. mollissima):

The catten, extracted from the acacia catecu, is classified under subheading 32.04 A I.

A III of juice, of valonea, oak or chestnut

The walloon is the dome of the acorns of some species of oaks (for example, of genus Quercus vallonea).

A IV the others

This sub-item comprises, mainly:

1. extracts from the bark of fir, mangle, eucalyptus, willow and birch;

2. wood extracts of tizerah and urunday (Astronium balansae Engl.);

3. extracts of the fruits of myrobalane and of dividivi;

4. extracts from the leaves of the gambir.

Agalla nut extracts are classified under subheading 32.01 B.

32.04 Plant-based colouring matter (including extracts of wood and other

)

A II extracts of Persia seeds and extracts of grance; cake

Extracts from some varieties of Persia seeds are not primarily used as colorants and are therefore not classified under this subheading. This mainly occurs with extracts of seeds of the variety Rhamnus cathartica which are used for medicinal purposes and which are classified by this fact in subheading 13.03 A VIII a).

32.05 Synthetic organic dyes; synthetic organic products of the class etc.

To synthetic organic colouring matters

Synthetic organic colouring matters mixed or not, whether or not standardised, with inert mineral substances, but containing only small quantities of surfactants or other auxiliary products to facilitate fibre dyeing, are classified in this subheadings. explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 32.05, paragraphs A and B).

B Preparations referred to in Note 3 to this Chapter

The products described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 32.05, paragraphs C and D, are classified under this subheading.

The synthetic organic colorants described in subheading 32.05 A are also classified under this subheading, where significant quantities (generally weighing in weight) of surfactants or other auxiliary products of the dyeing or adjuvants have been added to it.

These products are mainly used in the dyeing or manufacture of textile printing preparations.

Such is the case, mainly, of preparations for dyeing or stamping commonly known as "dispersed colorants" (disperse dyes), presented in liquid or solid state.

32.07 Other colouring matters; inorganic products of the kind used as etc.

Other colouring matters

Nucleic pigments, that is, the pigments in which each grain is constituted by a core of inert matter (usually of silica) and which by special technical procedures, has been coated with a layer of inorganic colorants, are classified in the heading relative to the constitutive matter of the coating layer.

For example, the pigments of the aforementioned type in which the coating layer is constituted by a basic silico-romate of lead, are classified in subheading 32.07 A V; when the coating layer is constituted by copper borate or calcium plumbate, they are classified in subheading 32.07 A VI b), and so on.

A) molybdenum reds

This subheading comprises the red or orange colouring matter consisting of mixed crystals of lead molybdate, lead chromate and, generally, lead sulphate.

A V b) others

In this subheading are also included as pigments based on chromates, the mixed crystals of sulphate and of lead chromate, of barium, zinc or strontium.

A VI a) magnetite

This subheading comprises the finely ground magnetite.

It is considered finely ground when 95% or more by weight passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.045 millimeters.

A VI b) not expressed

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. The fanning dyestuffs, that is to say, the natural colouring lands added of small quantities of organic or inorganic colouring matters (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, item 32.07, paragraph A 2);

2. the pigments based on the cadmium salts referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 32.07, paragraph A 6)

3. the blue of Prussia (Berlin blue), the blue of Turnbull and other pigments based on ferrous ferrycyanide or ferricyanide ferric (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, item 32.07, paragraph A 7);

4. For example, pigments based on chromates, provided that they are not specifically mentioned in subheading 32.07 A V b), for example, pigments based on iron chromate (yellow "Siderin"), with a double chromate of potassium and calcium, or of chromium oxide (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, heading 32.07, paragraph A 8);

5. the overseas of all kinds (for example, blue, violet, green and red of overseas) (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, heading 32.07, paragraph A 9);

6. Cobalt-based pigments (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, item 32.07, paragraph A 10);

7. finely ground minerals, provided that they are normally used as colours. The concept of 'finely ground' shall be interpreted as in the case of the magnetite of subheading 32.07 A VI a) (cf. NCCA explanatory notes, heading 32.07, paragraph A 11);

8. the grey zinc referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 32.07, paragraph A 12;

9. Manganese blue which is a pigment based on manganate and barium sulphate;

10. the artificial ochre which is a pigment obtained from artificial iron oxides;

11. the yellow pigment based on nickel titanate.

32.08 Pigment, opacifiers and prepared colors, vitrifiable compositions, lustres etc.

To pigments, opacifiers, and prepared colors

The products described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 32.08, paragraph 1, are classified under this subheading.

Among the products that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

1. The pigment called cobalt aluminate, but consisting of a non-stoichiometric mixture of aluminium oxide and cobalt oxide;

2. the pigment called cobalt silicate also made up of a non-stoichiometric mixture of silica and cobalt oxide;

3. mixtures of oxides of chromium and cobalt;

4. mixtures of oxides of iron, chromium and zinc;

5. mixtures of lead and iron antimoniates;

6. the yellow of vanadium consisting of zirconium oxide and small quantities of vanadium pentoxide;

7. the blue of vanadium consisting of zirconium silicate and small amounts of vanadium trioxide:

8. the yellow of praseodymium consisting of zirconium silicate and praseodymium oxide;

9. Iron rose consisting of zirconium silicate and ferric oxide;

10. opacifiers prepared from tin oxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium silicate, etc.

B vitrifiable compositions

This subheading includes products which are generally present in powder, granals or laminillas and which are capable of providing by hot vitrification a covering surface, homogeneous, shiny or matte, coloured or white, transparent or opaque, the same in ceramic articles as in metal.

These products can be constituted as follows:

1. for mixtures of glass frite powder of subheading 32.08 D with other materials, such as silica, feldspar, kaolin, pigments, etc.;

2. reduced to powder, silica, feldspar, kaolin, calcium carbonates, magnesium mixtures, etc. (i.e., the components of the water-insoluble glass frit), and eventually pigments.

These two types of vitrifiable compositions give colorized or colorized transparent coatings;

3. for the products referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 with added opacifiers. In this case the opacified coatings obtained are white or colored;

4. by glass of glass powder, grills or laminillas, consisting of and obtained as indicated in the explanatory note of heading 32.08 D, but containing, in addition, colouring pigments, opacifiers or, at times, oxides which facilitate the adhesion of the coating to metal surfaces.

Among the dye pigments used in the manufacture of products of this subheading, the oxides and salts of cobalt, nickel, copper, iron, manganese, uranium and chromium can be cited.

They are mainly used as opacifiers, tin oxide, zirconium oxide and silicate, titanium oxide and arsenious anhydride.

As oxides that facilitate the adhesion of the coating to the metal surfaces, the oxides of nickel and cobalt are used.

C Lustres liquids and similar preparations; engobes

In addition to the products listed in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 32.08, paragraphs 3 and 4, this subheading includes the silver-based preparations in dispersion, in collodion or in terpineol, which are applied on the mica or glass in the electrical industry and in the ceramic industry.

D Frit glass and other glass in the form of powder, granules, laminillas or flakes

This subheading includes:

1. the glass frit, i.e. the product obtained by cooling the liquid or pasty mass in the water, resulting from the melting of the original components of the glass. These components are mainly: silica, sodium, potassium, calcium, barium or magnesium carbonates, sodium and potassium sulphates, sodium and potassium nitrates, lead oxides (litargirio and minium), kaolin, feldspar, borax or boric acid.

The glass frit of this subheading is mainly used for the preparation of vitrifiable compositions. It is distinguished from the frits of subheading 32.08 B by the fact that it does not contain pigments, opacifiers, or oxides that facilitate the adhesion of the coating to the metal surfaces and gives, after the hot vitrification, a more or less transparent surface, but without colouring or uniformly opacifying;

2. The powder and the glass granule obtained by grinding and grinding of hulls and waste of glass. These products, as well as certain types of fried products in paragraph 1, are used in the preparation of paper or tissue for the manufacture of porous articles (discs, cymbals, tubes, etc.) and for various laboratory uses;

3. glass called enamel, powder, grills, etc., which is a special glass used for the decoration of glass articles. Melt, generally, between 540 and 600 C giving a clear, generally coloured mass. Presented en masse, it is classified under subheading 70.01 B I; in bars, rods or tubes corresponding to subheading 70.03 A;

4. Glass laminillas or flakes, whether or not coloured or plated, used for decoration and obtained by crushing of blown glass in the form of ball balls;

5. the vitrite, also known as glass foam, in powder or in bulk obtained from a white, grey or black spongy mass, according to the impurities contained therein and which is mainly used in the manufacture of electrical insulators (electric lamp casings, etc.).

This subheading does not cover the small spherical grains (balotines) (subheading 719 to IV a)).

CHAPTER 33

ESSENTIAL OILS AND RESINOIDS; PERFUMERY OR TOILET PRODUCTS ETC.

33.01 Essential Oils (unexposed or not), liquids or concretes; resinoids; solutions etc.

Essential Oils without Weaning

This subheading includes essential oils (also designated as essences) mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 33.01, paragraph A, first paragraph, which still contain the terpenic compounds, as well as essential oils which by their nature do not contain terpenic compounds, for example, the essences of Wintergreen (or Gaulteria) and mustard.

To I of citrus fruits

Among these essences are the essential oils of citrus among which can be cited: the essence of sweet orange or essence of Portugal, the essence of bitter orange or gist essence, the essence of lemon, that of bergamot, that of tangerine, of grapefruit, of lime and of cidra. The scents of citrus fruits are obtained from the shells of these fruits. Its smell is pleasant and reminiscent of the fruit that has been used for its manufacture. The essence of azahar or neroli essence is not considered to be the essence of citrus fruit and is classified under subheading 33.01 A II b).

A II others

This subheading includes other essential oils without weaning, and in this subheading the essences of geranium, cloves, niauli and ilang-ilang have been specialized.

The geranium essences are extracted by water vapor distillation of the stems and leaves of different species of geraniaceae. They are yellow-yellow to yellowish green.

The nail essences are obtained by distillation with water vapor from the buds or pins, or from the peduncles or from the leaves, stems, fruits or roots of the nail (Eugenia caryophyllata). Depending on the part of the plant used, these scents present a color that varies from light yellow to dark brown and gives off an aromatic smell of spice.

The niauli essences are extracted by steam distillation from the leaves of a plant of the mirtaceas family. This is an oily, green, colorless yellow-colored product with an odor of penetrating.

The ilang-ilang essences are extracted by water vapor distillation from the flowers of certain plants of the anonaceae family, mainly exploited in the Philippines, in Indonesia and in the islands of Réunion. Their colour varies from pale yellow to ambarino yellow and they have a soft smell.

Among other essential oils falling within subheading 33.01 A II b), the principal oils are indicated in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, annexed to Chapter 33.

B Essential Oils Weaned

Essential oils are more or less complex mixtures in which the components play a role of different importance from the point of view of the perfume. Some alter the aroma and there is interest in removing them, such is the case of the terpenic hydrocarbons and, mainly, of the terpenes themselves (pinene, canfen, limonene, etc.).

The weaned essences are obtained by different methods suitable to the composition of the treated essence, mainly vacuum fractionated distillation, fractionated crystallization at low temperature, separation with selective solvents, etc.

B I of citrus fruits

The explanatory notes of subheading 33.01 A I apply mutatis mutandis.

C Resinoids

Resinoids are products obtained by solvent extraction from certain parts of plants or certain animal substances. They are characterised by the fact that they reproduce the aroma of the substance extracted in a more complete way than could only the essential oil generally contained in the starting substance. Resinoids destined for the food industry are frequently called oleoresins.

The main resinoids are listed in the NCCA explanatory notes, annexed to Chapter 33, next to the main essential oils. Other resinoids or oleoresins are classified in this subheading, mainly:

The resinoids of grey amber, castoreo, trigonella, cardamom, elemi, galbano, cascarilla (Croton eluterin), turmeric, labdano, levistic or ligustic, musk, incense, opoponax or opoponacus, of starfish, algal and resinoids or oleoresins of bulbs.

Essential oils and resinoids may contain small amounts of solvents (e.g., ethanol) from the extraction system, without any modification of their tariff classification. The ethanol content cannot exceed, however, 5% by weight.

Regardless of the exclusions mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 33.01, in fine, the aqueous solutions of essential oils (subheading 33.06 B) are also excluded from that heading.

CHAPTER 34

SOAPS, ORGANIC SURFACTANTS, WASHING PREPARATIONS, ETC.

34.03 Lubricating preparations and preparations of the type used

for the saddled of etc.

B Other

This subheading includes preparations of the type mentioned in the text of heading 34.03 which do not contain oil oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals. The expression 'petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals' reaches the products defined in Note 3 to Chapter 27.

Enter, for example, in this subheading:

1. Lubricating preparations consisting of molybdenum and polypropylene glycol disulfide and other lubricating preparations based on molybdenum disulfide, whether or not concentrated or presented in the form of pens, rods, plates, sheets and the like;

2. preparations for moulding, consisting of an aqueous dispersion of polyethylene and of soap from an aminoalcohol;

3. Lubricating preparations based on sodium or calcium soap and borax, intended to protect and to lubricate steel wires prior to the operations of the trephide.

34.04 Artificial cameras, including water-soluble ones; prepared waxes without emulsifying and without.

This consignment includes artificial waxes and prepared waxes, as mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 34.04 and also polyalkyl waxes, for example, polyethylene and polypropylene waxes.

34.05 Betunes and creams for footwear, in caustic, lustres for metals, pastes and powders for etc.

This item comprises, primarily:

1. Bitumens and creams for footwear, as well as similar products for their preservation.

The raw materials used in the manufacture of footwear products, which generally consist of waxes (animal, vegetable, mineral or artificial), volatile solvents (essence of turpentine, white spirit, etc.), dyes, various substances (alcohol, borax, artificial essences, emulsifiers, etc.). According to the technique used, the cremas-solutions obtained by fusion of waxes and dissolution in the solvents and the creams-emulsion in which the liquid element is constituted by water, or jointly by water and a solvent, are distinguished.

It should be noted that the dyes for hides and, in particular, those for the use of shoes, are not products of the nature of bitumens and creams and are classified under subheading 32.09 C (if they are presented, as is generally the case, in forms or packaging for retail sale). Also excluded from this heading, the 'white' for footwear, falling within subheading 32.09 A. For footwear fats, they are, as a general rule, classified under heading 34.03.

2. In the case of the use of the following products, the following shall be used for the purposes of:

Products intended for the care of wood (parks, furniture, flooring), linoleum and other floor coverings have degreasing properties and leave on the surface of the objects on which they are applied, a protective film that, after drying, and sometimes rubbed, reignites the color or gives it a bright appearance. These products are usually presented in boxes, drums, bottles, pads or aerosols. For its manufacture, it is frequently used in addition to the waxes, solvents, colorants and special products that enter into the composition of the bitumens and creams for footwear, some of the following products: fatty acids, vegetable oils (palm, linen, etc.) or minerals, soaps or surfactants, resins (e.g., colophony, etc.), silicones, emulsifiers, perfumes (essence of pine, rosemary, etc.), insecticides, etc., with exclusion, however, of the abrasives.

3. The lustres for metals.

These products are intended to restore the primitive appearance of the oxidized, stained or patina metals by a surface cleaning. This result is obtained by abrasion (mechanical action of an abrasive) and by the chemical or detersive action of the acids or alkalis on the various oxides, sulphides and fats.

The raw materials used in the manufacture of the lustres for metals are very fine abrasive (pumice stone, creta, kieselgur, tripolite, bentonite, silica, etc.), acids (oxalic, oleic, phosphoric, sulphuric, etc.), volatile solvents (white spirit, trichloroethylene, denatured alcohol, etc.), alkalis (ammonia, soda, etc.), surfactants such as sulfonated fatty alcohols, fats, soaps, and sometimes synthetic dyes and perfumes.

Lustres for metals are sold in the form of powder, pastes, various agglomerates, creams or liquids. According to the cases, they are presented in bottles, metal drums, metal tubes, boxes, bags or in the form of small blocks, cones, bars, etc. Textile articles impregnated with lusthree for metals (napkins, bayets or knees, cloths, flannels or felt) are classified in Section XI (subheading 59.02 B, 62.05 B, etc.).

4. Pastes and powders to clean.

The pastes and powders for cleaning sinks, bathtubs, sinks, tiles, etc., consisting of mixtures of highly divided abrasives (pumice stone, sandstone, etc.) and powdered detergents (active anion surfactants, soap powder, sodium phosphate, anhydrous sodium carbonate, etc.). They are generally conditioned in boxes or bags. The cleaning pastes are a variety of cleaning products obtained by agglomerating the powders by means of a wax solution, for example.

5. Similar preparations.

(a) the brighteners for crystals and moons and the products for cleaning the silver usually made up of water, alcohol and a small amount of ammonia or acids (oxalic, tartaric, etc.) and a soft abrasive;

(b) products for the cleaning of automobile bodies usually made up of an emulsion or a ceramic solution containing silicones, oils, emulsifiers and eventually soft abrasives;

(c) abrasive preparations for the polishing, finishing or fine apomazate of metals or other materials, whether or not with diamond powder.

CHAPTER 35

ALBUMINOIDEAS; QUEUES; ENZYMES

35.01 Casein, caseinates and other casein casein derivatives

A Caseinas

This subheading includes the casein referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 35.01, paragraph A, 1. Casein-irrespective of the precipitation procedure used to obtain it-is included in this subheading when it contains 15% or less of water and otherwise is classified under heading 04.04.

A III others

The casein of this subheading is mainly used in the manufacture of dietetic products (crackers, regime bread); it can also be used in the preparation of animal feed.

B Casein Queues

Casein queues equally called cold tails are casein and lime-based preparations to which other products, such as small amounts of borax and natural ammonium chloride, have been added. They may also contain loading materials, for example, feldspar or creta.

Although it can be used as a tail, the calcium caseinate without the addition of other materials is classified under subheading 35.01 C.

C The others

caseinates and other casein derivatives, as mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 35.01, paragraph A, 2 and 3 respectively, are included in this subheading.

Caseinates are presented in white or slightly yellowish, almost odourless powder.

35.02 Albums, albuminates and other albumin derivatives

A Albums

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, item 35.02, paragraph 1.

B Albuminates and other albumin derivatives

This subheading includes albuminates and other albumin derivatives mentioned in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 35.02, paragraph 2.

35.05 Dextrin and dextrin tails; soluble or roasted starches and fecules; starch tails etc.

B dextrin, starch or starch tails, with a weight content of these materials

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 35.05, paragraph 5, are classified in this subheading.

35.06 Prepared colas not elsewhere specified or included; products of any etc.

To prepared queues not elsewhere specified or included

Ready queues not specified or included in a more specific heading and which do not meet the packaging conditions referred to in the text of subheading 35.06 B are classified in this subheading.

For queues excluded from this subheading, reference should be made to the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 35.06, paragraph A, mainly.

A) of natural gums

Among the queues of natural gums can be cited: tails prepared from gum arabica, Cape gum, Indian gum, mahogany gum, coconut gum, gum, fruit tree gum (cherry trees, apple trees, almond trees, apricochers, etc.), as well as the tails obtained by chemical treatment of natural gums.

I b) others

They are mainly classified as other vegetable tails: queues prepared from lichens or gluten (Vienna tail).

B Products of any kind used as queues, put up for retail sale as such in containers of a net weight of 1 kg or less

As regards the presentation of these products, reference is made to the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 35.06, paragraph B.

35.07 Enzymes; prepared enzymes not elsewhere specified or included

In addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 35.07, this consignment comprises, for example, penicillinase, asparaginase and calidinogenase (INN) (calicqueen).

CHAPTER 36

GUNPOWDER AND EXPLOSIVES; PYROTECHNICS ARTICLES; MATCHES; ETC.

36.01 Projection Polvors

Black Powder

The black powder is described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 36.01, paragraph 1.

36.05 Articles of pyrotechnics (fireworks, firecrackers, parainted baits, rockets etc.)

A Cebos on strips or rolls for miners ' lamps and the like

They are included in this subheading, mainly the baits used in the security lamps called "flame" intended to detect the appearance of the grisu in the mine galleries. In fact, in the presence of the grisu the witness lamps are turned off. After turning them on again with the previous baits, if the lamps are turned off again, it is that the atmosphere of the gallery contains grisu.

These baits are arranged on strips of textile material of a reduced width (about 4 mm) and of a length of the order of 35 cm. Each strip usually carries a thirty of baits and is presented, in most cases, threaded in rolls.

It should be noted that the "cartridges" used to cause the ignition of the air-fuel mixture in the diesel or semi-diesel engines, as described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 36.05, third paragraph, are classified under subheading 36.05 B.

CHAPTER 37

PHOTOGRAPHIC AND FILM PRODUCTS

37.02 Sensitized films, unimpressed, perforated or not, in rolls or strips

A I microfilms; films for radiography or for graphic arts

Only microfilms and films for radiography or for graphic arts, of a width not exceeding 35 mm, are classified in this subheading.

Microfilms do not generally differ from film films, but are generally used to reproduce documents, image by image. They are used for the reproduction of computer listings, in this case being identified by the acronym COM. Microfilms are usually present in widths of 8, 16 or 35 mm and in approximate lengths of 30, 61, 122 and 305 meters. Generally, they do not have perforations.

Films for graphic arts are used for the photomechanical reproduction of illustrations or texts.

It should be noted, on the other hand, that radiography or graphic arts films are rarely presented in widths equal to or less than 35 mm. They are therefore generally classified under subheading 37.02 B.

37.04 Plates and films (even the cinematographic ones) impressed. negative or positive, etc.

In relation to the distinction between the positive intermediate and the other positive ones, the explanatory notes of the subheadings 37.07 B I and B II must be adhered to.

37.05 Plates, unpunctured films and perforated films (other than cinematographic), etc.

A Microfilms

The reproductions are classified in the reduced form of documents (business papers, archives, industrial drawings, etc.) obtained by photographic procedure. The film used for microfilms does not differ, generally, from the film used in cinematography, but its impression, as well as the reconstitution of the image, is carried out one by one.

The microfilm is a film composed of a series of microfiche. Microchips are classified in this subheading even if they are framed.

On the contrary, the microgrids on photographic paper impressed and revealed (in the form of microtarnics, books, etc.) are classified in heading 49.11.

37.07 Film films impressed and revealed, positive or negative, with record etc.

B Other

It is necessary to observe that they are only included in this subheading as sound films, which carry over the same band the recording of the image and that of the sound. In two-band soundfilms, even if they are presented together, each of the bands follows their own regime that is, that the band that only carries the sound record is classified under subheading 37.07 A or subheading 92.12 B, as the case may be, and the image band is classified under this subheading.

B I negative; positive intermeasures of work

They are primarily classified under this subheading

1. The original negative films;

2. Positive intermediate working films drawn from the original negatives: in the black and white process are referred to as "positive setbacks", "brown positives", "positive lavender malva", "master positive", "master prints" "fine grain master prints", "lavender" or "duplicating positive", while in the colour process they are called "positive", "interpositive" or "intermediate positive"; they are presented on a slightly malted or brown background, but sometimes on a bottom without dyeing; these films are not normally used in projection but rather The invention relates to a method for obtaining duplicates of the original negatives. However, they can exceptionally be used for viewing, for assembly or post-synchronization work of a film.

Also classified as positive intermediate work, the three positive separations white and black, obtained by means of filters (blue, green, red) from the original negative in color and used to obtain, by means of analogous filters, a color internegative intended to throw positive copies for exploitation;

3. the duplicates of the negatives, drawn from intermediate positive films and intended to obtain positive copies for exploitation, are referred to as "negative consequences" or "duplicating negative" in the black and white procedure and "internegative" in the colour procedure.

4. Reversible internegatives which in the colour process are obtained directly by investment from the original negative and from which the copies intended for the holding shall be taken out.

5. the "matrices" (red, green, blue) which in a colour procedure are obtained from the negative ones and from which the copies intended for the holding are removed.

Corresponding terms:

Negative setback: Dup-Negativ (German), dupe negative (English), controtipi negativi (Italian), duplicaat negatief (dutch).

Internegative: Zwischennegativ (German), intermediate negative, internegative (English), internegativi (Italian), internegatief (Dutch).

When they are of a width equal to or greater than 35 mm, all of these films-with the exception of "matrices"-are typically characterized by a "negative" perforation (tonel form).

This allows, among other things, to distinguish the positive films from the outside when the support is not colored, from the positive films destined for the exploitation, which present a "positive" perforation.

Schema omitted.

It should be noted, however, that films from certain countries (USSR, mainly) carry a unique type of drilling (Dubray-Howell) which looks a lot like normal positive drilling and is found in original negative films, in intermediate positive and negative copies and even in positive copies destined for exploitation.

The "matrices" have positive perforations, but they can be recognized by the thickness (almost twice that of the positive), by the brown dominant dye and by a certain relief of the images.

B II Other Positive

The films intended for the projection are classified in this subheading.

Positive films with two or more image bands are classified and taxed according to the width and length of the film after the film is cut, i.e. the length and length of the film, as it will be used for the projection.

For example, a film of 35 mm wide (4 bands of 8 mm + cuts) and 100 m length should be considered as an 8 mm film of 400 m length.

Schema omitted.

B II a) newscasts

The term "newscasts" is defined in Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

CHAPTER 38

DIVERSE PRODUCTS FROM THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

38.07 Essence of turpentine; essence of pine wood or pine essence, essence of pasta etc.

A Substance of turpentine

These terms should be understood only by the product obtained exclusively and directly by distillation, by means of water vapor, from the oleoresinous juices from the indentation of living conifers, especially from the pines.

C The others

This subheading includes, among others, the essence of turpentine from which the beta-pinene has been almost totally eliminated (by fractionated distillation and subsequent mixing of other fractions). This product is marketed under the name 'reconstituted turpentine essence'.

38.08 Colophonias and resin acids, and their derivatives, except esterified resins, etc.

A Colofonia (including products called "resinous breas")

The resinous product obtained from the treatment of the oleoresinous juices of the pine or other conifers, collected in the form of exudates or extracted from the wood (usually of the strains), as well as the products obtained by separating the fatty acids from the "tal-oil" (tall-colophonias), is considered to be colophony.

As regards the distinction between the colophonies of this subheading and the resinous acids of subheading 38.08 C, it is necessary to specify that only 96% or more of free resinous acids are to be classified as resinous acids.

B Essence of rosin and rosin oils

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 38.08, paragraph C

C The others

As regards the distinction between the resin acids of this subheading and the colophones of subheading 38.08 A, reference is made to the explanatory note of heading 38.08 A.

In addition to the derivatives of rosin and the resinous acids cited in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 38.08, paragraph B, it should be recalled that they are also classified here:

1. Derivatives prepared by diene synthesis from rosin and maleic anhydride, which are used in particular in the form of sodium salts and which are used in the sizing of paper instead of alkaline resynchronates;

2. resinous alcohols, mainly hydroabiethyl alcohol, consisting of a mixture of dihydro-, tetrahydro-and dehydroabiethyl alcohols which, as such, or in the form of esters, are essentially used as plasticizers;

3. 'disproportionate' (disused) colophonias, in which a part of the resin acids is dehydrogenated and another part hydrogenated;

4. technical resin amines (dehydroabiethylamine, for example) and technical resin nitriles.

It is recalled that the esters of the resin acids obtained by the esterification of polyols are artificial resins (resin esters) of subheading 39.05 B

38.09 wooden rentals; wood tar oils (other than solvents, etc.)

B Other

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 38.09, paragraphs A, 2 and A, 3 and paragraphs C, D, E and F.

38.11 Disinfectants, insecticides, fungicides, raticides, herbicides, inhibitors of etc.

B cupric preparations

Among the preparations that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

1. The ground-based embroidery broth of copper sulphate and lime turned off, used in agriculture as anti-riptogamic;

2. preparations based on basic chloride and copper sulphate, of copper oxychloride, of copper silicate, of copper, of copper, of oxide, of hydroxide or of copper carbonate, used for the same purpose;

3. preparations based on naphthenates or copper phosphates used to preserve the textile and woody materials of fungi and termites;

4. Chelates of organic salts of copper with metal soaps.

These preparations may be present in powder, dissolutions or tablets, in bulk or put up for retail sale. They may contain, in addition to copper compounds, other complementary active substances, such as zinc or mercury compounds.

C Plant growth regulators

Plant growth regulators are substances that modify plant physiological processes in a voluntarily chosen direction. They are applied to the plants themselves or to parts of the plants or to the soil.

Your action can affect, for example:

-overall growth,

-size (decrease or increase in height),

-the volume or shape of the tubers,

-the internodal distance (improved wind resistance),

-the number of fruits and their size,

-the content of reserve substances (carbohydrates, proteins or fats),

-the time of flowering or ripening of the fruits,

-sterility,

-the number of female flowers.

Plant growth regulators can be classified into four large groups:

I. auxins,

II. giberelines,

III. Cytokinins,

IV. growth retardants,

I. The AUXINES affect the formation of the roots, the growth of the stem and the development of the fruits. The most important is indol-3-ylacetic acid.

II. The GIBERELINES, which, among other things, favor the growth of the buds and the flowering. All are derived from gibberelic acid.

III. CITOQUININES that, among other things, favor cell division and delay the aging of the plant. The best known are quinetin (6-furfurylaminopurine) and ceatin.

IV. GROWTH RETARDANTS.

Excluded from this subheading:

-Fertilizers

-the products to amend the soil,

-herbicides, whether or not selective (subheading 38.11 D);

-the germination inhibitors (subheading 38.11 D).

D Other

Some preparations are classified here, among others, called "wettable azufres" consisting of micronized sulphur, sodium lignosulfito, adhesive substances, etc.

These preparations are used as anti-riptogamics.

38.12 Aderbles, ready and biting, prepared, of the kind used in the etc.

A I based on amylaceous materials, with a content by weight of these materials

In addition to prepared dressings and prepared preparations, based on amylaceous substances, described in the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 38.12, paragraph A, 1, the prepared dressings and preparations consisting of mixtures of starch with borax or carboxymethylcellulose (starch for starching the shirts), as well as those formed by mixtures of soluble starch and kaolin, which are used in the paper industry, must be classified under this subheading.

A II others

They are classified, inter alia, in this subheading:

1. Dressings and aprants that do not contain amylaceous substances described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 38.12, paragraph A:

2. a series of "permanent" calls used in the textile industry to make the fabrics inwrinkable or incogable. Among these can be urea-formaldehyde-formaldehyde, glyoxaldiure-formaldehyde, precondensed, provided that they do not present the characters of polycondensation products of Chapter 39, nor those of compounds of defined chemical composition (cap. 29). However, it is necessary to classify in this subheading the aqueous solutions of these products of defined chemical composition (e.g. dimethyl olurea or trimethylolmelamine) when a perfume has been added to mask the odour of the formol from the partial decomposition of the product;

3. The sizing of the tissues, in addition to an effective waterproofing, a considerable resistance to oils and dirt while preserving the air permeability of the tissues;

4. 'permanent' anti-static preparations which are suitable preparations to prevent the accumulation of static electricity in textile or textile fibres. The invention relates generally to preparations formed by pre-condensed water-soluble polyelectrolytes, capable of forming on the fibre, after a short treatment at moderate temperature, crosslinked polycondensates sufficiently insoluble to resist repeated washes and dry cleaning.

Products formed by a basic, water-soluble, linear polyamide, prepared from a dicarboxylic acid (adipic, succinic, terephthalic, etc.) with polyamides containing one or more secondary amino groups (diethylenthriamine, triethylenetramine, etc.) and by an alkalyl product (capable of reticulating and therefore insolubilizing the polyamide by appropriate hot treatment) constituted, for example, by certain dihalides (polyethylene glycol diiodides with a relatively low molecular weight, are classified in this category). epichlorhydrin, etc.)

5. Flame retardants which reduce the flammability of textile or leather materials, mainly. These products are, in general, preparations based on ammonium salts, boric acid, chlorinated paraffins, antimony oxide, zinc oxide, other metal oxides and some nitrogen and/or phosphorous organic compounds.

38.14 Anti-detonating preparations, antioxidants, peptide additives, viscosity improvers etc.

To anti-detonating preparations based on tetraethyllead (ethyl-fluid)

Preparations in which tetramethyllead is the only anti-detonating component are classified under this subheading.

B II anti-detonating preparations based on tetramethyllead, ethylmethyllead and mixtures of tetraethyllead and tetramethyllead

Preparations in which tetramethyllead, ethylmethyllead or a mixture of tetraethyllead and tetramethyllead are the only or the main anti-detonating component are classified under this subheading.

38.19 Chemicals and preparations from chemical industries or related industries etc.

B Naphthenic Acids

Naphthenic acids are monocarboxylic alicyclical mixtures that are separated during the refining operations of petroleum oils from some sources (USSR and Romania, mainly).

C water-insoluble salts of naphthenic acids; esters of naphthenic acids

Only the salts of the insoluble naphthenic acids in the water (e.g. aluminium, barium, lead, chromium, calcium, manganese, cobalt or zinc salts), as well as the esters of these same acids, are classified in this subheading.

D Petroleum Sulphonates, excluding petroleum sulphonates of alkali metals, of ammonium or of ethanolamines; sulphonic acids of bituminous mineral oils, thiophenated and their salts

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. Calcium petroleum sulphonates or barium petroleum sulphonates, which generally contain 55 to 70% by weight of mineral oil. They are widely used in the manufacture of additives for mineral oils;

2. The sulphonic acids of oils of bituminous minerals, thiophenated, obtained by dry distillation of certain bituminous shales, followed by a treatment with sulphuric acid, intended for pharmaceutical uses and having a total sulphur content exceeding, generally, 9% by weight, as well as its salts, mainly, of ammonium, of sodium, of calcium.

E Mixtures of alkylbenzenes or alkylnaphthalenes

The synthesis products obtained by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms of benzene or naphthalene by alkyl radicals of which one at least has 8 or more carbon atoms are classified in this subheading. These products are normally used in the preparation of surfactants. They are also frequently used to prepare silage products, printing inks, products for the preservation of floor coverings, etc.

F I based on sulphonated carbons or natural mineral materials

In addition to the ion exchangers based on sulfonated carbons, some types of clays are included in this subheading, provided that the latter have been subjected to special treatments that make them suitable for use as ion exchangers (mainly of cations); it is necessary to cite mainly the glauconite, which is presented in the form of an aluminosilicate gel obtained from natural sandy margas of marine origin. It is mainly used to soften the water. For the same purposes, the montmorillonite, the kaolinite, etc. is also used. It is recalled that the activated clays are classified under subheading 38.03 B.

F II the others

Synthetic interchangers, such as artificial zeolites, as well as synthetic interchangers based on alumina or silica gel, are classified under this subheading. By contrast, pure alumina, whether or not activated, and the pure silica gel are respectively classified in subheadings 28.20 A and 28.13 H.

G Catalysts

This subheading includes preparations for accelerating or regularizing the development of certain chemical processes.

These preparations lead to active elements:

-well inorganic substances;

-either organic substances or mixtures of inorganic and organic substances.

1. The former are generally constituted by one or more active substances deposited on a medium or by mixtures based on active substances. In most cases, these are certain very fine powder metals or oxides and other compounds. The most used metals are those of Group VIII (in particular, cobalt, nickel, palladium and platinum), molybdenum, chromium, copper and zinc. The support is generally constituted by alumina, silica gel, activated or non-activated fossil flour, ceramic materials, etc.

These preparations are used in numerous industrial processes for the production of organic and inorganic compounds, as well as in the refining of petroleum (for example: ammonia synthesis, hydrogenation of fats or hydrogenation of olefins).

In addition, they belong to this category of catalysts:

-some preparations based on the transition metals, the function of which is to facilitate oxidation and, consequently, the elimination in the form of carbon dioxide during the combustion of coal residues (in boilers and burners, for example);

-the so-called "postcombustion" catalysts, which are introduced into the exhaust pipes of the motor vehicles to reduce the pollutant action of the exhaust gases by oxidation of the carbon oxide to transform it into carbon dioxide and by the transformation of other toxic products (heterocycles, for example) from the combustion of the gasoline.

2. The latter are mixtures based on compounds whose nature and proportions vary according to the chemical reaction involved in catalyzing. Generally, during the manufacture of plastic materials with the frequent denomination of initiators, transfer agents, terminators, cutters or telomeres and crosslinking agents.

Among these products should be noted:

a) the radical catalysts.

These are preparations based on organic substances which, in the reaction conditions, slowly decompose, producing free electron-carrying fragments which, by collision with the starting monomer, favor the formation of a union and of new free radicals capable of repeating this process and of propagating the chain.

They are here:

-organic peroxides R-O-O-R ' (organic peroxides solutions, for example acetyl peroxides and dibenzoyl). During the reaction RO and R ' O radicals are formed that act as triggers;

-preparations based on azocompounds (e.g. azo-bis-isobutyronitrile) which decompose during the reaction with nitrogen release and free radical formation;

-redox preparations (e.g., mixture of potassium peroxide and dodecylmercaptan) in which the formation of activating radicals is due to a redox reaction.

b) the ionic catalysts

It is generally a matter of organic solutions of ion-generating compounds capable of binding to the double bond and of reproducing active points in the product that is thus formed.

Among these can be cited:

-catalysts of type Ziegler for the production of polyolefins (for example, mixture of titanium tetrachloride and triethylaluminium);

-catalysts of type Ziegler-Natta (stereocatalysts, orienting catalysts) as the mixture of titanium trichloride with trialkylaluminium for the preparation of isotactic propylene and ethylene-olefinas;

copolymers.

-catalysts for the preparation of polyurethanes (for example, triethylenediamine mixture with tin compounds);

-catalysts for the preparation of aminoplasts (e.g., phosphoric acid in an organic solvent).

c) catalysts for polycondensation reactions

These are preparations based on various compounds (such as the mixture of calcium acetate with antimony trioxide, titanium alcoholate, etc.).

They are primarily excluded from this subheading:

-enzyme-based preparations (sometimes called biochemical catalysts);

-corrosion and oxidation inhibitors;

-vulcanization accelerators;

-catalysts consisting of a pure metal (e.g. in the form of powder or foam) or a compound of defined chemical composition;

-preparations based on organic peroxides which comply with the provisions of Notes 1 (e) and 1 (f) of Chapter 29;

-depleted catalysts (these are catalysts that have been used up to the point of not being able to reuse them as such), which are usually marketed to recover the metal they contain (heading 26.03). The used catalysts, but reusable after regenerating them, as well as non-metallic depleted catalysts, are classified in the subheading 38.19 X.

H absorbent composites to improve vacuum in electrical valves or tubes

The so-called "getters" are classified here. They are split into "flash getters" and "bulk getters." The first ones are volatilized in the tube during manufacture. The invention relates to a method for producing a mixture of barium and strontium carbonates on a tantalum wire, and a barium berate on tantalum wire.

The seconds are heated simply but do not become volatile and have only one contact absorption action. In general, they are made up of pure metals (tantalum, tungsten, zirconium, niobium or thorium) in wires, plates, etc. and consequently, they cannot be classified under this subheading.

IJ Non-agglomerated mixtures of metal carbides

The powder prepared to transform it by sintering into "hard metal" is classified under this subheading. It consists of mixtures of metal carbides with each other (tungsten carbide, titanium, tantalum or niobium carbides), with metal binder or without the (cobalt or nickel powder) and frequently contains small amounts of paraffin (approximately 0,5% by weight). Even the simple mixture of one of the carbides cited with the metal; which serves as a binder (cobalt or nickel) is classified under this subheading, whereas each of the carbures, considered in isolation, belong to heading 28.56.

K Cements, mortars and similar refractory compositions

One of the essential characteristics of the refractory compositions included in this subheading is that they have a pyroscopic resistance of at least 1,500 C (determined according to ISO standards R-528-1966 and R-1146-1969).

Certain preparations consisting of refractory products, such as the soil of chamota, dines, ground corindon, quartzite powder, lime, calcined dolomite, added of a binder (sodium silicate, magnesium fluosilicate or zinc, for example) are classified here.

In addition, the refractory silica-based refractory compositions used in the manufacture of moulds for dentistry or jewellery are classified by the procedure called the lost wax.

Non-refractory preparations, such as the "Sorel cement" based on magnesium oxychloride (subheading 38.19 X), cement paints (heading 32.09), some cement-based mastics (heading 32.12), the cements for dental obturation (heading 30.05), etc., are not classified under this subheading.

Alkali iron oxides for the purification of gases

Known products in trade with special denominations (Laming mixture, for example) are classified under this subheading. Some are obtained as byproducts in the treatment of bauxite for the obtention of aluminum and are presented in rounded granules of rust color; they are made up of iron oxide, aluminum, calcium, titanium, sodium carbonate and silica and are generally moist. Others are made up of a dry powder based on iron oxides (in part magnetic), calcium carbonate and silicate.

N Preparations for accumulators based on cadmium oxide or nickel hydroxide base

The cadmium oxide-based masses are used for the negative electrode of nickel-cadmium accumulators. They contain a bit of iron powder that makes it easier to obtain the desired degree of fineness. The nickel masses are, on the contrary, the positive electrode for both nickel-cadmium accumulators and those of Edison or iron-nickel accumulators (also known as Nife). They are made up of nickel hydroxide mixed with nickel in laminar powder and graphite.

P Preparations called "liquid for hydraulic transmissions" (for hydraulic brakes especially), not containing petroleum oil or bituminous minerals or containing them in quantities less than 70% by weight

In addition to the preparations mentioned in the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 38.19, paragraph A 19, the solutions of polyalkylene glycols (polyethylen-and polypropylenglycols) are classified in monoesters of glycols (e.g., ethylenglycolmonobutilether and diethylglycolmonoethyl ether).

Hydraulic fluids are also classified in this subheading, based on synthetic esters mainly used in aeronautics, the composition of which involves the phosphoric esters mixed together (for example, triclesil phosphate and tri-(2-ethylhexyl)-phosphate) or with polychlorinated aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g. polychlorinated diphenyl). In these liquids for hydraulic transmissions, there are always antioxidants and corrosion inhibitors.

Q Binders for foundry cores prepared from synthetic resins

The preparations specially prepared for use as agglomerants for foundry cores, manufactured from synthetic resins added to other substances (molasses, starch, etc.) are classified under this subheading, provided that the latter confides to the mixture the character of a preparation which has lost that of the products of Chapter 39.

R antirust preparations containing amines as active elements

This subheading includes the products used as anti-rust preparations containing as active elements the amines or their derivatives, for example:

-preparations made from amines or aminoalcohols (triethanolamine, in general) and alkaline nitrites, with or without wetting agent;

-the solutions in an organic solvent of fatty or resinous amines and their derivatives (for example, phosphates of fatty diamines, fatty acid salts and fatty amines), provided that they do not constitute surfactant preparations of heading 34.02.

However, preparations of this type which are used as additives of mineral oils, for example, corrosion inhibitors for combustible oils, are classified under heading 38.14.

T D-Glucitol (sorbitol) other than that expressed in subheading 29.04 C III

In particular, the varieties of D-glucitol (sorbitol) called non-crystallizable ('NC ') are classified in this subheading. which are generally obtained from glucose syrup containing a certain amount of other oligosaccharides by high pressure hydrogenation. Its content in D-glucitol (sorbitol) is between 60% and 80% in relation to the dry extract, the other ingredients are mainly other polyols and partially hydrogenated oligosaccharides. For this reason, the trend towards the crystallization of D-glucitol (sorbitol) is very low (hence the name used: "D-glucitol (sorbitol) not crystallizable").

D-Glucitol (sorbitol) which responds to the provisions of Note 1 to Chapter 29 is classified under subheading 29.04 C III.

X the others

They are classified, for example, in this subheading:

1. dimerized or trimerized industrial fatty acids that are dimers or trimers of unsaturated fatty acids, containing 2 or 3 carboxylic groups.

They are generally found in dimer trade that contain, according to rates, 4 to 21% of trimers. They participate in the composition of unsaturated polyesters, certain types of polyamines, etc.;

2. industrial fatty acids esterified by butyl, amyl or benzyl alcohols and then epoxidates. They are used as plasticizers or as stabilisers for plastic materials (essentially polyvinyl chloride);

3. mixtures of diphenyl and phenyl oxide, used in heat exchangers;

4. thallium bromohearing crystals, consisting of solid solutions (mixed crystals) of bromide and iodides, used for their optical properties (high transparency of infrared rays);

5 basic preparations (commercially known as master blend, gum base gum, gum base gum) for the manufacture of gum, containing natural gums (gum and balata, mainly) to which various ingredients such as resins, hydrogenated fats or calcium carbonate have been added:

6. the sand covered with a thin layer of synthetic resin, intended for the manufacture of foundry cores;

7. phyllosilicates, for example montmorillonite, in which inorganic ions have been replaced by quaternary alkylammonium ions. They are used to obtain thixotropic gels;

8. the natural calcium carbonate finally pulverised or the calcium carbonate precipitated by a special treatment with stearic acid. It is used as a matter of charge in the preparation of paints.

SECTION VII

ARTIFICIAL PLASTIC MATERIALS, CELLULOSE ETHERS AND ESTERS, ETC.

CHAPTER 39

ARTIFICIAL PLASTIC MATERIALS, CELLULOSE ETHERS AND ESTERS, ETC.

N. 3 (a) According to the provisions of Note 4 to Chapter 32, solutions (other than colodions) in volatile organic solvents of the products referred to in headings 39.01 to 39.06 are classified under heading 32.09, where the proportion of the solvent is more than 50% of the weight of the solution.

It should be noted that, in this case, it should also be understood that colloidal solutions should be understood.

N. 3 (d) It should be noted that under this Note, the reflective sheets composed of a film of artificial plastic material that carries, either in the mass, already on the surface, small glass spherical (microspheres), coated on one of the faces with an adhesive protected by a strip of paper that is removed from the use used for the manufacture of boards or signalling panels, for the manufacture of advertising panels, decorative motifs, etc., are included in the headings 39.01 to 39.06.

N. 3 (e) Products obtained during the manufacture of semi-products (plates, sheets, tubes, profiles, yarns, etc.) or finished products, which can only be used as raw materials, such as cuts, shavings, scrapes and rejections, are considered as waste.

By rejections, new, finished or unfinished manufacturing must be understood, which, due to a manufacturing defect, cannot be used more than as a raw material.

They are considered to be waste of articles, manufactured articles for their initial destination as a result of breakages, cuts or wear, which can only be used as raw materials.

N.C. The different types of polyethylenes obtained by polymerisation, whether of pure ethylene, or of mixtures of ethylene with small amounts of other olefins, are classified under subheading 39.02 C I.

In the latter case, the products obtained have macromolecules in which there are small added percentages of olefins other than ethylene (generally, propylene, l-butene, l-hexene or l-dodecene).

These plastomers should not be considered as a distinct class of polymers, but rather as "enhanced polyethylenes," i.e. as products that retain the essential characteristics of pure polyethylenes, but whose plastic properties are slightly modified, especially in order to facilitate their manufacture. They work more easily because they become more fluid at relatively lower temperatures and more easily recover their characteristics when cooling.

In fact, ethylene polymers containing up to a maximum of 10% of another olefin have structural characteristics that are not fundamentally different from those of unmodified polyethylene; the only determining effect linked to the introduction of these olefins is a slight decrease in the linearity of the macromolecules and, consequently, a decrease in density and crystallinity (for example, for linear polyethylene the density of 0.960-0.965 g/cm3 passes at about 0.920 g/cm3 to 20 C and the crystallinity 90% to about 60%). In addition, the spectroscopic characteristics are fundamentally similar to those of unmodified polyethylene.

Finally, it is appropriate to take into account that ethylene-olefins copolymers (which have very different properties of polyethylene) are excluded from subdivision I and are classified in sub-division XIV of subheading 39.02 C. This is the case, for example, of the elastomer copolymers in which the percentage of other olefins is between 30% and 70%, approximately.

39.01 Condensation, polycondensation and polyaddition products, modified or not, etc.

To Ion Exchangers

The ion exchangers are materials in the form of granules, generally, that fix the positive or negative ions of the dissolution of an electrolyte and, in return, yield to this dissolution an equivalent amount of other ions of the same sign.

B Adhesive tapes of a width not exceeding 10 cm, with a bath consisting of natural or synthetic rubber, unvulcanised

The explanatory note of subheading 48.15 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

C I phenoplasts

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the Explanatory Notes to NCCA heading 39.01, paragraph A).

C II aminoplasts

This subheading includes the products mentioned in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 39.01, paragraph B).

C III alkyd polyesters and other polyesters

This subheading includes:

1. the alcials referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 39.01, paragraph C);

2. Non-saturated polyesters mentioned in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 39.01, paragraph D);

3. linear polyesters of polycondensation referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 39.01, paragraph E) 2;

4. the polycarbonates mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, of the

item 39.01, paragraph E) 3.

C IV polyamides

This subheading includes the polyamides mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 39.01, paragraph E) 1.

It should be noted that the resins, semi-fluid or fluid, condensation products of di-and trimerized fatty acids with polyamide, are classified under this subheading.

C V polyurethanes

Polyurethanes are polyaddition products of diisocyanates or polyisocyanates with glycols or polyhydroxylated compounds, even if these compounds have other functional groups (e.g., ether or ester groups).

C VI silicones

This subheading includes the products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 39.01, paragraph G).

C VII the others

In addition to the products covered by the explanatory notes to NCCA, heading 39.01, paragraphs E) 4 and E) 5 and in paragraph F), polyimides, polyoxyphenenes, furanic resins, polybenzimidazoles, polysulfonamides, polysulfones and polyacroleins obtained by polyaddition may be cited as being included in these subheadings.

The dialkylated seal oxides are also classified under this subheading.

39.02 Polymerization and copolymerization products (polyethylene, polytetaholoethylenes, etc.)

To Ion Exchangers

The definition given in subheading 39.01 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B Adhesive tapes of a width not exceeding 10 cm coated with rubber, natural or synthetic, unvulcanised

The explanatory note of subheading 48.15 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

C I polyethylene

It is recalled that the polyethylene wax is classified under heading 34.04.

C II polytetrahaloethylenes

The products of this subheading include polytetrafluoroethylene and polychlorotrifluoroethylene.

C III polysulfohaloethylenes

Among the products of this subheading is the chlorosulfonated polyethylene.

C IV polypropylene

It is recalled that the oligomers of propylene such as tri-and tetrapropylene are classified in heading 27.10.

C V polyisobutylene

This subheading includes the product referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 39.02, paragraph 2.

It is recalled that the oligomers of isobutylene, such as tri-isobutylene, are classified in heading 27.10.

C VI polystyrene and its copolymers

This subheading includes, in addition to polystyrene, all styrene copolymers in which styrene is an intended component of macromolecule, provided that it is not a synthetic rubber within the meaning of Note 4 to Chapter 40. Among the products of this subheading can be cited, the styrene-butadiene copolymers with a high styrene content, the acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene terpolymers, the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymers and the maleic anhydride-anhydride.

Polyesters with styrene are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheading 39.01 C III.

C VIII vinyldene polychloride, vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers

In addition to polyvinyldene chloride, this subheading only comprises vinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers. No other component can be incorporated into macromolecules.

C X vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate copolymers

This subheading only comprises the copolymers of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate. No other component can be incorporated into macromolecules.

C XI alcohols, acetals and polyvinyl esters

This subheading mainly comprises polyvinyl alcohols obtained by saponification of polyvinyl acetate, even when only 55% of the acetate groups have been saponified.

Products of this class with a saponification grade of less than 55% are classified under subheading 39.02 C XIV.

C XII acrylic polymers, methacrylic polymers and acrylic acrylic copolymers

This subheading comprises polyacrylic and polymethacrylic acids, the copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acids and their derivatives (e.g. salts, esters. Amides or nitriles).

This subheading does not include polyacroleins (subheading 39.01 C VII or 39.02 C XIV).

C XIV other polymerization or copolymerization products

This subheading includes, for example, polyvinyl ketones and amines, polyvinylcarbazole, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinylidene fluoride, chlorinated polyethylene, polyterpenes, polyclopentadiene, polymerisation products of monoolefins, (excluding ethylene, propylene and isobutylene), proliacroleins obtained by vinyl polymerization of acrolein; copolymers of ethylene and propylene; ethylene and vinyl acetate; ethylene and ethyl acrylate; vinyl acetate and esters Acrylic, vinylidene chloride and hexafluoruropropylene; vinylidene chloride and 1,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropylene; and vinyldene fluoride and 1,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropylene.

39.03 Regenerated cellulose; nitrates, acetates and other cellulose esters, ethers etc.

To adhesive tapes of a width not exceeding 10 cm coated with unvulcanised

or synthetic rubber

The explanatory note of subheading 48.15 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B I regenerated cellulose

This subheading includes regenerated cellulose and described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 39.03 (A).

B II cellulose nitrates

This subheading includes the cellulose nitrate described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 39.03, paragraph B) 1.

B II a) 2 others

This subheading includes cellulose nitrate (nitrocellulose), even if for safety reasons it has been wetted-in general, with ethyl or butyl alcohol-or has otherwise been flematized.

B II b) 1 aa) films in rolls or bands for cinematography or photography

The films of this subheading are sheets capable of supporting the light sensitive layers in cinematography and photography.

B III cellulose acetates

This subheading includes the cellulose acetate described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 39.03, paragraph B) 2.

B III b) 1 products called "molding powders"

This subheading comprises homogeneous mixtures of cellulose acetate and plasticizers which may eventually contain dyes, pigments, stabilizers or other additives. They are frequently presented in the form of cubic, cylindrical or spherical granules of some millimeters of side or diameter.

B III b) 2 films in rolls or bands for cinematography or photography

See what is said in the explanatory note of subheading 39.03 B II (b) 1 aa).

B IV a) without plasticizing

This subheading comprises, for example, cellulose propionate without plasticizing, cellulose butyrate, cellulose aceto-propionate, aceto-butyrate, and cellulose aceto-phthalate.

B IV (b) 1 products called "molding powders"

The explanatory note of subheading 39.03 B III b) 1 applies mutatis mutandis.

B IV b) 2 films in rolls or in bands, for cinematography or photography

See what is said in the explanatory note of subheading 39.03 B II (b) 1 aa).

B V esters of cellulose and other chemical derivatives of cellulose

This subheading mainly comprises the esters of the cellulose described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 39.03, paragraph B) 4.

B V a) 2 others

This subheading includes, for example, methylcellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, ethylhydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, benzylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose, without plasticizing.

B V b) 2 bb) others

The explanatory note of subheading 39.03 B V a) 2 applies mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 40

NATURAL OR SYNTHETIC RUBBER, FACTUALLY RUBBER AND ARTICLES OF RUBBER

N. 5 b) This note does not refer to latex mixtures with other materials.

I. RAW RUBBER

40.02 Latex synthetic rubber; pre-vulcanized synthetic rubber latex; synthetic rubber etc.

B Products modified by incorporation of artificial plastic materials

This subheading includes the rubber referred to in Note 4 (c) to Chapter 40 with the exception of unpolymerised natural rubber.

II. UNVULCANISED RUBBER

40.05 Plates, sheets and bands of rubber, natural or synthetic, unvulcanized, other than etc.

To rubber added from carbon black or silicic anhydride ("master mixtures")

The mixtures referred to as 'master mixtures' referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 40.05 (F), are included in this subheading.

B Natural or synthetic rubber granules, in the form of mixtures arranged for vulcanization

The granulates referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 40.05, paragraph E, are classified under this subheading.

E Other

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 40.05 (A), (B), (C) and (D) are included in this subheading.

Plates, sheets and bands, not cut or simply cut in square or rectangular shape, of unvulcanised rubber, coated on one of the sides of a layer of adhesive substances, are also classified under this subheading. The addition of the adhesive substance should be considered as a simple surface work within the meaning of Note 9 to Chapter 40. This classification does not vary if the layer of adhesive substance is coated to protect it, with a sheet or tape, paper, textile material or other materials.

40.06 Rubber (or rubber latex) natural or synthetic, unvulcanized, presented in other forms etc.

A Solutions and dispersions

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 40.06 (A) and (B) are included in this subheading.

B Other

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 40.06 (C), (D) and (E) are included in this subheading.

Also classified under this subheading are the products mentioned in the last paragraph of the explanatory notes of subheading 40.05 C when they are cut differently from the square or rectangular.

III. ARTICLES OF VULCANISED RUBBER WITHOUT HARDENING

40.07 Vulcanized rubber ropes and ropes, whether or not coated with textiles; thread etc.

Vulcanised Rubber Thread and ropes, whether or not coated with textiles

This subheading also includes:

1. unhardened, parallelised and easily separable vulcanised rubber thread, in the sense of length, in which the greatest dimension of the transverse cut does not exceed 5 mm, shown in apparent form of bands;

2. The invention relates to a vulcanised rubber thread without stiffening, with a textile thread and a sheet of metal coated on both sides with a film of artificial plastic material.

However, it should be noted that the elastic strands made up of elastomers which do not meet the requirements of Note 4 (a) to Chapter 40 (polyurethane yarns, for example) are classified in other chapters (Chapter 39 or Section XI, mainly).

40.08 Planches, sheets, bands, rods and profiles (including circular section profiles), etc.

To I of spongy or cellular rubber

For the interpretation of the terms "of spongy or cellular rubber" it is necessary to refer to the explanatory notes of the NCCA, chapter 40, general considerations, four last paragraphs.

In addition to the plates, sheets and bands wholly of spongy or cellular rubber, this subheading mainly comprises the products of the type referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 40.08 (A).

40.13 Dress, gloves and accessories of the dress, for any use, of rubber etc

B Apparel and clothing accessories

In addition to the articles referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 40.13, (except for gloves and mittens), this subheading also includes the garments used to protect against radiation or atmospheric pressure (e.g., pressurized garments for airmen), provided that they are not combined with breathing apparatus. Otherwise, they are classified under heading 90.18.

40.14 Other articles of vulcanised rubber without harden

A fluffy or cellular rubber

For the interpretation of the terms "cellular spongy rubber", refer to the explanatory notes of the NCCA, Chapter 40, General considerations, four last paragraphs.

B the others

Provided that they are not included in another item (see in this respect, in particular, the exclusions contained in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 40.14, are classified under this subheading, mainly:

1. articles for technical uses such as:

(a) parts, parts and accessories for mechanical or electrical machinery, apparatus, instruments and devices:

(b) other articles for technical purposes, for example: washers, joints, discs, valves and the like; rubber-headed hammers; rubber suction cups, whether or not fitted with metal handles, used for the handling of glass plates, iron sheets and steel sheets; the lijar blocks which are used for the manufacture of certain parts after the paper-coated (removable) paper; the scouring unsenders; the earplugs, rings, laboratory plugs and other technical installations.

2. articles intended for domestic use, such as small suction cups with a hook, save, sink plugs, door stops, and rubber bunks for furniture legs, etc.

SECTION VIII

SKINS, HIDES, SKINS AND ARTICLES THEREOF; ETC.

Chapter 41

PIELES AND BODIES

41.02 Caves and skins of bovine animals (including buffalo) and equine skins, etc.

A of India ("kips") Whole or even without head and legs with a net weight per unit of 4,5 kg or less, tanned only with vegetable substances, even if they have undergone other operations, but which are clearly not usable as they are, for the manufacture of leather articles

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

41.03 Pieles of prepared sheep, other than those falling within headings 41.06

41.08

A of Indian mestizos, tanned only with plant substances, even if they have undergone other operations, but which are manifestly not usable, as presented, in the manufacture of leather articles

The skins of this subheading are skins simply cured with vegetable substances, which have undergone different operations such as the incorporation of a vegetable oil during treatment, intended to facilitate transport over long distances.

These skins are characterized by their firm and tight structure and their light color due to the vegetable tanned. The side of the flower has a smooth, even glasado look and the side of the meat is generally well cleaned by discarding. In order to be able to use these skins in the manufacture of leather goods, they must be completely reworked ("cut off", if they could be said), so that they can be considered as semi-finished skins.

These skins are imported from India or Pakistan (skins called Madras). They are grouped from six in six in compressed bullets wrapped in straw mats and in burlap.

B I only tanned

Hides and skins simply tanned are recognizable especially on the side of the meat in which you can appreciate, especially on the edge, a more or less large number of fibres of subcutaneous origin. For this reason, the side of the meat presents a fibrous and rough surface. It is recalled that the partially-tanned hides and skins (precurds) are assimilated to simply-tanned hides and skins.

The operations intended for the finishing of the tanned itself and during which the products used for the tanning and the water they still contain are separated (for example, washed, drained, pressed, dried and stretched), they do not modify the classification of these hides and skins. This is also valid for the simple split of hides and skins simply tanned.

B II the others

Tanned hides and skins which have undergone other preparations, as well as leather and leather, are included in this subheading (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 41.02, paragraph A, paragraphs 4 and 5 and paragraph B).

41.04 Prepared caprines, other than those falling within headings 41.06

41.08

A of Indian goats only cured with plant substances, even if they have undergone other operations, but which are clearly not usable, as they are presented, in the manufacture of leather articles.

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B I only tanned

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 B I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II Other

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 B II is applicable mutatis mutandis.

41.05 Prepared Pieles from other animals, other than those included in the etc.

A of reptilians cured only with plant substances, even if they have undergone other operations, but which are clearly not usable, as they are presented, in the manufacture of leather articles

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B I only tanned

The explanatory note of subheading 41 03 B I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II Other

The explanatory note of subheading 41.03 B II is applicable mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 42

ARTICLES OF LEATHER; ARTICLES OF GARNITIONERY AND TALBARTERIA; ETC.

42.02 Travel items (trunks, suitcases, sunshades, travel bags, backpacks, etc.),

A of artificial plastic materials in sheets

They are also included in this subheading, the rigid articles made up of a cardboard, vulcanized fiber, etc., which are externally coated in sheets.

B Of Other Materials

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

-articles made up of plastic coated fabrics (simillehide);

-knitted or crocheted articles, whether or not coated with plastics, excluding sacks for provisions and the like of section XI.

42.03 Natural, artificial or regenerated leather clothing accessories and accessories

To Garments

This subheading includes garments, whether or not working, of natural, artificial or regenerated leather, such as coats, pinches, waistcoats, trousers and mandials. The invention also relates to skins and skins assembled from skins which are incomplete or unfinished articles, but recognizable, however, such as garments or clothing parts.

B Gloves, including manoplas

The gloves or manopuls are also included in this subheading simply cut with their shape (application of General Rule 2 (a)) for the interpretation of the Nomenclature.

The bands of natural or artificial leather cut in a shape and intended for the manufacture of gloves, but in which the fingers have not yet been cut, are classified in heading 42.05.

B I protection for any craft

Protection gloves and mittens included in this subheading are generally intended to protect the hands during work. For this reason, in many cases, unlike wearing gloves, they are made of thick and resistant skin, which has not been subjected to post-tanning operations. The protective gloves often have a rough side; they may be fitted with sleeves to protect the wrist and the forearm.

Also classified under this subheading, protective gloves in which only the lower part is leather.

B II special for sports

This subheading includes gloves and manoplas which, according to their own characteristics, are exclusively designed for the practice of certain sports (for example, boxing gloves, fencing gloves, cricket gloves, baseball gloves, gloves cut at the top for cyclists, etc.).

B III others

This subheading includes all gloves and manoplas made of natural or artificial leather which are not classified under subheadings B I and B II, including gloves used for horse riding or golf which, although sometimes called "sports gloves", are not really.

This is also the case for gloves and manoplas, sometimes provided with sleeves, for cyclists and motorcyclists, as well as gloves for car drivers.

Also included in this subheading are the gloves whose lower part and the one between the fingers are leather and the upper part of other materials.

C Other clothing accessories

This subheading includes, inter alia, the braces, belts, correages, bandoleras, straps of any kind, including clock, wrist, strap, brace, etc. The sleeves, cover, knee pads and similar articles are also classified under this subheading.

On the other hand, shoelaces are not considered to be clothing accessories and are classified in heading 42.05.

42.04 Natural, artificial or regenerated leather articles for technical uses

to conveyor or transmission belts

For the items falling within this subheading, the explanatory notes to NCCA paragraph 1 should be complied with.

B Other

This sub-item mainly comprises the items mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 42.04, paragraphs 2) to 7).

CHAPTER 43

FUR AND FUR CLOTHING; FACTICIA FUR

43.02 Curtiated or adobated fur, even assembled in sheets, trapezos, squares, crosses etc.

A tanned or adobated fur, whether or not joined by stitching into sheets, trapezies, squares, crosses or similar forms.

Also classified under this subheading:

1. skins (of lamb, for example) simply devoid of the head, of the legs or of the tail, even equalised at the edges, without cutting or otherwise shaping it, but which are tanned and dyed and are mainly used as carpets;

2. assembled in sheets, trapeze, squares, crosses or similar presentations of waste and retales falling within subheading 43.02 B;

3. bodies ("bodies") intended for the manufacture of backgammon and fur coats and generally made up of three different skin assemblies: one, in the form of an isosceles trapeze with the largest curvilinear base, of which the back, the other, of a rectangular shape, of which the front and the sleeves are cut, shall be cut.

It is recalled that "bodies" consisting wholly or partly of elongated skins or carrying other materials are classified in subheading 43.03 B.

B Waste and retals, unsewn, of the products referred to in subheading A

The "waste and retals" included in this subheading consist of cuts and other waste from the manufacture of skins or from the assembly in sheets, trapezies, squares, crosses and similar presentations mentioned in subheading A. It also includes the heads and legs from the cut of the skins, as well as the tails removed during this operation.

43.03 Manufactured

made-up

To Articles for Technical Uses

As an example of the articles included in this subheading, it is possible to quote, in addition to the couplings and the sleeves for paint and decoration rollers, cited in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 43.03, the fur supports used in the textile industry for the winding of coils, as well as the non-thumb handles used to polish the car bodies.

It should be noted that paragraph (b) of Note 1 to Section XVI excludes from this section fur articles for technical uses. These articles shall therefore be classified under this subheading. It should also be noted that sections XVII and XVIII do not have similar notes in such a way that articles of this kind which, by their use, are capable of being classified in one of the headings of these sections, cannot be classified under heading 43.03.

CHAPTER 44

WOOD, CHARCOAL AND WOOD MANUFACTURING

44.05 Wood simply sawn in a longitudinal direction, cut in sheets or unrolled, etc.

C Other

This subheading does not include complete sets of sawn wood slats, cut sheets or unwound of more than 5 mm thick, intended for assembly of crates or cages. These sets of tablets are classified in heading 44.21, although some of the accessories, such as parts for reinforcing the corners or the bottom, are missing. It is appropriate in this respect to comply with the explanatory note of heading 44.21.

44.09 Wood flaxes; rolled bearings; wooden stakes and staquillas, stags, etc.

A Spun Wood

They are considered to be spun wood, the articles referred to in paragraph 5 of the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 44.09, provided that:

-the diameter of the round section rods does not exceed 4 mm;

-the greater dimension of the cross-cutting of the rods of the different section of the round does not exceed 5.5 mm.

44.15 Wood plated or plywood, whether or not containing other materials; wood, etc.

In addition to the examples mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 44.15, wood panels called "artificial" or "regenerated" wood-plated wood (or not) can be cited.

The sheets of wood obtained by cross cutting of plywood, intended for the manufacture of wood taraceas or embedded (marquetry), are also considered plywood.

44.21 Boxes, Cages, Cages, Cylinders and Similar Packaging, of Wood

It is recalled that the tablets-unmounted-of wood, sawn, cut in sheets or unwound, intended for the manufacture of boxes, cages, etc., are included in this item, imported into a single shipment, even if the funds, the sides, the lids and the closures are grouped by series.

On the other hand, incomplete games are classified as follows:

1. the assembled parts of packaging material, such as bottoms, lids, etc., made from sawwood slats cut into sheets or unwound, nailed and assembled in any other way, are classified in subheading 44.28 D II;

2. the unassembled slats follow their own regime (for example, items 44.05, 44.13 or 44.14).

The pallets-box, made up of pallets with or without a coating plate, fitted with robust, removable or hinged vertical panels, are also classified in this heading. They are either continuous or formed by slats or latches and which allow stacking.

On the other hand, flat pallets are classified in subheading 44.28 D.

44.23 Works of carpentry and pieces of frames for buildings and buildings, etc.

To Concrete Formwork

The formwork included in this subheading is the assembled ones used in the concrete works of all kinds (for example, foundations, walls, walls, floors, columns, pillars, posts, elements of tunnels, etc.).

Generally formwork is constructed with resinous woods (planks, beams, etc.); plywood boards are also used to obtain smooth surfaces.

B Other

They are classified, for example, in this subheading:

1. the mosaic panels, the elements of which are normally presented in rectangular shape and generally joined in squares, as well as all the panels of thin wood elements provisionally assembled with each other (for example, on a support of kraft paper), whatever the form of the constituent elements or the panels;

2. panels for parks composed of a layer (face view) formed by wood tablets stuck on an appropriate support (wooden support of one or more layers, cross or not, wood-bonded support, etc.);

3. extensible partitions for rooms, rooms, etc.

Also included in this subheading are the wood boards of thick-core, clearly intended to be used, without subsequent cuts, as doors of buildings and especially as interior doors. In general, these boards are of standard dimensions (for example, of a minimum thickness of the order of 32 millimeters). They are provided with at least one reinforcement for subsequently placing a closure device.

44.24 Wooden Utensils for Domestic Use

It is recalled that the hangers and hangers for suits and trousers are classified in subheading 44.28 D.

44.25 Tools, mounts and tool handles, brushes mounts, brooms handles etc.

B Other

This subheading includes, inter alia, the handles of brushes and brushes for painting, as well as the handles of razor brushes, of wood.

44.26 Canillas, reels, coils for spinning and weaving and for sewing thread, etc.

Small Coils for sewing thread, embroidery, etc.

By small coils for sewing thread, embroidery, etc., the small pieces of turning wood used to wind the thread, usually made up of a perforated cylinder in its entire length, almost always topped by a cone trunk or a disc, should be understood.

They are also included in this subheading, similar articles, used to wind wires, even those insulated for electricity.

44.28 Other Wood Manufacturing

D Other

They are mainly comprised in this subheading:

1. assembly of plates constituting a part of boxes of wood for packaging (lids, etc.);

2. Wooden shelving, whether or not assembled, provided that they do not present the character of furniture;

3. fenced for gardens, etc. made with slats nailed on cross and stretched (accordion system);

4. pointed sticks and sticks of various kinds, used for the presentation of certain foods ("rolmops", etc.);

5. Flat pallets, consisting of two or more funds joined together by means or cross-bars, or by a single bottom supported on supports or feet.

By contrast, the pallets-box are classified in heading 44.21.

CHAPTER 46

ARTICLES OF ESPARTERIA AND CESTERIA

46.02 Trenzas and similar articles of trenzable materials, for any use, etc.

A I of non-spun vegetable materials

This subheading includes braids and similar articles of non-spun vegetable materials, such as straw, wicker or willow twigs, reeds, rods, rotors, bamboo tapes, wood, spun wood, and vegetable strips and bark (for example, raffia and liber tapes).

They are also included in this subheading, the braids and similar articles of vegetable textile fibres which have not undergone spinning operations, such as hemp, jute, flax, esparto, aloe, etc.

See also in this respect the explanatory notes to the NCCA, general considerations in Chapter 46 (1) and (2).

A II the others

This subheading covers in particular braids and similar articles manufactured with the materials referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 46. paragraphs 3) to 5).

B Toscas; straw covers for bottles, canyons and other packing or protective goods.

This subheading includes the straw mats woven in flat or parallel shapes, such as the protection mats used in horticulture. The cantiones (straw or cane, for example) are used for the same purposes, but they can also be used in the construction of fences and roads.

The present subheading also includes straw covers for bottles and other coarse articles used for packaging.

C Esterillas of China and the like

China's mats are classified in this subheading, as are the mats manufactured in the same way and used for the same purposes.

It should be understood by China's sterillas, the mats made directly from stems and strips of plants of the family of the cyperaceae (Lepironia mucronata); they are presented in the raw or dyed (corrently, red).

These mats are woven in the same way as the crin articles; the warp that gathers the stems or vegetable ribbons is made up of strings or threads separated from each other by ample intervals.

The mats are usually made by pieces, bordered or not with a textile tape; they generally leave the country of origin in rolls formed by a certain number of mats sewn by their ends.

D Other Items

Included in this sub-heading, the trenzable or parallelized materials, in flat forms, other than those falling within subheadings B and C, mainly used in the manufacture of hats, footwear, furniture, etc.

In addition to the construction panels mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 46.02, paragraph B, 2) c), this subheading also includes plates and panels of construction, straw, cardboard-coated kraft, in which the straw has been arranged in parallel and has been compressed.

D I of non-spun vegetable materials

The explanatory note for subheading 46.02 A I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

D II strip of paper, whether or not mixed in any proportion with vegetable materials

For the application of this subheading, it is necessary to understand by strips of paper, the bands that present the essential characteristics of the paper (in general, of the paper of the items 48.01, 48.03 to 40.05 or 48.07).

SECTION X

MATERIALS USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF PAPER; PAPER AND PAPER ARTICLES

CHAPTER 47

UIIIZED MATERIALS IN THE MANUFACTURE OF PAPER

47.01 Paper Pasts

It should be noted that pastes of cotton interest generally having a high alfacelulose content (98 to 99% by weight) and very low ash content (about 0.05% by weight) are distinguished from the cotton linterest only pressed in the form of sheets or plates classified under heading 55.02, because their fibres, having been subjected to pressure cooking for several hours in a solution of caustic soda, are presented in more or less digested form, while the fibres of cotton linterest of heading 55.02 have not been subjected to the The same treatments have generally preserved the initial structure and length.

47.02 Paper and cardboard waste; old articles of paper and cardboard, etc.

Paper coils whose outer layers have been partially impregnated with water or otherwise damaged are not classified in this heading. These products are classified in Chapter 48.

To Paper and Cardboard Waste

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 47.02, first paragraph.

A I that can be clearly only used for paper making

In relation to old newspapers and publications, they are not classified in this subheading more than when, given their state, they cannot be manifestly more than for the manufacture of paper. Generally, old newspapers and publications imported into pressed bullets respond to this demand.

B Old articles of paper and of cardboard used exclusively for the manufacture of paper

As long as they are exclusively usable for the manufacture of paper, the following products are classified in this subheading, for example:

1. filter blocks and plates of paper pulp, used (sold out);

2. old building boards, of paper pulp, of wood defibrated or of other defibrated vegetable fibres;

3. the files to destroy;

4. old paper or cardboard containers.

CHAPTER 48

PAPER AND PAPERBOARD; ARTICLES OF PULP, PAPER AND PAPERBOARD

N. C. The papers in which the colouring of the paste does not exceed the pastel tones are considered to be 'lightly dyed in the paste'.

The limits of 40 grams and 57 grams refer to the weight per square meter determined in normal atmosphere (temperature of 20 C and relative humidity of 65%).

The spacing between the different consecutive lines of the filigree to the water must be measured from the opposite edges. The measure should not be done in the middle of the lines. It may be that a part of the lines of the filigree to the water is hardly visible or does not appear on the entire surface of the paper. Such manufacturing defects do not influence the classification, provided that the paper does not lose the character of paper with filigree to the water.

I. PAPER AND PAPERBOARD IN ROLLS OR SHEETS

General Considerations

Paper coils whose outer layers have been partially impregnated with water or otherwise damaged are classified in this subchapter.

48.01 Papels and cartons, including cellulose wadding, in rolls or sheets

A Paper Press

The paper which presents the technical characteristics mentioned in Supplementary Note 1 to this Chapter and which is not used in the printing of newspapers, magazines or periodicals of heading 49.02 which appear at least 10 times a year, but which is used, for example, in the printing of leaflets of heading 49.01 or of advertising forms of heading 49.11, is classified under subheading 48.01 F.

B Smoking Paper

This subheading includes the role of smoking in rolls of a width of more than 15 cm or in square or rectangular sheets in which one side exceeds 36 cm. The role of smoking is a generally uncollared paper, obtained from hemp or flax fibre paste. It is very thin and light (the weight varies, in general, between 12 and 15 grams per square meter), relatively resistant and generally white. It usually contains loading materials, such as magnesium or calcium carbonate, to adapt its fuel to the tobacco. The presence of filigans in water does not influence the classification of the smoking role.

The role of smoking in the dimensions indicated in the preceding paragraph, impregnated, for example, of potassium nitrate, of liquorice extract or of creosote, or imprinted, is not classified in this subheading but in 48.07 D. The smoking paper presented in other dimensions is classified in heading 48.10 or in subheading 48.15 B.

C kraft papers and cartons

For the purposes of this subheading, kraft paper and cardboard, paper and paperboard made from a chemical paste of resinous wood, sulphate or soda, raw, bleached or coloured in the mass are considered. The addition of other pastes (e.g., mechanical pastes, pastes, old paper pastes), in quantities not exceeding 20% in relation to the total quantity of the fibrous composition, does not influence the classification of the paper and kraft cartons.

The kraft paper and cardboard has great mechanical strength. Generally, it has no load and it is quite gluing, it is almost always opaque and most of the time it is quite calandated by a single face and has generally visible verjuries.

The kraft paper and cardboard is an excellent product for packaging. It is also used as a paper for electrical cables, for the coating of corrugated cartons, for the manufacture of paper and paper yarn or tart or asphalted cardboard.

C II a) papers for large-content sacks

It is considered kraft paper for bags of great content, the paper prepared, presented in rolls, with a content of chemical paste to the soda or to the sulphate of resinous woods, equal to or greater than 80% of the total fibrous composition, with a weight per square meter comprised between 60 and 115 grams both inclusive, that responds to one or another of the following conditions 1 and 2:

1. The invention also provides a Mullen burst index equal to or greater than 38 and an elongation of more than 4.5% in the transverse direction and 2% in the longitudinal direction.

2. Present minimum resistance to tear and rupture by traction such as those indicated in the following table or, for any other weight, to linearly interpolated equivalents.

GRAMJRW g/m2 * Minimum resistance to tear m/N * Minimum resistance to traction rupture kN/m *

* Longitudinal sense * Longitudinal Sense + Transverse Sense * Transverse sense * Longitudinal sense + transverse sense *

60 * 700 * 1510 * 1.9 * 6.00 *

70 * 830 * 1790 * 2.3 * 7.2 *

80 * 965 * 2070 * 2.8 * 8.3 *

100 * 1230 * 2635 * 3.7 * 10.6 *

115 * 1425 * 3060 * 4.4 * 12.3 *

48.05 Papeles and cartons simply wavy (even with coating by sizing), etc.

To Unwavered Roles and Carthons

The corrugated paper and cardboard is described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 48.05, paragraph 1.

It should be noted that the corrugated paper and cardboard which has also been subjected to one or more of the operations mentioned in the text of heading 48.05 (corrugated paper and cardboard, for example) remains classified under this subheading.

B Other

The paper and paperboard made up of two or more sheets, together with sheets, in which one of the sheets, at least, is of curly, pleated, embossed, embossed or perforated paper, must be classified under this subheading by application of Note 3 to this Chapter.

It should be noted that the words "simply wavy, curly, pleated, embossed, embossed or perforated" should not be interpreted as meaning that the paper or cardboard could not be subjected to more than one of the operations mentioned in order to be permitted under heading 48.05. The paper or paperboard which have been subjected to several operations referred to in the text of heading No 48.05, other than wavy, remain classified under this subheading.

48.07 Papeles and coated, coated, impregnated or superficially coloured cartons etc.

D Other

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. Stereotyping cartons coated with talc, graphite, kaolin, artificial plastic materials, etc., which are generally formed by one or more layers and are relatively smooth to the touch. They are used in the composition workshops, printing in them the form that will later serve as a mold to obtain the stereotypes;

2. Sheets for insulation against moisture, consisting of two sheets of curly paper impregnated with asphalt, with an interposition of a thin sheet of aluminium;

3. Paper and paperboard for use in the manufacture of milk, fruit juice, etc. or disc covers, with prints or illustrations relating to the goods to be contained, on one side;

4. photographic papers called carbon or bicromato without sensitization, which are made up of a paper coated with a layer of gelatin which has been incorporated into a pulverised finan dye (charcoal or metal salt). These papers are sensitized at the time of their use, by immersion in a solution of potassium bicromate or ammonium;

5. Paper for electrophotography coated with zinc oxide or other photoconductors;

6. "Japanese silk papers" for lamp screens, adorned by application of parts of naturally dried plants and of motifs painted with metal powders, coated with a very fine fabric of natural silk applied by pressure;

7. the paper for cigarettes impregnated, for example, with potassium nitrate, with liquorice extract or with cresota.

They are excluded from this subheading, the papers and cartons joined by tar or asphalt (heading 48.04 or, if treated as curly paper. Subheading 48.05 B).

II. CUT PAPER AND CARDBOARD FOR A GIVEN USE; ARTICLES OF ETC.

48.11 Paper for decorating rooms, lincrusta and diaphanous papers

stained glass

See Note 5 to this chapter and the NCCA explanatory notes, item 48.11.

Not classified in this heading, the products used as a paper for decorating rooms consisting of a paper holder coated with a sheet of wood or of cork materials woven in a flat form or a fabric. These products are classified according to the nature of the coating (headings 44.14, 45.02, 46.02 or caps). 50 to 57).

48.15 Other papers and cartons trimmed for a given use

To adhesive tapes, of a width not exceeding 10 cm, with unvulcanized natural or synthetic rubber coating

No more than the self-adhesive tapes used as adhesives, that is, the tapes recognizable as being designed exclusively or principally as a means of fixation, are not classified in this subheading. These tapes are generally used for the packaging of goods and similar uses.

Also classified in this subheading are the adhesive tapes provided with a tab and mounted on a carrying rolls, which mainly serves as conditioning for retail sale and which is not used again after the tape is finished.

The tapes which, in their appearance, are exclusively or mainly for decorative purposes, for example, are excluded from this subheading.

Self-adhesive labels are classified in heading 48.19.

48.21 Other articles of paper pulp, of cardboard or of cellulose

To Perforated Papers and Carthons for Jacquard and Similar Mechanisms

This subheading only includes the papers and cartons bearing the perforations corresponding to the drawings to be reproduced and which are used directly in the Jacquard and similar mechanisms.

Consequently, they are excluded from this subheading:

1. The paper and paperboard which it carries at the edges, only, guide and drag perforations or, if necessary, in the middle of the tape (heading 48.05 or 48.15, depending on the size);

2. the papers and cartons referred to in paragraph 1 above which bear reinforcement tapes at the edges and, where appropriate, in the centre (subheading 48.21 F II).

F II the others

In addition to articles of paper pulp, paper, paperboard or pulp of cellulose mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 48.21 and not covered by sub-headings 48.21 A, B, C, D, E and F I, this sub-item consists mainly of:

1. the sewing patterns and models referred to in Note 7 to Chapter 48, whether or not contained in a paper envelope in which they are used;

2. articles of paper or paperboard (banderites, dashes, visors, etc.) with advertising inscriptions, generally distributed free of charge, in which the essential character is not given to the advertising inscriptions;

3. Paper pulp, paper, paperboard or cellulose wadding, printed or not, obtained by moulding or by cutting.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. Curly paper towels, in rolls, even if they have regularly spaced perforations that allow them to be separated by one to one (heading 48.05 or 48.15, according to the width);

2. the curly paper used by hairdressers, presented in rolls of a width not exceeding 15 cm, with perforations and with regularly spaced adhesive coating (subheading 48.15 B).

CHAPTER 49 LIBRARY AND GRAPHIC ARTS PRODUCTS

49.05 Mapping all classes, including maps, murals, etc.

B Other

Among the articles included in this subheading, we can cite the topographically accurate cartographic articles, edited for advertising purposes, even if these articles carry advertising texts (for example, road maps edited by car or tyre manufacturers, oil companies, etc.).

49.07 Seals of post, tax stamps and analogues, without obliteration, legal tender etc.

To Postage Stamps, Tax Stamps, and Analogues

With regard to postage stamps, tax stamps and the like, account should be taken of the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 49.07 (A) and (B).

C I signed and numbered

The securities of shares or bonds which are yet to be held by one or more firms (subheading 49.07 C II) are not classified under this subheading.

49.11 Stampas, engravings, photographs and other forms, obtained by any procedure

Unfolded sheets, which simply have illustrations or engravings without text or legend, which are intended for co-editions.

For the application of this subheading, it is understood as "coedits", the edition of a single book or periodical publication in several countries, in the same language or in different languages, according to an agreement established between publishers of different countries.

The sheets used to make these co-editions are presented in games with identical illustrations or engravings. The texts that will be printed afterwards may vary according to the countries in which they are edited.

It is the frequent case of editions of art and science books, atlas, etc.

This subheading does not cover sheets with illustrations intended for advertising purposes (for example, sheets for brochures after having added a text in the country of import).

SECTION XI

TEXTILE MATERIALS AND ARTICLES THEREOF

General Considerations

1. As stipulated in the explanatory notes of the NCCA (cf. general considerations of Section XI, last paragraph of the introduction), section XI is divided into two parts:

(a) in the first part (Chapters 50 to 57), textile products are grouped according to the materials constituting them, and the classification of products consisting of mixing of various textile materials is governed by Note 2 to Section XI;

(b) in the second part (chapters 58 to 63), no distinction is made for the classification in the chapters or in the headings between the textile materials of which the articles are constituted. However, several headings of Chapters 58 to 63 of the Arancel have been subdivided according to the nature of the textile materials that make up them. In such cases, the classification within these headings should be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Additional Notes 1 and 2 of Section XI.

2. Supplementary Note 1 specifies the rules to be followed for the classification in the subheadings of Chapters 58 to 63 of textile products containing two or more textile materials. These products are classified in the subheading corresponding to the textile material which predominates by weight, taking into account, where appropriate, the provisions of Note 2 B to Section XI.

However, for the application of these rules, account must be taken of the provisions (a) to (d) of the Additional Note 2 above. For this purpose, a number of articles referred to in headings 58.01 to 58.05 (carpets and tapestries, terry hairs, felts, woven fabrics and chenille fabrics, as well as velvet, plush, woven fabrics or chenille fabrics, are to be classified in accordance with paragraph a) of that Supplementary Note, depending on the nature of the matter which constitutes the velvety, curly or drawing surface. The material forming the background tissue shall not be taken into account.

3. In the NCCA explanatory notes (cf. In particular, paragraph I, A of the general considerations of Section XI), comments on the interpretation of Note 2 to Section XI and, where appropriate, the explanatory notes relating to subheadings.

For the application of Note 2, they are not taken into consideration:

(a) the threads forming the slings, provided the latter do not form an integral part of the finished product, as is the case, for example, of the corillos of fabrics for umbrellas or of tissue for shawls;

b) the built-in separation threads to indicate the places in which the tissues can be cut;

c) the threads that form the head of the piece, provided that these threads are of a different textile material than the one that forms the fabric itself.

On the other hand, if in a product consisting of a mixture of textile materials, two or more have the same weight, it is necessary to use the General Rule of Interpretative 3 (b)-or 3 (c). In other words, it is necessary to first seek, by applying Rule 3 (b), which of the textile materials involved with the same weight is the one which gives the product the essential character. If it cannot be determined, if it is frequent, the product must be classified under Rule 3 (c) in the item or sub-item listed last in the Arancel.

CHAPTER 50

SILK, SILK ERASES ("SCHAPPE") AND SILK BORRILLA

50.09 Silk Fabrics, of Silk Erases ("schappe") or from silk waste (borrilla) waste

A I kresons

The kresons are generally lightweight fabrics whose grainy appearance, already finished, is due to the use of very crooked threads (usually 2,000 to 3,600 turns per meter), which have a natural tendency to form loops.

These yarns can be used in the warp or in the weft or both at the same time, either alone or combined with less crooked threads. They are often arranged by alternating the sense of the torsion: twisted yarns on the right are followed by twisting threads to the left in order to orient in opposite directions the tendency to form loops of the neighboring threads, which ensures the balance of the crespo.

The true kresons are classified in this subheading, that is, the ones with at least one of the two elements (warp or weft) consisting mostly of very crooked yarns. The best known are the crepe of China, the crepe marocain, the crepe georgette, the crepe satin, the crepe chiffon and the crepe "charmeuse."

Also considered to be cresons are the tissues that have been answered on a single face or on a part of the surface (bands, scratches or drawings).

Not classified in this subheading, the tissues in which the effect of crespon is obtained by means other than the use of crepe threads, for example, those in which the effect of crespon comes from the combined use of special ligaments (herring, etc.) and of yarn of thick and different strains.

A II (a) Tafetan ligament, raw or simply cleared

These tissues have their own particularities in terms of the nature of the weaving and presentation.

They are usually of pure silk, sometimes of a silk mixture and silk erases. They are frequently woven into indigenous (usually manual) looms with simple ligaments (tafetan, cross sarga, raso) using raw, untwisted silk threads, simply untwisted together. The corillos are generally defective. E :l folding is done in "bellows": the ends of the piece come together inside the piece and fold around it. In some qualities (from China, especially), another folding system is sometimes used: one end below and one on top, folding the piece on itself at the rate of four folds per yard.

They can be mentioned:

1. the habutai, Japanese weavings of tafetan or cross ligaments, woven with untwisted single threads. The name of habutai is corrected in the tissues of ligament tafetan, and the name twill habutai to the crossed tissues.

In crude, they are rough to the touch and a grayish white or dirty white. When they have been cleared, that is, when the sericin has been removed, these tissues have a white or almost white tone and can be used directly in the clothing.

Bleaching of these tissues is usually complete with an appror or a charge that gives it more body, a brighter look and weight gain;

2. pongees: Chinese tissues called shantung, honan, assan, antung, ninghai, according to the province of which they originate. These tissues are relatively thick and heavier than the previous Japanese fabrics; without scruping, they have a yellowish or pink tone and retain, already crossed, a color that approximates that of the raw or simply washed linen or linen. They may or may not be ribbed, by means of a groping form of weaving (tafetan ligament) with yarn of different thickness:

3. the tussah (or tussor), primitive tissue originating in a region of the northeast of India, woven with silk from a wild worm. Note that this term has then been extended to Chinese products and currently designates the fabrics of a comparable type manufactured in several countries using a silk produced by a wild worm that is fed with oak leaves;

4. The corah, fabric produced in the to the Calcutta redoers that looks a lot like the Japanese habutai of which it differs however for its less regularity and the use of thicker threads. The presence of a cordoncillo that passes through the orillo is one of its characteristics.

Only the pure silk fabrics and more specifically those woven fabrics with tafetan, raw or simply cleared, are classified in this subheading.

Fabrics consisting of a mixture of silk and other textile materials, including silk erases, must be classified in heading 59.09 A III.

A II b) Other

With the exception of the penultimate paragraph, the explanatory note of subheading 59.09 A II (a) is applicable mutatis mutandis.

Only woven fabrics of pure silk and, more specifically, woven fabrics of a kind other than that of tafetan, or which are presented in a manner other than that of crude or simply uncrossed (white, dyed, etc.), are classified in this subheading.

CHAPTER 51

SYNTHETIC AND ARTIFICIAL TEXTILES

51.01 Hilates of synthetic and continuous artificial fibers, without conditions for sale to etc.

B I yarn of hollow cabs

This subheading includes only yarns made up of continuous artificial textile fibres in the structure of which there appear to be bubbly distributed at random, both on the surface and inside the filament.

These bubbles are clearly visible with the microscope. They are obtained during manufacture by different procedures, mainly by adding to the mass to be subjected to extrusion:

-products susceptible to release gases or which evaporate during the formation of the yarn, or

-products soluble in the extrusion bath and thus leaving holes in the thread.

These processes try to increase the coverage of fiber, as well as its thermal insulation capacity. On the contrary, they carry a decrease of the tenacity, of the regularity on the surface (of here the difficulty of getting a uniform had), of the transparency and consequently of the brightness (the fiber of hollow filaments is matt). Finally, in relation to the filled fibers, the presence of bubbles in the hollow, sometimes decreases noticeably, the specific weight.

51.02 Monofilings, strips and similar forms (artificial straw) and catgut imitations, etc.

For the description of the monofilament and other products of this heading, it is appropriate to comply with the explanatory notes of the NCCA of heading 51.02, taking into account that the transverse cut of the monofilaments may be in any form.

A I monofilament

The monofilaments cut into the lengths necessary for use with the tips, used in brushing, are classified under this subheading.

Twisted or wired "yarns" consisting of the union and torsion of monofilament of this subheading no longer belong to it and are classified in heading 51.01 or 59.04, as the case may be (see the NCCA explanatory notes, paragraph I B of the general considerations of Section XI-Synoptic table for the classification of 'yarns' and 'twine, ropes and cables'). On the other hand, the unit monofilaments of this subheading are never considered to be "cordage, ropes and cables" of heading 59.04, whatever their thickness.

A synoptic table summarizing the classification of the filaments and the strips and the like, depending on their diameter or width, is presented below:

Monofilaments whose major dimension of the cross-section is * -equal to or less than 1 mm, and the weight of which per metre is *-less than 6,6 milligrams ... 51. 01 *

* *-equal to or greater than 6.6 milligrams...51.02 A I or B I *

*-greater than 1 mm (with the exception of the flat products referred to below) ...Chapter 39 (39.01 to 39.03 generally). * *

Strips and similar forms (including strips folded into two and tubes, crushed), of a width (if any, folded or crushed) *-equal to or less than 5 mm. ..51.02 A II or B II * *

*-greater than 5 mm. ..Chapter 39 (39.01 to 39.06). * *

Strips of real width exceeding 5 mm but slightly twisted and then compressed, having in that form an apparent width not exceeding 5 mm. ..51.02 A II or B I. * * *

B I monofilaments

The explanatory note of subheading 51.02 A I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 53

LANAS; PELOS AND CRINES

53.06 Non-conditioned carded wool yarn for retail sale.

To which they bear at least 85% by weight of wool and fine animal hair.

This subheading only covers yarn containing at least 85% by weight:

-wool or

-of a mixture of wool and fine hair, provided that in this mixture the wool dominates in weight on the fine hairs: otherwise. the yarn is to be classified under heading 53.08.

53.07 Hilated wool from combed wool not put up for retail sale

A Il containing at least 85% by weight of wool and fine

hair

This subheading only covers yarn containing at least 85% by weight of a mixture of wool and fine animal hair, provided that in this mixture the wool predominates by weight on the fine animal hair; otherwise, the yarn must be classified under heading 53.08.

CHAPTER 55

COTTON

55.09 Other cotton fabrics.

A That count at least 85% by weight of cotton

This subheading covers only the fabrics, whether or not embossed with weight, at least 85% of cotton.

Fabrics printed by one or both sides after tissues are considered to be stamped.

Also, fabrics made of warp yarns embossed after urdide, as well as fabrics made from embossed yarns (totally or mixed with other threads) are also considered to be stamped.

They are assimilated to the prints, the tissues in which one of the faces presents drawings or motifs obtained with brush, brush, pistol or any other form (application of tundiznos, cork powder, etc.).

On the contrary, the coated fabrics on the whole surface with a layer of paint of the same colour, of cork or mica powder, are classified in heading 59.12 (cf. explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 59.12).

CHAPTER 57

OTHER VEGETABLE TEXTILE FIBRES; PAPER YARN, ETC.

57.07 Hilates of other vegetable textile fibres; paper yarn

B Coconut Yarn

Only the coconut yarns of one or two cabs are classified in this subheading. The coconut yarns of three or more cabs are classified in heading 59.04, in accordance with Note 3 A (d) to Section XI.

CHAPTER 58

CARPETS AND TAPESTRIES; TERTIARY HAIR, FELPAS, CURLY FABRICS, ETC.

General considerations

For the classification of items consisting of two or more textile materials, within the headings, reference should be made to the general considerations of Section XI.

58.01 Rugs and Knotted Or Rolled-Point Tapestries, Even Made Up

The manufacture of knot carpets, as described in the NCCA explanatory notes, begins and ends with the simple fabric of some weft threads with the warp thread to ensure the strength of the ends or headers. These tissue ends are sometimes obtained in the same way as kilim (see explanatory note in heading 58.02).

The carpet is finished, the warp is cut a certain distance from the header. Thus the fleco is obtained, constituted by the free ends of the warp. In the pieces of quality, the flecos are divided, sometimes, into several groups that are knotted, approximating the knots, as much as possible, to the woven part to prevent the weft threads from getting out of the fleco. It may also occur that the carpets have added flecks that do not come from the warp of the carpet itself.

From the point of view of the decoration, they are distinguished, in most of the carpets, the bottom and the edges (orlas, ribetes). The latter constitute a real framing for the background to which it unites with the slings and with the headers of the carpet.

Hand-made rectangular carpets rarely present the rigorously parallel corillos. Therefore, the dimensions of these carpets must be taken on the midline, that is, on the line passing through the middle of the opposite sides.

For the calculation of the surface of each carpet, the fractions of dm2 are despised.

58.02 Other carpets and tapestries, whether or not made up; woven fabrics called "Kelim", etc.

Carpets and tapestries

The articles referred to in paragraph A of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 58.02, are classified under this subheading.

A II a) of inserted hair ("tufted")

Tufted Carpets are obtained by the system described in Section A, 4 (a) of the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 58.02. These carpets are generally covered by the back of artificial plastic or rubber materials.

B Tissues called "Kelim", "Soumak", "Karamanie" and analogues

Kelim

The Kelim (or Kilim), also called karamanie, is obtained in the same way as "hand-woven tapestries" described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, paragraph A of heading 58.03. Their texture is therefore comparable to that of the tapestries and they see in them the same clefts in the sense of the warp. However, as for the motives, the kilim never presents flowers, not follages, but only straight geometric motifs. Although the bundle can be distinguished, the difference between the two faces is so small that they can be used interchangeably for one side or the other.

The kilim is constituted, sometimes, by two long pieces sewn together and the drawing has been done in such a way that it does not allow to see the seam. Therefore, there are no orlas or rims (from the tisage) rather than along the lesser sides or even do not exist. This does not, of course, exclude the presence of added orsides or rims.

Generally, the warp of the kilim is of wool and the weft of wool or cotton.

Articles manufactured according to the technique of the Kilim (mainly in central Europe) which have decorative motifs of the same type as those of the Oriental light kilim are also classified under this subheading.

Soumak

Fabric like the kilim, the soumak presents with this the following differences:

-As soon as one or two of the frame passes that form drawing are completed, a complementary frame is inserted in the entire width of the piece, which excludes the existence of slots in the sense of the warp threads;

-as for the decoration, the background is always adorned with three or five stars flattened with multicolored motifs, which have the appearance of medallions, the edge is usually made up of a main broadband and two or three secondary bands. The reverse presents a hairy aspect due to the threads, several centimeters in length, that remain after cutting the weft threads.

The plot of the soumak is of wool, while the warp can be of wool or cotton, sometimes of goat hair.

Similar Fabrics

Among the similar tissues, one can mainly cite the sileh that is manufactured in a similar way to the soumak. The decoration of the sileh essentially presents motifs in S, right or turn and motifs derived from figures of animals spread all over the surface. The warp and weft of the sileh are of wool (the warp is, sometimes, cotton, but rarely).

These tissues are classified under this subheading, even when they are presented in the form of tapestries (use dimensions and orsides, with flanks, etc.).

58.04 Tercehairs, felpas, curly fabrics and chenilla or felpilla fabrics with exclusion of etc.

Without prejudice to the provisions of Section XI concerning the classification of articles made up of two or more textile materials, it must be noted that in the case of chenilla fabrics, it is not necessary to take into account more than the textile materials which constitute the hair of the chenilla yarns.

It should be noted that the imitations of velvet, plush or curly woven fabrics, made of knitted looms are classified in Chapter 60.

58.05 Cintas, even those formed by parallel and engomated threads or fibers (unweft tapes), etc.

To Woven Tapes

The articles referred to in paragraph A of the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 58.05, are classified under this subheading.

B Unframe tapes

The items referred to in paragraph B of the NCCA Explanatory Notes, item 58.05, are included in this subheading.

58.07 Hilates of chenilla or felpilla; gimped yarn (other than those of heading 52.01) etc.

A Trenches of a width not exceeding 5 cm, of monofilament, strip or the like of heading No 51.01 or 51.02, of synthetic or artificial fibres, of flax, ramie or vegetable textile fibres of Chapter 57

For the application of this subheading, by "width" the diameter or the larger dimension must be understood, depending on the cases.

58.08 Tues and knotted meshes (network), smooth

A Tules

The articles referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) of the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 58.08, are classified under this subheading.

It should be noted that the imitations of tulle obtained in point looms (for example, the Raschel loom) are classified in chapter 60.

B Knotted mesh fabrics (network)

The articles referred to in paragraph (3) of the NCCA Explanatory Notes, item 58.08, are included in this subheading.

58.09 Tues, tules-bobinots and knotted mesh fabrics (net), carved; lace etc.

A Tules, tules-bobinots, and knotted mesh fabrics (network)

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA heading 58.09 are classified under this subheading.

It should be noted that the imitations of the tues obtained in point looms (for example in the Raschel loom) are classified in chapter 60.

B Lace

Are included in this subheading, the items mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 58.09, paragraph II.

The following indications will allow to more easily distinguish the hand-facing from the machine-facing, since these two types of lace are classified in two different subheadings.

Machine-facing are often obtained in pieces of a certain width that are cut into bands when doing the finishing jobs. In this case, it is rare that the edges of the bands from the cut-off have not retained meshes or parts of meshes from the reticular fabric which on the loom together a band with the neighbour. These meshes or parts of excess meshes are in a certain sense "on the outside" of the lace. They are found, frequently in places where the line of the edge forms an incoming angle, that is, in places where it is difficult to reach without destroying at the same time the edge itself. The presence of these meshes or parts of meshes is a sure sign that it is a machine-fit.

An opinion can be formed, observing in the decorative motifs of the lace, the path of the threads of relief (or contour) and of the threads of filling. In hand-facing, these threads can go in any sense and, in particular, return in the same direction of provenance. In the machine fit, any reverse gear is impossible; the threads may skew to the right or to the left, but respecting the direction of the work.

The way to fill in the opaque parts of the drawing is a third element to be taken into consideration when it comes to distinguishing between hand-work and machine-work. In hand-facing, it is used exclusively:

-the knotted point, that is, the feston point or the ojal point if it is needle-facing;

-the point of tafetan or the point of redecilla, if it is the lace of bolillos.

The point of tafetan reproduces exactly the tafetan ligament. At the point of redecile, the threads representing the warp are divided into two overlapping series and form between them an angle proximate to 90; the weft thread passes alternately on a thread of the first series (series above) and under the thread of the 2. Series that follows you immediately.

In machine-facing, the most frequently used filling systems are as follows:

-the point tafetan, but with the particularity that the threads constituting the plot do not necessarily go from one end to the other of the drawing. In some cases, they do not travel more than part of the journey. The other part makes it another thread that comes to the encounter of the first;

-a system comparable to that which allows to obtain the tupide parts of the tues-bobinots (warp threads, drawing threads and return threads);

-insertion, through the tul net, of a thread that forms with the warp threads a tafetan ligament. In the first two procedures, the tul network is abandoned where the drawing begins, which does not occur in this case.

Finally, it is possible to distinguish the hand-on-hand lace with the help of the following elements. There are cases where these elements are the only ones that can give us the indications we seek, mainly when it comes to distinguishing between the lace of hand made bolillos and the ones obtained by machine:

a) the small defects or imperfections that present the handmade lace are irregularly spaced and rarely seem, while repeating with a mechanical regularity in the other lace, precisely because of the regular operation of the mechanical means employed in their manufacture;

b) the peaks that frequently re-kill the edge of the hand-made lace are always formed by the same threads of the net, while, at times, they are added in the machine. They are, in this case, less firm and can be started without destroying the lace, which is impossible in the hand-facing;

c) the way to expedite them and to pack them allows also to distinguish the true lace of the machine. Hand-made lace do not exceed 20 meters in length cuts. In addition, the shipments generally comprise, as many drawings or motifs as pieces. The cuts of machine lace are of greater length, being able to reach the 500 meters; the shipments always comprise a fairly large number of cuts of the same drawing or reason.

There is the case of the "mixed" lace, also known as cordoncillo lace, renaissance lace, Luxeuil lace, princess lace. It is part of a cordoncillo obtained by machine which is placed flat on a calco following the lines of the drawing. At the angles, the cordoncillo is replete with carefully respect to the imposed layout; the overlapping parts are stitched together; the ends of the cut cordoncillos are sewn carefully. Then, the flanges and filling points are made with needle.

In addition to the fact that the cordoncillo has been refolded, cut and stitched as it has just been said, it will be recognized at times, these lace, by the frowns that the cordoncillo presents on the concave edges of the drawing.

As far as tariff classification is concerned, these lace should be regarded as hand-facing (subheading 58.09 B I).

It will take care not to classify in the heading 58.09 a knitted fabric that imitates very well the lace and that in addition it is sold like lace in the trade. These are the articles obtained in the Raschel looms.

They are recognized because the network is formed by a mesh interlacing that remembers that of the warp point and not by warp threads (rights) and weft threads (oblique).

For the filling of the opaque parts of the drawing, the yarn used is inserted into the meshes that form the sides of the small hexagons of the net to which it is subject by a kind of cadenet point. The net does not disappear, because, where the drawing begins; on the contrary, it constitutes its support (which is not always the case in the machine-facing).

The above indications for the recognition of machine lace are still valid in the case of the "lace" Raschel: meshes or parts of meshes subsist after the cut in bands of contour and drawing threads, mechanical regularity of possible defects, etc.

But, for the application of the Arancel, the "lace" obtained in the Raschel loom are knitted genres. They are therefore to be classified in Chapter 60.

It will also be avoided to classify with machine lace, articles that mimic the gipur, but which have been obtained as chemical embroideries and which are classified in heading 58.10.

CHAPTER 59

GUATAS AND FELT; CORDAGE ROPES AND ARTICLES; ETC.

General Considerations

For the classification within the headings, of the articles made up of two or more textile materials, it is necessary to refer to the general considerations of Section XI.

59.01 Guatas and guata articles; tundiznos, knots and mots, of textile materials

A Guatas and guata articles

The articles referred to in paragraph A of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 59.01, are classified under this subheading.

B Tundiznos, knots and Mots

The items referred to in paragraphs B and C of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 59.01, are included in this subheading.

59.17 Fabric and articles for technical uses, of textile materials

This item includes textile products, according to the interpretation given by the NCCA explanatory notes, in pieces or cut, which are listed in a limited way in Note 5 (a). Chapter 59, as well as textile articles (other than those falling within heading Nos 59.14 to 59.16) cut in shape other than square or rectangular, assembled or otherwise made for a specific technical use, obtained from the products in the previous part or from other textile products.

To understand the scope of the term "fabric", refer to Note 1 A to Chapter 59.

Woven, felt or woven fabrics, combined with one or more layers of rubber, leather or other materials, of a kind commonly used for the manufacture of cardas, and similar products for other technical uses.

These products must be presented in pieces or simply cut into specific lengths or in square or rectangular shape; otherwise, they are classified in subheading 59.17 D.

Only "analogue products" are considered for other technical uses, felt fabrics, felt or woven fabrics, combined with other materials (rubber, leather, etc.) as indicated in the text. To this group of products belong to the rubber-bearing printing press, intended to cover the cylinders of the rotors, if they have a weight per square metre equal to or less than 1,500 grams (whatever the respective proportions of the textile and rubber materials) or of a weight per square metre of more than 1,500 g. if they contain more than 50% of textile materials by weight. The mantillas of a weight per square meter exceeding 1,500 g. and containing at least 50% by weight of rubber, are classified in heading 40.08.

Also classified in this subheading are the conveyor belts or transmission belts formed by two bands of polyamide fabric superimposed with interposition of one or more bands of trizable material woven in a flat form that make the paper of reinforcement armor, in which the different elements constituting the strap are joined by hot pressure with an adhesive, and which are less than three millimeters thick, presented in indeterminate lengths or cut in determined lengths. The same straps, if they are of a thickness of 3 mm or more or are not designed or fitted with attachment devices, are classified in heading No 59.16.

Subheading 59.17 A is not applicable to single warp and weft fabrics, coated with artificial plastic material (heading 59.08) or rubber (headings 40.08 or 59.11).

B Gases and cerner fabrics, even made up.

The gauze and fabrics described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 59.17, paragraph A, 2 are classified in this subheading.

The aforementioned gauze and fabrics may be present in pieces or already made up for the purpose of the use (cut in shape, ribbing with ribbons, provided with metallic eyes, etc.).

They are excluded from this subheading, principally: the frames for printing the sieve made up of a fabric mounted on an armature (subheading 59.17 D), the sieves and sieves of hand (heading 96.06, as well as the cerner fabrics processed in cribs intended to be mounted on machines or apparatus (Chapter 84).

C, whether or not impregnated or coated, of a kind commonly used in the manufacture of paper or in other technical, tubular or endless uses, when they have a warp, weft or both, single or multiple, or flat fabrics, when they have warp, weft or both, multiple.

As the text of the subheading itself indicates, these tissues may be:

-tubular tissues or endless tissues, and, in this case, may undifferently carry one or more warps and one or more frames;

-flat fabrics, but in this case they must necessarily have the warp, the plot or both, multiple.

Regardless of the tissues of this class of the types commonly used in paper-making machines, we can cite the tubular tissues intended to be used as sleeves of the cylinders in the spinning, to keep the ink rollers of the copying machines, to be mounted to serve as moisturizers in some printing materials, etc.

The fabrics of this subheading must be presented in pieces, or cut simply in certain lengths or in square or rectangular shape. Cut in other forms or made up, falling within subheading 59.17 D, provided they are articles for technical purposes.

D Other

The textile products listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 59.17, paragraph A, other than the specialised tissues of subheadings 59.17 A, B and C, as described above, as well as the articles listed in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 59.17, paragraph B, other than the gauze and cloths for cerner, made up, falling within subheading 59.17 B.

CHAPTER 60

POINT GENRES

General Considerations

For the classification of articles made up of two or more textile materials, within the headings, the general considerations of Section XI must be adhered to.

60.01 Non-elastic knitted non-elastic Tels, in piece

In addition to the tissues mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 60.01, they can be cited, mainly:

1. certain heated fabrics obtained in knitted or crocheted looms (warp loom, tloom Raschel, intended mainly for the making of curtains and curtains;

2. The imitations of tulle and the imitations of lace and puntillas made in point looms, most frequently with Raschel looms (see explanatory notes of headings 58.08 and 58.09). Like lace and mechanical pins, these imitations are often obtained in pieces of a certain width that are cut into strips during finishing works. These strips of indeterminate length are included in this heading provided the edges are parallel and rectilinear;

3. the imitations of knitted or crocheted webs intended for the manufacture of nets for provisions or other articles.

60.04 Non-elastic and unrubberless point-in-point interiors

A are classified in this heading, inter alia, the shirts and poles or niquis for men and boys, the outer shirts with sleeves called T-shirt, as well as the turtleneck garments, when they meet the following conditions:

1. The garments of this heading are classified as non-elastic and unrubberized garments, without being rubberized by means of shirts and poles or niquis for men and boys, which, among other things, bear a neck, even removable long or short sleeves, and an abotonated, even partial, in the forward, in which the left side on the right is mounted. They may or may not carry pocket.

2. Articles of this heading, not elastic nor rubberized, are classified as "T-shirts" or "T-shirts", with a width of not more than one size, of cotton or of synthetic or artificial textile fibres, whether or not fitted with a number of colours, whether or not fitted with pockets, whether or not fitted with sleeves, without buttons or other locking system, without a neck, without opening in the neckline, which is generally round, square, boat or V-shaped. With the exception of lace, they may carry decorative or advertising motifs obtained by stamping, by tricotate or by other procedures. The low of these garments, often folded, do not carry either elastic or elements to stick to them.

3. The garments of this heading, the unelastic knitwear garments, called 'turtleneck', are classified as 'turtleneck' garments, being regarded as such light garments, having a body, of which they cover the upper part, of fine gage, of textile materials, other than wool, whether or not with a number of colours, whether or not with sleeves, whether or not with a high neck or back ("swan"). Garments which have the above characteristics are considered to be of heading 605, when they are of wool.

In the description of turtleneck garments developed in the preceding paragraph, "fine gage" means a fine knit fabric having, both horizontally and vertically, at least 12 meshes per centimetre counted on the surface of a sample of 10x10 centimetres.

The fabric of the turtleneck garments consists almost always, at a smooth point, in a ribbed type 1: 1 or in an interlock.

The smooth point is the simplest bound of collection point tissue (fig. 1) the points for the right in the form of spikes or projections (fig. 2) and by the other way, in the form of waves (fig. 3).

Figures omitted.

The fine meshes of the ribbed type 1: 1 (fig. 4) are presented in each pass with a mesh for the right that alternates with a mesh for the other way (fig. 5) in such a way, that in the sense of the length, on one side of the fabric they appear embroidery to which they correspond furrows on the other side. The two sides of the tissue look the same (fig. 6 and 7).

Figures omitted.

The interlock is a double-sided knit fabric embroidered with the same look on both sides. This effect is obtained by interbreeding two ribbed points 1: 1 (see Fig. 8) in such a way that on one side of the tissue, a mesh of an embroidery is faced with another mesh of the embroidery of the opposite face of the tissue (see fig. 9). The embroidery on one side of the fabric is thus faced with those of the other side (see figs. 10 and 11).

Figures omitted.

B By shirts and poles or niquis of any kind, referred to in the explanatory note of NCCA heading 60.04, it should be understood in addition to the shirts and poles or niquis, the light garments covering the upper part of the body, for men and boys, with the following characteristics:

-with or without neck;

-with a neckline that presents a partial opening and whose edges are completely or partially superimposed on the left side on the right side, provided or not with any closing system other than the buttoned one. The buttoned-up is supported, however, only in the case where these garments do not have a neck (N: garments of this type with a neck and a buttontie are shirts and poles or niquis);

-without elastic or other elements to dine on the bass;

-with long or short sleeves;

-with side openings in the bass or without them.

C The garments of the type cited in paragraph B recognizable as women's items (the edges of the opening of the neckline overlap with the right side on the left side and the closure is made from right to left) are classified in heading 60.05 as outer garments;

D Similarly, garments of the type referred to in paragraph B which are not recognizable as articles for men or boys or as articles for women or girls are also classified under heading 60.05, with the exception of garments which, in addition to the characteristics of the outer shirts with sleeve, called 'T-shirts', the following elements:

-a neck or

-a partial opening in the neckline devoid of any locking system and whose edges do not overlap or

-both elements at the same time.

These last garments are classified in heading 60.04.

For babies 'dresses; girls' dresses up to and including commercial size 38

It is applicable mutatis mutandis, the explanatory note of subheading 61.04 A.

60.05 External perks, clothing accessories and other non-elastic knit items etc.

To outer garments and clothing accessories

As a supplement to the enumerations listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 60.05, paragraphs 1 and 2, it can be said that, in general, this subheading includes, provided that they are knitted or crocheted (other than those combined with rubber or rubberized yarns), all the articles and parts thereof which would be classified under headings 61.01 61.02, 61.06 and 61.07, as well as in 61.11 in so far as they were made of articles of external clothing, if they were woven from chapters 50 to 59, felt or non-woven fabrics. For the purposes of this subheading, the examples referred to in the explanatory notes to the abovementioned items must therefore be supported.

A II others

A is classified, inter alia, in the present subheading, the shirts, the shirt-blouses and the blouses.

1. They are classified between outer garments, other than "chandals" and jersix, containing at least 50% by weight of wool and weighing 600 grams or more per unit, non-elastic and unrubberized garments called shirts, and are regarded as such garments for women and girls, the cut of which is inspired by that of men's and boys ' shirts, with a neck, with or without pockets, with long or short sleeves, and which bear a buttoned, even partial, on the front on which the right side on the left is closed. These garments descend below the waist.

2 Also classified in this subheading, garments of non-elastic and unrubberized knitted or crocheted, called "blouses" and "shirt blouses", being considered as such, women's and girls ' garments, light, fancy, frequently large, whether or not sleeveless or neck-and-neck, with a neckline of any kind and with a buttoned or other system of closure, which may not exist only in the case of a very low neckline, with or without ornaments, such as ties, shrugs, lace, puntillas or embroidery. These garments descend slightly below the waist.

B This subheading also includes lightweight non-elastic and unrubberized garments that cover the upper part of the body, for women, girls and early childhood, with the following characteristics:

-with or without neck;

-with a neckline having a partial opening whose edges are completely or partially superimposed, the right side on the left side and devoid of any locking system;

-with elastic or without it, even with other elements that cinch the lows.

C The garments of the type referred to in paragraph B which are not recognizable as articles for men or boys or for women or girls with the exception of garments which, in addition to the characteristics of the outer shirts with sleeve, called T-shirts, are also classified under this subheading:

-neck or

a partial opening in the neckline devoid of any locking system whose edges do not overlap or

-both elements at the same time.

These last garments are classified in heading 60.04.

A II b) 1 baby dresses, girls ' dresses up to and including the commercial size 38.

The explanatory note of subheading 61.02 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

A II b) 3 garments for the practice of sports ("trainings")

The articles of point made up of two pieces, without forging, sometimes perchated by the inner part, which, because of their general appearance and the nature of their fabric, are recognizable as intended for use in the field of a sporting activity, exclusive or essentially, are classified in this subheading.

Garments for sports practice are composed of the following two elements:

-A garment intended to coat the upper body to the waist or slightly below this level, provided with long sleeves with elastic ribbons, elastic edges, zipper closure, or other wrist-cinching elements. Generally, the same cenitor elements are found at the base of this garment. When presenting a partial or full opening at the front, this garment should be closed only by a zipper. This garment may or may not be provided with cap, neck and pockets.

-The other garment is a trouser, fitted or wide, with pockets or without them, kept at the waist by an elastic band. It does not present an opening at the waist, so it lacks buttons or other locking system. However, this trouser may be provided with elastic ribbons, elastic edges, zipper closures or other elements that are cinched at its bottom, which generally descends at the level of the ankles. It can take flanges under the foot plant.

Garments of this type up to and including commercial size 38 are classified under subheading 60.05 A II b) 1.

Garments for the practice of sports should not be confused with the "full suits, suits and assemblies" of subheadings 60.05 A II b) 4 ff) and gg).

A II b) 4 bb) "chandals", jersix (with or without sleeves), sets of jersix, open and closed (twinset), waistcoats and jackets (excluding jackets falling within subheading 6005 A II b).

Outer garments intended to cover the upper part of the body, with or without sleeves, with any type of neckline, with or without neck and with or without pockets, are classified in this subheading.

These garments descend to the cut or down and most of the time they wear elastic in the base, in the opening, in the fists or in the sesses of the sleeves.

These garments may be of any textile material and of any kind of knitted, even light or fine-mesh fabric.

They can present all kinds of decorative motifs, including lace and embroidery.

However, if they present in the neckline or embroidery that overpass the paper of simple ornaments, these garments are excluded from this subheading and are generally classified as "other outer garments" of subheading 60. 05 A II b) 4 11.

Among these garments, they can be cited:

-the "chandals" and the jersix which are introduced by the head and which do not usually have an opening in the neckline or the closing system; with a V-neckline, flush with the neck, round or in the form of a boat, or with a neck returned or raised without opening.

-garments similar to those described in the preceding paragraph with or without neck, but provided with a partial opening in the neckline, for example on the front or on the shoulder, closed with a button or other closing system:

-jackets and jackets which are completely open at the front and closed or not with a button or other system of closure, with or without a neck (excluding tailor-made jackets made from knitted or crocheted fabrics, lined or not, of subheading 60. 05 A II b) 4 ll);

-the "twinset" jersix games composed of a jersey with sleeves or without them and a jacket or a vest with long or short sleeves. These garments must be of corresponding size, of the same fabric and of the same colors. Drawings and motifs, where they exist, must be identical in both garments;

-the garments described in the preceding paragraphs, made up of light fabrics of the kind used in the manufacture of T-shirts or similar articles, with elastic.

On the other hand, the lightweight garments of knitted or crocheted fabrics are excluded from this subheading, provided that the base or ribbons on the shoulders allow, among other things, the garment.

Equally, they are excluded from this subheading:

(a) turtleneck garments (subheading 60) 04 B II)

(b) "chandals" and "jersix" containing at least 50% by weight of wool and weighing 600 g. or more per unit (subheading 60.05 A I);

(c) shirts and shirt blouses (subheading 60.05 A II b) 4 aa));

(d) "anoraks", wind-jackets and the like (subheading 60.05 A II b) 4 ijij).

60.06 In-piece and other items (including knee pads and varices) etc.

The definition of the "elastic point" given by Note 5 (a) to Chapter 60 allows only to be considered as such the point whose elasticity is due to the combination of "textile-rubber materials".

Not therefore, in this consignment, are the fabrics and articles of knitted or crocheted manufactured wholly or partly with synthetic yarns known as 'elastomers yarn', mainly polyurethane; these synthetic yarns have a similar elasticity to that of rubber but do not meet the definition of synthetic rubber (Note 4 to Chapter 40) and should therefore be regarded as textile yarn.

Occurs the same with articles obtained from yarn whose elasticity is determined process of manufacture (textured yarn).

To Fabrics in Part

The explanatory note for heading 60.01 applies mutatis mutandis.

B Other items.

This subheading includes articles of the type classified in headings 60.02 to 60.05, when they are of elastic or rubberized point. In practice, the explanatory notes to those items should therefore be complied with.

CHAPTER 61

GARMENTS AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES, OF FABRICS

General Considerations

1. For the classification within a heading, of the articles made up of two or more textile materials, reference must be made to the general considerations of Section XI.

2. Note 3 (b) to Chapter 61 stipulates that the expression 'external or internal clothing for early childhood' includes the expression 'non-sex-related clothing', for children of young age, not applying to garments which are recognisable as intended exclusively for girls or boys; this expression also includes diapers and mantillas.

Although the term "early childhood" is contained in the text of headings 61.02 and 61.04, it must be borne in mind that the last sentence of Note 3 (b) applies only to heading 61.04. In other words, the diapers and mantillas-which are interior clothing for babies-are not classified in heading 61.02 but in 61.04.

61.02 Foreign clothing for women, girls and early childhood

Baby garments; girls ' garments up to and including commercial size 38

This subheading comprises a set of garments generally intended for children under 18 months of age. These garments include: coats, capes with or without hood, bathrobes, nannas, gowns, two-piece suits, ski suits, trousers, trousers with polaine, peleles and vests, suits, skirts, boleros, blouses, anoraks, layers, robes, shirt blouses, shorts, etc.

Some of these garments are manifestly made of basket articles and must therefore be classified under this subheading, whatever their size.

This is mainly the case with:

1. Unristianar suits and layers;

2. Without sleeves, with a hood;

3. Nanas: suits with hood and sleeves, with layer and sack characteristics (fully enclosed by the bottom part):

4. sleeping bags (with sleeves or scotches).

Other babies ' garments are only classified in this subheading up to and including the commercial size 38. This applies even if some features (such as, for example, the launch or any other closure system) show, in the case of commercial garments above 38, that they are garments exclusively for children. (The commercial size 38 Spanish corresponds to the commercial size 86 European; 86 cm = size of a baby).

61.04 Indoor benefits for women, girls and early childhood

For baby garments; girls ' garments up to and including commercial size 38

This subheading comprises a set of garments generally intended for children under 18 months of age. Among these garments can be cited: shirts and shirts of short sleeve, panties, pyjamas, camisons, diapers, peaks, mantillas, etc.

These garments are only classified in this subheading up to and including the commercial size 38. This applies even though some features (such as, for example, the launch or any other closure system) show, in the case of commercial garments above 38, that they are garments exclusively for girls or boys. (The commercial size 38 Spanish corresponds to the commercial size 86 European; 86 cm = size of a baby).

CHAPTER 62

OTHER ARTICLES OF WOVEN FABRICS

General Considerations

For the classification, within a heading, of the articles made up of two or more textile materials, it is necessary to refer to the general considerations of Section XI.

62.02 Bed, table, toilet or kitchen linen; curtains, curtains and other items of etc.

A Visillos

This subheading includes the curtains of light, transparent or translucent textile materials (such as veils, marquisette, tulle) which are generally placed directly in front of the windows.

62.03 Sacks and Packing Sizes

As a supplement to the explanatory note to the NCCA heading 62.03, attention is drawn to the fact that many sacks of textile materials are included in other items, mainly in headings 42.02 and 62.05. Furthermore, it should not be lost sight of the fact that, if the sacks and paper sizes for packaging belong to heading 48.16, the same articles of paper tissue are classified in this heading.

Although the tariff classification of articles resulting from a combination of "textile-paper materials" is a matter of fact (it is based on the essential character of the article under consideration), it can be said that, generally, the sacks of paper-lined textile materials are classified here, while the internal-lined paper sacks of textile materials are classified in Subheading 48.16 A.

A I used

Not classified here more than the articles that have served at least once for the transport of goods and that have preserved manifest traces: remains of the product that have contained, stains, holes, scratches, repairs, distended seams, marks of tied or seams in the mouth, etc.

B I used

The explanatory note of subheading 62.03 A I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

SECTION XII

FOOTWEAR; UMBRELLAS; UMBRELLAS AND QUITASOLES; PREPARED PENS ETC.

CAPLTULO 64

FOOTWEAR, BOOTS, POLAINES AND SIMILAR ARTICLES; PARTS THEREOF

64.02 Footwear with natural leather sole, artificial or regenerated; footwear with rubber soles etc.

To Footwear with Natural Leather Top

Only "natural leather", hides and skins of heading Nos 41 02 to 41.06 and 41.08 are considered. Excluding of this subheading, falling within subheading B, the footwear of heading No 64.02 with the top of the fur or with the uppers of artificial leather or regenerated

heading No 41.10

It may occur that these upper parts (cuts) are a combination of natural leather and other materials. In such cases, the classification shall be carried out in accordance with General Rules 3 and 5 for the interpretation of the nomenclature, well understood that this classification should not be influenced by the non-external parts, such as linings and interior reinforcements.

B Other

This sub-item is primarily classified as the type of alpargatas with the outer sole of rubber or plastic coated rope (see sketch. I), in the stitch, the heel, in the middle part and in the contour.

It is also classified in this subheading, the footwear of this type, whose outer sole is of string and is coated with rubber or plastic in the heel and in the almost totality of the part that extends from the tip to the arch of the foot (see the sketch n. II)

Figures omitted.

64.04 Calzado with floor of other materials (string, cardboard. felt tissues, etc.)

Footwear of the type of alpargatas that carries the sole of rope is classified in this heading, even if the tip and the heel or the tip, the heel and the middle part are coated with rubber or plastic (see the drawings No. III and IV).

Some shoes of this type are classified, however, in subheading 64.02 B. Such is the case mainly for those in which the sole is coated with rubber or plastic at the tip, in the heel, in the middle and on the edge, or in the heel and in the almost totality of the part extending from the tip to the arch, (see the explanatory notes of subheading 64.02 B).

Figures omitted.

64.05 Parts of footwear (including stencils and heels, etc.)

A assemblies formed by upper parts of footwear with first soles or with other lower parts and devoid of outer soles.

This is a set that is not yet a footwear, formed by the top and one or several lower parts (mainly the template), but the outer sole is missing.

B Other

Most of the footwear parts classified under this subheading are quoted in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 64.05. Also classified here are the tacos for football boots, as well as the wooden soles for sandals ("nu-pieds" and others) with no upper or no strips, laces or ribbons.

As stated in the text of the consignment, it does not comprise the metal articles. However, some parts bearing metal parts are classified in this subheading, for example:

1. Leather, rubber or artificial plastic heels with a firm cover or a metal-support stem.

2. Cambrillons formed by a flexible sheet of steel subjected to a rigid cardboard or a natural or regenerated leather, intended to be part of the footwear.

It should be noted that the flexible sheets of steel presented in isolation are classified under heading 73.35.

CAPITAL 65

HATS AND OTHER HEADGEAR AND PARTS THEREOF

65.01 Felt helmets for hats, no shape or finish; plates (discs)

A Felt of hair or wool and hairs

By "felt felt" must be understood, the felt made with rabbit hair, of the almizclera rat hare, ragondin (coypo), beaver, otter or similar small length hair: in the first stage of their manufacture, the articles classified in this subheading are obtained by aspiration in machines called bastions.

The "wool and hair felt" can be made from an intimate blend of wool and hair, in any proportion or any combination of the two products (for example, wool felt coated with a layer of hair).

Hair or wool felt and hair felt may have other fibres (for example, synthetic or artificial textile fibres).

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises wool felt articles, even with other added fibres (for example, synthetic or artificial textile fibres), well understood, that wool and hair felt articles are classified in subheading A.

By wool felt the felt made with wool or hair that has a certain analogy with wool (hair of vicuña, camel, calf, cow, etc. ); in the first stage of their manufacture the articles classified here are obtained by winding up after a previous cardio.

65.03 Hats and other felt touched, made of helmets or plates of the game etc.

By hats and other guards, they must be understood to be wholly or partly covered by garrisons, even if they are of the same material as the headgear.

These are considered as garrisons: the linings, the deuders (leather or any matter), the ribbons that border the wing, the outer tapes, the trencils, the loops, the buttons, the cabujones, insignia, feathers, ornamental stitches, artificial flowers, lace and pins, fabrics or ribbons forming bonds, etc.

For the classification of the articles of this item according to the constituent material, the explanatory notes of subheadings 65.01 A and B are applicable mutatis mutandis.

65.04 Hats and other headdresses, braided or made by joining bands of any matter etc.

For the classification of the articles of this item, according to their presentation (guarnized or unsaved), it is applicable mutatis mutandis, the explanatory note of heading 65.03.

65.07 Desuders, linings, cast frames (including spring armor for etc.)

To Duders

This sub-item includes the items referred to in paragraph 1 of the NCCA Explanatory Notes to heading 65.07.

CHAPTER 66

UMBRELLAS, QUITASOLS, BATONS, WHIPS, FISTS AND THEIR COMPONENT PARTS

N 1 c) Umbrellas and umbrellas for children's entertainment are generally distinguished from the umbrellas and umbrellas of this chapter by the nature of the constituent materials their most rudimentary bill, their small dimensions and the fact that they are not usable to protect themselves effectively from rain or sun (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 97.03, paragraph 4). Without prejudice to the above criteria, it should also be noted that the length of the rods of the umbrellas and umbrellas for children's amusement rarely exceed 25 cm.

66.01 Paraguas, parasols and quitasoles, including the Paraguayan-cane and the quitasoles-toldo etc.

As regards the distinction of the articles of this item from those intended for the amusement or entertainment of children, it is necessary to abide by the explanatory note of Note 1 (c) of this chapter.

Remains classified in this heading:

1. small umbrellas and umbrellas intended for the effective protection of children against the sun or rain;

2. the small umbrellas designed to be placed in the child's car for protection against the sun.

Umbrellas and umbrellas which, by the nature of the materials used in their manufacture, are only usable as accessories of cotillon are excluded from this heading (heading 97.05).

66.03 Parts, ornaments and accessories for the items included in items 66.01 and so forth.

To Fists, Poms, and Mangoes

This subheading includes the cuffs (including the recognizable outlines as such), the pomos and handles that are adapted to the extremity of the side by which the umbrellas, umbrellas, canes, seat sticks, whips, fists and the like are caught with the hand.

B Armature assembled, even with reed or astil

This subheading includes:

1. assembled, with reed or astil, that is to say, the wading of the umbrella, sunshade, etc, with or without garrisons (or accessories);

2. assembled, unreed or astil, with garrisons (or accessories) or without them, that is to say, the set of the varillage that slides along the astil or reed and allows to open and close the umbrella, parasol, etc., and which serves the time to strain and support the cover.

On the other hand, simple assemblies of rods that do not constitute complete armor are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheading C.

C Other parts, ornaments and accessories

In addition to the frames referred to in the last paragraph of the explanatory note of subheading B, this subheading includes, in particular, unassembled rods, as well as the articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 66.03, paragraphs 1), 2) and 5).

CHAPTER 67

PREPARED PENS AND PLUMAS AND ARTICLES OF FEATHERS OR DOWN; ARTIFICIAL FLOWERS; ETC.

67.01. Skins or other parts of birds with their feathers or down, parts of feathers, etc.

Fur or other parts of birds with their feathers or down; feathers, parts of feathers

down

This subheading includes skins and other parts of birds provided with feathers or down which, without being yet transformed into made-up articles, have undergone more advanced work than simple treatment for cleaning, disinfection or preservation.

The present subheading also includes the prepared, already plucked, seal skins, but which retain the plump, dyed or not, even cut. These skins serve mainly for the manufacture of tassels for applying powders. When they have the characters of tassels for dust, they are classified in heading 96.05.

This subheading also includes feathers, parts of feathers and plumes which, without having been transformed into made-up articles, have undergone more advanced work (bleaching, curling, finishing, etc.) than the simple treatment for cleaning, disinfection or preservation.

B Other

This sub-item includes, in particular, the items described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 67.01, paragraphs B, 1) to B, 5). It should be noted that the articles of this subheading may also be obtained from products of heading 05.07.

67,02 Flowers, fucks and artificial fruits and their parts; articles made with flowers, etc.

According to Note 3 to Chapter 67, the flowers and artificial fruits must be made up by the binding of any material (metals, textiles, paper, rubber, etc.) by means of gluing or similar procedures, of juxtaposed elements (leaves, flowers, pistilos, petals, etc.). 'Similar procedures' are considered, mainly, the attachment by self-sizing made by heating of the material or by means of sliding devices which are fastened to the stem by rubbing.

Also classified in this subheading, although they do not correspond to these characteristics, the artificial follages constituted by the soft skin of some animal species (briozoars and hydrozoars, mainly), specially prepared and dyed as the vegetable articles of the consignment 06.04.

A I parts

This subheading includes the items indicated in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 67,02, paragraph 2. In order to be classified here, the elements or parts must have been cut down, stamped or worked so as to leave no doubt about their use.

A II others

This subheading includes the items indicated in the explanatory notes to NCCA, item 67,02, paragraph 1. Articles of this subheading may be mounted on metal stems or other.

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. Simple artificial flowers and follages with a single stem or branch, even branched. The stem, branch or branches may present flowers, buds, buttons or buds, leaves or fruit, even combined, provided that all the parts correspond to the same variety;

2. Articles cited in (a), of the same colour and of the same variety presented in the united bouquets, tied or fixed together in a temporary manner for practical purposes (for the purpose of facilitating the conditioning and transport, for example).

They can be quoted among the items classified under this subheading:

Natural-sized geraniums, stylized open flowers, natural-sized yucca (180 cm), wheat stalks with spigot, life-size bromelia, etc.

B Articles made with flowers, follages and artificial fruits

This subheading includes the items mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 67,02, paragraph 3.

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. the bouquets of flowers and/or artificial foliage which, according to the presentation, are intended for retail sale as such, including small bouquets to be carried in the chest or in the flap. They are branches in which several flowers and/or follages are permanently attached or fixed together with ligatures, tails or any other analogous procedure. These bouquets can carry accessories (tapes, paper-lace, basket, for example).

2. the imitations of plants consisting of several flowers, follages and/or artificial fruits mounted each on a stem. The stems end up in a common stem where they join together otherwise.

3. cordons, braids, crowns, pads, garlands or other assemblies of flowers, follages and/or artificial fruits in elongated, circular or other forms (e.g. hearts, crosses, etc.) Although these goods may be made up of a single stem or a single branch and come from a single plant variety, they have been subjected to a complementary labour force in relation to the flowers, follages and artificial fruits of subheading 67,02 A II.

4. Flowers, follages and artificial fruits, mounted on pins, combs or pins or pins or other fasteners, provided that such articles retain the character of articles of heading No 67,02

67.03 Hair combed or otherwise prepared; wool, hair or other textile materials, etc.

A hair just combed

The subheadings include the hairstyles, that is, as indicated in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, second paragraph-the hair placed in its natural sense, that is, root with root and tip with tip, but without other preparation (thinned, discoloured, etc.).

However, natural braids of raw hair, whether or not washed and defatted, originating directly from the cut and not subjected to other work, are excluded from this heading and are classified under heading 05.01.

SECTION XIII

ARTICLES OF STONE, PLASTER, CEMENT, ASBESTOS, MICA AND SIMILAR MATERIALS.

CHAPTER 68

ARTICLES OF STONE, PLASTER, CEMENT, ASBESTOS, MICA AND SIMILAR MATERIALS

68.02 Size or construction stone Manuings, excluding etc.

A I simply carved or sawn, flat or smooth surface

This subheading includes stones and articles made of stone (including articles of manufacture), whether or not carved or sawn, with one or more flat or smooth faces. These may be chiseled, chopped or picked.

To II moldings or turrets, but not working otherwise

They are considered to be ground stone articles that present mouldings or grooves, that is, linear ornaments, such as fillets, plinths, bezels, or necklines. The fuses of the columns, the balustrades and the like, polished, decorated or otherwise worked, but without sculpting, are among the turning articles.

In addition to the articles of stone in which all or part of the surface has been polished, they are included in this subheading, in particular:

1. Articles of stone in which all or part of the surface has been rubbed with sand or bribonded;

2. Made of decorated stone. Articles of stone coated with coloured or varnished motifs and ornaments or otherwise obtained in planes; for example, making drawings by chisel on a polished surface;

3. Articles of stone with incrustations, provided with mosaics, of metal ornaments or of simple chiselled inscriptions;

4. articles of unsculpted stone which have been subjected to work not provided for in subheadings 68,02 A I and II.

A IV Sculptures

They are considered sculpted, the articles covered with ornamental motifs in relief or in hollow, such as leaves, ovos, garlands or tops, executed with a more elaborate art than in the ornaments referred to in subheadings 68.02 A II and III.

The statues, high and low reliefs (different from the original works of statuesque and sculptural art) are also classified in this subheading.

68.04 Stones for hand polishing or polishing, grinding and similar articles for grinding, defibrating, etc.

Waste and scrap of stone for sharpening or polishing by hand, of grinding wheels and of similar articles of natural or artificial abrasives, agglomerated or ceramic, are classified in subheading 25.32 B.

To I of agglomerated abrasives

This subheading includes articles of natural or artificial abrasives (for example, esmeril, pumice stone, tripoli, kieselgur, glass powder, corindon, silicon carbide, maroon, diamond or boron carbide) agglomerated by any process. The agglomeration can be performed mainly with hard mineral binders (e.g. cements) or with elastic binders (e.g. rubber or plastic) or by ceramic cooking.

B I of agglomerated abrasives

The explanatory note of subheading 68.04 A I is applicable mutatis mutandis.

68.07 Wool of slag, rock and other similar mineral wool; vermiculite dilata, clay etc.

A wool of slag, rock and other similar mineral wool.

Among the other similar mineral wool, for example, those obtained by melting of mixtures of rocks and slags, whether or not added to small quantities of chemicals to improve their properties, provided that they do not present the characteristics of the glass wool of heading 70.20.

B Other

Among the products that are classified under this subheading can be cited the dilated chlorites and perlites, which are included here provided that the procrastination process has been stopped at the moment in which hollow granules have been obtained and before the rupture of these granules in concave laminillas. This laminar product is generally used as a filter and not as a thermal or acoustic insulator and is classified under subheading 38.03 B (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 38.03).

They are also included in this subheading, in addition to mixtures and articles of mineral materials for thermal or acoustic insulation, the "foams" of slag and rocks which, when presented in the form of blocks, plates and the like, have an appearance similar to the multicellular glass of heading 70.16.

In this case, they can be distinguished from the multicellular glass by following the criteria used to distinguish the wool from the subheading 68.07 A of the wool of heading 70.20.

Also classified in this subheading are the high-oven granulated slags which are strongly dilated by foamed with an apparent density equal to or less than 0,3 Kg/dm3.

68.10 gypsum or gypsum-based compositions or compositions

To plates, plates, panels, tiles and the like, unadorned

Flat materials of any form, essentially used in partitions and ceilings, are included in this subheading.

They are not considered to be adorned, the articles simply perforated or coated with a thin layer of paper or other materials, by one or both sides. They can carry a simple coat of paint or varnish. The ornamentation, which may consist, for example, in various motifs in relief or in hollow, in decorations in the mass or in decorations on the surface, involves the classification of the plates, panels, etc., in the subheading 68.10 B.

They are also included in this subheading, the square panels of plaster perforated by the face that forms the outside of the panel and with two rectangular shaped cavities in which mineral wool bands have been placed. The inner face has a sheet of paper coated with another sheet of aluminium. They are intended for the coating of roofs or walls and produce thermal and acoustic insulation.

68.12 Manufacturing, Cell, and Similar Asbestos Cement

A Building Materials

They are considered construction materials, materials and articles that, by their nature, are mainly intended for construction. Among these articles can be cited:

1. coating materials and accessories, such as tiles, plates, corrugated plates or not, cumbreras, skylights and gutters;

2. pipes, pipes and fittings of pipes, such as water downpour, ventilation channels, passacables, chimney cannons, fittings, joints and hoses for pipes;

3. the panels, slabs and tiles for lining the walls, the facades and the floor, the balustrades, the lintels and jambas, sills and sockets.

68,13 Working materials; articles of asbestos other than those of heading No 68.14.

Worked Asbestos (carded fibers, dyed, etc.)

The expression "worked asbestos" is defined in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 68.13, first paragraph. It should be noted that the asbestos manufacturing waste is classified under heading 25. 24.

B I yarn

It is considered to be yarn of this subheading the single yarn, as well as the twisted yarns made up of four single yarns, whichever is the bulk of the article. Similar articles which do not meet these conditions are considered to be ropes and are classified under subheading 68.13 B III. Article. Similar articles which do not meet these conditions are considered to be ropes and are classified under subheading 68.13 B III.

B II fabrics

Fabrics of any width (including tapes) are classified in this subheading.

B III Other: The ropes and other articles consisting of a braided asbestos cover with a core of flexible materials are also classified under this subheading.

The paper, cardboard and filter plates made up of asbestos fibres, of paper pulp, possibly with loading materials, are classified under this subheading when they contain a percentage of asbestos equal to or greater than 35% by weight. Otherwise, they are classified in Chapter 48.

C I mixtures

Products classified under this subheading are described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 68.13, second paragraph. It should be noted that waste in pieces or in articles of mixtures based on asbestos or on the basis of asbestos and magnesium carbonate is also classified under this subheading.

68.15 Mica worked and articles of mica, including mica on paper or tissue etc.

To Mica Sheets or Laminillas

This subheading includes sheets or sheets of mica, cut in forms involving a particular use. They are distinguished from the sheets or sheets falling within heading 25.26, by the various characteristics mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 25.26.

They are also included in this subheading, the sheets or laminillas of mica which have been subjected to an unadmitted work in heading 25.26, for example, polishing or casting on a support, even if they are not cut as indicated above.

B Plates, sheets or bands formed by exfoliations or mica powder, even fixed on support

Plates, sheets or bands of this subheading must be present in rolls of indeterminate length or simply cut in square or rectangular shape. Cut in shape other than square or rectangular, these articles are classified in subheading 68.15 C.

CHAPTER 69

CERAMIC PRODUCTS

I CALORIFIC AND REFRACTORY PRODUCTS

69.01 Ladles, slabs, tiles and other calorific pieces, made with flours etc.

To Bricks weighing more than 650 kilograms per m3

In particular, the insulating bricks obtained by forming and cooking of Moler's land are classified in this subheading

69.02 Ladrillos, slabs, tiles v other similar construction, refractory parts

One of the essential characteristics of the refractory products included in this subheading is that they have a minimum pyroscopic resistance of 1,500 C (determined according to the recommendations ISO R 528-1966 and R 1146-1969).

A based on magnesite, dolomite or chromite

In this subheading, the products obtained with one or more of the following minerals: magnesite, dolomite or chromite, with the addition of other materials or without it provided that such minerals or oxides resulting from the processing of these minerals are in such proportion as to determine the essential character of these products.

69.03 Other refractory products (retorts, crucibles, muffas, pipettes, plugs, supports, etc.)

The explanatory note for heading 69.02 applies mutatis mutandis.

B A magnesite, dolomite or chromite base

The explanatory note for heading 69.02 applies mutatis mutandis.

II. OTHER CERAMIC PRODUCTS

General Considerations

In relation to the scope of the terms "porcelain", "ordinary mud", "loza" and "stoneware" listed in the headings or subheadings of this sub-chapter, reference should be made to the NCCA explanatory notes, Chapter 69, Subchapter II, general considerations.

69.05 Tejas, architectural ornaments (cornices, friezes, etc.) and other ceramic products etc.

Ordinary Mud Tiles

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 69.05, paragraph 1, are included in this subheading, provided that they are ordinary clay.

69.11 tableware and household or toilet ware, of porcelain

A White or a single color

For the purposes of this subheading, only articles which, apart from the natural colour of the unglazed paste, are uniformly coloured with the entire surface, both inside and outside, are considered to be 'white or of a single colour'.

To determine the classification according to this provision, the inscriptions indicating, for example, the marks, the names of the manufacturer or the seller, the country of production, the nature of the object or the constituent material, even if these inscriptions are surrounded by a drawing that does not constitute a true decoration, shall not be taken into account.

69,12 Vajillas and articles of domestic or toilet use, of other ceramic materials

With regard to the tariff classification in the various subheadings of this heading, see also the explanatory notes to the NCCA and in particular the general considerations relating to Chapter II, Chapter 69, 'other ceramic products'.

With regard to the tariff classification of tableware and articles of domestic use with embossed and similar decorative motifs, see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 69.13, paragraph B).

1. the beer jars are generally classified in that heading; however, they are classified in 69,13 if:

-the edge is formed or worked in such a way that it is difficult to drink;

-by its way it's hard to handle them and bring them to the lips;

-embossed decorations are such or so numerous that cleaning can not be easily done;

-present an unused form (e.g. head of dead, female bust);

-are decorated with paint of quality that is not long-lasting.

2. Articles having the form of beer jars with decorative motifs in relief and similar and with a capacity of less than 0,2 litres are generally classified in heading 69.13.

A ordinary mud

Products obtained from ferruginous and calcareous clays (land of wovens) are classified in this subheading; they have a terrous, matte and coloured fracture (usually, brown, red or yellow).

Its texture is heterogeneous, the diameter of the non-homogeneous elements representative of the structure of the general mass (grains, inclusions, pores), is greater than 0.15 millimeters; consequently, these elements are visible to the naked eye.

In addition, its porosity (water absorption coefficient) is equal to or greater than 5% by weight. This porosity shall be determined in accordance with the method laid down by the Directorate-General for Customs and Excise.

B Gres

The products obtained from clays more or less commonly coloured in the mass are classified in this subheading; they are characterized by an opaque, compact texture, cooked at a temperature sufficient for the vitrification. Said opacity is determined on a ceramic hull sample of a minimum thickness of 3 mm and according to the method established by the General Directorate of Customs and Excise.

In addition, porosity (water absorption coefficient) is less than 5% by weight. This porosity will be determined according to the method established by the Directorate General of Customs and Excise. It is recalled that this subheading also includes the white-textured stoneware ("stone ware").

C of fine or fine clay

The products obtained by cooking a mixture of selected clays ("fine clay"), mixed at times with feldspar and with variable quantities of lime (hard loza, mixed loza, soft loza), are classified in this subheading. The loza products are characterized by a white or clear texture (slightly grayish or cream or ivory) and the fine clay products by a colored paste that goes from yellow to brown or red brown.

The texture presents a fine grain, it is homogeneous and the diameter of the non-homogeneous elements representative of the structure of the general mass (grains, inclusions, pores) is equal to or less than 0.15 mm; these elements are not visible to the naked eye.

In addition, porosity (absorption coefficient in water) is equal to or greater than 5% by weight. This porosity shall be determined by the method established by the General Directorate of Customs and Excise.

C I white or single color

The explanatory note of subheading 69.11 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

D Of other ceramic materials

Products which do not meet the criteria for products falling within the other subheadings of this heading, or those relating to porcelain (heading 69.11) are classified under this subheading.

69.13 Statuettes, fantasy objects, for wetting, ornamentation or personal adornment

See the explanatory notes of heading 69.12.

CHAPTER 70

GLASS AND GLASS ARTICLES

70.01 Cascos and other glass waste and scrap; mass glass (excluding optical glass)

To Helmets and other waste and scrap of glass

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 70.01, paragraph A

B Mass glass (except optical glass)

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 70.01, paragraph B

704 Glass or rolled glass, untilled (including glass or glass plate, etc.)

To Armed

In relation to the term "armed", reference should be made to the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 70.04, last paragraph before the exclusions.

B Other

This subheading does not cover, in particular, polished glass (in particular, glass called "float"), which is obtained by pouring into controlled atmosphere a continuous band of pasty glass on the surface of a molten metal bath and then progressively cooling (heading 706).

70.14 Glass articles for lighting and signalling and optical glass elements not so on.

A Articles used as accessories for electrical lighting appliances

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 714, paragraph B, are included in this subheading, provided that they are used as accessories for electrical lighting equipment. The articles for flame-lighting equipment are therefore particularly excluded.

Articles having the appearance and characteristics of the glass beads described in the Explanatory Notes to subheading 719 A I do not correspond to this subheading (719 A I).

B Other

This subheading includes, in particular, glass-lighting fixtures which are complete or considered as such, whether or not they are mounted as if they are disassembled.

70.16 Adoquines, bricks, tiles, tiles and other articles of cast or cast glass, etc.

It should be noted that laminated glass tiles (for example, marbrite or marmorite) are not classified in this heading but in items 70.04 or 70.06. according to their class

The criteria for distinguishing between glass wool and other mineral wool are applicable mutatis mutandis in order to distinguish the articles of multicellular or foam glass from this heading, of the like products of heading 68.07.

70.17 Glass accounts, imitation of fine pearls and precious and semi-precious stones and so on.

A I glass beads

Included in this subheading:

1. the articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 719, paragraph A;

2. similar articles also known commercially with the name of glass beads and consisting of glass objects of larger dimensions (up to the approximate size of a nut). These articles, intended mainly for the manufacture of necklaces or bracelets, are presented in very varied forms (balls, semi-spheres, drops, dice, coils, tubings, cones, polyhedra, etc.) and are drilled from side to side.

Tubitos are not considered as glass beads for the application of this subheading, except that the outer diameter and the length do not exceed 4 and 24 mm, respectively. They should not be confused with special standard lead glass tubes of the type used for the manufacture of filament lamps and halogen lamps; tubes of this type are generally colourless and are classified under heading 703.

Items of this subheading are usually presented in bulk, in bags, in boxes, etc.

This subheading also includes the glass beads of identical dimensions and colour, without knots of separation or closure devices for the convenience of transport and for the purposes of presentation. These films are generally presented in bundles bound by the free ends of the thread threads and are therefore not assembled used in this state of presentation.

On the other hand, they are excluded from this subheading, the ones (tied or in bundles) in which the accounts, of different dimensions and colors, are arranged in a regular way (for example, alternating the colors or the dimensions in a regular way or by filtering the beads according to an increasing order of size) or in which the beads are separated by knots (subheading 719 C).

These are also excluded from the present subheading (even if they do not carry more than dimensions, colours or identical manufacturing systems) with closures or similar devices of different glass materials (Chapter 71).

A) carved or mechanically polished

Mechanically carved and polished beads classified under this subheading are distinguished from so-called "fire-to-fire" (subheading 719 A I b)) by their perfectly smooth faces and with live edges. In addition, the edge of the perforation is frequently carved (sometimes also polished) and features live carved edges corresponding to the adjacent faces. The edge of the "polished to fire" beads is, on the contrary, frequently rounded and does not attach to the faces by living edges.

The articles referred to in paragraph 2 of the explanatory notes of subheading 70.19 A I are the ones that are most frequently carved and mechanically polished.

A II fine pearl imitations

This subheading includes the articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 719, paragraph B.

As regards the imitations of threaded pearls, the explanatory notes of subheading 719 A I shall apply mutatis mutandis.

A III imitations of precious and semi-precious stones

The articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 719, paragraph C

are classified in this subheading.

A III a) mechanically carved and polished

The imitations of precious and semi-precious stones, carved and polished mechanically classified in this subheading, are distinguished from the same articles polished by fire (subheading 719 A III b)) by their perfectly smooth faces and with live edges.

A IV a) Miniscule Spherical Grains (Ballotins)

This subheading includes the small spherical grains (microspheres) whose average diameter can vary from one tenth of a millimeter to a few millimeters, intended to constitute the reflective surfaces of the road signs, light indicators, cinematographic screens, etc. or to be used as a matter of projection on metal surfaces for mechanical pickling. In the latter case, the product has a bright white appearance and can contain small amounts of silicones or other materials that act as lubricants.

A IV b) others

They are included in this subheading, mainly, the imitations of coral, grains and cabuchons (other than the imitations of fine pearls or precious or semi-precious stones) for the heads of hat pins, pendants for earrings and the glass tubings for the making of fringes.

In relation to the distinction between the glass tubings of this subheading and those to be considered as glass beads of subheading 719 A, the particulars in paragraph 2 of the Explanatory Notes to subheading 719 to I must be complied with.

B Artificial Eyes

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 70.19, paragraph 2 before the exclusions.

C Abalory, Rrocalla and Analog Objects

This subheading includes the articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 719, paragraph E.

D Other

They are classified under this subheading:

1 The cubes, dice, plates, fragments and tasquiles (including on support), of glass, for mosaics and similar decorations (see the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 719 (1) before the exclusions).

It should be noted that the glass plates on a regular basis are classified in this subheading only when none of their sides exceed 5 cm, otherwise they follow their own regime (for example, 70.04, 70.06, 70.16 or 70.21);

2. Glass fantasy objects worked on the torch (higlass), (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 70.19, paragraph 3 before the exclusions).

70.20 Wool of glass, glass fibres and articles of these materials

to Non-textile fibres and articles of these fibres

1. Non-textile glass fibres are glass fibres consisting of a single filament and framed in a mass of elemental fibres of different lengths (glass and glass wool). For their presentation, they are not suitable for textile use, that is, they cannot be twisted.

2. Non-textile glass fibres are presented as follows:

-either bulk or flaked;

-or in the form of manufactured products.

3. Non-textile glass fibres in bulk or in flakes are generally found in the trade in bullets or in paper sacks.

4. Among the manufactured products of non-textile fibres can be cited:

(a) Goods called commercially-nayers, felt and blankets, which are presented in rolls;

b) the flexible or rigid panels, in which the filaments, which are linked together, are cut into dimensions proximate to 1x50 m;

(c) flanks consisting of cordons, lined or not with wire;

(d) moulded or cut products, such as nozzles and acoustic plates;

e) the thin veils impregnated.

These products, impregnated or not, may, if necessary, be fixed on a support, such as curly, asphalted, tarred, corrugated cardboard, metal fabric, veil or fabric, by means of casting or stitching, for example.

B Textile fibres and articles of these fibres

1. Textile fibres, glass fibres consisting of elementary filaments, are considered. These fibres are used for textile purposes (for example, manufacture of single, twisted or wired yarn, of wicks, braids, lace and toe-toe, even knitted or crocheted).

This subheading includes continuous or discontinuous glass fibres, as well as products made from such fibres.

2. They are classified under this subheading, for example:

(a) the so-called "base threads" of continuous glass fibres, which are smooth beams, consisting of several continuous elementary filaments arranged in parallel and, generally, joined by a binder. The number of filaments varies according to the number of holes in the row (for example, 100 or 200). They are usually presented in coils with or without tube.

(b) wicks of fibrous-like discontinuous fibres, which are made up of elementary fibres, mostly extended in the longitudinal direction and whose length varies between 4 and 100 cm;

(c) the rovings consisting of a set of parallel continuous filaments joined without torsion or with very low torque (less than five turns per metre);

d) the twisted or wired threads. They are usually presented in cops or uses that bear indications concerning the torsion (turns per meter) and the sense of the torsion (in S or Z).

e) the "base threads" of continuous, sectioned glass fibers;

(f) hatched warps consisting of 'base threads' of glass fibres which are parallelised and maintained by very spaced weft threads;

g) mats made up of continuous, even cut, glass fibres, superimposed in the form of irregular layers, agglomerated by a binder. These mats are generally rolled on a stand (cardboard roll, for example) and are used as reinforcement material, mainly for plastics;

(h) ropes, twine, cordons, ribbons, tubes, fabrics, lace and pins, embroidery and clothing.

It should be noted that embroidery of textile fibres in Section XI with effects obtained by glass fibre embroidery yarns are classified in heading 58.10.

SECTION XV

FINE PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES AND THE LIKE, ETC.

CHAPTER 71

FINE PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES AND THE LIKE, ETC.

I. FINE PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES, ETC.

71.02 Precious and semi-precious stones, raw, carved or otherwise worked, etc.

A raw or simply sawn, exfoliated, or chipped

Among the precious and semi-precious stones that are classified in this subheading, it is possible to cite the outlines that, after sawing or roughing, have not been subjected to subsequent operations.

Not classified in this subheading are prepared stones, for example in double or triplet (subheading 71.02 B).

B Other

It is mainly classified in this subheading precious or semi-precious stones carved (with facets or otherwise), the stones recorded

(cameos or embossed stones and stones engraved in hollow), the stones pierced, the stones emptied and the stones prepared in double or triplet.

Stones prepared in double or triplet are those obtained by overlapping a precious or semi-precious stone (upper part of the double or triplet) on another or other precious or semi-precious stones (usually of lesser quality) or on other materials (reconstituted stone or glass, for example).

With regard to precious and semi-precious stones which are not otherwise considered to be worked for the purposes of this subheading, as well as stones which, even if they are not used or assembled, are classified in Chapters 90, 91 or 92, see the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 71.02.

It is noted that the outlines are classified under subheading 71.02 A.

B I for industrial uses

They are considered as stones for industrial uses, the stones used mainly to mount them in the useful ones (for example, glass diamonds, drilling tools, turning or drawing rows), in the machine accessories or in the machines themselves.

The stones that are classified under this subheading are not suitable for use in jewelry or in goldsmith because, for example, the special works to which they have been subjected or to the impurities or defects they present in relation to their optical properties.

B I a) piezoelectric quartz articles.

The piezoelectric quartz, mainly the rock crystal, is a stone that subjected to mechanical pressures produces electric charges whose voltage varies according to the pressure changes and, inversely, turns into mechanical pressures the differences of electrical potential to which it is subjected.

Due to this property, piezoeletric quartz is used in the electrical equipment industry in numerous applications: microphone and loudspeaker construction, emission or ultrasonic collection instruments, stable frequency oscillators, etc.

Piezoelectric quartz articles classified under this subheading are generally in the form of thin plates, laminillas, rods, etc., obtained by sawing certain varieties of quartz of heading 71.02 which have been carved with precision in the direction of the electric axis.

This subheading does not include, for example:

1. piezoelectric crystals made from chemical compounds, such as Seignette salt (double potassium tartrate and sodium tetrahydrate), barium titanate or ammonium or rubidium ortomonophosphates (heading 38.19 X);

2. crystals made of natural stones other than quartz-turmaline, for example-(subheading 71.02 B I b);

3. piezoelectric crystals made with synthetic quartz or other synthetic stones (subheading 71.03 B I);

4. mounted piezoelectric crystals (subheading 85.21 D).

B I b) others

It is noted that, for example, industrial diamonds that are classified under this subheading are usually blackish, grayish, or browned or present in the colored mass.

71.03 Synthetic or reconstituted stones, raw, carved or otherwise worked, etc.

B I for industrial uses

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.02 B I are applicable mutatis mutandis.

II. PRECIOUS METALS AND PRECIOUS METALS PLATED, ETC.

71.05 Silver and its alloys (including silver and gold silver), raw or etc.

A Raw

In addition to the products described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 71.05, paragraph I, the gross bars colated are classified in this subheading.

The ingots that for marketing present the smooth surface and carry a guarantee punch are classified under this subheading.

To be classified in this heading, the silver grills and their alloys must not have the characteristics fixed for the powder in the explanatory notes of subheading 75.01 E.

Excluded from this subheading, the bars obtained directly by rolling or drawing (subheading 71.05 B).

B Dust, cantills, sequins, cuts, and others

It is considered to be powder of this subheading, in addition to the laminar structure powder, the other pulverulent products, when at least 90% by weight passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.05 mm. Products which do not comply with the above granulometric criterion are considered to be grits of subheading 71.05 A.

The cantills, sequins and cuts classified in this subheading are described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 71.05, paragraph VI.

Wastes from the work of silver or its alloys and usable only for the recovery of the metal or the preparation of chemical products or compositions, such as lemurs or barretries, are not considered as dust. These wastes are classified under heading 71.11.

By contrast, the separate limes of the extraneous and homogeneous materials from the granulometric point of view (e.g., sifted) are considered to be dust of this subheading, provided that they meet the above criterion.

71.07 Gold and its alloys (including platinum gold), raw or semi-manufactured

A Raw

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.05 A are applicable mutatis mutandis.

E Dust, cantills, sequins, trims, and others

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.05 E are applicable mutatis mutandis.

71.09 Platinum and platinum group metals and their alloys, raw or semi-manufactured

Alloys of metals containing at least 2% by weight of platinum or of platinum group metals are classified as:

1. in subheading 71.09 A, alloys containing by weight a percentage of platinum higher than the total percentage of the metals of the platinum group;

2. in subheading 71.09 B, alloys containing by weight a total percentage of metals of the platinum group exceeding the percentage of platinum.

A alloy containing by weight 90% common metal, silver or gold, 4% platinum, 3% rhodium and 3% iridium, is therefore classified under subheading 71.09 B.

A I powder

Only pulverulent products in which it passes through a sieve with a mesh aperture of 0,05 mm, at least 90% by weight, are classified in this subheading. Pulverulent products which do not comply with the above criterion are considered to be gran from subheading 71.09 A II (a).

Wastes, such as limes, barrehard, and dust, from the work of platinum or its alloys that can be used only for the recovery of the metal or for the preparation of chemical products or compositions, are not considered as dust. These wastes are classified under heading 71.11.

On the other hand, the separate limes of the foreign matter are considered as dust of this subheading, provided that they meet the criterion above.

A II a) raw

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.05 A are applicable mutatitis.

B I powder

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.09 A I are applicable mutatis mutandis.

B II a) raw

The explanatory notes of subheading 71.05 A are applicable mutatis mutandis.

71.11 Ashes of goldsmith and other precious metal waste and waste

Waste and scrap of precious metals that have been melted and cast into ingots, masses or similar forms are considered as raw metals and are not classified in this heading.

71.16 Fantasy Jewelry

A of common metals

Also classified in the present subheading are the chains of common metals cut into dimensions such that each one of them only allows to make up a object of jewellery (due, for example, to the assembly of a closure). These lengths shall not normally exceed two metres.

The decorative motifs of common metals joined by small links, in bands of indeterminate length, which themselves constitute incomplete or unfinished jewellery (bracelets, necklaces, etc.) are also classified in this subheading.

Examples of decorative motifs:

Drawing omitted.

SECTION XV

COMMON METALS AND ARTICLES OF THESE METALS

General considerations

A. Unless otherwise specified, they do not affect the classification of the products in the tariff heading or subheadings of Section XV:

1. annealing, tempering, cementing by carburation, nitrification and similar treatments intended to improve the properties of the metal;

2. operations designed to eliminate the film or oxide shells formed, for example during the heating of the metal or only to check the absence of defects in the object: disembedded (e.g. with steam jet), simple sand-jet cleaning, acid-pickling or otherwise, scraping, etc.;

3. Cutting of mazarotas and defective tips;

4. the removal of the burrs or of the casting or stamping defects, mainly by coarse or by means of the hammer, the chisel or the lime;

5. the metal boot for testing only;

6. the presence of ordinary inscriptions, such as identification marks, casting, stamping, punching, etc.;

7. the application to products of coarse or ordinary coatings (fats, oils, tar, minium, graphite, etc.);

B. For the application of subheadings 73.32 A I and B I, 74.15 B, 75.06 A I and 76.16 C I, articles that are obtained by turning bars, profiles or wires, of solid section, are considered to be turned to the bar. These articles must not necessarily be turned in all their length.

In addition to the turning work, they may have been subjected to other metal boot operations, for example, milling, drilling, drilling or brushing. They may also present slots or slits. Surface treatments and treatments that do not modify the shape and are carried out after the turning are also supported, provided that they still allow to be recognized if the articles have been obtained by turning.

C. Waste and scrap (scrap) of metal articles that have been recast and cast in the form of ingots, tochos, gallops and other similar forms are classified as raw metals and not as waste and scrap. They are therefore to be classified, for example, under heading 73.06 (iron and steel), or in subheadings 76.01 A (aluminium), 77.01 A (magnesium), 78.01 A I or II (lead) or 79.01 A (zinc).

CHAPTER 73

CASTING, IRON AND STEEL

General considerations

A. A set of criteria may allow the distinction between forged products and rolled products when this difference has to be established (items 73.07, 73.10, 73.11, 73.15 and 73.16).

With the condition of having the complete part, you have to observe first of all the way the cross-section varies:

-if you have variations that are not repeated periodically, this is a forged product;

-if, on the other hand, it presents variations that are repeated periodically, or is constant it can be both a forged product and a laminated product. In the latter case it is appropriate to examine the set of the following criteria:

1. Dimensions of the cross-section

If the dimensions are important (cross-sectional area greater than 150,000 mm2) it is probably a forged product. If the dimensions are reduced (minimum size of less than 15 mm) it is likely to be rolled products.

2. Form of cross section

If this form is simple (square, round, rectangular, hexagonal, etc.), we can find ourselves in the presence of rolled products, or of forged products, while products in a more complex form are almost always obtained by rolling.

3. Length

If the length exceeds 5 m, it is almost certainly a laminates product; if it is lower it can be either forged or rolled products.

4. Tolerance in dimensions

The tolerance in the dimensions of the cross section is stricter in the case of rolled products than in the case of forged products.

5. Metallographic aspect

Since, normally, in the laminates the reduction ratio is clearly superior to the one obtained in the forged products, the examination under a microscope almost always allows to distinguish them. The main elements to be examined are the inclusions and the structure.

a) The inclusions in the laminated products are thin, very elongated and almost perfectly arranged parallel to the sense of the laminate; in the forged products, on the contrary, they are less elongated (almost elliptical) and are not specifically parallel.

b) The structure after the annealing, if the piece has been tempered and annealed, presents in the laminated products almost perfectly rectilinear and parallel segregation bands to the sense of the laminate. On the contrary, in products forged this phenomenon is much smaller and sometimes almost non-existent.

6. Quantity

Forgot products are dispatched, usually in small quantities.

B. The laminate can be done either hot or cold. According to the shape of the piece which is laminated and the shape and arrangement of the cylinders, it is possible to obtain flat products such as sheets or strips or bars of round or polygonal section, profiles of various sections, tubes, etc.

It is understood by hot rolling, the one carried out in a temperature range between the temperature of rapid recrystallization and the temperature of the initiation of the fusion. This interval depends on several factors and essentially on the composition of the steel. Generally, the final temperature of the part in the hot rolled is approximated to 900 C. The cold rolling is done at temperatures lower than the recrystallization temperatures that can reach the ambient temperature.

C. By hot-extrusion, cold-drawn or cold-drawn, the transformation of a given section product into a different and uniform section should be understood. These operations are carried out by forcing the metal to pass through a row with the desired profile.

D. The distinction between hot-rolled or hot-extruded products and cold-finished products is not always easy. However, the following criteria can be considered:

1. the surface of the cold-drawn or rolled products is better than that of the hot-rolled products;

2. the tolerance in the dimensions is reduced in the cold-drawn or rolled products;

3. generally, only thin sheets are cold rolled;

4. The microscopic examination of the cold-drawn or rolled products allows for the observation of a net deformation of the grains and their orientation in the direction of the laminate. On the contrary, when the products are obtained in hot, the grains appear almost regular to the recrystallization:

5. As a result of the acrimony, the cold-drawn or cold-rolled products have a very high hardness and tensile strength, but these qualities are significantly reduced with adequate heat treatment;

6. The elongation is very low in the cold-drawn or rolled products; it is higher in the case of products which have received adequate heat treatment.

Observation

-It should be noted that some of the abovementioned differences between cold-rolled products and hot-rolled products may be attenuated or even be cancelled if cold-rolled products have been subjected to annealing-in the same way, in the case of hot-rolled products subjected to a light cold finish, the differences are limited to the appearance and the surface hardness.

-Hot-rolled and extruded bars and profiles can be subjected to a cold finish by stretching or other procedures, -mainly by grinding or calibration-thus giving products with better finishing. This operation qualifies them as "obtained or cold-fit."

However, it should be noted that simple cold straightening or coarse husking are not considered to be rectified or calibrated operations and therefore do not influence the classification of bars and profiles simply rolled or hot-extruded. Likewise, the torsion of the aforementioned bars does not allow them to be considered as cold-finished bars.

On the other hand, flat products subjected to a cold final (skin pass) after hot rolling, are considered to be simply hot-rolled. The cold pass is a cold-rolled procedure with little pressure that only acts, essentially on the surface of the products, while the cold rolling itself implies a change in the structure of the material.

E. 1. With regard to the definition of plating, reference should be made to the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 73 (4). Common metals plated with precious metals, whatever the thickness of the plating, are classified in Chapter 71 (see the NCCA Explanatory Notes to this Chapter.)

2. Among the surface jobs can be cited:

a) Polling and brightening;

(b) artificial oxidation obtained by various chemical processes, mainly by immersion in an oxidizing solution; the patinas, pavonados, darkening or tanning obtained by different techniques, also create an oxide film for the product, especially in the latter case, to improve its appearance;

(c) phosphatation, which consists of submerging the product into a solution of metal diacid phosphates, mainly those of manganese, iron and zinc; depending on the duration of the operation and the temperature of the bath, this procedure is called parkerisation or bonderisation;

d) metallic coatings, whose main procedures are as follows:

-immersion in a molten metal bath (immersion of the product to be covered in the molten coating metal), for example, cinched, sealed, hot-plumped or coated with aluminium;

-the electroplating (cathodic deposit of the coating metal-on the product being coated, by electrolysis of an appropriate solution of metal salts), for example, cinched, cated, sealed, plumped, chromed, cobbled, nickel-plated, gold or silver;

-the diffusion (simultaneous heating of the product being coated and the powder coating metal deposited on the product to be covered), for example, sherardization (cementing with zinc) or calorization (aluminium cementing);

-the projection (spraying of the molten coating metal on which it is coated), for example, the Shoop procedure;

-the vacuum vaporization metallization of the coating metal.

e) non-metallic coatings, for example, enamelled, varnished, lacquered, painted or coated with plastic materials.

3. The classification of a product which has undergone several successive surface operations is determined, unless otherwise specified, by the last of these operations.

73.01 Raw castings (including specular casting), in ingots, tochos. galloping, etc.

Smelting, specular casting, hematite smelting and fosoforous smelting are defined in Note 1 (a) and (b) to this Chapter.

According to Note 1 (a) to Chapter 73, foundry containing by weight 6% exclusive up to 30% of manganese must be classified as a specular casting (subheading 73.01 A). In the case where an alloy containing that quantity of manganese has another element in a higher proportion than the contents listed in Note 1 (a), for example a silicon content exceeding 8%, this product must be classified as a ferroalloy and, in the example above, under subheading 73.02 C in respect of ferro-silicon. (If the content of this alloy exceeds 30% of manganese and 8% of silicon, it must be considered as ferro-silico-manganese of subheading 73.02 D and if it also contains another element of additional alloy in the proportions fixed in Note 1 (c), then it is classified under subheadings 73.02 B or 73.02 G).

smelters which are not smelters to speculate in accordance with Note 1 (a) to this Chapter and which are therefore to be classified under subheadings 73.01 B, C and D are those containing only 6% or less of manganese. Among these foundries, the "hematites" (subheading 73.01 B) and the "phosphorous" (subheading 73.01 C), of "the other" foundries (subheading 73.01 D), are distinguished by their content of alloy elements.

hematite casting and phosphorous may not contain by weight, in isolation or in aggregate, the abstraction of phosphorus, silicon and manganese, more than:

0.30% nickel

0.20% of Chromium

0.30% copper

0,10% of each other alloy element (aluminium, titanium, vanadium, molybdenum, tungsten, etc.)

Consequently, "the other" smelters (subheading 73.01 D) are those that present content of alloy elements higher than those indicated above.

Cast products (for example, billet, bars and profiles, for example) obtained by continuous casting (see in this respect the explanatory note for heading 73.07) are excluded from this heading and are, in principle, classified under subheading 73.40 A.

D I containing by weight 30% and 1% of both, of titanium and between 0,50% and 1% inclusive, of vanadium (ECSC).

Only the casting containing titanium and vanadium in the proportions defined in the text of the subheading is classified here. The products of this subheading are mainly used in the manufacture of parts which must have a noticeable resistance to wear, for example, coupled trees, brake drums, piston pumps, rolling mill cylinders, hot-stamping dies, pipe elbows, billets, etc.

D II Other (ECSC)

Among the castings classified in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. cast iron containing nickel (0,5 to 3,5%) for the manufacture of parts with high mechanical strength;

2. "Ni-Hard" casting (with 3,3 to 5% nickel and 1,4 to 2,6% chromium) for the manufacture of parts with a high wear resistance;

3. casting (with a high content of nickel, chromium, silicon or copper) for the manufacture of parts to withstand corrosion;

4. casting (also with nickel or chromium) for the manufacture of heat-resistant parts;

5. Copper smelting;

6. the casting of tin.

73.02 Ferroalloys

Note l (c) to the chapter defines ferroalloys by specifying the limits to be contained in non-ferrous and iron alloy elements. It should be clarified that for the determination of the total content of non-ferrous alloy elements admitted for a product to be classified as a ferroalloy, account should be taken of all elements other than iron, so the total content may be 96% in alloys containing silicon, 92% in those containing manganese without silicon and 90% in other alloys.

For the classification of ferroalloys in subheadings of heading 73.02, the following rule must be observed:

A ferroalloy is considered binary and is classified under the specific subheading (if it exists) when only one of the alloy elements exceeds the minimum percentage set in Note l (c) of the chapter; by analogy, it is considered ternary or quaternary if, respectively, two or three of the alloy elements exceed the minimum percentage.

Thus, for example, a ferroalloy with more than 30% manganese and 8% or less silicon is classified under subheading 73.02 A; if, on the other hand, it had more than 30% manganese and more than 8% silicon, it would be classified under subheading 73.02 D. Similarly, a ferro-silico-manganese-aluminium ferro-alloy must contain more than 8% silicon, more than 30% manganese, and more than 10% aluminium to be classified under subheading 73.02 B.

If binary, ternary or quaternary ferroalloy is not specifically designated, it shall be classified under subheading 73.02 G.

Iron and steel waste which is melted and thickly cast in ingots (called scrap ingots) having the composition of a ferro-alloy and used as input products in the manufacture of special steels, is classified in the subheadings of heading 73.02, according to the nature.

a Ferromananque

The ferromanganese is presented in the form of rough pieces of white and shiny fracture. It's fragile and very hard. It is used for deoxidation, desulphurisation, recharging of steels and, for the addition of manganese, as an alloying element.

A I containing by weight more than 2% of carbon (carbuated ferroromane) (ECSC)

The types of high carbon ferromanganese are classified under this subheading. The most used quality contains 6 to 7% of carbon; the manganese content must be greater than 30% but is usually between 70% and 80%.

A II the others

Mean carbon content (1.25 to 1.50%) or low carbon content (less than 0.75%) is classified under this subheading; the percentage of manganese between 70, and 80% may vary.

It is used for the manufacture of manganese alloy steels that must have low carbon content.

B Ferroaluminium, ferro-silicon-aluminium and ferrosilico-manganese-aluminium.

Ferro-alloys classified under this subheading are used as deoxidants in the manufacture of soothed steels and sometimes for the supply of alloy elements.

The ferroaluminum generally contains 12 to 30% aluminum.

Some types of ferroaluminum are sometimes used directly for the molding of certain parts due to their high corrosion resistance, even at high temperature and for their magnetic and thermal properties.

The ferro-silico-manganese-aluminum is used in various types of alloys, for example, those containing:

-45% silicon and 20 to 25% aluminium;

-65 to 75% silicon, more than 10% and up to 15% aluminium and 3 to 4% titanium;

-20 to 25% silicon, 20 to 25% manganese, more than 10 and up to 12% aluminum.

The ferrosilico-manganese-aluminum contains generally 20% silicon, 35% manganese, more than 10 and up to 12% aluminum.

D Ferrosilico-manganese

Ferrosilico-manganese, also called silicomandium, is used in different types of alloys containing more than 8 and up to 35% silicon, more than 30 and up to 75% manganese and up to 3% carbon.

Its applications are similar to those of ferrosilicon, but the combined effect of silicon and manganese reduces non-metallic inclusions to a minimum and subsequently the oxygen content.

E I ferrochrome

The ferrochrome is presented in very hard crystalline masses with sometimes very developed crystals.

It usually contains from 60 to 75% of chromium and the carbon content is 4 to 10% in the current ferrochrome and can decrease to 0.01% decreasing its fragility. It is used to obtain chrome steels.

E II ferro-silico-chromium

The ferro-silico-chromium contains generally 30% silicon and 50% chromium and the carbon content can be raised or very low as in the ferrochrome.

It is used in the same uses as the ferrochrome; the presence of the silicon facilitates the deoxidation of the steel.

F Ferroniel

The ferronel of this subheading contains less than 0,5% sulphur and is generally used as an alloy element in the manufacture of nickel steels.

The ferroniquel with a sulphur content of 0,05% or more cannot be used for the manufacture of nickel steels, it is considered as an intermediate product of nickel metallurgy and is therefore to be classified under heading 75.01.

Do not confuse the ferronickel with the nickel steels of heading 73.15 or with other alloys of chapter 75, which are much more laminable and forjable. The latter are generally present in bars, wires, sheets, bands, etc., and are especially used for their magnetic properties or low electrical resistance.

On the contrary, some alloys technically known as nickel castings and used to manufacture castings resistant to corrosion or high temperatures are classified under this subheading. Such is the case, for example from some commercially known austenitic smelters with various brands containing up to 36% nickel, 6% chromium, 6% silicon, more than 1.9% carbon and, eventually, small amounts of other elements (aluminum, manganese, copper, etc. ). From the tariff point of view, these products cannot be classified with the smelters for their nickel content exceeding 10% or with the steels for their carbon content of more than 1,9%.

G Other

Among the alloys of this subheading, in addition to those mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, it is necessary to mention, item 73.02, paragraphs 6.7.8 and 10, the ferromanganesotitanium, the ferrosiliconel, the ferrosilicocalcio, the ferrosilico-aluminocalcio, etc.

The ferroferium is classified under heading 36. 08 A and ferrophosphorus containing 15% or more of phosphorus in subheading 28.55 A.

73.03 Waste and scrap (scrap), cast iron, iron or steel

In addition to the scrap, waste and scrap of articles described in the NCCA Explanatory Notes to heading 73.03, the used and cut lanes of which the length is equal to or less than 0,50 m are also classified in this heading (see Explanatory Note to subheading 73.16 A II b).

It should be noted that iron or steel limes separated from foreign bodies (e.g. by magnetic procedures) and which are homogeneous from the granulometric point of view (e.g., sifted) are not classified under this subheading. In effect, treated like this, they are classified in heading 73.04 or in subheading 73.05 A according to the size of the particle size.

On the other hand, waste and scrap (scrap) can, at times, recast and sneak into rough ingots, called scrap ingots. For the application of the Arancel they should be considered as ferroalloys or as bullion. They are classified in the different subheadings of heading 73.02, heading 73.06 or subheadings 73.15 A I b) 1, or 73.15 B I b) 1 aa), according to their composition.

73.04 Casting, iron or steel grills, whether or not crushed or calibrated

For the products included in this item, reference should be made to the NCCA explanatory notes.

In order to classify iron or steel grain in this subheading, it must not have the characteristics of the iron or steel powder mentioned below (subheading 73.05 A) or of the spongy iron or steel (subheading 73.05 B).

73.05 Iron or steel powder; spongy iron and steel (sponge)

The pulverulent product, which passes at least 90% by a sieve with a mesh opening of 0,5 mm, is considered to be powder.

In addition to the procedures for obtaining the iron powder listed in the NCCA explanatory notes, they can be cited:

-The electrolytic procedure in which the electrode is obtained, under suitable conditions of current and temperature, a very delezable deposit formed by grains in a dendritic form;

-the decomposition of the ferropentacarbonyl of heading 29.34 producing spherical grains from 0.003 to 0.02 millimeters.

The dust obtained by these procedures may have added alloy elements for some of the uses mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, or protective elements (zinc, aluminium, etc.) to avoid the risks of spontaneous combustion of iron.

In the procedures for reducing oxides or directly from the mineral with an appropriate composition, a spongy mass (iron sponge) is obtained first, which is classified under heading 73.05 B. This mass produces after ground a powder whose grains present a spongy structure under a microscope. This powder is classified under this subheading provided that it meets the criteria set out in the first subparagraph. The same applies to the mechanically obtained dust (e.g. by purging and grading the granulometric of the lids) from iron or steel.

B Iron and Spongy Steel (sponge or Pre-Reduced) (ECSC)

The second paragraph of the NCCA explanatory notes, item 73.05, concerns this subheading.

There are numerous procedures to obtain the spongy iron directly in solid state by reducing oxygenated minerals.

In certain procedures, a powder that is agglomerated later in compression briquettes is obtained; by other procedures small masses are obtained that contain elements of slags that are hot-bathed and eventually become magnetically fragmented and separated.

To be included in this subheading, the products obtained by the above procedures must not respond to the characteristics of the powder of subheading 73.05 A.

Sometimes, these products are presented in the form of granules which generally have a diameter of 1 to 5 mm, (for example, Renn balls); in this case they are distinguished from the grills of heading 73.04 because the granules, even observed with small increases, have a spongy appearance. Its total iron content is hardly 95% or 96% and the metallic iron content is normally about 90% to 93%, whereas in the grills mentioned in heading 73.04, the metallic iron content is normally 98 to 99%.

Iron gallopers obtained as a by-product of titanium metallurgy from the ilmenite are also included in this subheading provided that they contain by weight less than 1,9% carbon. These products are characterized by their irregular appearance, their numerous alveoli and, from the point of view of the composition, by the almost total absence of manganese which, on the contrary, is always found in the normal steels.

73.07 Iron and steel in square or rectangular roughing (blooms) and billet; roughing, etc.

In addition to the products defined in Notes 1 (h) and 1 (ij) of the Chapter and described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 73.07, paragraph A, the products of the same class of iron or steel obtained by the continuous casting procedure are included in this consignment.

This procedure consists of casting the melting metal into a vertical or curved bottom billet with walls cooled by an intense water circulation; as the metal is poured, the bottom descends continuously and the solidification occurs while the metal passes through the ingot.

The products thus obtained are characterized both by the appearance of their exterior surface, which in this case presents different colored transverse rings, at a more or less regular distance, as by the aspect of their cross section that presents, in general, a radial recrystallization due to the rapid cooling. They are classified with the rolled products of subheading 73.07 A I and B I.

A Square or rectangular (palançon) and billet

In order to distinguish between the rolled products and the products forged, the general considerations of this Chapter, paragraph A, must be complied with.

B Flat (planchon) and lanton

In order to distinguish between the rolled products and the products forged, the general considerations of this Chapter, paragraph A, must be complied with.

Forges

Forja roughes are commented out in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 73.07 paragraph B.

73.08 Roll-on Roll for Layers

The products defined in Note 1 (k) of the chapter presented in coils of a single piece, whatever their destination, are classified in this subheading.

A of a width of less than 1,5 m and intended for relaminate (ECSC)

For the application of this subheading, the term "relaminado" is limited to the operation by which the metal is passed between cylinders that rotate in opposite directions to reduce its thickness. This operation can also improve the surface of the metal or its mechanical properties. The term "relaminado" does not include the last cold end (skin pass) that only reduces the thickness and the processing procedures that consist simply of a conformed without redudding of the thickness.

73.09 Universal Iron or Steel (ECSC) Planes

The universal plans referred to in this heading are defined in Note 1 (n) to the chapter.

73.10 Iron or steel bars obtained in hot by rolling, extrusion or forging, etc.

The products defined in Note 1 (p) and 1 (q) of the chapter and commented out in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 73.10, paragraphs A and B, as well as the products of the same class obtained by the continuous casting procedure are classified in this heading (see the explanatory note to heading 73. 7).

The bars which have been worked by drilling, torsion, etc. shall be included in the different subheadings of heading 73.10 provided that such work has not conferred the character of articles covered by another heading.

The different criteria that may allow the distinction of products classified under subheadings 73.10 A, B and C are discussed in the general considerations of this Chapter in paragraphs A, B and C.

D I simply plated

The plated products are the subject of a comment in the NCCA Explanatory Notes to Chapter 73, Section D, 4. The general considerations of this Chapter (paragraphs B, C and D) can also be found.

In addition, for the application of this subheading, note 3 of the chapter must be taken into account.

D I a) obtained in hot by lamination or extrusion (ECSC)

Enter, for example, in this subheading, the wire rod called Copperweld which has a steel soul whose weight predominates over the weight of the copper plating around it.

73.11 Profiles of iron or steel obtained in hot by lamination, extrusion, forging, etc.

Within the various subheadings of this heading, the profiles and the tables which have been worked by drilling, torsion, etc., provided that such works have not conferred on these products the character of articles included in another consignment.

A Profiles

The products defined in Note 1 (r) to the chapter and commented out in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 73.11, paragraph A, as well as the products of the same class obtained by the continuous casting procedure are classified in this heading (see explanatory note for heading 73.07).

The different criteria that may allow the distinction of products classified under subheadings 73.11 A I, A II and A III are discussed in the general considerations of this Chapter in paragraphs A, B, C and D.

They are excluded from this subheading and are classified in heading 73.21, the perforated angles and the Halfway profiles described in the explanatory notes of the latter item.

A III simply obtained or cold finished.

The profiles included in this subheading can be divided into two categories: those obtained from flat products (sheets, strips, hot coils (coils), etc.) folded in the press or shaped with roller machines and obtained or finished by stretching with a thickness reduction.

A IV plated or worked on the surface (polished, coated, etc.)

The cold-obtained profiles of sheets or strips already plated or worked on the surface are covered by this subheading.

A IV a) Simply plated

The plated products are the subject of a comment in the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 73, paragraph D, 4.

The general considerations in this chapter (Section B, C and D) can also be consulted. In addition, note 3 to the chapter must be taken into account in the application of this subheading.

B Tablestacas (CECA)

The tablets are products of more or less complex section characterized by the property of adapting one to the others by simple fit or even by simple juxtaposition of the longitudinal sides; they are generally used in the construction of more or less watertight partitions, in moving, swampy or submerged grounds (retaining walls, dams, dikes, ditches and similar works). They are laminated, stretched, sausages, press-folded or formed with roller machines or obtained by assembling (by riveting, welding, welding, etc.) of laminated elements. The tablets are delivered by units or assembled.

This subheading includes the profiles for planks or for drawers, as well as the angle sheets, and the joint and tethered boards. The table-channel and the column-table are also classified here.

The profiles for planks or for drawers, the angular tabletop, the joint and tethered boards are intended to build dividing walls. They carry, at least on the longitudinal sides, elements of assembly of different shapes (grooves, flanges, hooks, tabs, tongs, etc.) that allow them to be joined to one another directly by fitting them to pressure or with appropriate pieces of union.

The angular planks are tabletop designed to form the corners; they are used for it, either folded planks, or tabletons that are shined lengthwise and the elements thus obtained to form an angle are welded or riveted.

The junction boards are profiles of three or four branches that allow you to perform tabletop or lockout.

The tethered tablets are profiles in which the shape of the section allows you to use them to join tables of different types.

The planks-channel and the planks-column are held so that a joint is formed between them but they do not fit under pressure. The tablet-channel has a wavy shape; it allows to make barriers by simple coating of the edges and are generally used in the construction of small provisional works. The table-columns are made up of two welded tablets forming a kind of tube; it is used in the construction of works called to bear loads.

However, the assembled table assemblies (for example, drawers) without external hooks that allow them to be joined to other elements (heading 73.21) are not classified in this subheading.

73.12 Iron or steel flaxes, hot-rolled or cold-rolled

The criteria for the distinction between hot-rolled products and cold-finished products or finished products are discussed in the general considerations of this Chapter, paragraph D.

C I silver, gold, or platinum

They are covered by this subheading, the silver, golden or platinum strips, that is to say, coated with precious metals by one or both sides, by procedures other than plated (see the general considerations of the chapter, paragraph E 2 (d)). These procedures are mainly, depository by electrolysis, projection and evaporation in vacuum. See in this respect the explanatory notes to the NCCA of Chapter 71, general considerations, paragraph 2 and the general considerations of Chapter 73 (4).

C III a) tinjalata (ECSC)

The products covered by this subheading are defined in Note 1 (s) to the Chapter.

When coated with one of the varnishes mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 32.09, paragraphs A 1, A 2 and A 3, they remain classified under this subheading.

C V other (copper, artificially oxidized, lacquered, nickel-plated, varnished, plated, parkerized, printed, etc.)

For the purposes of this subheading, it is necessary to comply with the general considerations of this Chapter.

C V a) simply plated

The plated products are the subject of a comment in the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations in Chapter 73 (4).

The general considerations in this chapter (Section B, C and D) can be usefully consulted. In addition, note 3 to the chapter must be taken into account in the application of this subheading.

C V b) others

For the purposes of this subheading, it is necessary to comply with the general considerations set out in this Chapter.

It should be noted that the iron or steel strips coated by printing with a single advertising illustration, whether or not they require complementary work, are classified under heading 83.14.

D Conformed or otherwise worked (perforated, chambered, orted, etc.)

This subheading includes perforated, chambered, orted, corrugated strips, etc., provided that these works have not been given the character of articles or articles classified in another heading.

The flaxes classified here may have received one or more of the works or operations provided for in subheading 73.12

73.13 Iron or Steel Chaps, Hot-rolled or Cold-rolled

A Chapas called "magnetic"

The magnetic sheets are defined in Note 1 (n) to the chapter.

A I that present, whatever their thickness, a loss in watts of less than or equal to 0.75 watts/kg (ECSC)

In general, the plates presenting such loss in watts are of alloy steel and are classified under subheading 73.15 B VII a) 1.

B Other sheets

The criteria for distinction between hot-rolled products and products obtained or cold-finished are discussed in the general considerations of the Chapter, paragraph D.

According to Note 1 (n) to the chapter, it is understood by wavy sheets which present a profile that regularly reproduces a motif with sinusoidal or analogous waves (semicircular or semi-elliptical, for example), with the exclusion of flaps that carry waves with broken lines (square, triangular or trapezoidal, for example).

Figure omitted.

B III simply lustrated, polished or brightened (ECSC)

The veneers of this subheading have a bright and reflective smooth surface and are obtained mainly by passes between polished cylinders that rotate at different speeds. They are packaged with care interleaving, sometimes, sheets of paper.

B IV plated, coated or otherwise treated on the surface

For the purposes of this subheading, reference should be made to the general considerations set out in this Chapter.

B IV a) silver, gold, platinum or enamelled

In addition to the enamelled sheets, silver, gold or platinum, which is covered with precious metals in one or both sides by procedures other than plated, are classified in this subheading (see the general considerations of the chapter, paragraph E 2 d). These procedures are mainly deposited by electrolysis, projection and evaporation in vacuum. See in this respect the explanatory notes to the NCCA, Chapter 71, general considerations, paragraph 2) and Chapter 73, general considerations, paragraph 4.)

B IV b) 1 tinplate (ECSC)

The products of this subheading are defined in Note 1 (s) to the Chapter.

When coated by one of the varnishes mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 32.09, paragraphs A 1, A 2, and A 3, are maintained at this item.

B IV (d) other (copper, artificially oxidized, lacquered, nickel-plated, varnished, plated, parkerized, printed, etc.) (ECSC)

It should be noted that iron or steel sheets printed with a single advertising illustration, whether or not they require complementary work, are classified under heading 83.14.

B V shaped or otherwise worked

This subheading includes perforated plates, cut in shape other than square or rectangular (the discs, for example) or which have undergone other modifications in the form, without acquiring by these operations the character of articles or articles included in any other heading. Sheets classified under this subheading may have been subjected to one or more of the operations provided for in subheadings 73.13 B II or B V.

Note:

-that sheets simply made up by laminate are classified in subheadings B I to B IV;

-that the sheets undulated by any procedure are considered to be flat sheets according to Note 1 (n) to the chapter, last paragraph.

B V a) simply cut in shape other than square or rectangular

The disks are classified in this subheading:

1. the edges of which have been the subject of complementary work in order to eliminate the manufacturing irregularities, or where they are marked in the centre with a punch:

2. cut from very thick sheets and with a perforation to facilitate its handling.

73.15 alloy steel and fine steel, in the forms indicated in headings 73.06, etc.

The explanatory notes relating to items 73.06 to 73.13 are valid, mutatis mutandis for the subheadings of this item.

Steels that respond at the same time to the definition of alloyed steels and to that of carbon-fine steel are classified as alloyed steels.

B I b) 1) aa) Scrap ingots (ECSC)

It is waste of iron or steel cast in ingots with a certain content of non-ferrous metals, obtained by recasting and casting of waste or waste of alloyed steels. They are not laminated and used as

input products in the manufacture of some special steels.

These scrap ingots are distinguished from other alloy ingots in the following way:

1. Scrap ingots have a rough and irregular surface, they have cracks, cracks and cracks, because the casting has been carried out in used lockers. The main feature is, however, the absence of mazarota. The casting of the scrap ingots is done without funnel. Therefore, when the metal is solidified, it forms in the upper extremity of the ingot-in the place of the mazarota-an irregular surface, sometimes, in the form of an artesa. This surface usually has cracks in the form of craters in which you can observe porosas slags inclusions;

2. The other ingots of alloyed steels, on the other hand, have a regular and uniform surface and have practically no defects. They hang with mazarota. Often, this mazarota still exists when they are imported. If in some cases it has been cut, the cutting footprint is appreciated without error possible by its smooth surface.

Scrap ingots which have the composition of a ferroalloy and which are used as input products in the manufacture of some special steels are classified in the subheadings of heading 73.02, according to their nature.

73.16 Elements for railway, casting, iron or steel: rails, plywood, etc.

To I current conductors, with non-ferrous metal part

Only drivers whose contact surface is non-ferrous metal (aluminium, copper), excluding running rails, or which are fitted with non-ferrous metal connection parts, are classified in this subheading.

The current driving lanes which are classified under this subheading (see the NCCA explanatory notes, paragraph 1 of heading 73.16), also referred to as "third or fourth lane", also have a section equal to that of an ordinary rail or double T, rectangular or trapezoidal rail, etc. and are generally made of steel generally softer than that of the rolling lanes because the mechanical qualities can be sacrificed in favour of the electric power; the electrical resistivity, which in the rolling steels is of the order of 0.19.10 -6 ohm, is no more than 0,11 in the Low carbon steel (about 0.08%) and manganese (0.20%), and even 0,10 ohm in the ARMCO steel.

The conductive lanes may be upper, side, or lower contact and are usually protected by a resin coating that leaves the face on which the skid is grazed free.

A II b) used (ECSC)

Used lanes that are considered to be scrap of heading 73.03, for example, twisted lanes and cut lanes in lengths equal to or less than 0.50 metres, are not classified in this heading.

73.18 Tubes (including their roughes) of iron or steel, excluding articles, etc.

A Rectos and with a wall of uniform thickness, raw, without welding, of circular section, intended exclusively for the manufacture of tubes of other profiles or other wall thicknesses.

The seamless steel tubes that have been obtained by the various drilling and rolling procedures are classified here but have not yet passed through the finishing mill to give them the desired profile, diameter and thickness.

It is usually of shorter tubes and walls much thicker than the tubes already usable; the ends are not worked; the outer surface is raw, that is, it has not been worked back in cold; consequently, it has no bright appearance and is never galvanized or varnished.

These tubes are produced in a limited number of diameters from which tubes are obtained for direct use of the subheadings 73.18 B and C by stretch or subsequent laminate.

It is not always easy to distinguish them from the latter, so it is essential to ensure your destination to classify them in this subheading.

73.21 Structures and their parts (hangars, bridges and bridge elements, gates of etc.

In addition to the products mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 73.21, this item includes, inter alia:

1. Perforated angular profiles (handy angles or dexion slotted angles) prepared for use in the construction of metal assemblies, such as lockers, shelving, furniture, staircases, scaffolding, frames, etc., presented in isolation or in games;

2. Halfen profiles of approximately omega section with grooves in the bottom or base spread irregularly and protruding to allow the passage of anchor flaxes, which are used, embedded in the concrete of floors, ceilings or walls, to hold by means of special screws various materials (machines, railway tracks, rolling paths, monetails, rolling bridges, pipes, etc.).

3. Iron or steel beams obtained by longitudinal welding of sheets cut from hot rolled sheets having a cross-section generally in the form of I and a height of more than 600 mm for use in metal constructions.

73.24 Iron or steel startups for compressed or liquefied gases.

Not classified in this heading are portable devices for inflating tyres which carry, in addition to a compressed air tank, a manometer, a filling tube, an adaptation nozzle, as well as valves for the entry and exit of the air and in which the pressure gauge is used to measure the pressure of the tyre and not the pressure of the interior of the container (subheading 90.24 B I.)

73.32 Perus and nuts (filleted or not), backdrops, screws, armellas and hooks with step etc.

For the application of subheadings 73.32 A I and B I, reference should be made to the general considerations of Section XV (B).

73.38 Articles of household and hygiene use and parts thereof, of iron or steel; etc.

B I sinks and sinks, as well as their loose parts, of stainless steel

They are included in this subheading, the stainless steel sinks and sinks, that is, alloy steel containing by weight 12% or more of chromium, with other alloy elements or without them and with less than 1% carbon. In general, the articles of this subheading are stainless steel of austenitic type and contain about 18% chromium and 8% nickel.

Sinks are obtained by drawing from a stainless steel sheet that produces a single-block sink, or by association in a single piece of one or several breasts with one or two smooth or ribbed drained.

The sinks are also obtained by stamping.

The recognizable parts of these items (tables or breasts, for example) are also classified under this subheading

In all cases of fixed articles and consequently, batteries, buckets, barrels or cubes, mobile, do not fall into this subheading; the same applies to other types of fixed devices, such as bidas, shower dishes, seat baths, etc.

73.40 Other articles of cast iron, iron or steel

A casting

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 73.40, wholly of cast iron or, if they are cast iron, iron and steel, are classified in this subheading when the cast predominates by weight on the iron and steel taken together.

CHAPTER 74

COBRE

74.06 Powder and particles, copper

B 1 sheet and laminar structure powder

The laminar structure powder and the copper particles or, more generally, copper alloys are classified in this subheading.

The laminar form can be distinguished:

1. at the naked eye or with the magnifying glass: in this case, the particles are presented in the form of small thin and irregular scales and are commonly used to sprinkle; do not confuse them with the sequins of heading 83.09;

2. under a microscope: a true laminar powder is observed in this case. It's impalpable, almost always brilliant, a bit unctuous and is generally used as pigment for paintings.

B II not expressed

The powder of spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure, for example, of which at least 90% passes through a sieve with an aperture of meshes of 0.5 millimeters, is classified in this subheading; it has a matt aspect and is generally used for sintering, in metallurgy, for chemical uses, etc.

Products that do not meet the required granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of heading 74.01.

74.15 Punts, nails, sharp spikes, hooks and chinchettes, copper or spigot etc.

B Screws, nuts, rivets and washers, obtained by "turning to the bar", of a thickness of a shank or a hole diameter not exceeding 6 mm

See the general considerations of Section XV, Section B.

74.17 Non-electric cooking and heating appliances of the types used for uses etc.

To pressure Hornillos for liquid fuel, as well as parts and parts thereof

The generally small-sized, commonly used, home, travel, and camping ranges, which operate by burning gasoline, kerosene, alcohol, or pressure-like liquid fuels in a copper or brass deposit by hand-operated pump are classified here. They can carry one or several burners with nozzles.

The burner carries a bandejita in which a bit of alcohol or other similar fuel is previously burned to pre-heat the burner and allow the outlet through the main fuel nozzles in the form of pressure steam.

Parts and spare parts of copper for such hornillos are also classified under this subheading.

CHAPTER 75

NICKEL

75.03 Chapas, plates, sheets and strips, of any thickness, of nickel; dust and particles, etc.

B Dust and particles

The powder of a polyhedral or dendritic spherical structure, for example, of which at least 90% passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0,5 mm, is mainly classified in the present subheading; it has a matt aspect and is generally used for sintering, in metallurgy, for chemical purposes, etc.

Products that do not meet the specified granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of heading 75.01.

75.05 Anodes for niquelar, even those obtained by electrolysis, raw or manufactured

A Obtained by colada, raw

The anodes for nickel of the types mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 75.05, paragraph A, are classified in this subheading, provided that they are obtained by simple casting or continuous casting.

These anodes should be continued, consequently, by a single piece and should not have been subjected to surface work (turning, drinkling, etc.) or other mechanical work (drilling, threading, etc.). The suspension devices that are provided, sometimes, must have been obtained during the casting and form a single body with the rest of the anode.

B Other

The articles referred to in subheading 75.05 A above are classified in this subheading, when they have been worked in any way or when they have been added to the attachment devices, as well as the products referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 75.05, paragraph B.

CHAPTER 76

ALUMLINIO

General Considerations

Products of the type of aluminium sintering obtained by sintering of aluminium and alumina which are to be considered as cermets and therefore classified under subheading 81.04 R are excluded from this chapter.

The same applies to products made up of aluminium and boron carbide, including aluminium-plated products, and other similar products.

76,01 Raw aluminium; waste and scrap, of aluminium

A Raw

This subheading includes aluminium in the forms described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 76.01, paragraph 1. The cuts from the cut or the fragmentation of these products are also classified under this subheading.

B I waste

It is aluminum waste products obtained during the fusion or the work of aluminum, such as, rejections, chips of any kind, cuts of bullion, billet, bars, profiles, etc.

B I a) torneasts, shavings and lids; waste of sheets and thin strips coloured, coated or glued, of a thickness of 0,20 mm or less (not including support).

It is classified in this subheading, the torneasts, shavings, lids, including those of saw and muela, that are waste from the mechanization of the pieces with the lathe, the milling, the brushing, the drill, the saw, the muela or the lime, for example.

This subheading also includes sheet and thin strip waste, provided that they are coloured, coated or glued on support and with a thickness of 0,20 mm or less (not including support).

Before recovery of the metal, the waste is subjected to special treatment to eliminate the foreign matter (fat, oil, coatings, paper, etc.).

B I b) Other (including manufacturing rejections)

This subheading includes all aluminium waste not falling within subheading 76.01 B I a).

Manufacturing rejections shall mean new, finished or non-manufactured articles, which, due to defects in manufacturing (mainly due to defects in the structure of the metal or resulting from the manufacture), cannot be used more than for the recovery of the metal.

B II waste

For aluminum scrap, it is understood the old aluminum articles that are no longer usable for their first destination as a result of breakages, cuts, wear, as well as their waste.

76,02 Barras, profiles and wires, of aluminum

In addition to the articles indicated in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 76.02, the profiles obtained by cold folding are classified in this heading.

76.05 Dust and particles, aluminum

A powder of laminar structure and particles

The laminar structure powder and the aluminium or, more commonly, aluminium alloys particles are classified in this subheading.

The laminar form can be distinguished:

1. at the naked eye or with the magnifying glass: in this case, the particles are presented in the form of small thin and irregular scales and are normally used to sprinkle; do not confuse them with the cut sequins of heading 83.09;

2. under a microscope: a true powder of laminar structure is observed in this case. It's impalpable, almost always brilliant, a bit unctuous and is generally used as pigment for paintings.

B Other

The powder of spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure is classified in this subheading, for example, of which at least 90% passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.5 mm; it has a matt aspect and is generally used for sintering, in metallurgy, for chemical uses, etc.

Products that do not meet the specified granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of heading 76.01.

76.10 Barriers, drums, drums and other similar containers, of aluminum, for the etc.

To rigid or flexible tubular containers

It is considered rigid tubular containers of this subheading, the articles of this class in which the largest dimension of the cross-section is equal to or less than 40 millimeters, and also less than half the height of the container without the lid.

76.16 Other aluminium articles

To trucks, reels, coils, and similar supports for spinning and weaving

This subheading comprises a group of articles used in the industries of the spinning and weaving of the majority in the form of cylindrical or cylindrical tubes, provided, sometimes of flanges at the ends and sometimes, of garrisons at the base to increase the rubbing in the tufts. The length usually varies from some centimeters to about 45 cm and the diameter can reach 6 cm. The cylindrical models without flanges or garrisons are distinguished from the tubes of heading 76.06 only because they are cut into specified dimensions and have the rounded edges. There are also cylindrical types, perforated or not, much wider (with a diameter that can reach about 15 cm) and shorter (length 16 cm), used to collect the threads that come out of the row in the synthetic or artificial fibers.

Some types can be used simultaneously in other uses (dyeing, for example), while still belonging to this subheading.

C I screws, nuts, rivets and washers, obtained by "turning to the bar" of a thickness of a shank or a hole diameter not exceeding 6 mm.

The general considerations of Section XV (B) apply mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 77

MAGNESIUM, BERYLLIUM (GLUCINIUM)

77,02 Barras, profiles, wires, sheets, sheets, bands, calibrated torneures, dust, etc.

This sub-item is classified primarily as spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure powder, for example, of which 90% at least passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.5 mm; it is used, inter alia, for the manufacture of pyrotechnics and products for the production of light.

Products that do not meet the above granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of subheading 77.01 A.

77.04 Berilio (glucinium) raw or manufactured

B Manufactured

It is classified in this subheading, mainly, the powder of spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure, of which 90% at least, passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.5 millimeters; it is generally used for sintering.

Products that do not meet the precipitous granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of subheading 77.04 A.

CHAPTER 78

LEAD

78.04 Leaves and thin strips of lead (even embossed, cut, perforated, coated, etc.)

B Dust and particles

It is mainly classified in this subheading the powder of spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure, for example, of which 90% at least, passes through a sieve with an aperture of meshes of 0.5 mm; it is generally used for the manufacture of accumulator plates.

Products that do not meet the above criteria are considered to be grits of subheading 78.01 A, or, eventually, pellets of subheading 93.07 B II b).

78.06 Other Lead Manufacturing

To packages fitted with a lead cover for radiation protection, dedicated to the transport or storage of radioactive materials (EURATOM)

With the exception of transport containers classified under subheading 86.08 A, this subheading includes containers of different types constructed or fitted with a lead shield for the transport or storage of radioactive substances so that the radiation emitted cannot cause damage to the things or to the persons in their immediate vicinity. These containers range from the simple cylindrical containers with a stopper or simple chests provided with a lid, totally lead, to the continents of great dimensions, even coated with steel, equipped with hooks, support, double walls, fins, special valves, cooling water circulation devices, trays, even pivoters, etc. In some cases, they may be made up of two or more separable concentric envelopes or several separable elements. They are designed to resist the action of the heat, the blows, the water, the corrosion due to the substances they contain and, in addition, to be able to decontaminate with ease, inside and outside.

As for the filled imported packaging, see the Preliminary Provisions of the Arancel.

The small cylindrical lead containers intended to count the pulses emitted by the radioactive substances, which are to be classified under subheading 78.06 B, are excluded from this subheading.

B Other

In addition to the articles referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 78.06, they are classified, in particular, under this subheading:

1. lead bricks or plates (other than articles classified in heading 78,03) worked in such a way as to be capable of being encutered to form walls or roofs of radiation protection;

2. small cylindrical lead containers, even divisible in several elements, to count the pulses emitted by the radioactive substances. They carry an opening designed to introduce the Geiger-Muller or scintillator counter and are often provided with windows for the introduction of the samples;

3. the chassis or lead frames for the assembly of the special thick glasses which constitute the windows of the 'hot cells', i.e. the premises where very radioactive substances are handled;

4. devices for the collimation of radiation.

CHAPTER 79

CINC

79.03 Planches, sheets and strips, of any thickness, of zinc; dust and particles, of zinc

B Dust and particles

It is mainly classified in this subheading the powder of spherical, polyhedral or dendritic structure, for example, of which 90%, at least, passes through a sieve with a mesh opening of 0.5 mm.

Products that do not meet the above granulometric criteria are considered to be grits of subheading 79.01 A.

This subheading also includes the powder obtained by distillation or a by-product of zinc metallurgy by the method of horizontal crucibles. It is mainly used as pigment for paints, as a reducer in the chemical industry, etc.,

CHAPTER 81

OTHER COMMON METAL

81.01 Raw or manufactured

(tungsten)

A Raw (including dust and bars simply sintered): waste and scrap

This subheading includes:

1. tungsten (tungsten) powder as obtained by reduction with hydrogen from tungsten trioxide (or volframic anhydride), whether or not compressed in tablets, lozenges, etc., for dosing or transport purposes only;

2. ingots, as well as bars of generally prismatic shape obtained by sintering of the dust and which are not yet forged, laminated or worked;

3. waste and scrap.

81,02 Raw Or Manufactured Molybdenum

A I powder

The present subheading comprises, the molybdenum powder as obtained by reduction of pure molybdenum oxide or ammonium molybdenum.

A II others

This subheading includes, in addition to waste and scrap, ingots, as well as bars, generally of a prismatic form, obtained by sintering the powder and which are not yet forged, laminated or covered.

It is also understood here, the molybdenum powder compressed into tablets, pills, etc., only for dosage or transport purposes.

81.03 Raw or manufactured Tantalo

A Raw (including simply sintered dust and bars); waste and scrap

Explanatory notes to subheading 81.01 A are applicable mutatis mutandis.

81.04 Other raw or manufactured common metals; raw or manufactured cermets

The powder of the metals covered by this heading is classified as the corresponding raw metals. The same applies to bars simply cast, moulded or sintered, which have not subsequently been subjected to operations exceeding that of the simple rude scuppering.

M Depleted Uranium in U 235

You must refer to the NCCA explanatory notes, item 81.04, paragraph Q.

N Torio

It is necessary to refer to the NCCA explanatory notes, item 81.04, paragraph 0.

R "Cermets"

It is necessary to refer to the NCCA explanatory notes, item 81.04, paragraph T.

CHAPTER 82

TOOLS, CUTLERY ITEMS, AND TABLE CUTLERY

82,02 Hand Sierras, saw blades of all kinds (including strawberries-saw and leaves) etc.

A Handsaws

This subheading includes the articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 82,02, paragraph A. By application of Note 2 to this Chapter, the parts of common metals of the handsaws (mounts, arches, grips, tensioners, etc.) shall also be included with the exclusion of the saw blades and the parts of the sheets.

I "rib" saws and carpenter saws

For the application of this subheading, the rib saws are provided with a single handle or grip in which the sheet is reinforced by a metal loin or rib. For the application of this subheading, carpenter saws are those made up of a rectangular (generally, wooden) mount in which the sheet is fastened inside the frame in the direction of the length. They are used for the longitudinal sawing of pieces of wood (for example, logs).

B Saw Blades

This subheading includes the articles described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 82,02, paragraph B.

B I tape

This subheading includes the saw blades arranged for use (endless saws), as well as the sheets presented in bands of indeterminate length (provided the destination as saw sheets of tape is indisputable).

B II strings called cutting

This subheading includes the cutting chains described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 82,02, paragraph B, 7).

B III the others

This subheading comprises the serretas for opening the pharmaceutical ampoules, for example.

82.03 Tenaces, pliers, tweezers and the like, even cutting; adjustment keys; etc.

To limes and scotines

This subheading includes the items described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 82.03, paragraph 9.

B Other

In addition to the articles cited in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 82.03 paragraphs 1 to 8, they may be cited:

1. the dynamometric adjustment keys;

2. remote mechanical handlers (mainly pliers) which are capable of handling "free-arm" for radioactive products;

3. The invention relates to a set of nozzle keys interchangeable in cases or similar continents comprising a series of different calibers nozzles and one or more handles, as well as the common metal handles presented in isolation.

By contrast, common metal nozzles presented alone are considered to be interchangeable tools for hand tools of subheading 82.05 A.

82.05 Interchangeable tools for machine tools and hand tools, etc.

To be classified in one of the subheadings of heading 82,05, the useful ones must have a sheet or an active part of one of the materials listed in Note 1 to Chapter 82 (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 82 and heading 82.05).

The tools classified under subheading 82.05 B have, as a general rule, as active part, plates, rods, tips, etc. of heading 82,07.

However, plates, tips and similar shapes for useful, unassembled, formed by a layer of synthetic diamond on a cemented metal carbide substrate are classified in subheading 82.05 C.

82.09 Knives with cutting or serrated leaf (including pruning blades) and their leaves, etc.

To Knives

It is mainly classified in this subheading, the knives presented with several interchangeable sheets even if they are housed in the handle.

82.11 Navajas and razors and their leaves (including flaxis outlines)

A I Navajas

By razor you will understand the so-called barberian razor.

A II the others

This subheading includes, for example, razors, that is, machines consisting of a short sheet, placed between two species of combs to avoid the cuts and mechanical machines of springs that function as the electric ones.

B I blades for razors

This is also classified as this subheading:

1. the leaves without finishing, that is, the leaves without sharpening, even perforated;

2. the flaxis outlines described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 82.11, last paragraph;

3. Sharp flaxis outlines on a single side that are placed on the rolled machine, without drilling.

C Other parts and loose parts

This subheading includes the other parts and parts of base metals, for knives and shavers, as well as for the heads and combs of electric shavers (see Note 2 to this chapter).

82.14 Cucharas, spoons, forks, tart blades, special knives for fish etc.

A. Stainless steel

It is considered stainless steel, alloy steel containing by weight 12% or more of chromium, with other alloy elements or without them and with less than 1% carbon.

In general, the articles of this subheading are stainless steel of the austenitic type and contain about 18% chromium and 8% nickel.

CHAPTER 83

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURING OF BASE METALS

83.02 Guarnitions, fittings and other similar articles of common metals, for furniture, etc.

The pivot wheels have multiple uses: furniture fittings, pianos, hospital beds, rolling tables, etc. and as wheels for maintenance trucks, invalid cars, forklifts, etc.

As a general rule, these wheels are classified in this heading:

-when they have a diameter (including the cover, if any) that does not exceed 75 millimetres;

-when they have a diameter (including the cover, if any) greater than 75 millimetres, provided that the width of the wheel or the width of the cover or bandage that has been adapted to it is less than 30 millimetres.

Rotating wheels that do not satisfy one of these conditions are generally classified under subheading 87.14 D.

83.05 Mechanisms for the binding of interchangeable sheets and for classifiers, etc.

This item includes, among others, the staples for office staplers.

The staples used for other purposes (for example, packers, guarniers, etc.) are excluded from this heading and are classified, provided they are iron or steel, in heading 73.31.

As a general rule, they are not considered to be staples for office staers, staples that have one of the following characteristics:

1. Width between teeth greater than 13 millimetres;

2. length of teeth greater than 10 millimetres;

3. the greater dimension of the cross-cutting of the wire, greater than 1 millimetre;

4. the ends of the beveled teeth in the opposite direction.

83.13 Metallic Plugs, filetated plugs, stoppers protectors, capsules for etc.

A I Aluminium capsules having a maximum diameter of not more than 21 mm, whether or not fitted within a rubber sealing gasket, but not associated with other materials

This subheading mainly comprises the capsules used for the taping of bottles of pharmaceutical products. The sealing gasket, which is sometimes provided, is presented in a correct manner in the form of a simple plate, necessarily of rubber, which sometimes has a central bulge to seal the mouth of the bottle to which the assembly is intended.

83.15 Alambres, rods, tubes, plates, lozenges, electrodes and similar articles, etc.

Electrodes for welding, with iron or steel core, coated with refractory material

The word "refractory" used in this text means that the material that covers the electrode is quite similar to a flux for metallurgical furnaces and behaves as if it were refractory. The coating serves to guide the arc and form slags that protect the piece that is welded.

SECTION XVI

MACHINES AND APPLIANCES; ELECTRIC MATERIAL

Euratom General considerations on machines and apparatus specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels, for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels.

The fuel elements of nuclear reactors always contain as basic material one or more fissile isotopes (uranium 235, uranium 233 or plutonium 239) and, to a greater or lesser extent, one or more fertile isotopes (uranium 238 or thorium 232). During operation, the nuclei of the fissile atoms experience the fission reaction, producing energy, fission fragments (very radioactive) and neutrons. A part of the neutrons is absorbed by other fissile nuclei, thus producing the chain reaction; another part is absorbed by the fertile nuclei which are thus transformed into fissile nuclei, and another part is still absorbed by the fission fragments themselves and by the surrounding material (moderator, coolant, control or security bars, structures, screens, etc.).

The accumulation of fission products causes the decrease in the fraction of neutrons available for the maintenance of chain reaction, which ultimately leads to the arrest of the reaction. When a certain level of combustion of the fuel elements is reached, it is necessary to replace them.

It is important to note that the discharged fuel retains considerable value due to the fact that:

-a high residual fraction of unburned fissile material remains in the fuel;

-a new fissile species formed in the form of irradiation in the flow of neutrons appears in the fuel element;

-during fuel regeneration treatments, it is possible to recover isotopes, usually radioactive, for industrial uses.

The recovery of the above mentioned products presents some difficulty because of the considerable increase in the radioactivity of the fuel elements (alpha, beta and, above all, very intense range), which comes from the appearance of fission products by the action of neutrons.

After a long period of radioactive decay (cooling), the fuel elements are unpacked. The operation consists in landing the fuel element of its protective sheath, the essential function of which is to retain the impurities generated during irradiation, by means of saws, shears or even by chemical means.

Then, fuel elements undergo a chemical attack to release them from impurities and allow for recovery treatment. The fuel can be treated with hot acid solutions that pass the components to the dissolution, but there are also dry methods (e.g., high temperature treatment in the atmosphere that can be fluorant to eliminate the volatile radioactive products).

After purification, the recovered combustible materials thus enter back into the manufacturing cycle as well as new combustible materials.

All extraction and recycling operations (extraction with solvents or ion exchangers, precipitation, centrifugation, calcination, reduction, melting, extrusion, rolling, sintering, turning, milling, packaging, welding, assembly, etc.) require complex and specific machines and apparatus due to the large residual radioactivity of the treated substances.

Consequently, these machines and appliances:

1. they must be equipped to be guided or telematic when used in an armored cell (often called a hot cell), that is, in an enclosure with a controlled atmosphere, eventually provided with transparent glass to lead or tungsten (tungsten) or when working through a layer of water that can reach ten meters, because this liquid is very transparent when it is pure; it can be provided with heavy shields of protection;

2. they must be easily removable and accessible at all points to decontaminate them and facilitate repair;

3. must be constructed with materials resistant to the action of radiation;

4. where they contain relatively large quantities of fissile materials (fuel elements, solutions or suspensions, etc), they must have shapes and dimensions calculated in such a way as to make it impossible for any divergence to exceed the critical mass and, possibly, to be equipped with neutron absorbents for the same purpose;

5. they must be fitted with very effective devices to retain the very dangerous vapours and polvoradiactives, which are inevitably detached during handling.

The above characteristics refer to machines and apparatus classified in subheadings 84.14 A, 84.17 B, 84.18 B, 84.22 B I, 84.45 A, 84.59 C, 85.11 A I and 85.22 B.

Note 2 A. Determination of the consignment

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, Section XVI, general considerations, paragraph II.

B. Determination of the subheading

1. Where the applicable heading has subheadings, the classification of the parts and parts of machines, apparatus or artifacts of that heading is governed by the General Rules for the interpretation of the Arancel.

2. If the item has subheadings of different order, then the classification must be carried out successively in each series of subheadings of the same order (e.g. A, B, C. .. or I, II, III, etc.) by applying the following rules:

(a) the parts and parts which consist of articles falling within one of the subheadings are classified under that subheading (Note 2, (a) to Section XVI)

(b) loose parts and parts other than those referred to in paragraph 2 (a) above, designed exclusively or principally for one or more machines, apparatus or apparatus of a subheading, are classified in the same subheading as the machinery or machines to which they are intended (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI);

(c) loose parts and parts which can be used interchangeably in machines, appliances or devices falling within different subheadings shall be classified according to Rule 3 (c) for the interpretation of the Arancel.

N.C. l Machines for assembly or maintenance of machines

To follow the same regime as machines, the assembly or maintenance tools must satisfy the following three conditions of nature, destination, and presentation:

1. be tools: it is generally a tool of the type of the type in the headings 44.25 B, 82.03 B, 82.04 and 96.01 B III.

In any case, they are excluded from this regime, the medical and control apparatus of Chapter 90;

2. to be used for the assembly or maintenance of the machine. In the case where the tools are identical, only those which are to be used simultaneously shall be allowed on the machine. If they are different, only one of each type is supported;

3. be submitted at the same time as the machine.

B. Interchangeable tools

To follow the same regime as machines, interchangeable tools must meet three conditions:

1. be useful: in addition to the tools included in heading 82,05, it is also covered by the headings in headings 40.14, 42.04, 59.17, 68.04 B, 69.09, 96.01. B II, etc.

On the contrary, they are not considered useful and cannot therefore benefit from the provisions of this Supplementary Note, moulds (84.60) and accessories, including auxiliary devices (of heading 84.48, for example);

2. Constitute the normal machine equipment.

They are considered to be the normal machine for a machine:

a) the useful ones that can be mounted simultaneously on the machine, if they are identical;

b) a single useful of each class, if the useful ones are different;

3. be presented at the customs office at the same time as the machine and normally be sold with the machine.

N.C. 3 Unmounted or non-assembled machines can be imported into several expeditions divided over time by the needs of the trade or the means of transport.

In order for the various constituent elements to be declared by the consignment corresponding to the assembled machine, the importer must request it in writing from the customs services, at the latest on the first issue, by joining the application:

-a plane or, if necessary, several drawings of the machine with the reference numbers of the most important constituent elements;

-a memory indicating the characteristics and approximate weight of the different main elements mentioned above.

The application can only be resolved favourably if it is the fulfilment of a contract which provides for the supply of a machine which can be considered as complete for tariff purposes.

The import of all the constituent elements of the machine must be carried out by the same customs office within the period granted. However, the competent authorities may authorise imports by different customs authorities. This period may not be exceeded, except for an extension by reasoned and reasoned request to the competent authorities.

For each partial import, a list of the items forming the consignment shall be presented with reference to the memory provided for above. In the import declaration for each consignment, the name of the part or parts of the machine which is the subject of the partial issue and that of the complete machine shall be entered.

In the hypothesis that after the last import, it was ascertained that the whole does not constitute a complete machine or that it can be considered as such by application of the interpretative Rule 2 (a) of the Arancel, or if there are elements classifiable separately (in excess, for example), the declarant will be obliged to enter the difference that could exist between the total of the rights demanded by each of the expeditions according to his own regime and the revenues realized in a fractionalway in concept of machine unduly considered as complete.

CHAPTER 84

BOILERS, MACHINES, APPLIANCES AND MECHANICAL APPLIANCES

84.05 Explosion or internal combustion engines, of plunger

With regard to the distinction between explosion engines (spark plug), internal combustion engines (compression ignition) and rotary piston engines (or deformable capacity engines in opposition to gas turbines), see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.05.

Engines for aerodines that meet the definition of Supplementary Note 1 to this Chapter (with a power)

Only blast engines specially designed to operate with a propeller or a rotor are classified in this subheading. The power to be taken into consideration for the classification under subheadings 84.06 A II a) and A II b) is the actual power actually developed on the axle. It is recalled that a steam horse is equivalent to 735,49875 watts.

B Special thrusters of the outboard type, with cylinder capacity

The propellants that meet the following criteria are classified in this subheading:

1. consist of a set of motor, propeller and rudder forming a single body;

2. be oriented, i.e. the assembly shall rotate on the seat of attachment;

3. they are intended to fix them, even permanently, in the stern of the vessel.

Not classified under this subheading:

1. propellants, even forming a body, designed to be mounted on the body of the vessel with the engine inside the hull and the other part on the outside;

2. assemblies consisting of an engine which must be mounted inside the vessel against the wall of the stern mirror and a helic-rudder block which is subjected to the outer wall of the stern mirror. In this case, the engine is classified under subheading 84.06 C and the helic-rudder block, in subheading 84.59 E II.

3. Special propellants of the type outboard with electric motor (subp. 85.01 B I).

C The others

The classification of some engines of this subheading must be made taking into account the cylinder capacity, the destination, as well as the number of seats of the vehicles to which they are intended:

1. Cylinder capacity

In cylinder engines, the cylinder capacity is equal to the volume of the part of a cylinder swept by the piston between the lower dead point and the upper dead point, multiplied by the number of cylinders.

In rotary piston engines (curvilinear triangular rotor motors of the Wankel type), the cylinder capacity is equal to twice the volume of a chamber, measured between its minimum and maximum values, multiplied by the number of rotors.

2. Target

a) Engines that are intended for the assembly industry.

For "the assembly industry to be used", for the purposes of this subheading, it is necessary to understand exclusively the use in the factories of assembly or manufacture of motor vehicles (even the subcontracted companies), for the assembly in series of new vehicles.

The subheading can only be applied to the engines actually used in the assembly of new vehicles which are quoted in the text of the subheading. It does not therefore include similar engines to be used as spare parts. In addition, admission to the subheading is subject to the conditions laid down by the competent authorities.

b) Propulsion Engines for Ships

As required by the text of subheading 84.06 C II a), they are engines only used in propulsion; consequently, the engines used on board ships for other purposes cannot be regarded as such.

On the other hand, admission to this subheading is subject to conditions to be determined by the competent authorities.

3. Number of seats

This is the number of normal seats, not including the driver. The trasportines are not considered normal seats.

D Parts and Loose Parts

In addition to the exclusions referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.06, they are also excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. tubes of vulcanised rubber without hardening (heading 40.09);

2. parts and accessories of general use in accordance with Note 2 to Section XV;

3. Tubes and pipes, of base metal (heading 83.08)

4. joints (generally, a system of constituent material or heading 84.06).

84.08 Other engines and engines

A I Turborreactors

This subheading includes the turboractors mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.08, paragraph A 2), first paragraph.

The auxiliary devices called aftercombustion presented in isolation are classified in subheading 84.08 A II.

Turborreactors are specified in two subheadings according to the thrust.

It is understood by thrust, the product of the mass of gas projected in a second by the difference between the velocity of projection on the one hand, and the speed of the air inlet to another.

To II the other (statorreactors, pulsorreactors, rockets, etc.)

This subheading includes the reaction propellants mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.08, paragraphs A 2), second paragraph, and A 3, 4 and 5.

B Gas Turbines

In addition to the gas turbines with combustion chambers mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.08, paragraph A 1, this subheading also includes gas turbines without combustion chamber which carry only a stator and a rotor and which use the energy of gases produced by other machines or apparatus (e.g. gas generators of heading 84.03, diesel engines of heading 84.06 or free-piston generators of heading 84.11); although similar to compressed gas engines, these latter turbines are distinguished by the nature of the constituent materials which are designed to withstand the high temperature of the gases.

B I turboprop

The turbopropellants, that is, the engines designed to operate the propeller of an aerodine, are classified under this subheading (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.08, second subparagraph of paragraph A 1).

B II Other

Machines of the same type as those referred to in subheading 84.08 B I, but designed or adapted to move a compressor or an electrical generator, and, on the other hand, gas turbines themselves, which are generally used in the propulsion of vessels, railway traction and the trawling of electrical generators, are classified under this subheading.

C Other engines and engines

This subheading includes the following engines, as mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.08, paragraphs B to E:

1. Compressed, alternative or rotary air (or gas) engines (paragraph B);

2. wind (wind) engines (paragraph C);

3. Spring engines or counterweights (paragraph D);

4. Hydraulic jet engines (paragraph E);

D Parts and Loose Parts

This item comprises the parts and parts of the apparatus falling within subheadings 84.08 A, B and C and referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 84.08 "Parts and parts".

The parts and parts of the reaction propellants of heading 84.08 A and of the turbopropellants of subheading 84.08 B I and, in subheading 84.08 D II, the parts and parts of other engines, are to be classified under subheading 84.08 D I.

84.10 Pumps, motor pumps and turbo pumps for liquids, including non-mechanical pumps, etc.

For the application of subheadings, pumps, motor pumps and turbo pumps shall also be understood.

A device for distributing devices with a measuring device or designed for the adaptation of such a device.

It should be specified that only pumps of any kind that form a body-or are designed to form-are classified in this subheading with a device that allows the volumetric control of the amount of liquid pumped even if this device does not present itself at the same time as the pump.

This control device can be very simple (dial or pump body calibrated, for example) or, on the contrary, consist of more complex mechanisms that automatically command the pump stop when a pre-set amount has already been served (such would be the case, for example, of a distribution pump with a calibrated cylinder-measuring cylinder-and a device that allows the desired amount to be fixed and cause the engine to stop when the preset quantity has been reached) or that performs other operations in relation to the volumetric control proper (pumps indicating the total, prior payment, calculation of prices, sampling, automatic adjustment of mixtures, automatic dosing, etc.).

On the other hand, when, for example, the measuring device is designed to be simply mounted on the pipe by which the liquid moved by the pump will circulate, each of the two elements (pump and measuring device) continue to separate their own regime, even if they are presented at the same time. Well understood that, in this case, the pump is still classified under heading 84.10, but under subheading 84.10 B.

For example, they are classified in this subheading, the pumps of gasoline or other fuels and lubricants, as well as the pumps with measuring devices for shops, laboratories and for various industrial activities.

In accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, the parts and parts identifiable from the pumps described above are also classified under this subheading.

B Other pumps

Provided that no pumps are classified under subheading 84.10 A, this subheading includes, for example, in addition to the types of pumps described in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 84.10, paragraphs A, B, C and D:

1. Flexible tube pumps in which various rollers rotate alternately along the wall of a special rubber tube to which they compress, make the vacuum inside of this tube and thus produce in a continuous manner the aspiration and then the drive of the liquid;

2. Electromagnetic pumps for metals in liquid state.

C Liquid Elevators (from rosary, bucket, flexible tape, etc.)

The elevators referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.10, paragraph E, are classified under this subheading.

84.11 Air and vacuum pumps, motor pumps and turbo pumps; compressors, compressors, etc.

To Pumps and Compressors

For the purposes of this subheading, pumps and compressors must also be understood as motor-pumps, turbo-pumps, motor-compressors and turbochargers.

A) pumps (hand-operated or pedal-operated) to inflate tires and similar articles

Among the pumps described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 84.11, paragraph A, only items that meet the following two conditions are classified in this subheading:

1. which are operated by hand or pedal, that is, operated by human power only;

2. which are designed to inflate tyres (of cycles, motor vehicles, etc.) and similar articles, such as mattresses, cushions and pneumatic rafts.

C Fans and analogs

For the application of this subheading, only the apparatus described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.11, paragraph C, which meet the following conditions shall be considered as fans:

1. air or gas pressure must not exceed two bars;

2. must have no more than a rotating surface.

They are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheadings 84.11 A II b), appliances which do not comply with the above conditions.

84.14 Industrial or laboratory furnaces, excluding electric furnaces, etc.

A Specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels, for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

In general, the furnaces used for the purposes specified in the text of this subheading are almost always electric furnaces which are not classified under this subheading.

For use and characteristics, reference should be made to the explanatory note for subheading 85.11 A I.

84.15 Material, machines and apparatus for cold production, with electrical equipment, etc.

B Evaporators and capacitors, other than for household appliances

Evaporators and Condensers For Refrigerators are described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 84.15, paragraphs A 2 and A 3.

Evaporators and capacitors designed for household appliances, for example, for domestic refrigerators, are classified under subheading 84.15 C.

84.17 Devices and devices, even if they are electrically heated, for the treatment of, etc.

To Appliances for the production of products falling within subheading 28.51 A (EURATOM)

Among the devices classified in this subheading, they can be cited:

-a special type of fractionated and rectified distillation apparatus with a large number of dishes arranged in a battery and cascading, which take advantage of the small differences in the boiling point between heavy water and normal water and allow the production of ever-poorer heads in heavy water and increasingly rich queues;

-apparatus for the low-temperature fractionated distillation of liquid hydrogen to separate deuterium;

-apparatus for the production of heavy water or deuterium compounds, based on isotopic change by the method called "at two temperatures", sometimes in the presence of catalysts or pH tampons.

Equipment intended for the preparation of heavy water of deuterium or its compounds, which do not involve a change of temperature (own regime), is not classified under this subheading.

B Appliances specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

Equipment intended to attack irradiated nuclear fuels with acid, to heat and evaporate fissile solutions or radioactive solutions or to dry fissile and radioactive products are classified in this subheading. In order to classify them under this subheading, these devices must have one or all of the characteristics listed in the explanatory notes to section XVI, Euratom.

C Heat Exchangers

For the application of this subheading, heat exchangers are apparatus used for heating and cooling of materials in liquid or gaseous state, in which the thermal exchange is carried out through a wall between two fluids with different and moving temperatures.

If in most cases the fluids circulate in the opposite direction (see the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.17, section I B), they can also circulate in the same direction or crossed (perpendicular).

Heat exchangers are used:

1. to modify the temperature of the fluids without changing the state (liquid or gaseous), temperature change that can reach a sterilization or a pasteurization;

2. to evaporate or condense the fluids.

They are classified under this subheading, provided they respond to the characteristics defined above, for example:

1. Nitrogen condensers or other gases;

2. devices called 'refrigerants' for the cooling and condensation of solvents, mainly used in the dry cleaning industry and in dry cleaning companies;

3. cooling appliances for liquids, steam or gas used in various industries (dairy, brewery, etc.);

4. Continuous pasteurisation appliances used mainly in dairy products (plate pasterizers);

They are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. water heaters and calientabans of subheading 34.17 F I;

2. appliances in which:

-thermal exchange produces the passage of a liquid or gaseous fluid to the solid state (spray drying, for example);

-The thermal exchange between two fluids is not done through a wall (open-air contact towers, for example);

which are generally classified under subheading 84.17 F II.

D Coffee Makers with filters and other appliances for the preparation of coffee and other hot drinks

Other appliances for domestic use (electrothermic appliances: subheading 85.12 E; other appliances: section XV) are not classified in this subheading.

E Medical Devices-sterilization surgical.

The apparatus classified in this subheading, intended to equip the clinics, operating rooms, medical consultations, etc., consisting of containers in which the surgical medical instrument, as well as the guatas, hydrophiles and other dressings are subjected to temperatures of 100 C or more to destroy the germs that they may have.

The most frequent is that they have the shape of a parallelepiped or a horizontal cylinder supported in a base, within which there are removable grids. Generally, the envelope is made of steel or aluminum and is internally stored with heat-related materials. The door can be made of transparent glass to allow the vision of the instrument placed inside. Some appliances are shaped like closets or other furniture. In this case, the sterilizer itself may be able to carry stands for the placement of the instrument or other articles to be sterilized; this particularity does not affect its membership of this subheading.

According to the cases, the heating occurs with alcohol, with oil, gas or electricity and, according to the design of the devices, the sterilization is done with boiling water (trays or buckets), with steam of water under pressure (autoclaves) or with dry hot air (stoves).

F I water heaters (even calientabans) that are not electric

This subheading includes water heaters and heat heaters for domestic or industrial use, whatever the heating mode with the exception of electricity.

84.18 Centrifuders and centrifugal dryers; filtering or debugging devices etc.

A For the separation of uranium isotopes (EURATOM)

They are classified under this subheading:

-the special gas centrifuges (uranium hexafluoride) having a rotor called "bowl" cylindrical container in which the ratio-diameter ratio is very large. Its high rotation speed (of the order of 4,000 turns per minute) needs a very advanced technique in the containers that are usually of plastic material or special steels to prevent them from exploding. These centrifuges are internally treated to resist corrosion with uranium hexafluoride. In practice, a very large number of units are used that are gathered in a cascade and that work in favor of the current or in countercurrent:

-apparatus for the separation of isotopes from uranium by gaseous diffusion. In these devices the gaseous uranium hexachloride circulates through a few enclosures (which can be tubular) with very fine pores, called diffusion barriers. The gas flow is separated into two fractions whose uranium content 235 is slightly different. Repeating the operation a large number of times, you can get to separate the uranium 235 pure;

-the so-called "nozzle separation" apparatus (Becker procedure), in which a gas flow (uranium hexafluoride + helium) is injected at high speed into a very curved nozzle. A "blade" located at the outlet of the device allows the separation of the uranium hexafluoride fraction that is enriched.

B Specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels, for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

Only machines and apparatus used for the operations referred to in the text which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to Section XVI, EURATOM, are classified under this subheading. Mainly in this subheading, the active carbon scavengers, intended to retain radioactive iodine, filters for the separation of the radioactive dust and the centrifuges to dry the radioactive precipitate.

C II (a) 1 Eesurrials for clothing, of electrical operation, of which the unit capacity expressed in dry clothes does not exceed 6 kg

Only in this heading are the centrifugal apparatus with drum designed for the draining of the clothes which meet the following two conditions:

1. they have an electric motor;

2. which have a unit capacity not exceeding 6 kg, expressed by weight of dry clothes, corresponding to a drum capacity of 30 l (30 dm3), at least.

Given the maximum capacity, this sub-item does not include more than the electric centrifugal power of domestic models. Well understood, the fact that these are intended for purely family uses or for companies using the same types of machines (individual laundries) has no influence on the classification.

Centrifugal spurrids of clothing other than those of an electric motor are classified under subheading 84.18 C II a) 2. The same is true for power of more than 6 kg of dry clothes.

84.19 Machines and apparatus for cleaning or drying bottles and other containers; for filling, etc.

A machines and apparatus for washing electric operating dishes have or do not have a drying device.

This subheading only includes machines that meet the following two conditions:

1. which are designed to wash crockery, that is, all that is used for use at the table or kitchen, such as sources, dishes, cutlery, cups, cups, pans and casseroles, in houses, restaurants, hospitals, pensions, etc.;

2. The invention relates to a method for controlling the use of water, which is a motor for the movement of the pump or for the water projection device. On the other hand, the presence of an electrical drying device should not be taken into consideration for classification under this subheading.

Machines for washing non-electric dishware, and machines for washing bottles and other containers (including, for example, sanitary containers used in hospitals) are to be classified under subheading 84.19 B.

Programmers for dishwashing machines, presented in isolation, follow their own regime (e.g., 91.06)

84.21 Mechanical devices (even hand-operated) to project, disperse or spray, etc.

B Other

In addition to the machines and apparatus mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.21 is mainly classified in this heading:

1. machines called "washing machines" for the washing of motor vehicles, metal parts or other articles, by means of water, oil or other liquids and which carry, assembled in a single body, a pump, pipes with nozzles and sometimes a conveyor, a heating device, etc.;

2. machines for coating of paraffin or of molten wax, by projection, various objects (vessels, boxes, boxes, etc.);

3. The invention relates to an electrostatic painting apparatus, which carries a spray gun attached to a tank by a flexible conduit that allows the passage of the paint and a high voltage current generator by an electric cable. The electric field created between the object and the atomizer attracts the paint particles projected by the action of the compressed air and avoids its dispersion outside the surface that is painted.

The generator presented in isolation follows its own regime.

84.22 Machines and apparatus for lifting, loading, unloading and handling, etc.

B I machines and apparatus specially designed for the handling of strongly radioactive substances (EURATOM)

The various apparatus and machines used for the remote handling of radioactive substances are classified under this subheading, except for handlers which are handled at "free arm" (heading 82.03 or 82.04). The most frequently used are the so-called mechanical arms, which consist of a main arm located on the outside of the shielded cell that is manipulated by the operator, and a slave arm placed inside the cell, which reproduces the movements of the operator. These movements are transmitted by mechanical, hydraulic or pneumatic devices or even by electrical or electronic impulses. Frequently, mechanical arms are mounted on "rolling bridges" or in caterpillars; sometimes, they are provided with television tomavists and can be equipped to work submerged in water.

The machines for loading and unloading the elements of nuclear fuels are also classified under this subheading. These are generally very heavy machines (coated with lead shielding) and quite complex, which are placed on a "rolling bridge" above (if the combustible elements are vertical) or on the side of the reactor (if they are horizontal).

B II cranes on wheels, which cannot circulate on rails

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84. 22, "Car-or truck-mounted appliances", paragraph (b), (2).

For the distinction between self-propelled cranes on wheels, of this subheading and the crane cars of heading 87.03 and the lift trucks of heading 87.07 are considered to be classified, in principle, in this subheading:

1. when the propulsion is entrusted to the engine that is part of the lifting device;

2. when the maximum speed is 20 km/h;

3. when they have a single cab that is part of the lifting device;

4. when, generally, they do not move loaded or do not perform, charged, more than small displacements that play an auxiliary role in relation to the function of elevation.

In relation to the tariff classification of motor infrastructure and wheel platforms which can be used indifferently in the cranes of this subheading and in the machines of subheading 84.23 A I, see the explanatory notes of subheading 84.22 B IV, third paragraph.

B III machines for rolling mills: roller paths for the transport of goods, uppers and handles of ingots, balls, bars and plates

Two groups of machines used as auxiliary service equipment for rolling mills or rolling trains are classified under this subheading, namely:

(a) roller tables for the feeding and collection of products (ingots, bars, plates, sheets, strips, wires, tubes, etc.);

(b) bullion, ball, bar and plate manipulators and manipulators.

Among these machines can be cited:

1. roller tables sometimes called "transrotors" or roller guides that carry rollers, engines or not, intended to introduce the products into the box or to evacuate them, or even to drive them from one box to another;

2. Lead-cylinder tracks (pinch rolls) with a function analogous to that of the previous articles, which carry two sets of rollers between which the products pass;

3. Refrigerators, which are roller tables located at the exit of the rolling trains, in which the products (bars and wires, for example) are slowly driven to an evacuation position, while cooling with the ambient air;

4. Lifting or tilting tables for laminators with several sets of overlapping cylinders (trios and double duos). These devices consist of a platform that scales around an axis, located at the far end of the rolling mill; the platform carries motor rollers. At the output of a set of cylinders, the metal pieces enter the platform which at that time scales to be placed at the height of the other set of cylinders between which the piece is pushed by means of motor rollers.

5. the pusher (s) used in the parallel-box rolling trains, intended to pass the bars, for example, from the roller platforms of the first box to the second one;

6. uppers or lifting arms that produce the product's flip-flopping.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. static devices (guide and bending piston), a system of guidance from one box to another, consisting of a kind of curved steel sheet, the extremities of which are fixed to the two boxes joining (subheading 73.40 B);

2. apparatus designed for the remote handling of strongly radioactive substances (subheading 84.22 B I);

3. motor-vehicle handlers, as well as apparatus (cranes and rolling bridges, for example) which, although used to supply laminators, are not directly involved in the work of the rolling mill (subheading 84.22 B II or B IV, as the case may be).

B IV the others

A large number of machines and apparatus for lifting, loading, unloading and handling, fixed or mobile, which for the most part are described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA heading 84.22, are classified under this subheading.

In addition to the mobile devices mentioned in the explanatory notes, they can still be cited:

1. cranes on wheels which can circulate on rails;

2. cranes on caterpillars;

3. Paleadoras for the collection of loose materials in bulk or in pile materials (loading shovels). The blades which serve not only to collect loose materials in bulk or pile materials but also to attack the soil and to load the materials are classified under subheading 84.23 A I as an explanation machine;

4. conveyor belts, including terraplenic conveyors for open-pit lignite mines, herring, graines, etc.;

5. fork and other stacker stackers. However, in most cases, the stackers have the vehicle characteristics of Chapter 87 and are therefore classified in that chapter.

It should be noted that the engine infrastructure and the platforms on tracks or on wheels when they can be used indifferently in the self-driving devices of this subheading and in the apparatus of subheading 84.23 A I, are classified under subheading 84.23 A I c) in accordance with the exclusion of the text of heading 84 itself. 22 (see also the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.22, 'Self-propelled appliances and other mobile devices', paragraph (b) and 1, second paragraph, last sentence).

Work equipment (cranes, spoons, loaders, etc.) presented in isolation are only classified in this heading if they are identifiable, in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, as parts and parts of machines and apparatus of this subheading.

84.23 Machines and apparatus, fixed or mobile, for extraction, explanation, etc.

A Machines and apparatus for extraction, explanation, excavation or drilling of the soil

This subheading includes machines and apparatus for the extraction, explanation, excavation or drilling of the soil, described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.23, paragraphs I, II and III.

A I self-propelled, on track or wheels, which cannot circulate on rails

Only equipment which can be moved by a wheel motor or track device, but not on rails, is included in this subheading. Although most of these devices carry their own source of energy, there are some that receive it (electricity or compressed air, for example) from the outside; this particularity does not affect their classification in this subheading.

A I a) moths (scrapers)

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.23, paragraph II, "Machinery for excavation, esplanation, scarification, levelling, etc.", paragraph G.

It should be noted that only the moths (scrapers) in which the driving part and the active implement (sheet) constitute a homogeneous mechanical assembly and form a single body are classified in this subheading. This is the case, for example, of the caterpillar moths in which the loading spoon provided with the cutting horizontal sheet is situated between the two caterpillars. It is recalled that the moths composed of a tractor (even of a single axle) and of a handle itself, by application of the Supplementary Note 4 of Section XVI, each element follows its own regime (Item 7.01 for the tractor and subheading 84.23 A II b) for the trapeze).

A I c) Loose Parts and Parts

This subheading, for example, is classified as motor infrastructure, track or wheel platforms, as well as work equipment, presented in isolation provided that they are identifiable, in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, as parts and parts of machines and self-propelled appliances falling within subheadings 84.23 A I a) or A I b).

A II b) Other

It is classified in this subheading, inter alia, the moths (even equipped with an auxiliary motor) engaged or designed to be engaged in a tractor of heading 87.01 (see Supplementary Note 4 to Section XVI).

84.25 Harvester and thresher machinery; straw and fodder presses; etc.

The lawnmowers of this heading comprise three-or four-wheel machines fitted with a driver's seat (such as lawnmowers or motorcycle cutters), with a fixed cutting organ, that is, that it is not ready to remove it more than for repair or maintenance. Taking into account that their essential function is to cut the lawn, they are classified in this heading, even when they carry a coupling device to drag or push light fittings, such as snowplows.

The existence of a different front, central or rear power grab, which does not serve to move the cutting organ, generally allows the conclusion that it is not a lawn mower, but rather an agricultural tractor of heading 87.01. The presence of a device (for example, in three or four points) that allows to raise or lower the easily separable mechanical organs, such as plows, points in the same direction.

84.31 Machines and apparatus for the manufacture of cellulosic pulp (paper pulp) and so on.

A For the manufacture of paper and cardboard

Only machines that work from the paste (cellulosic paste, etc.) are classified under this subheading.

In addition to the machines mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.31, paragraphs F and G may be cited:

1. machines for the manufacture of paper and paperboard of various layers. They are machines with several overlapping flat tables or a battery of round shapes or even flat tables combined with round tables. The different layers of paste produced simultaneously are gathered on the machine in a wet state and without agglomerating.

2. small appliances for the manufacture of paper samples for testing purposes. These devices are sometimes called "sheets to obtain sheets" for manufacturing control.

B Other

In addition to the machines and apparatus mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.31, paragraphs A to E and H to O, they may be quoted as falling within this subheading:

1. Machines for wetting paper (also called 'paper conditioning') in which paper or cardboard is exposed to wet air on the whole surface;

2. Machinery for the manufacture of bulk, embossed or embossed machinery (however, the calendars used for the same purposes are to be classified under heading 84.16)

3.

for the manufacture of

Excluded from this subheading:

1. machines and apparatus which, having functions similar to those described above, do not work paper or cardboard in sheets but articles of such materials. Such is the case, for example, of the machines for the purpose of cutting vessels, tiestas, etc., by immersion (subheading 84.59 E). Machines and apparatus for making paper or paperboard articles, such as glasses, tiles, vessels, boxes, etc., are classified in heading 84.33

2. machines and apparatus which, although they work paper or paperboard in sheets, manufacture products which are not paper or paperboard for tariff purposes. This is the case for machines for the application of abrasives or for coating the supports with photosensitive emulsions (subheading 84.59 E).

84.34 Machines for melting and composing printing characters; machines and equipment, etc.

A I machines for melting and composing (linings, monotipies, intertypes, etc.)

These machines allow you to mechanically obtain the typographical composition at the same time and melt the characters corresponding to the composition. There are different types of machines in this class, among which you can quote mainly:

1. The invention relates to a machine for melting and composing separate characters (monotipies), which, based on a band previously drilled in a precomposition machine, is made by pneumatic relays, the selection of special matrices contained in the smelter's chassis, which delivers isolated characters and comprises them in a gallerade which forms a body with the machine. The perforator making the pre-composition is classified under subheading 84.34 A II;

2. the machines to compose and melt separate characters (rototypes). These are keyboard machines that allow all operations in the preceding paragraph to be performed on the same machine: array selection, casting of separate (isolated) characters, and composition;

3. the machines for composing and melting lines. They are keyboard machines of different types (linotipies, intertypes, linograph, etc. The invention relates to a device for the use of a device which enables the same to be actuated without the use of the keyboard itself by means of a boring tape, which is previously composed of a special perforator (a composition called a telemechanics), which is classified under subheading 84.34 A II.

They are excluded from this subheading, machines that simply make up the composition or the precomposition, such as the drillers mentioned above and the machines of melting characters, fillets, whites, ingots, etc., without any composition work (subheading 84.34 A II).

A II the others

Only those machines that merge uncomposed characters and the machines that make the composition without melting the characters are classified in this subheading.

Among these machines can be cited:

1. the machines to melt the letter characters, the fillets, the whites, the ingots, etc., without any composition work. These machines generally lead to an electrically heated crucible containing the cast of molten metal, a mould provided with cooling device and mechanisms for the rectification of the characters.

The machines for melting fillets, whites, ingots, etc, usually work by extrusion;

2. the machines of melting lines (of the Ludlow or Nebitype types) by means of lines of special pre-composed matrices by hand. These machines deliver entire lines of welded characters together (block lines); although the welded characters delivered by the machines are already composed, it is not the machine itself that has performed this operation, since it has done nothing but reproduce the previously composed matrices by hand. Some of these machines, used to melt the big newspaper headlines, are called "titters";

3. Composing machines consisting of a typewriter that allows justification, that is, the adjustment of the lines to a uniform length;

4. the machines of composing by photographic procedure that compose successively, either the characters arranged in sets of records, or the eye of matrices specially designed for this purpose. Some are keyboard or similar devices. Others are designed to be governed by a perforated paper tape or other encoded information support, previously composed in a separate machine. It is, in this section of machines, that they are effectively composed. Devices which photograph whole forms of pre-composed characters by hand or machine, as well as machines or apparatus which allow photocopies of documents for the preparation of clichés or printing cylinders (Chapter 90), are therefore excluded.

5. The perforators for composing in the form of perforations on paper tapes that are used afterwards to send other composing machines, such as certain machines to compose and melt lines (see the explanatory note of subheading 84.34 A I, paragraphs 1 and 3) and some of the machines to compose by the photographic procedure mentioned above.

B Plates, plates, cylinders and other similar organs, other than lithographic stones

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.34, paragraphs A 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 and 12 are classified in this subheading.

Also classified in this subheading are the leaves without raising awareness for the reproduction of texts or drawings with printing machines in offset, of base metal or of plastic, prepared, mainly by coating, with perforations or notches or without them.

C. Other

They are classified under this subheading:

1. printing bodies other than those falling within subheading 84.34 B, as referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.34, paragraphs A 1, 2 and 3;

2. prepared lithographic stones, even with writings or drawings, mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 84.34, paragraph A 5 and 9.

Natural lithographic stone is a very fine and uniform variety of grain carbonate. The artificial lithographic stone is, most frequently, cement and calcium carbonate, moulded and compressed.

Only lithographic stones that are presented are classified here:

-well coated with drawings or writing (e.g. by hand or by photo report);

-or rectified or grainable already arranged, without other work, to draw or write.

They are excluded from this subheading and are classified under subheading 25.32 B, the limestone stones called "lithographic stones", raw;

3. other machines, apparatus and materials of clisado, stereotypia and the like, mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.34, paragraph B 1, 2, 5, 6 and 12 to 19.

84.35 Machines and apparatus for printing and printing, marginalizing, folding, etc.

A Machines and apparatus for printing and graphic arts

Machines for printing by means of signs, characters and forms of printing of heading 84.34 are classified in this subheading, with the exception of the machines mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.35, "exclusions".

To I "blank" printing machines (flat-cylinder) cylinder type

Only machines that meet the following conditions are classified under this subheading:

1. printing blank, that is, printing the sheet on one side;

2. printing in typography, that is, by the embossed print procedure;

3. The invention also relates to a method for the use of a rotary pressure cylinder with a handle and a sheet and an animated platen of an alternative translation movement under the cylinder.

A I a) of a lap

It will be understood by machines to print out of a turn, those of white or face, typographical, planociplicas in which the cylinder prints a sheet of paper in a single turn, whether the cylinder rotates continuously as if it stops after a turn (of a cylinder strike) or even when the cylinder advances by giving a turn for each sheet of paper to go back after a vacuum, without printing.

A I b) two-round (dual-revolution)

Machines shall be understood to be white (or face) printing machines, two-turn flat-sheets, only the machines in which the pressure cylinder gives two full turns, always in the same direction of rotation, during a printing phase (one lap during the printing itself and a second round during the lap of the platen, the cylinder being lifted slightly during the second round).

A II rotary printing machines

The machines described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.35, paragraph I C, are classified under this subheading.

A III others

Among the machines that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited, mainly:

1. the ordinary presses used mainly for the printing of engravings and artistic tests. A very simple model, usually composed of a fixed horizontal table (or platen) that supports the composition or form, the clipping or the plate to be reproduced, and a mobile plate, eardrum, which a mechanism of screw or lever allows to apply strongly against the platen, after interposing the sheet covered with a special fabric (mantilla) to distribute the pressure conveniently; the inking is made with a roller, either hand or mechanically;

2. Presses called 'minervas', with or without inking, which work flat on a plane and are described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.35, paragraph I A 2)

3. the machines of cylinders other than rotary, which print the sheet on both sides. The structure of these machines is analogous to that of the blank printing machines (see explanatory note for subheading 84.35 A I). However, they can have two cylinders and the platina have two shapes. To print the two sides of the sheet, it is mechanically returned, either from one cylinder to the other (face and removal machines), or on the same cylinder (reaction machines). Some machines in this class for color printing carry multiple groups assembled in the same base;

4. machines for printing glass bottles with enamel by the process of cliche or of metal or silk (screen printing); these machines are sometimes designed, improperly, machines to affix enamelled labels, but do not constitute, well understood, labelling machines of heading 84.19;

5. the machines referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.35, paragraph I (printing machines), second and third paragraphs after the asterisks.

B Auxiliary Printing Apparatus

In addition to the machines and apparatus mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.35, paragraph II, may be cited:

1. The automatic feeders for the service of the printing machines on sheets;

2. Generally pneumatic stress systems, to maintain constant the tension of the paper that are delivered by the rotary winders;

3. the antimaculators, other than those of jet.

84.37 Telares and knitting machines, for making knitted, tulle, lace, embroidery, etc.

To weaving machines and machines

This subheading includes the looms described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA heading 84.37, paragraph B, including telares for Axminster-type carpets, for chenilla, for terry-hairs by weft (for example), for cordoncillo or coarse or fine embroidery, for crepes, crepes, canvas, for velamen, for transmission belts and for cutlery.

B Telares and Machines for Point Genes

They are classified under this subheading:

1. telars for knitted or crocheted fabrics described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.37, paragraph C, including the Raschel-Gallon looms and other Raschel looms (rectilinear, warp-knit looms) that are specially used to manufacture the Raschel tulle, the Raschel lace, the handrail or the nets;

2. Crochet looms, which are actually looms for warp knit fabrics intended for the manufacture of ornamental handrail, flecks, curtains, nets, lace. etc. (for example, crochet, galonear, lace, curtains, ribbons, and circular cordoncillos looms);

3. the looms called "Malimo" (sewing machines by means of caddita or sewn-malside) that manufacture non-woven fabrics by joining the "warp" threads with the "weft" threads by means of meshes (cadenet) thanks to a needle mechanism;

4. "Malipol" looms which insert curls or loops of yarn into a background fabric previously manufactured in a normal construction loom. The loops are fixed to the fabric by point meshes;

5. 'Malawatt' looms and other looms 'knitted or crocheted for fibre veils' (for example, the 'Arachne' and 'ACW' looms). These looms are made of irregular fibres made with other machines (for example, cards or blenders), a large number of seams which are composed of loops in the form of meshes and thus produce a consolidated layer of textile materials, used as filter material, carpet support, thermal insulation material, etc.

C Telares and machines for making tulles, lace, embroidery, braids, handrails and mesh (net)

The looms described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.37, paragraph D, are classified in this subheading.

Consequently are classified here:

1. The invention relates to a tulle-bowinot, a visit-wind and a winding machine, which are made of smooth tul or smooth tul, as well as machine lace, starting from warp yarns and weft yarns. However, warp threads and weft threads do not interlock at right angles as in the tissues, but are surrounded and linked, thanks to a round trip of the shuttle, by a large number of weft threads (coil threads) arranged in small coils;

2. Embroidery looms, which with one or more additional threads passing through a needle through a support of fabric or any other material, carry out a variety of drawings, for example, the hand-embroidery looms (embroidery looms with pantograph-launchers) the automatic embroidery looms of shuttles equipped with Jacquard or similar mechanisms, the embroidery looms with large numbers of needles and the multi-faceted automatic embroidery looms (which carry several embroidery loom heads assembled at the same table and are equipped with Jacquard devices or the like).

They are also considered to be embroidery looms, machines called tufting that make carpets, tapestries, carpeting or even lighter articles (for example, quilts, gowns, etc.) by introducing into a finished fabric, by means of needles or ganchillos, threads that form penachos or loops.

They are also considered to be embroidery looms, the machines to pull out threads and join the draught. On the other hand, the sewing machines and sewing machines provided with an embroidery device are classified in heading 84.41;

3. -----------------

--------------------------------

4. The invention relates to telares for braiding and weaving looms, which interlacing threads by means of chargers (bolillos) equipped with thread coils which follow circular or sinusoidal paths, manufacture articles in the piece (e.g. flat or round braids) or with form (gallons, braids, wicks, tubular cordoncillos, living for garments, etc.) or cover with threads the buttons, articles of wood, tubes, etc. (for example, the looms for round braids, the looms for tubular braids, the looms for packaging braids, etc.

Tlooms for special braids intended to cover wires of cables or other electrical conductors or which braid or cable flexible conductive threads are classified, however, in heading 84.59;

5. looms for handrails (other than looms for braids as set out in paragraph 4 above), for example:

(a) looms for gimping on the winding of closed spirals one or more yarns of ornament around a support (soul), that is, the looms for blocking the handrail, even the machines used for the purpose of blocking wires (mainly of small electrical wires), rubber threads, crines, etc.;

b) looms for making pompoms and telares for chenillas;

c) looms for round and fancy chenilla and looms for the manufacture of garlands of chenilla threads for Christmas trees;

d) the crooks and flecker cutters.

On the other hand, balancin looms, that is, the looms that make tape or handrail are classified in subheading 84.37 A and the crochet looms for the manufacture of handrails are classified in subheading 84.37 B;

6. The invention relates to a network of one or two threads for the manufacture of nets, etc., of knotted meshes for all use, in pieces or in shape, such as fishing nets.

D Appliances and preparatory machines for weaving, making knitted or crocheted fabrics (urdiators, strings, etc.)

In addition to the machines described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.37, paragraph A, the knotted machines of the warp threads in the pleadings or rinses from the drums of the urdiors, the machines of interlinking and developing the yarn during the fabric and the threading machines for embroidery are classified in this subheading.

On the other hand, the "hand knotted" that are small hand tools for knotting the broken threads, are classified in heading 82.04.

84.38 Machines and auxiliary devices for machines of the Partida 84.37 (mechanism of etc.)

In addition to the machines, auxiliary apparatus, spare parts and accessories mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.38, they are classified under this subheading, mainly:

1. automatic ring changers for looms;

2. machines for placing the laminillas on the paraurbells;

3. Parahillos for urdiators, drenchers and knitting machines, knitted or crocheted; 4. the portabobins;

5. -

--------------------------------a-

6. cylinders and drums for mechanical, cardio and combing perforators;

7. agitators, drums and cylinders for machines for the deuarder of wool or for silage machines;

8. stretch-line devices for stretch banks, for tufts or for continuous rings, as well as their cylinders;

9. Mechanical purgators of yarn, of simple construction, for devanadors, which disengage the yarns of knots and other defects;

10. For the purpose of this Regulation,

following shall be the case:

11. accessories for the formation of meshes:

(a) the plates of looms for knitted or crocheted fabrics, for example: platen of mallosas; platens of formation, of detachment, of retention, of double edge, of a guide, of transfer, for meshes or for jacquard meshes. The invention relates to a steel strip of approximately 0.1 to 2 mm. thick, with variable profiles that engage with needles (generally, hook or articulated needles) in the formation of meshes;

(b) Telling needles for knitted or crocheted fabrics, for example: hook needles, including punches and needles for remillar machines, articulated needles (also called tang or charnea needles, self-contained, automatic) provided with one or more tabs, latch needles in which the tab has been replaced by a movable latch, tubular needles and crochet needles for crochet looms;

(c) analogous articles involved in the formation of meshes, for example: waves, waveguides, drawing grits, extenders, runners, pegs and pushers;

12. warp pleadors, split pleadors, folding valves and felt and regulators of automatic unwinding folding machines;

13. Knights and hooks for the suspension of laminillas and teeth for combs;

14. Templates for looms;

15. the case of shuttles;

16. the irons used in the looms to form the loop, including those with a cutting part;

17. needles for needle sticks (without a shuttle);

18. Needle bars for knitted or crocheted looms, sliding plates, cams and needle plates (for example) for rectilinear point looms, needle sticks and needle cylinders for circular knitting machines;

19. Needle sticks for wind-wind tul and ganchs for network looms;

20. needles and embroidery frames for embroidery looms;

21. Huses and bolillos for braiding looms and for sling of bolillos;

22. (a) the brakes (tensioners) of yarn and combs for urdiators and mechanical enolators;

23. needles, platins, blades and grifis for machine tools for the use of jacquard or jacquard mechanisms;

24. deposits (ascending, descending, rotating, etc.) for automatic shuttles:

25. deposits for automatic ring changers;

26. automatic paraurring laminillas.

This item is primarily excluded from this item:

1. machines for removing the remains of yarn in the knobs of the looms and the cleaning of laminillas (subheading 84.59 E);

2. Apparatus for checking the regularity of threads by rolling over a drum or a saucer (subheading 90.16B);

3. wire scrubbers using electronic procedures-of a photoelectric cell, for example-(subheading 90.28 A).

84.40 Machines and appliances for washing, cleaning, drying, bleaching, dyeing, stopping, etc.

To machines and presses for ironing, electrical heating

This subheading, machines and presses for ironing white clothing, outer garments, woven fabrics, etc. mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.40, paragraph 5, provided that they are fitted with an electrical heating device.

These machines are classified here, even if they are domestic.

On the other hand, the tables for bending the shirts, provided with electric heating device for starching the neck of the already planked shirt, are classified in the subheading 84.40 C.

B Machines and apparatus for washing clothing with a unit capacity, expressed as dry-wear weight, not exceeding 5 Kg; currants (other than centrifuges) for domestic use

They are classified under this subheading:

1. machines and apparatus for washing clothes, for example: washing machines with vat provided with an agitator of pallets, of an agitator on the cross, of a pulsator, etc., or even of an injection device, the machines for washing drums, including those in which the drum also serves to drain the clothes, the combined washing machines meeting in the same frame, a cuba or drum washing machine and a centrifugal scouring of heading 84.18.

However, these machines and washing machines are only classified under this subheading when their unit capacity does not exceed 6 kg of dry clothes. They have a capacity expressed by weight of dry clothes not exceeding 6 kg when the content (filling capacity) of the drum or washing tank is:

a) 72 litres (72 dm3) or less on the drum machines;

(b) 90 litres (90 dm3) or less in the vat machines fitted with agitator (pallets);

(c) 120 litres (120 dm3) or less on pulsator-equipped vat machines;

(d) 150 litres (150 dm3) or less in the water-circulation vat machines (turbo-wash washing machines).

For the calculation of the fill capacity:

-shall not be taken into account in the drum washers, ribs and other possible deformations of the drums;

-on the vat machines, it shall not be based on the total height of the vat (up to the top edge of the vat) but on the prescribed fill level (mark indicating the fill level) or the total height of the vat decreased by 10 cm if there is no mark;

2. Domestic-use scurrids-other than centrifugal spurrids of heading 84.18-which press the clothes between two overlapping cylinders, generally coated with rubber.

The fact that these devices are destined for individual laundries, hotels, hospitals, etc., does not influence the classification.

B I power operation

This subheading includes only machines and apparatus which are electrically operated (with a rotary electric motor or vibration or any other electrical system) such as the machines for washing or drum washing and roller scouring machines, provided with an electric motor.

B II Other

Non-electric operating machinery and apparatus, such as crank-operated roller scurlers and hydraulic-powered bucket washers (water-or turbine-column machines), are to be classified under this subheading.

C The others

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. Machines and presses for ironing white clothing, outer garments, cloth, etc., mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.40, paragraph A 5, provided that the heating is not electric (for example, with steam), including presses used to starch the necks and cuffs of shirts;

2. appliances used for the vaporisation of outer garments (steam or busts for the ironing of steamed clothes);

3. machines and appliances, (tables, etc.) which serve to fold the already ironed clothes (shirts, handkerchiefs, sheets, napkins, tablecloths, etc.).);

4. machines for washing clothes whose washing capacity exceed 6 kg of dry clothes, for example, machines and appliances for laundries, hospitals, hotels, etc., as well as automatic equipment for laundries (introducing a coin);

5. Non-centrifugal (non-centrifugal) scurds of large dimensions that are not of domestic use, of the types used in the laundries;

6. Cylinder and bucket machines (heated with steam or water) that serve to iron and dry large pieces of white clothing, for laundries, hospitals, hotels, etc.

When they are electric heating, these machines are classified under subheading 84.40

7. Drum dryers for clothing

8. the machines and apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 84.40, paragraphs A 2 and 4, B and D to F:

9. the dry cleaning machines referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.40, paragraph C. These machines are classified in this subheading with any capacity. They are generally used in companies specialising in the cleaning of clothing and other textile articles;

10. machines and apparatus for boiling and for washing wool fabrics in order to degreasing them before bleaching or dyeing;

11. machines for the unwinding of cotton fabrics before bleaching or dyeing;

12. machines for treating tissues with a soda or potash bleach before bleaching or dyeing;

13. Machinery for the steam wetting of yarn, fabrics and other articles of textile materials;

14. machines for shaping and fixing (thermoset), including machines for preforming and forming stockings or socks;

15. machines for the impregnation and the rolling of tissue for tyres;

16. machines for the entry of typewriters or similar tapes;

17. the machines for undoing the sizing of the cotton fabrics prepared;

18. machines for flocating fabrics, for example, electrostatic flocar machines. The special machines used to flocate the paper are classified, however, in heading 84.31;

19. the machines for plisking the tissues;

20. machines for the raising of synthetic or man-made fibres.

The machines for running the cables of man-made fibres are classified, however, in heading 84.36;

21. machines for making unwoven tapes, for example unwinding, wrapping and drying a warp formed by parallel arranged threads;

22. Parts and parts which are recognizable as exclusive or principally intended for machines and apparatus of subheading 84.40 C (see Note 2 (b) to Section XVI), for example:

(a) scrapes for coating machines, roller stamping machines and machines for screen printing;

(b) the carrier, carrier and the like for machines and appliances.

However, they are excluded from this subheading:

1. metal starking patterns, artificial plastic materials, cardboard, etc., as well as frames, with or without image, intended for machines to be affixed to the sieve of heading 84.40 (classification according to the constituent material; frames with silk fabric are classified, for example, in heading 59.17 and frames with bronze fabrics in heading 74.19);

2. cones and special coils for machines and appliances (classification according to 1 constituent material-Note 1 (c) to section XV-)

3. blades and blades for tundims (heading 82,06);

4. electrostatic devices for flocar machines (heading 85.22).

84.41 Sewing machines (fabrics, leather, footwear, etc.), including furniture, for etc.

A I sewing machines which make only lousy, the head of which weighs not more than 16 kg without motor or 17 kg with motor; heads of sewing machines only weighing not more than 16 kg without motor or 17 kg with motor

1. This subheading includes sewing machines and sewing machine heads which meet the following two characteristics:

(a) they must perform only pespunte (shuttle point), that is, run the sewing points (right point, zigzag point, decorative point) by means of two different threads, one of them introduced by the needle through the support (tissue, paper, etc.), while the other joins the first one under the support of the game of a mobile cannillera;

b) the head must weigh 16 kg at most, without motor, or 17 kg with motor. In the case of an incomplete head considered as complete-General Rule 2 (a) for the interpretation of the Arancel-the weight of the entire head shall be taken into account.

This is generally domestic-use machines;

2. 'sewing machine head' means the mechanical assembly of the machine (including, where appropriate, the engine incorporated or fixed to the head). A sewing machine head is essentially composed of an arm that carries the mechanism of movement of the needle and a base with the mechanisms of the cannillera and the slide and eventually of a device for raising the press. They are not part of the head, for example, the base of the table, the furniture (including the pedal), nor the chest;

3. It should be noted, however, that in some portable sewing machines, the base is designed to also serve as a support. In this case, it is a sewing machine and not a head.

A) sewing machines of a unit value (excluding frames, tables or furniture) of more than 6,500 pesetas

This subheading only includes sewing machines which meet the characteristics specified in paragraph 1 of the explanatory note of subheading 84.41 A I in which the value of the head itself is greater than that indicated in the text of the subheading (see paragraph 2 of the explanatory note to Item 84.41 A).

For the application of this subheading, sewing machine heads are not considered to be sewing machines.

A I b) others

This subheading includes:

1. sewing machines which meet the characteristics laid down in paragraph 1 of the explanatory note falling within subheading 84.41 A I in which the value of the head itself is equal to or less than that indicated in the text of the subheading (see paragraph 2 of the explanatory note falling within subheading 84.41 A I).

2. the heads of sewing machines presented in isolation, whatever their value, and which meet the characteristics specified in paragraphs 1 and 2 of the explanatory note falling within subheading 84.41 A I.

A II other sewing machines and other sewing machine heads

The sewing machines and the heads of sewing machines which are to be run are classified under this subheading:

-point other than the lousy (for example, the cadenet point) or

-the lousy and another different point or

-only the lousy, if the head weighs more than 16 kg without motor or more than 17 kg with motor.

It is generally a matter of industrial use machines.

84.44 Laminators, lamination trains and rolling mill cylinders.

To Laminators specially designed for use in the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

Only the laminators designed for use in the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to Section XVI (EURATOM) are classified under this subheading.

48.45 Machine tools for the work of metals and metal carbides, etc.

In all subheadings of this heading, "machine tools governed by coded information systems" are considered to be the numerical control tool (digital) or analogue machine. The machining cycle of these machines is subordinate to a pre-established work programme, introduced in the control body in the form of coded information presented on supports, such as tapes or perforated cards or magnetic tapes, which contain all the data (rotation speed, advancement and other movements selection of the useful ones, etc.) necessary for the manufacture or the work of the piece.

The control organ is either mounted on the machine or constituted by a separate apparatus (e.g., table, pupil or control cabinet). In the latter case, the machine tools are classified as 'regulated by coded information systems', even if the control body is not presented at the customs office with the machine itself.

These tool machines carry special devices to automatically measure and control during work, the displacements of the slides or the useful and other operations provided for in the work programme. For this reason, these machines are recognizable as "machines governed by coded information systems".

Not to be confused with automatic machines that are not governed by coded information. These machines, which are equipped with control bodies (e.g., cams, end-of-race switches, etc.), do not carry devices that measure the position of the useful or the slide during the work.

A machine tool specially designed for use in the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (packaged, unwrapped, shaped, etc.)

Only the machine tools used in the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to section XVI, Euratom, are classified under this subheading. Special and complex machines for the dismantling of the elements of irradiated nuclear fuels, which are often equipped for working under water, as well as the machine tools of the types described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA heading 84.45, used in the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels, are classified in this subheading.

C I tornos

Tornos and torus machines specially designed for the work of metals or metal carbides which work by starting material with turning tools are classified in this subheading. In general, it is the piece that is animated by a rotation movement around its axis.

However, the turning machines in which the useful only, or the useful and the piece, are animated of a rotation movement, are also classified in this heading.

In addition to the winches referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A I, we may mention special lathes, for axles, for the tornos de-cutting the machines of the cylindrical ends of parts ("tourilloner")As well as the universal lathes. These universal lathes have an appearance similar to that of the parallel tornos but differ from them by a special structure that allows them to carry out, in addition to the work of turning, the operations of milling, drilling and tronking.

They are therefore excluded from this subheading:

1. Rotary spindle machines specially designed for tronking (subheading 85.45 C IV);

2. --------------------------------------------

C II drinders

The operation of the drudging consists of the carrying of the diameter of a hole (see the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A 5). The mandrinate can be cylindrical, conical or spherical; it is called an intern when the hole has exit and blind, in the opposite case. The drinders are used, for example, to achieve the exact dimensions in the cylinders of the motors or piston or piston pumps.

The operation of drillings is carried out, either with useful working in cantilever, of fixed size (scouring or cutting scariers of straight or helical grooves) or variable (expandable scariers in the end, scariers with removable blades, micrometric mandrels of blade or head of the reframing of a blade), or with useful ones that work to the bar (adjustable or centered blades and single blocks or with joined elements).

They are classified in this subheading, for example:

1. vertical mandrators;

2. the horizontal drinders:

-fixed column;

-mobile column;

3. multiple "transfer" type drinders;

4. Crankshaft bearing druders;

5. the drinders to reproduce the inside of hollow trees;

6. machines commonly called "milling machines" provided with a combined spindle consisting of two concentric spindles in which the trawl can be independent; the inner spindle carries a long shirt which allows the fixing of the mandrel bar, while the outer spindle, generally coupled rigidly to a plate, is provided to the assembly of a strawberry (milling spindle).

Machines designed and incorporated for the purpose of carrying out specially designed work, even if they are provided for the execution of other complementary operations (e.g. drilling, refraining, milling, turning of cylindrical ends of parts ("tourillonage") are classified in this subheading and sometimes threaded).

They are excluded from this subheading:

1. 'coordinate-milling machines' (subheading 84.45 C VII), provided that they comply with the conditions laid down in the explanatory note of subheading 84.45 C VII;

2. the machines, such as tornos, drills and some milling machines, which carry out the operation of the drillings as an accessory or supplementary. These machines are classified in their own subheadings.

C III brushing

Brushing consists of obtaining flat or profiled surfaces on the outside of a piece with unique edge cutting useful.

Brushing machines are machine tools in which the useful is fixed and the slide table is animated by a horizontal alternative movement of translation.

These machines are distinguished from the limers of subheading 84.45 C IV by the fact that, in the latter, the piece remains immobile while the tool moves.

However, some fixed table brushes are classified in this subheading, which, due to their large dimensions, lend themselves to the mechanization of large parts, such as lanes, shields, plates (for example, moat brushing, brushing of the plates, or slings of ingots).

Some mobile table brushes present the particularity of being equipped, in addition or accessory, with one or two carrier carts (milling cars) that replace an equal number of brushing carts. These machine tools also called "brushing and milling machines" and commonly known as "milling-milling machines", are classified as brushing machines, even if possible, reducing the speed of the table, using them to carry out milling work. They should not be confused with certain milling machines called brushing-type milling machines (subheading 84.45 C V) in which the exterior aspect is reminiscent of the brushing but which are only provided with milling cars.

There are also brushes that can carry, in addition to the brushing carts, one or two rectifying heads. The presence of these carrier devices allows the use of these brushes as machines to rectify flat surfaces. It has models equipped, at the same time, with brushing heads, milling heads and rectifying heads, as well as types equipped with devices that allow the work of mortajado.

In addition to the limers already mentioned in the third paragraph, they are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. mortaers (subheading 84.45 C IV);

2. Gear-cutting machines (subheading 84.45 C VIII).

C IV limers, saws, tronzators, brochers and mortastrators

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the limers, which are machine tools that work with the brushing technique (see the explanatory note of subheading 84.45 C III) in which the piece remains immobile during the past, while the useful one is animated by a rectilinear, alternative and horizontal motion of displacement. As a result of the work in the air of the portautiles, the maximum race of these machines is limited; for this reason, the use of the limator is reserved, above all, to the mechanization of pieces of small dimensions;

2. saws and tronters (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A, 8), which are machine tools which work by starting matter in the form of chips (with a blade useful), lims (saws) or dust (grinds).

The shears that are used for cutting operations without starting material, sheets, strapping, etc. are therefore excluded. (subheading 85.45 C X).

a) saws:

According to the form of the useful, they are distinguished between these machines:

-the saws with alternative movement in which the useful one, consisting of a straight toothed sheet, is animated by a rectilinear-alternative movement;

-circular saws, which use jagged disks on the periphery that rotate at high speed. These tools are sometimes designed with the name of milling or milling strawberries;

-Tape saws, which use a large ribbon with one of the edges provided with teeth and whose ends are welded. The ribbon saw is supported, as a transmission belt, by two pulleys, one crazy and the other animated of a rotation movement by the action of an engine.

b) Tronders:

These machine tools differ from the saws by the nature of the useful. This can be a blade analogous to that of the lathe, a grinder, or a disk.

-Tronzators turn to two different work systems.

Nails function as parallel tornos (rotation of the part, see the explanatory note of subheading 84.45 C I A). However, the latter are distinguished by the fact that the holder cannot move longitudinally like the trolley of parallel torus.

Other operating as end-turning machines of cylindrical parts ("tourilloneuses") (fixed position of the useful with circular motion and advance of the fixed part on a trolley). See the explanatory note for subheading 84.45 C I. They differ, however, from the latter, by the fact that the part cannot move more than in one direction.

In all cases, the tronzators can only perform the tronked work.

Those that function as a parallel lathe carry a hollow, large diameter hollow spindle that drags the piece into a rotation movement. A very short banal supports one or two portautiles that can have a reverse advance. Of a kind used for the manufacture of motor vehicles of a kind used for the manufacture of goods, the piece is fixed in a cart that allows its advance. The working device, which occupies a fixed position in the machine, is constituted by a high speed-spinning crown in which several cutting tools are disposed.

-the mule tronzators are similar in construction to the circular saws but the strawberry-saw has been replaced by a double-bezel mule;

-the disk drives, which are usually called "friction saws", are characterized by working with a soft steel disc whose circumference has no teeth. This disk, which can be striated, is dragged to give it a tangential speed such that, if a piece of metal is progressively approached to the periphery of the disc, it is put into the red and it burns immediately without there having been close contact with the disc. This phenomenon is due to the rubbing combined with the oxidizing action of the air layer dragged by the disc against the metal being cut.

Not classified in this subheading, the blow-blowing machines (heading 84.50);

3. (see explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A, 7), which are machine tools which machine the exterior or interior surfaces of a piece with a multi-tooth cutting tool called brush. On these machines the piece is fixed and the brush, maintained by the slide, receives the rectilinear and uniform cutting motion (thrust or traction).

The interior skewer allows to mechanize and calibrate the interior surfaces of a blank or rough piece, which is traversed by the tool. The outer brush allows to obtain flat or profiled surfaces.

Among the different types of skewers, they can be cited:

a) the simple sliding horizontal machines;

b) the simple sliding vertical machines;

c) double machines, called duplexes, with two runners, each with a brush;

d) the broking presses, which are vertical machines acting on the brush by push or compression;

4. the mortajators mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A 2), which are machine tools working with the same technique as the brushing machines (see the explanatory note of subheading 84.45 C III) in which the piece remains stationary during the past, while the tool is moved with alternative rectilinear movement in a vertical or sometimes inclined direction.

According to usage, they can be distinguished:

(a) the tools for the use of machines characterized by the small stroke of the tool (usually from 100 to 300 mm);

b) machines called mortajors-punching, for jobs that need quick start of an important volume with great overthickness. These machines use tools to cylindrical a single cutting edge, or a useful punching of four cutting edges. The useful career of these tools is in the order of 250 to 1,200 mm. These machines should not be confused with punching machines (see explanatory note for subheading 84.45 C X);

(c) the transportable vertical mortapers that can be displaced on a base plate for the machining of large parts;

d) the shroud with transverse displacement of the slide;

e) machines called slotted (by push or traction) in which the machining system is reminiscent of the one of the brochers, distinguishing themselves with the tool they use.

C V milling machines and drilling machines

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the milling machines (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A, 6) use a process of starting material characterised by a movement of rotation of the strawberry which is carried away by the machine spindle (rapid circular motion of cut), combined with a movement of translation of the piece fixed to the machine table (uniform movement of the movement).

Among the different types of milling machines, they can be distinguished:

a) the horizontal milling machines;

b) the vertical milling machines;

c) horizontal-vertical milling machines;

d) the orientable head milling machines at various levels;

e) the "brushing type" milling machines or brushing milling machines, the exterior aspect of which is reminiscent of those of the brushes. These machines should not be confused with "milling-milling machines" (see Explanatory Notes to subheading 84.45 C III);

(f) the universal milling machines which, in addition to the normal milling work, can cool the grooves of the ribbed trees, as well as small straight or helical gears, by means of a splitter device mounted on the machine;

g) the copier milling machines;

h) the machines for milling the slots or the chaglans;

(j) thread milling machines, which cut down any type of screw, clamping or movement in a screw-screw system, with one or more inputs, with any shape, depth or step;

k) the machines for writing with strawberry.

By contrast, this subheading does not include milling machines designed exclusively or principally for the execution of operations expressly mentioned in the text of other subdivisions of subheading 84.45 C. This is particularly the case for milling machines which satisfy the precision conditions laid down for struts (subheading 84.45 C VII) and milling machines with strawberry (subheading 84.45 C VIII)

2. drilling machines, as mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph A, 3), the work of which consists of the practice of blind or walking cylindrical holes in a piece, by means of a useful rotary, brocked, drill or bit. The piece remains immobile during the work of the useful that is animated by a motion of rotation (cutting motion) and a movement of penetration (movement of advancement).

It is also classified in this subheading the drilling machines that work with a stationary tool that acts on a piece that rotates or those that allow the user to choose between the drill with a rotating useful or with a useful immobile.

Among the drilling machines, the machines are distinguished with a single spindle (radial or not) and the machines with several spindles (multi-spindle type drilling machines).

They are excluded from this subheading:

-Mandrinators (subheading 84.45 C II);

-drilling machines which satisfy the conditions laid down in the explanatory notes to the struts (subheading 84.45 C VIII).

C VI sharpening machines, scuppering, rectifying, grinding, polishing, rolling, banding, lapping or similar operations, by means of grinding, abrasive or polishing products.

A This subheading includes a wide variety of machine tools, the common characteristic of which is that of machining by abrasion or wear of the part subjected to its action. These machining procedures generally result in the loss of matter in the form of dust. They often carry an aspiration device.

The text of the subheading specifies that these machines work by means of grinding, abrasive or polishing products.

The grinds are made up of abrasive grains, usually aluminous or siliceous, joined together by a binder.

As abrasives, abrasive discs and bands can be cited, as well as those useful in the form of abrasive stones mounted on a tool holder (rotors).

It should be specified that the expression "polishing products" should be taken in a broad sense. 'polishing products' for the purposes of this subheading, for example:

1. Discs of metal carbides, of special steels, of soft metals, of wood, of felt, of fabric or of leather (pullers);

2. Metal brushes;

3. the polishing tampons;

The machines of this subheading can, therefore, work, either by abrasion, directly with grinds or bands, or with useful non-abrasive, but with interposition of an abrasive liquid or by rubbing with oil or simply water interposition or, sometimes, even dry.

B. Within this subheading, machines which carry a micrometric adjustment device (subheading 84.45 C VI a)) or which do not carry (subheading 84.45 C VI b) a micrometric adjustment device in accordance with Additional Note 2 to Chapter 84, that is, a device which makes it possible to assess or regulate with a minimum approximation of a 1/100 mm the value of the displacement of an important organ of the machine, such as the table, the spindle, the tree-holder, etc.

It will be observed that a measuring or adjustment device that carries staggered graduations of 2/100 of millimeter (0.02 mm), for example, cannot be considered as a system of micrometric adjustment that complies with the provisions of Supplementary Note 2 of the chapter, although it would be possible to run the machine with the precision required by the Arancel by marking the bounds by approximation between two successive graduations of the measuring instrument.

Among these devices can be cited:

1. linear instruments of direct reading, such as rules with cursors, vernières, etc. in which the separation of two successive graduations corresponds to a displacement of an organ not exceeding 1/100 of a millimeter (0.01 mm);

2. the profile projectors for the control of the work during the operation. The invention relates to a display of dislustrated and graduated glass in which the image of the piece and the useful part is projected, greatly expanded, in such a way that the advance of the piece or the useful one, as well as the progress of the work, can be appreciated in relation to the graduations of the screen. It is also possible to control the work by applying on the screen the drawing drawn on a transparent sheet at the scale corresponding to the optical magnification of the profile projector; the role of the operator consists, in this case, in matching the image of the piece with the drawing seen by transparency;

3. devices for limiting the advance of the holder or the slide holder by means of reglable stops, the position of which is fixed with standard coves;

4. control or control electronic devices for rectifiers, which are regulated by means of a graduated quadrant to the effective cote of completion of the part and which allow the slow progress and the stop of the useful when the dimensions of the part are approximated and reach the value of the intended cote.

C. Among the machine tools included in this subheading, some of which are quoted in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.45, paragraphs A 10 and A 13, may be cited:

1. the sharpening machines, which are used both for sharpening the new useful (drill bits, drills, strawberries, brushes, etc.) and for sharpening the bottled tools;

2. Machinery for the manufacture of machinery for use in the manufacture of waste materials,

example,

3. the rectifiers, which are used, thanks to the small amount of matter that they start to carry to the most precise cotas that is possible the surfaces made with useful cutting or deformed by the heat treatments, among which can be cited:

(a) revolution surface rectifiers:

-exterior rectifiers, called cylindrical exterior rectifiers;

-interior rectifiers, called internal cylindrical grinding machines;

-rectifiers without centres for the purpose of rectifying external or internal parts of cylindrical or conical revolution, without keeping them between tips or other devices normally used.

On these machines, the piece is maintained and dragged by one or more support grinds and, in the case of the exterior rectifiers, held by a reglete;

b) flat surface rectifiers;

c) thread rectifiers;

(d) the machine guide, crankcase, valve, valve, etc.

e) gear rectifiers; f) superfinishing rectifiers;

4. the terms 'amolar machines' actually cover a very important part of the machines mentioned in the text of this subheading, as they work with a mule. This is the case for the machinery for sharpening, disuping or rectifying the machines referred to in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 above.

In the group of "amolar machines" not more specifically included, it is appropriate to cite, for example, the grinding machines:

5. Polishing machines, which are generally equipped with metal brushes or with discs made up of different materials, use, where appropriate, very fine abrasives or pickling products. These machines are used to perfect the surfaces of the treated parts;

6. the machines to be rolled for the finishing of surfaces that have to work without holguras.

D. Machine tools which, while performing operations mentioned in the text of subheading 84.45 C VI, are excluded from this heading, are excluded from this heading, either by means of procedures not covered by the text or specially designed to carry out machining operations expressly included in other subheadings.

Such is the case, for example:

1. of electrolytic sharpening machines or ultrasonic tool machines (subheading 84.45 B);

2. of the grinding wheel (subheading 84.45 C IV);

3. of the machine for cutting gears with a mule (subheading 84.45 C VIII).

C VII struts

The struts defined in Supplementary Note 3 of this chapter are machine tools of a precision that allows machining operations, such as drilling, milling, grinding, grinding in geometrically defined points by their polar or rectangular coordinates. These machines carry built-in measurement devices that enable the relative displacements of the part and the useful, either by automatic procedure, or with microscopic viewings on standard rules or on circular sectors of a splitter plate, or with thickness and micrometer coves, or by screws, divided drums and nons, etc.

The struts are essentially characterized by the great precision that they allow to obtain in the work by coordinates.

Some machines, called "semi-punching machines", are drills, drillers or roscadors equipped with useful guide devices or with special stitch tables but which do not allow the required precision to be obtained from the struts; these machines are classified in the subheadings corresponding to their use.

C VIII gear sizes

By means of gear-cutting machines of this subheading, machines designed exclusively for the manufacture of gears by starting metal from cylindrical or conical parts must be understood.

These machines primarily work with the following carving procedures:

1. Strawberry-carved module that uses the strawberry disc or the conical strawberry as useful; this procedure is used for the cutting of straight-up gears;

2. The copied carving in which the toothed is engaged with a brushing tool; this procedure allows for the carving of both the conical gears and the cylindrical gears;

3. Felling per generation employing a mother strawberry, a util-zipper (comb) or a til-pinion (circular blade) useful as a tool; this procedure allows the machining of inner or outer cylindrical gears, straight or helical and conical gears;

4. the cut with mule.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. the machines for moulding the gears (p. 84. 43);

2. the finishing machines (classification according to their function: for example, grinding gear grinding machines are to be classified under subheading 84.45 C VI):

3. the machines that manufacture the gears by punching (subp. 84.45 C X);

4. the machines which manufacture the gear by deformation of the metal (subp. 84.45 C XII). C VIII a) For cylindrical gears

For the application of this subheading, only cylindrical gears are considered to be obtained from cylindrical parts and which still present this form after the carving.

The machines for the manufacture of straight toothed wheels, wheels for endless screws, endless screws, ratchet wheels and wheels for articulated chain transmission are included in this subheading.

C VIII b) for other gears

This subheading includes, for example, machines for the manufacture of zippers, conical gears and endless screws other than cylindrical ones.

C IX presses, other than those falling within subheadings 84.45 C X and C XI

The presses of this subheading are machines that work by deformation of the metal by continuous pressure (but not the metal carbides that do not lend practically to the deformation).

According to the agent they use for the transmission of the energy needed for metal deformation, these presses are divided into two categories:

1. hydraulic presses in which the energy is supplied by the pressure of a liquid (oil or water);

2. the other presses in which the energy is supplied by a gaseous fluid (steam or air) or the normal mechanical organs of the spindle or eccentric system (biela v crank rod and crankshaft, coupled lever, etc.).

Among the presses that are classified in this subheading can be cited:

1. Bar extruder presses, profiles, wires or tubes. These presses are designed to force the output of a mass of metal through a row by means of a punch. Depending on the malleability characteristics of the metal, this operation is cold or hot;

2. the rivet presses;

3. Drawing, stretching, and expansion presses;

4. presses for making balls by recalculation from wire;

5. Presses for metal-framing of electrical cables.

However, this subheading does not contain all presses in which the materials worked are or may be metals.

So, they are excluded, for example:

1. the presses of curving, folding, shearing or punching (subp. 84.45 C X);

2. the presses of forging and the presses of stamp (subp. 84.45 C XI);

3. Scrap metal presses, presses to break (for example, bullion), general use presses which are rendered indifferently to the work of metals or other materials (p. 84.59);

C curving machines, folding, planning, shearing, punching and trimming

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the bending machines.

Among these machines are distinguished:

(a) machines working flat products (sheets or strip). These machines are used to give a cylindrical curvature to the plates, making them pass between three or four cylinders or to the strips (between rollers) which in both cases are parallel as in the machines of forming tubes. A conical curvature may also occur and in this case the cylinders or rollers are not parallel;

(b) machines working in non-flat products (bars, profiles or tubes). These machines operate by means of rollers, by bending in the press, or by traction of the ends while the middle part is fastened by a fixed cylinder in the case of the tubes, especially those of pipelines.

2. The folding machines.

Among these machines are distinguished:

(a) machines that work flat products. The folding of a flat product consists in giving to a plate or a fleque a permanent deformation of small radius of curvature following a straight line, without reaching the break of the metal. This operation is performed in a universal folding, or in a folding press;

b) the machines that work the non-flat products.

The folding of bars, tubes and profiles is similar to the curved one (see paragraph 1 (b) above); the folding of wires consists in giving a curvature in a plane. The machines which work the wire and which carry out more complex operations (machines for producing springs, for example) are not simple folding machines and are classified under subheading 84.45 C XII.

3. Planning machines

These machines are used to correct the deformations of flat metal products in sheets or bands due to their handling after the rolling.

Sometimes, certain planning or flattening machines are called "straightening". In reality the straightening operation is done with the non-flat products, such as wire, bars, profiles and tubes. As they are not covered by this subheading, these straightening machines are classified in subheading 84.45 C XII.

The planning or flattening machines that are classified in this subheading are of two types:

(a) the cylinder planning machines, which carry a series of parallel rollers or cylinders in small numbers (5 to 11), of a relatively large diameter and of great rigidity, or a large number (15 to 23, generally) of small diameter, of great flexibility, supported by so many supporting rollers;

b) the banks of flattening or planning by stretching, in which deformations are eliminated by a permanent elongation of small importance.

4. Shears.

The shear consists in attacking the metal perpendicularly, in most cases to the surface by means of two cutting tools whose faces are sensibly in the same plane. These useful penetrate the metal, which is plastically deformed and whose fibers, subjected to increasing efforts as the penetration advances, are broken from the sharp edges of the blades.

Among the different machines in this class can be cited:

(a) rocker, lever, guillotine shears, which use blades;

b) circular shears that instead of blades employ useful in the form of discs or cone trunk.

5. The punching machines.

The punching consists of drilling, drilling, slotting or cutting the metal by attacking it between two useful ones that fit each other. The male useful is designated with the punch name and another is called a matrix. The break of the metal is produced as in the shearing. The shape of the cut is the function of the tool.

Among the different machines of this class, you can quote the machines to make gears by punching.

6. The machines to trim.

Cutting or cutting machines are small, hand-operated hand-operated bench machines, used for various jobs in L, T, I or U or semi-round profiles, to prepare them for assembly (slots, stings, shreds, spikes, milane tails, etc.), or simply to cut or drill them.

C XI machines for forging; machines for stamping.

In very broad terms, it is known by the name of forged any procedure used to shape the hot metal by shock or pressure in order to eliminate the dross of fine-tuning (cingling or smoothie) or to give a certain shape. Except in the case of the cinching in which goas are employed, the metal to be chipped is presented in the form of semi-finished products, such as square or rectangular (palançon), billet, flat (planchon), or bars, frequently of circular section. The forged is more precisely defined as an operation that is hot-done without arrays.

The action of forcing the metal, by shock or pressure to fill the holes of the metal moulds called matrices, is understood by stamping or matrizing. This operation is hot with the hard metals (mainly steel) or cold with the soft metals, usually with presses.

In the matrizzed or stamping procedures, the matrices wrap the piece completely. But in some cases, a single metallic mold is used that acts only on a part of the outline. Sometimes, this operation is called stamping.

The stamping machines can remove the parts of the metal that have overflowed the moulds during the matrizzed or embossed; this operation (busted) is performed with special cutting dies. Finally, with the name of calibration, a finishing operation consisting of a precision matrizing of the set pieces is designated; the calibration allows the desired cotes to be rigorously obtained.

Among machine tools specially designed and constructed to perform the operations defined above, they can be cited:

1. hammers and martinetes;

2. the presses to be forged, including tornery presses which are hot-reheated;

3. machines called "forging cylinders or rolling mills";

4. the machines to be reduced with rotating matrices.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. Tornery presses working by cold recalculation, the presses of coin, the pressing presses working the metal in sheets between punch and die (cold or hot) but not between matrices, and the presses of extrudate by percussion (subp. 84. 45 C IX);

2. the machines to stamp the address plates (subp. 84.54 A);

C XII the others

Among the machines included in this subheading, they can be cited:

1. Screw machines with automatic opening combs;

2 special-useful threaded machines;

3.

the purposes of the following:

4. Machines for rosework with macho;

5. Linear or circular dividing machines, which have the task of drawing graduations at known intervals or dividing a known length line at equal intervals. They must not be confused with the dividers, devices which are mounted on the machine tools and which are classified under heading 84.43;

6. the limar machines, which are of similar conception to the saws with alternative rectilinear movement, but to use a lime instead of a saw. Machines which can use an undifferentiated lime or a saw blade, i.e. which cannot be classified by application of Note 3 to Section XVI, shall be classified in accordance with the General Rules for the interpretation of the Arancel.

7. machines for making steel wool;

8. the machines for carving the limes;

9. the machines for climbing;

10. machines for straightening wires, rods, profiles or tubes;

11. machines for making wire fabrics and trellises, with the exception of machines for weaving metal fabrics of the type of looms of heading 84.37 (see the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 84.45, paragraph B 11 and heading 84.37, paragraph B 2).

12. machines for making carnations;

13. Machinery for the manufacture of springs;

14. the machines to be reduced;

The reduction is an operation that consists of decreasing the diameter of a circular, solid or hollow section product. However, machines which, even if they carry out reduction operations, or which can be carried out with a useful specia) are excluded from this sub

heading.

subheadings, for example, presses (subps. 84.45 C IX) and the machines of reducing with rotating matrices (subp. 84.45 C XI);

) 5. (b) the reduction of the number of rollers, wire or bars;

16. the machines for stapling the sheets;

17. Machinery for the use of machinery, with the exception of machines designed solely for the purpose of reboring the full package covers, usually carried out by means of a vacuum-making device (subp. 84.19 B);

18. the rivet or roblonar machines;

19. multiple machines for the manufacture of metal packaging;

20. the machines for placing the plates and tapes of cards;

21. the banks of stretching the profiles, the bars or the tubes;

22. Grinding machines, molding and making ribs;

23. Tubes, pipes and

;

24. the machines of triscar or the locking of saws;

25. machines called twentling or pulsing;

26. machines to make the spirals of the filament of electric lamps;

27. machines for making flexible tubes by means of spiral strips.

84.47 Machine tools, other than those of heading 84.49, for the work of the etc.

This item consists mainly of the machine tools for the work of the materials referred to in the text of the game that have been temporarily softened (for example, by a slight heating) to facilitate their work in the machine tools. Among these machines, the machine tools can be used to manufacture the buttons of buttons from sheets of polyester resin temporarily softened by a slight heating.

84.51 Write machines without a totalizer; machines to authenticate checks.

A Machines to Write

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.51, paragraph A.

B Machines to authenticate checks

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.51, paragraph B.

84.52 Calculating machines; accounting machines, cash registers, machines for etc.

To Electronic Compute Machines

Only the machines mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 84.52, paragraph A, which use electronic circuits for the calculation itself, are classified in this subheading.

This subheading also includes electronic calculators that carry a timepiece and sound or, for example, in addition to a timing device, a minutes counter or a musical keyboard.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. Electronic translators to carry out calculations (subp. 85.22 C II);

2. wristwatches and pocket watches which carry an electronic mini-cylinder in the box (heading 91.01);

3. the lighting to which an electronic mini-cylinder has been incorporated and, possibly, an electronic watch (subp. 98.10 B).

B Other

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. machines for calculating non-electronic calculations referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.52, paragraph A, which use mechanical devices for the calculation, generally gears and zippers, whether manually operated, by an engine or by electromagnetic diposers;

2. the accounting machines and the cash registers referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.52, paragraph B and C, which remain classified here in any way (mechanical, electromechanical or electronic, or the device for the introduction of the data (manual keyboard, lever, crank, card reader or perforated tape device, etc.);

3. the other machines referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 84.52, paragraph D. In addition to these machines, the machines can also be used to make labels by printing the value of the sale according to the unit price and the weight, as well as the devices for issuing and totaling the toll cards of the motorways.

84.54 Other office machines and apparatus (hectographic or clises copiers, machines, etc.)

A Machines to print addresses or to stamp address boards

Only in this subheading, in addition to the printing machines mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.54, paragraph 2, the machines shall be classified as the machines for stamping the steering plates used on the printing machines above.

The typewriters provided with a special device for typing the steering plates on the clichés are classified in subheading 84.51 A.

84.55 Loose parts and accessories (other than cases, caps, covers, etc.)

A Address Clises

The number of addresses included here are those which, on the machines of printing addresses, carry, either by stamping, by sausage or by cutting, the direction to be reproduced. Depending on the case, these are metal plates, small framed clays, cards or plastic plastic material plates, etc.

Articles of this recognizable class are also classified here as they are intended for the machines to print addresses even if they do not yet carry the imprint or the cutting of the address. However, those articles, that is to say, the reduced-size clises fixed to a cardboard frame which allows for their introduction into the machine, when they are of paper or cardboard, are classified in heading 48.13.

In addition, the portaclises (subp) chassis are excluded from this subheading. 84.55 C).

84.57 Machines and apparatus for the manufacture and hot work of glass and etc.

A Machines and apparatus for the manufacture and hot work of glass

glass articles

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.57, paragraphs I and II.

B Machines for the assembly of electric, electronic and similar lamps, tubes and valves

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.57, paragraphs I and II.

84.59 Machines, appliances and mechanical devices, not specified or included, etc.

B Nuclear Reactors (EURATOM)

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, paragraph III, 26).

Parts and parts of nuclear reactors are also classified under this subheading, such as:

1. Non-irradiated combustible elements, as well as the constituent sub-elements thereof, for example, stainless steel pods, magnesium alloys or zirconium alloys, full of nuclear fuel (mainly of oxides or uranium carbide lozenges), hermetically sealed and intended to constitute, by assembly, the combustible elements.

fuel elements can be:

(a) of natural uranium, both in the form of metal and in the form of compounds (oxides, carbides, nitrides, etc.), whether or not mixed with thorium or their compounds;

(b) enriched uranium, either with uranium 235, with uranium 233 or with plutonium, both in the metal state and in the form of compounds;

(c) based on elements other than natural or enriched uranium, for example, plutonium-enriched thorium;

d) fertile, i.e., made up of fertile isotopes, such as thorium and depleted uranium. These combustible elements placed on the periphery of the reactor to reflect the neutrons, having absorbed a part of the latter also function as a fissile fuel element.

2. The other parts and parts of nuclear reactors, such as the control and safety bars and the corresponding mechanisms, the neutron sources mounted for priming the fission reaction of the reactor, the vessel and the grid for the placement of the cartridges.

It should be noted that the tubes in a special form or those which have simply been shaped, presented without mounting, are classified in Section XV, even if they are clearly intended for the apparatus of this subheading.

The nuclear fuel microspheres coated with carbon and/or silicon carbide layers intended to be introduced into the spherical or prismatic fuel elements (subp) are excluded from this subheading. 28.50 A).

C Specially designed for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (sintered of radioactive metal oxides, packaging, etc.) (EURATOM)

Only machines, apparatus and mechanical devices not specified or included in other headings, used for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels, which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to section XVI, paragraph "EURATOM", are classified under this subheading.

You can mention the presses for sintering, the machines for packaging, and the apparatus for sampling the intermediate or final products of the recycling.

D I machines for braiding, twisting, assembling and other similar machines and apparatus

This sub-item comprises, principally:

1. machines and apparatus for the manufacture of ropes and cables of textile materials, such as:

(a) machines (torcedoras) that allow cordons to be obtained by twisting several elementary threads;

(b) machines for cabling large diameter ropes and cables together with torsion, various cabs;

(c) machines (brackets or retorders) which simultaneously perform the twisted and wiring in particular for the manufacture of maromes, coarse ropes or ropes and cables with a relatively small diameter;

2. machines and apparatus for the manufacture of ropes and cables with metal wires other than electrical cables, operating in the same way as machines and apparatus of paragraph 1, above;

3. machines and apparatus for braiding or wiring electrical cables, even previously insulated, and forming machines for the manufacture of coaxial cables.

Excluded from this subheading:

1. machines which carry out the operations prior to twisting, that is to say, the hairstyle, extended, folded, successive stretches and spinning, as well as the machines of retorcer of the types used in spinning, some of which may also be used in the manufacture of fine bramers by yarn twisted (p. 84.36);

2. machines and apparatus for assembling, wrapping, isolating and similar apparatus of subheading 84.59 D II.

D II other machines and apparatus (for assembling, for lighting purposes, for isolating and similar for preparing, coating, conditioning, etc.)

Among the machines that are classified under this subheading can be cited:

1. machines for insulating electrical cables by spiral winding of paper or tissue tapes, impregnated, rubber or plastic bands, asbestos threads, etc.

2. machines for insulating electrical cables by applying longitudinally and welding sheets of rubber or plastics;

3. machines for coating with a rubber or plastic cover, without welding, electrical cables, wires, brambles, ropes, etc.;

4. machines for coating with a textile fabric or-in the case of coaxial cables-of wire, electric cables already coated with rubber or plastics;

5. machines for assembling electric cables with strips or with steel wire. The same machines sometimes allow the paper, jute or hemp yarn, to be rolled up around the wire;

6. Machines for finishing (polishing, covering, impregnating, etc.) and machines for the conditioning of cables, ropes, twine and brambles, including machines for winding and unwinding cables or ropes, specially designed for use with machines and apparatus of cordage or of wire.

They are excluded from this subheading:

1. machines for coating electrical wires and cables by projection of an insulating varnish (subp. 84.21 B);

2. Presses for metal-framing of electrical cables by extrusion (subp. 84.45 C IX);

3. Machines for general use which can be used indifferently for the winding of cables and cordage of textile or metal yarn, of flexible tubes, of electrical cables, of lead tubes, etc., as well as the windings of wire for electricity, that is to say, the machines for winding the conductors into the inductors, in the inductors and in other windings of motors, transformers, etc. (subp. 84.59 E);

F Other

Between machines, appliances, and mechanical devices that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

A. as machines and apparatus for general use:

1. machines and apparatus referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.59, paragraph I;

2. Electromagnetic vibrators and vibrator engines, for multiple use, for mounting on various appliances and devices (spoons, hoppers, cannigons, compaction devices, etc.);

3. machines having multiple applications for which there is no consignment comprising its main use or where it is not possible to determine the main application (application of Note 5 to Chapter 84);

B. as machines and appliances that can be grouped according to the industry that uses them:

1. the machines and apparatus referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 84.59, paragraphs II, A, B, C 3 and D to IJ;

2. in relation to machines and apparatus for the plastics, rubber and other similar materials industry, they can be cited:

(a) machines for moulding plastics by blowing, (which are used mainly for the manufacture of hollow objects (containers and toys, for example);

b) machines for moulding plastics by aspiration or depression and, eventually, by vacuum molding;

(c) machines to break the soles and heels of flexible rubber footwear. Although they are used in the footwear industry, these machines, which are not designed for the work of leather, fur or fur, are not classified under heading 84.42;

(d) machines for stronking and cutting off the blocks of moltopen, of spongy rubber, of latex foam and of similar materials, with rotary cutlery-ribbon or with a saw boja:

3. the following machines and apparatus for the treatment of metals:

(a) the wire devanings placed before the machines to climb for their feeding, provided that they are mechanically actuated;

(b) coils or veneers for laminators;

(c) apparatus for blowing carbon dioxide (CO2) from casting cores to cause hardening, which are equipped with devices that enable them to be fixed to the machines to remove the cores;

(d) apparatus for injecting magnesium powder with nitrogen pressure in the liquid smelting baths to cause desulphurisation;

e) the machines for plugging the piqueras;

C. as machines, appliances and miscellaneous appliances:

1. machines, appliances and appliances referred to in the explanatory notes to NCCA heading 84.59, paragraphs III, 1) to 25);

2. Apparatus for the cleaning of miscellaneous articles (mainly metal parts) by ultrasound;

3. machines for mounting the balances of motor vehicle engines;

4. The eyes of a rotating ox, consisting essentially of a glass disc framed with a metallic armor, carried by an electric motor that makes it turn at great speed around the axis, used to provide good visibility on board of the ships. They are sometimes equipped with a debeetle device which, when presented in isolation, is classified under heading 85.22;

the metal deposits provided with a deformable inner membrane, which are used in some installations (central heating, for example) as a closed expansion tank.

84.61 Grail and other similar organs (including reducing valves etc.)

Pressure Reducing Valves

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 84.61, paragraph 7 (after asterisks).

84.65 Parts and parts of machines, mechanical appliances and devices, not expressed, etc.

To pieces of base metal obtained by "turning to the bar", the larger diameter of which does not exceed 25 mm

For the application of this subheading, reference should be made to the general considerations of Section XV (B).

CHAPTER 85

MACHINES AND ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES AND ARTICLES FOR ELECTROTECHNICAL USES

85.01 Generating machines; motors; rotary or static converters (rectifiers, etc.)

B I generating machines; engines (even with reducer, variator or speed multiplier); rotary converters

In addition to the electrical machines described in the NCCA explanatory notes, from heading 85.01, paragraphs I to III, this subheading includes the cascading converters, the Ward-Leonard groups and the rotating deborers.

Do not classify this subheading, for example:

1. rollers or motor drums (rollers or drums with a built-in electric motor for belt or roller conveyors) (p. 84.22);

2. vibrator engines-for example, unbalanced rotary engines-(subheading 84.59 E).

B II static converters and converters (rectifiers, etc.); reactance and self-induction coils

For articles that are classified under this subheading, see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 85.01, paragraphs IV to VI. In addition to the apparatus mentioned in these notes, the following are mainly the appliances with special uses:

1. adjustable transformers (for example, cursor transformers) and variable ratio transformers;

2. transformers with a dispersion field for fluorescent tubes;

3. special transformers for communications;

4. the compensation coils;

5. the discharge coils;

6. the filter coils;

7. the mobile core coils that enable the inductance to be modified;

8. the primers for electric discharge lamps and tubes;

9. the Pupin coils;

10. the Godefroy coils;

11. the mercury jet converters;

12. stabilized feeders (rectifier combined with a regulator).

The selenium rectifying elements or copper-oxide copper-oxide pairs are also classified in this subheading, either unit (selenium plates, especially) or multiple.

On the other hand, according to Note 2 to Chapter 85, the glass elements of germanium or silicon, assembled, whether they are utilitarian or multiple, are excluded from this subheading, even combined with cooling, insulation, etc., provided that they are not combined with another electrical element such as transformer or resistance (subheading 85.21 D).

They are also excluded from this subheading, mainly:

1. Lamps, tubes and valves of rectifiers such as fanotrons, thyraprons, flame retardants and high voltage rectifier tubes for X-ray apparatus (subp. 85.21 TO I);

2. voltage regulators of heading 90.28.

C Parts and Loose Parts

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. the housing and wrapping, the stators, the rotors, the collector rings, the collectors, the brushes, the excitation coils for generators, motors or rotary electrical converters;

2. magnetic cores (for example, of veneer, sweet iron or sweet ferrite), cores or housings with windings, for reactances with a magnetic core or for transformers;

3. "magnetic" sheets simply cut in a form other than square or rectangular.

The connection plates for electric motors, as well as switches for multi-point transformers (subps), are excluded, for example. 85.19 A).

85.04 Electric Accumulators

A lead

This subheading includes the electric lead accumulators described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.04, paragraph 1.

These accumulators are mainly used for the start of motor vehicles, for traction (e.g., handling trucks) and for the continuous current of the telecommunication facilities.

B the others

This subheading includes the electrical accumulators described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.04, paragraph 2, such as iron-nickel, cad-nickel, silver-zinc and silver-cadmium accumulators.

These accumulators are mainly used in safety lamps for miners and frequently replace dry batteries in such devices as portable radios, televisions, electric shavers, etc.

C I wood separators

The wood separators of this subheading are intended to separate the plates from the accumulators, and are very thin, generally slotted and presented in the appropriate dimensions. The wood used is a wood with an extremely small natural acetic acid content and where most of the natural acetic acid has been removed by chemical treatment (alkaline washing). In general, the separators are made of wood of poplar, pine or cedar.

"Artificial" or "reconstituted" wood separators are also classified under this subheading.

C II the others

This subheading includes, for example, plastic, hardened rubber or impregnated cardboard separators, provided that they are present in the appropriate dimensions, the plates and other electrodes, the containers and accumulator lids, as well as the caps for the lids.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

-textile separators (heading 59.17);

-the connection parts for elements of accumulators (heading 85.19).

85.06 Electromechanical appliances (with built-in motor) for domestic use

See Note 3 to this chapter.

B Other

In addition to the apparatus referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.06 (A) to (5) and (B) (1) to (7), they are also classified under this subheading, for example, electric toothbrushes.

85.07 Shaver, hair cutting and shearing machines, electric, with built-in motor

To Shaver Machines

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 85.07. It should be noted that shavers bearing an accessory, for example, an element for cutting the hair, are also classified under this subheading.

B Hair cutting machines and shearing machines

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 85.07.

85.08 Electrical ignition and ignition devices and devices for engines, etc.

B I starter devices and generators, even circuit breakers

The apparatus classified under this subheading is those provided for in the explanatory notes to the NCCA in paragraphs G, K and L of heading 85.08.

These devices generally operate with 6, 12 or 24 volt voltages and are equipped with special devices to place them in the engines.

Among the devices included in this subheading, they can be cited, for example:

1. Sliding-induced starter motors, mobile-gear starter motors, helical motion-start engines and starter motors with mobile pinion and helical motion:

2. apparatus resulting from the attachment in a single unit of a starter motor and a generator;

3. Circuit breakers, whether or not mounted with an electric voltage or intensity regulator (circuit breakers).

Also classified under this subheading, in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, are the identifiable parts of starter motors or generators such as housings and wrappers, stators, inductees (rotors), collector rings, collectors (switches), brushholders, even if these parts can be used indifferently for the apparatus of headings 85.01 or 85.08 (Note 2 to Chapter 85).

B II magnetos, even dynamo-net and magnetic flywheels

In addition to the magnetos and dynamo-net described in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.08, paragraph A, the magnetic flywheels (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.08, paragraph D) and the steering wheel dynamomagnet consisting of a combination of the engine steering wheel, a dynamo and a magnet, are also classified under this subheading.

They are also included here, according to Note 2 (b) of section XVI, the identifiable parts and parts of the above apparatus, such as the collector rings or the inductees.

By contrast, they are classified under subheading 85.08 B IV, the distributors for the above devices.

B III Warming plugs

The spark plugs of this subheading are described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 85.08, paragraph H.

B IV the others

In addition to the apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.08 (B), (C), (E), (F) and (IJ), this sub-item consists mainly of:

1. battery-on devices for explosion engines that meet in a single appliance a ignition coil and a distributor;

2. groups for explosion engines that meet in a single appliance the battery-ignition device and a dynamo;

3. the groups for explosion engines that meet in a single appliance the dynamo, the starting engine and the ignition breaker. These groups are used, for example, in scooters.

Also classified under this subheading, according to note 2 (b) of section XVI. the identifiable parts and parts of the above devices such as the rotor and the lid of the distributor.

85.09 Electrical lighting and signalling devices, cleaning devices, devices etc. Lamps and lighting fittings, other than those of

85.08

This subheading includes the apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.09 (1) to (4) and (8) to (10), as well as the lamps for the illumination of the registration plate referred to in paragraph 5.

Parts and spare parts of the above apparatus, for example, the frames and reflectors for headlamps, are also classified under this subheading.

On the contrary, they are mainly excluded from the casings (subheading 85.19 A) and the light bulbs (subheading 85.20 A).

B Acoustic signalling devices

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.09, paragraph 12.

C The others

This subheading includes the apparatus described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.09, paragraphs 6), 7), 11), and 13) to 18), as well as the position and parking lamps or the galibo lamps and the rear red lamps referred to in paragraph 5.

Parts and parts of the above sections, such as the arms, whether or not fitted with a brush, for electric wipers, are also classified under this subheading.

Also classified in this subheading are the combinations of lighting apparatus of subheading 85.09 A with signalling devices of this subheading, since the lighting and signalling functions are of the same importance (application of General Rule 3 (c) for the interpretation of the Arancel). Such would be the case, for example, of the combination of a reversing headlamp, a rear red light, a brake light (stop light) and an intermittent light.

85.10 Portable electric lamps intended to operate by means of their own source etc.

To Safety Lamps for Miners

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.10, paragraph 4.

B Other

In addition to the electric lamps referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.10 (1) to (3), as well as paragraphs (5) and (6), for example, they are classified under this subheading:

1. pocket lamps and other portable electric lamps which, in addition to an accumulator, carry a built-in charger which enables the recharging of such lamps by simple connection to the network;

2. Portable electric lamps, used mainly by motorists in the event of a failure or accident, fixed beam or fixed beam and intermittent driving.

85.11 Industrial or laboratory electric furnaces, including appliances for the, etc.

A I specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels, for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

Only the apparatus included in the text of subheading 85.11 A, which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to Section XVI, Euratom, are classified under this subheading.

These appliances are generally used:

-for the separation of nuclear fuels irradiated by pyrometallurgical procedures;

-for the combustion of graphite or radioactive filters;

-for the cooking of clays or glass containing radioactive slag;

-for sintering or heat treatment of fissile materials recovered by recycling.

A II others

Among the ovens classified in this subheading and described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.11, paragraph I, may be cited:

1. baking, pastry, pastry, cakes or other ovens, other than those of the kind normally used in

;

2. small-scale ovens for ceramic materials used in schools by artists;

3. Dental ovens;

4. crematoria ovens;

5. the furnaces for the incineration of waste;

6. Electrical appliances for heat treatment, without heating enclosure itself, in which the heat is produced by the direct passage of the current, by means of bonding contacts, by means of the materials themselves (continuous-pass annealing furnaces for trefileries, reheating apparatus for laminators, reheated apparatus for forging bars, etc.).

The apparatus for the treatment of materials by induction or by dielectric loss, as described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.11, paragraph II, is also classified under this subheading:

1. inductors for the induction heating of objects consisting of good electrical power, by means of low, medium or high frequency energy (for example, induction tempering machines used for the surface tempering of crankshafts, cylinders, toothed wheels or other metal parts; apparatus used for melting, sintering, recocer, cementing or preheating metal parts);

2. Apparatus equipped with electrodes which serve as a capacitor (plates, bars) for electrical heating (capacitative) of objects consisting of non-conductive or bad-conductive materials by means of high-frequency energy (e.g., apparatus for drying wood, preheating apparatus for moulding, thermosetting materials presented in tablets or powder, etc.).

Rotary converters (for medium frequency production) and valve or semiconductor generators (for high frequency production) are classified under this subheading when they are presented with heat treatment devices. Otherwise, they correspond to items 85.01 or 85.22.

On the other hand, the induction treatment apparatus used to weld metals and the apparatus for thermal treatment for dielectric losses used to weld plastic or other materials (e.g. high frequency welding presses and high frequency welding machines) are classified under subheading 85.11 B.

This subheading also includes the parts and parts of the ovens and apparatus mentioned above, such as armors, doors, grills, walls and vaults, electrode supports and metallic electrodes identifiable in accordance with the provisions of Note 2 (b) to Section XVI.

Electrical resistors for industrial and laboratory electric furnaces are classified, however, in headings 85.12 or 85.24 and carbon or graphite electrodes with or without metal, in heading 85.24.

B Machines and electrical or laser appliances for welding or cutting

In addition to the machines and apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.11, paragraph III, are classified under this subheading:

1. machines and apparatus for welding or cutting by means of plasma;

2. the pulse welding machines;

3. Machines for welding by electron beam;

4. the electric pistols of welding.

Parts and parts of the above machines and apparatus, such as welding heads and tweezers, electrode supports, and metal contact electrodes (e.g., points, rollers or contact claws), as well as torch tips and nozzle sets for atomic hydrogen hand-welding devices, which are identified in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, are also included here.

Instead, they are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. consumable electrodes of base metals or of metal carbides (a system of constituent material or heading 85.) 3, as the case may be);

2. (a) the electrodes of carbon or graphite with or without metal (heading 85.24).

85.12 Water Heaters, Calientabans and Electric Immersion Heaters; etc.

To Water Heaters, Calientabans, and Immersion Electric Heaters

In addition to the apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.12, paragraph A, this subheading includes, for example:

1. water heaters that run at the same time as instant heaters and as accumulation heaters;

2. electrical appliances for producing boiling water;

3. electric boilers producing only hot water or at the same time hot water and steam at low pressure;

Vapour boilers and boilers called 'overheated water', of electrical heating (heading 84.01), are excluded from this subheading.

B Electrical Appliances for the heating of premises and other similar uses

In addition to the apparatus described in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.12, paragraph B, for example, are classified under this subheading;

1. appliances for the heating of roads;

2. Electrical apparatus for heating by accumulation in which a mass, generally solid, accumulates the heat produced which is then restored;

3. electric heating appliances for saunas.

C electro-thermal apparatus for the arrangement of hair (to dry hair, to curl, warm, etc.)

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 85.12, paragraph C.

D Electric Irons

In addition to the plates referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.12, paragraph D, for example, in this subheading, the electric steam irons are already provided with a built-in water tank or must be attached to a steam pipe.

The plates for electric irons (application of Note 2 (b) to section XVI) are also included here.

E Electrothermal Appliances for Domestic Uses

In addition to the apparatus described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.12, paragraph E, for example, this subheading is classified as:

1. mixed kitchens using electric heating and other heating systems;

2. the asators;

3. sterilisation apparatus for the preparation of preserved foods;

4. the calientabiberons;

5. Insecticide vaporizers having the form of an incandescent lamp with two openings for the introduction of insecticide tablets and for the release of insecticidal vapours;

6. saunas with infrared radiators (individual booths for sweating);

7. the heating plates for the feet.

Also included here are the heating elements for electric cookers that consist of round metal plates that carry in the interior heating resistors.

F Heating Resistors

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 85.12, paragraph F.

Wires, cables, tapes and the like, heaters and isolates, and heaters for heating roofs, walls, pipes, containers, etc. are also classified under this subheading.

On the other hand, heating resistors joined with parts of the apparatus, for example, plates for plates (subheading 85.12 D) and plates for electric cookers (subheading 85.12 E), are excluded from this subheading.

85.13 Electrical appliances for telephony and telegraphy with wires, including appliances, etc.

To Telecommunication Apparatus by carrier current.

The apparatus classified in this subheading allows the transmission of a large number of communications at the same time by a telephone or telegraphic line (e.g., coaxial cable). They also allow the transmission of communications using the electricity distribution network (for example, to link the power stations to the command posts).

Its operating principle is based on the production of a carrier frequency that is modulated by the electrical impulses that represent the word, message, or any other information that is transmitted.

The devices are made up of oscillators, modulators, etc., in the receiving part, filters, demodulators, etc. (see also the explanatory notes to NCCA heading 85.13, paragraph III).

B Other

In addition to the telephone and telegraph sections described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.13, paragraphs I and II, for example, the interphones and apparatus called "de Hell" are classified in this subheading.

Parts and parts, identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to section XVI, of the above devices, such as telephone combined, telephone headphones (including insulated capsules) and microphone and headphone assemblies with a head support device, are also included here.

85.15 Radiotelephone and radiotelegraphy transmitters and receivers; appliances, etc.

I Emitters

In addition to the sending devices referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.15, paragraphs A and B, for example in this subheading, the sending apparatus for the call or search facility of persons operating by induction is classified.

With respect to the emission-receiving devices, see the explanatory note for subheading 85.15 A II.

A II Emiss-receptor Apparatus

The apparatus which comprises in one piece of furniture or cabinet all the elements necessary for the emission and the reception are classified in this subheading. This is the case, for example, of the 'waikie-talkie' devices which carry the batteries or accumulators necessary for their operation or of the receiving emitters where only the power supply is separated and attached to the apparatus only by cable.

The assemblies in which the sending and receiving elements are in different furniture or cabinets are also classified under this subheading, provided that these sets constitute a functional unit. To be considered as a functional unit, the emiss-receptor devices must be installed next to each other (for example, in a single local or on board a single vehicle) and have some common elements, the antenna, for example.

A III receiving apparatus, whether or not combined with a sound recording or reproducing apparatus

In addition to the receiving devices referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.15 (A) and (B), for example, in this subheading, the television receivers directly attached to the television receivers, used for example, for the purpose of monitoring traffic or for control in television studios (monitors).

With respect to the emission-receiving devices, see the explanatory note for subheading 85.15 A II.

A IV TV tomavists

The sub-heading includes the television cameras for black and white or for colour (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.15, paragraph B, 5), including incorporating devices for the remote control of the lens and the diaphragm, as well as for the horizontal and vertical displacement of the camera (e.g. television cameras for television studios or for reports, television cameras used for industrial or scientific purposes, for traffic monitoring, etc.).

Travellings, mobile mechanical installations for television tomavists, presented in isolation or not, are classified under heading 84.22.

Electrical apparatus for the remote control and control of television cameras, presented in isolation, is classified under subheading 85.19 D.

The tomavistic devices called "heat movement" for temperature control are classified in subheading 90.28 A.

B Other appliances

In addition to radio-sensing, radio-sensing, radio-and radio-sensing apparatus, described in explanatory notes to the NCCA, for example, radio-electric satellite navigation systems are classified under this subheading.

C II a) furniture and boxes

Furniture and boxes constituting specific parts of apparatus of this heading are classified under this subheading.

Parts and parts of furniture and boxes, identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, are also classified under this subheading.

C II b) pieces of base metal obtained by "turning to the bar", the diameter of which does not exceed 25 mm.

Provided that they are identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, the pieces obtained by "turning to the bar", of base metals, of which the diameter does not exceed 25 mm, are classified in this subheading and which meet the criteria of the general considerations of Section XV, paragraph B.

C II c) Other

Other parts and pieces identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XV, such as:

1. the broadcast and reception antennas;

2. Antenna filters and separators;

3. the dials;

4. the tuning blocks;

5. Diaphragms for television tomavists;

6. the chassis.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. the waveguides (system of the tubes, according to the constituent material);

2. Antenna masts (heading 73.21, for example);

3. The following means

be used for the purposes of the following:

4. antenna amplifiers and radio frequency oscillator blocks (heading 85.22);

5. The purpose and filters for television tomavists (heading 90.02);

6. tripods for television tomavists of the kind used in cinematographic cameras (heading 90.08).

85.19 Apparatus and material for cutting, sectioning, protecting, splicing or connecting, etc.

For cutting and sectioning apparatus; apparatus for the protection, splicing or connection of electrical circuits.

In addition to the apparatus described in the NCCA Explanatory Notes, heading 85.19, paragraphs I to III, this subheading includes:

1. the contactors; 2. the end-of-race switches;

3. the delivery men for telephone exchanges;

4. (a) the crossing or fork plates for air-laying of tramway lines;

5. Connection plates for electric motors;

6. switches for multi-socket transformers;

7. connection parts for accumulator elements;

8. the combination on the same base or plate, for example, of two switches and a power outlet, provided that the unit is inseparable.

Instead, they are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. fittings for power lines (heading 73.40, principally);

2. control apparatus for railways and other means of communication (heading 85.16);

3. assemblies of apparatus falling within this subheading, even if they are identical, on a stand-box, box, etc.-(subheading 85.19 D;

4. Parrays based on radioactivity (heading 90.20);

B Non-heating resistors, potentiometers and reostats

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.19, paragraph IV.

C Printed Circuits

See Note 4 to this Chapter and the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.19, Section V.

D Command or Distribution Tables

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.19, paragraph VI.

It is considered an apparatus of this subheading, the assembly on a support (board, box, etc.) of identical apparatus of subheading 85.19 (for example, switches for lighting).

85.20 Lamparas and electric incandescent or discharge tubes (including lightning, etc.)

With the exception of certain lamps fitted or specially assembled (see subheading 85.20 B below), only lamps and tubes, as well as their parts and parts identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, are classified in this subheading.

The devices (which consist, for example, in a simple reflector with support or foot) equipped with these lamps or tubes, follow their own regime as lighting, heating, medical devices, etc.

To lamps and filament tubes for lighting

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.20, paragraph A.

They are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. Insecticide vaporizers having the form of an incandescent lamp with two openings for the introduction of insecticide tablets and for the release of insecticidal vapours (subheading 85.12 E);

2 the carbon filament resistance lamps and the variable resistance lamps with hydrogen filament in hydrogen (subheading 85.19 B);

3. Lamps and tubes of mixed light, ultraviolet or infrared lamps and tubes (subheading 85.20 B);

4. electric lighting lamps used in photography for the production of flashes (subheading 90.07 B I);

5. the electrical garlands of length determined with a certain number of fancy lamps, used mainly for the decoration of the Christmas trees (p. 97.05).

B Other lamps and tubes

They are classified under this subheading:

1. Discharge lamps and tubes for lighting, including those for mixed lighting. In addition to the lamps and tubes referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.20, paragraph B, may be cited:

a) the xenon tubes;

b) spectral emission lamps;

c) the effluvios lamps;

d) the indicator tubes of letters or figures.

2. Ultraviolet ray lamps and tubes, in addition to the uses mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.20. first paragraph, paragraph C, may be cited:

a) actinochemical printing;

b) the vitamin;

c) sterilization;

d) photochemistry;

e) the production of ozone.

3. The lamp and infrared ray tubes. In addition to the uses mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.20, paragraph C, second paragraph, may be cited:

a) local heating;

(b) infrared projectors (e.g. in an anti-theft facility);

c) scientific research (e.g. spectral analysis).

4. the arc lamps described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.20, paragraph D.

The electric arc lamps with carbon electrodes are mounted, for example, in the film projectors of heading 90.08 or used in the production facilities of documents.

The electric arc lamps equipped with special supports, as well as orientable lighting devices consisting of one or more arc lamps, mounted on a mobile support, intended for use in photographic or cinematographic studies, are classified in this subheading.

Excluding from this subheading, for example, electroluminescent devices which are generally presented in the form of bands, plates or panels and are based on the electroluminescence phenomenon of a substance (zinc sulfide, for example) placed between two layers of electroconductive matter (subheading 85.22 C).

C Parts and Loose Parts

Parts and parts identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to section XVI of lamps and tubes falling within subheadings 85.20 A and B

classified in this subheading

Between these parts and loose parts, they can be cited:

1. Cacks for electric filament lamps and tubes for incandescent or unloading;

2. Flunked, spiralled filaments, cut to their length and arranged for assembly;

3. metal electrodes for discharge lamps and tubes;

4. parts of glass (excluding insulating parts of subheading 85.26 A) intended to be mounted inside the lamps or tubes;

5. hooks to keep the filaments.

On the contrary, they are excluded from this subheading, for example, the automatic thermoelectric switches "starters" for the priming of fluorescent lamps and tubes (subheading 85.19 A).

85.21 Lamparas, tubes and electronic valves (hot cathode, cold cathode or etc.)

A I rectifier tubes

The lamps, tubes and valves for rectifying the electric current referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A, 1 are classified in this subheading.

Among these lamps, tubes and valves can be cited the fanotrons, thyraprones, flame retardants and the high voltage rectifier tubes for x-ray devices.

A II tubes for television cameras; converter tubes or image intensifiers; photomultiplier tubes.

They are classified under this subheading:

1. Tubes and pipes for television sets, as described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A, 3. The main types are the iconoscopes, the orticons and the vidicones;

2. the converter tubes or image intensifiers described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 85. 21, paragraph A, 2);

3. the photomultiplier tubes referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21 (A), (4), second subparagraph. The electron multiplier consists of a set of secondary emission anodes in which the electrons multiply.

A III cathodic tubes for television receivers

The cathode tubes described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A, 5), designed to equip the television equipment classified in subheading 85.15 A III, are classified in this subheading.

A IV photoemitting tubes (photo-emitting cells)

The photoemitting tubes described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A, 4), first paragraph, are classified in this subheading.

A V the others

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the cathode tubes described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A 5), other than those falling within subheading 85.21 A III;

2. the lamps, tubes and valves described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.21, paragraph A 6). In addition to the tubes referred to in this note, the counter tubes of decades, the carcinotrons and the tubes can be cited.

Geiger-Muller tubes are classified in subheading 90.29 A.

B photoelectric cells, including phototransistors

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.21, paragraph B.

C Mounted Piezoelectric Crystals

See the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.21, paragraph C.

Although "mounted" piezoelectric crystals are generally presented in the form of plates, bars, discs, rings, etc. provided with electrodes, electrical connections, whether they are graphite, varnish, etc., or arranged on supports and frequently placed in an enclosure (metal box, glass ampoule, etc.), the piezoelectric crystals in the form of plates, bars, discs, rings, etc., provided only with electrodes or electrical connections.

In addition to the exclusions cited in the preceding explanatory notes, they are not classified under this subheading:

1. piezoelectric crystals which have not been subjected to any of the above mentioned works (mainly subheading 38.19 X, heading 71.02 or 71.03);

2. piezoelectric capsules for microphones or loudspeakers (heading 85.14).

D Diodes, transistors and similar semiconductor devices; light-emitting diodes, electronic microstructures

See Note 5 to this Chapter and the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 85.21, paragraphs D, E and F.

D I disks ("wafers") not yet cut into microplaquites

They are classified in this subheading, the discs ("wafers") generally of silicon, of 2,5 to 10 cm in diameter and about 0,05 cm of thickness to be subsequently cut into microplates ("chips"). One of the faces of these discs has the appearance of a grid with a large number of quadradies or rectangles that will constitute after the cut, a diode, a transistor, an integrated circuit or another semiconductor element.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. discs, sometimes called wafers, which have not undergone more operations than those provided for in Note 2 (g) to Chapter 38 (subheading 38.19 S);

2. microplaquites ("chips") Subheading 85.21 D II).

D II the others

To be classified in this subheading, inter alia, microplates ("chips") a square or rectangular shape of some millimetres generally from the cutting of discs (wafers) which are classified under subheading 85.21 D I.

This subheading also includes the interchangeable modules of fixed program memories in the form of a monolithic integrated circuit for electronic translators of subheading 85.22 C II.

E Parts and Parts

Parts and parts, identifiable in accordance with Note 2 (b) to Section XVI, of lamps, tubes, etc., falling within subheading 85.21 A 85.21 D are classified in this subheading.

In addition to the parts and parts cited in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.21 can be cited:

1. supports and wrappers for piezoelectric crystals;

2. metal, steatite, etc, for mounted semiconductors.

They are excluded from this subheading, for example:

1. Glass tubular containers for lamps, tubes and valves, of heading No 711:

2. the coupling devices between the contacts and the electrodes (heading 85.19);

3. elements of graphite (subheading 85.24 C).

85.22 Electrical machines and apparatus not specified or included in other headings of the other.

A. For the production of products falling within subheading 85.21 A (EURATOM)

Electrolytic cells for the production of heavy water by electrolysis of water, as well as apparatus combining the electrolytic method with that of isotopic exchange between produced hydrogen and water, are classified in this subheading.

B Specially designed for the separation of irradiated nuclear fuels, for the treatment of radioactive waste or for the recycling of irradiated nuclear fuels (EURATOM)

Only machines and apparatus mentioned in the text of heading 85.22 which have the characteristics described in the explanatory notes to section XVI, paragraph "EURATOM", are classified under this subheading.

Electrochemical cells intended to oxidize or to reduce solutions containing uranium or plutonium salts are mainly classified under this subheading.

C The others

In addition to the machines and apparatus mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.22, paragraphs 1 to 10, are classified under this subheading, for example:

1. (a) between the generators referred to in paragraph 5 of the above explanatory notes: pulse generators, watch generators, vobulators, sinterizers and ultrasonic frequency generators;

(b) among the amplifiers included in paragraph 10 of the explanatory notes mentioned above: the antenna amplifiers;

2. Apparatus for electrolysis, electrophoplasty, electrophoresis;

3. Apparatus for the irradiation of ultraviolet rays for industrial uses;

4. Electrical apparatus for generating and diffusing ozone, for use other than therapeutic purposes (industrial or local ozonisation);

5. Fencing electrics;

6. electrostatic devices (for example, for machines for flocating tissues);

7. Electroluminescent devices, which are generally presented in the form of bands, plates or panels;

8. thermoelectric generators consisting of a thermoset with a variable number of thermocouples and a source of heat (butane gas, for example), which produce continuous current by the Seebeck effect;

9. the dipositive removers of static electricity;

10. Demagnetizer appliances;

11. shock wave generators;

12. digital flight data recorders (flight recorders), which are presented in the form of electronic fire-resistant and breakage devices, intended to continuously record specific data relating to the operation of aircraft during flight.

Not classified under this subheading, for example:

1. electrostatic filters and electromagnetic water scrubbers (84.18);

2. Ultraviolet rays for the treatment of milk (84.26);

3. Apparatus for ultrasonic cleaning of miscellaneous articles (mainly metal parts), ultrasonic welding apparatus and ultrasonic vibrators (or heads) (heading 84.59);

4. Ultraviolet ray apparatus for medical use, even if its use does not require the intervention of a professional (heading 90.17);

5. electrical regulators for the regulation of electrical or non-electrical quantities of heading 90.28.

C II other machines and appliances

This sub-item includes small non-socket electronic devices (often called microcomputers) with which words and phrases can be composed that are translated into foreign languages determined according to the modullo-memory used in such devices, as well as to perform simple calculations. These devices are equipped with an alphanumeric keyboard and a rectangular display screen.

Memory elements (modul-memory) presented in isolation are monolithic integrated circuits that are classified under subheading 85.21 B II.

85.24 Pieces and objects of coal or graphite, with or without metal, for electrical purposes etc.

Electrodes for electrolysis installations

The electrodes classified in this subheading are described in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 85.24, paragraph G.

B Heating resistors (other than those of heading 85.12)

The heating resistors which are classified in these subheadings are described in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 85. 24, paragraph H, 3).

C The others

In addition to the parts and objects mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 85.24, paragraphs A to F and H 1, to 5) are classified under this subheading, for example:

1. electrodes for spectral analysis;

2. Carbons for lightning rods;

3. contacts for electrical control devices or for reostats.

Not classified in this subheading, for example, compositions in paste for electrodes based on carbonized materials (p. 38.19).

85.25 Insulators of any matter

A of ceramic materials

This subheading includes, for example, porcelain insulators, ceramic materials based on oxides, magnesium silicates or steatite.

85.26 Insulating pieces, consisting entirely of insulating materials or carrying etc.

A of ceramic or glass materials

This subheading includes, for example, the insulating pieces of porcelain, of ceramic materials based on oxides, of magnesium silicates, of steatite or of glass.

C Artificial plastic materials

This subheading also includes the insulating pieces obtained by compression of glass fibres or by overlapping or compression of layers of paper or fabric, previously impregnated with artificial resins, provided that they are hard and rigid products (see the NCCA explanatory notes, Chapter 39, general considerations, paragraph 5 (d)).

D Of Other Materials

This subheading includes, for example, the insulating pieces of paper and cardboard, of cement and mica.

85.28 Parts and electrical parts of machines and apparatus, not expressed or so on.

This item, inter alia, is classified as a roll-out of the magnetic core which can be used indifferently in machines, appliances or devices corresponding to different headings, for example, for transformers of heading 85.01 and for electromagnets of 85.02 (application of Note 2 (c) to Section XVI).

SECTION XVII

TRANSPORT MATERIAL

N.C. 2 The explanatory note to Supplementary Note 3 to Section XVI is applicable, mutatis mutandis.

CHAPTER 86

VEHICLES AND RAILWAY EQUIPMENT; NON-ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES OF ETC.

86.04 Automotors (including automotive trams) and motor vehicles for etc.

A (external power) electric motors

The electric motors that are classified in this subheading are those described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 86.04, paragraph A.

Excluding electric motors for accumulators and diesel-electric cars (subheading 86.04 B) are excluded from this subheading.

86.07 Wagons and Vagonets for the Carriage of Goods on Lanes

A. Specially designed for the transport of highly radioactive products (EURATOM)

To be classified under this subheading, these vehicles must be fitted with a shield or a built-in protective device which provides effective radiation protection.

86.09 Parts and Parts of Vehicles for Rail Tracks

See Note 2 to this Chapter

A Bogies, "biscsels" and the like, and their parts

Among the bogies and biscels that are classified under this subheading, as mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 86.09, paragraph 4, may be cited:

1. Bogies and biscels for locomotives;

2. the bogies-'bissels ', which are a combination of a bogie and a' bissels ', also used in locomotives;

3. Bogies-engine (bogies with built-in electric motor) for electrotrienes, railcars or locomotives;

4. bogies for cars and for wagons.

Parts of bogies and "bissels", such as hydraulic anti-shock devices intended for mounting in bogies, are also classified under this subheading (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 86.09, paragraph 12).

On the other hand, certain parts of bogies and "bissels" are excluded from this subheading, such as:

1. springs (heading 73.35);

2. brakes (subheading 86.09 B);

3. axles and wheels (subheading 86.09 C);

4. (subheading 86.09 D).

B brakes and their parts

The brakes and their parts referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 86.09, paragraph 6, second subparagraph, are classified under this subheading.

Instead, they are not classified in this subheading, for example:

1. electromagnetic brakes (heading 85.02);

2. devices called "idling" (heading 86.10);

Some brake parts are also excluded from this subheading:

1. For the purposes of this Regulation,

following shall be used for the purposes of this Regulation:

2. tubes fitted with their coupling heads, for braking purposes (subheading 86.09 E).

C Axles, mounted or not; wheels and parts

The axles, whether mounted or not, as well as the wheels and parts thereof, as mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 86.09, paragraphs 2 and 3, are classified under this subheading.

Not classified under this subheading as parts of wheels, bandages and tyres of unhardened vulcanised rubber (subheadings 40.11 A and B respectively).

D Grease boxes and their parts

The grease boxes and their parts, as mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 85.09, paragraph 5, are classified under this subheading.

Not classified under this subheading as parts of grease boxes, ball or roller bearings, for example (heading 84.62).

And the others

In addition to the parts and parts mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 86.09, paragraphs 1 and 7 to 11, the motor rods and the coupling rods for locomotives, for example, are also classified under this subheading.

86.10 Fixed railway equipment; mechanical non-electrical signalling devices, etc.

See Note 3 to this Chapter.

CHAPTER 87

MOTOR VEHICLES, TRACTORS, SPEEDCYCLES AND OTHER LAND VEHICLES

87.01 Tractors, including around tractors

A Motorists with an explosion or internal combustion engine with a cylinder capacity

Only those described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 87.01, paragraph 7, including the caterpillar motor-drivers, are classified in this subheading. These motocultors are generally used in horticulture.

It is recalled that the interchangeable devices intended for use with the motor vehicle (bleachers, plows, etc.) are always followed by their own speed, even if they are mounted on the motor vehicle.

On the other hand, if the appliances or tools are permanently fixed to the chassis with an engine and form with the latter a homogeneous mechanical assembly, the latter is classified in the heading corresponding to the work. This is the case for chamois and chamois (heading 84.24).

B Agricultural Tractors (excluding motor-powered tractors) and forestry tractors, of wheels

Agricultural or forestry tractors of three or more wheels where their construction and equipment are clearly intended for use in agricultural, horticultural or forestry holdings are classified under this subheading. These vehicles have a limited maximum speed (in general, no more than 25 Km/h on the road).

Agricultural Tractors are generally equipped with a hydraulic device which allows the lifting or lowering of the agricultural tools (bleachers, plows, etc.), with a power-taking that allows the power of the engine to be used to work other machines or tools and a hydraulic device for the operation of the handling devices (hay loaders, manure loaders, etc.), in so far as the latter can be considered as accessories.

Special construction tractors, such as tractors with very high chassis, used in vines and nurseries, as well as tractors for the slopes and the tractor-slides, are also classified under this subheading.

Interchangeable agricultural artifacts presented with the agricultural tractor will always follow their own regime (p. 84.24, 84.25, etc.), even if they are attached to the tractor.

The forestry tractors are also characterized by the presence of a fixed winch that allows the transport of the trees.

In accordance with Note 1 to Chapter 87, tractors of this subheading may also carry certain accessory spaces for transport, in relation to their main use, of agricultural or forestry machinery, tools or tools, fertilizers, seeds, etc.

They are excluded from this subheading, mainly lawnmowers (called portant or motorcycle lawnmowers), provided with a fixed cutting organ and a single power-grab which serves only to move the cutting organ (see the explanatory note to heading 84.25)

C Other tractors

Among the tractors that are classified under this subheading, they can be cited:

1. agricultural or forestry tractors, whether or not fitted with caterpillars, or of caterpillars and of a forward train on wheels (tractors called semi-caterpillars);

2. Road tractors (for semi-trailers, for example, tractor trailers);

3. tractors for public works;

4. tractors of an axle for articulated vehicles;

5. the design devices similar to that of the motor-drivers used in the industry.

Not classified under this subheading, for example, special machines of the tractor type fitted with large-width caterpillars and intended to be used for the purpose of paving and the use of snow from ski slopes, etc. (heading 84.59).

87.02 Motor vehicles with motor of any kind, for the transport of people or of others.

A For the transportation of people, including mixed vehicles

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.02, paragraph A.

Small-run vehicles (called skelters or karts) without bodywork, fitted with an explosion engine which allows for relatively high speeds, are also classified under this subheading.

This subheading also includes mixed vehicles, that is, those which can be used indifferently for the transport of persons or goods. These vehicles are distinguished from motor vehicles for the transport of goods, often of the same dimensions, by different characteristics:

1. the presence in the part behind the seat or the driver's seat, of the side-panes, folding or removable seats, or special locations prepared for placing them, or of a rear door;

2. the most luxurious interior finish.

A) with an explosion engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,800 cm3 or more with internal combustion engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,500 cm3 or more

The coaches and buses that are classified in this subheading carry at least 9 seats to sit. The driver's seat, as well as the trasportes, are not taken into consideration.

B For freight transport

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 87.02, paragraph B.

B I cars specially designed for the transport of highly radioactive products (EURATOM).

The explanatory note for subheading 86.07 is applicable mutatis mutandis

B II a) 1 aa) Auto-dump cars called dumpers, with cylinder capacity

1. They are classified under this subheading, provided that the cylinder capacity is equal to or greater than 2,800 cm3 (explosion engine) or equal to or greater than 2,500 cm3 (internal combustion engine), vehicles equipped with a tilting box in front of or behind or with open bottom, specially designed to carry sand, gravel, earth, stones, etc., used in quarries, mines or construction sites, or road, port or airport works. Following the explanatory note of subheading 87.02 B II a) 2 aa), there are examples illustrating different models of car-dump cars.

2. These car-based tills, called dumpers, are generally distinguished from other vehicles intended for the carriage of goods (especially trucks with hopper) by the fact that they have the following characteristics:

-an extremely strong steel case whose front wall extends over the driver's cab to ensure its protection and the bottom of which is raised completely or partially backwards;

-in some cases, a semi-machine for the driver;-a reinforced braking device;

-a limited maximum speed and radius of action,

-special tyres for moving floors;

-the weight/load ratio is not greater than 1:1, 6 due to the robustness of the vehicle;

-a box eventually heated by the engine exhaust to prevent the materials from sticking or injuring.

It is, however, appropriate to note that some of the cars are specially designed for use in mines or tunnels, such as those that carry a box with the opening of the bottom. They have some of the characteristics listed above, but they do not have a cabin and the box is not extended by a kind of protective roof.

3. The smallest vehicles of the type used in the works for transporting the earth, bulkhead, cement and fresh concrete, etc. are also classified under this subheading. They carry a fixed or articulated chassis and two or four motor wheels and the tilting box is located on top of one axle and the driver's seat on top of the other. The driver's seat is not, generally, covered by a cabin.

B II a) 2 aa) car dumpers, called dumpers

The vehicles described in the explanatory notes of subheading 87.02 B II a) 1 aa are classified in this subheading, provided that their cylinder capacity is less than 2,800 cm3 (explosion engine) or 2,500 cm3 (internal combustion engine).

Figures omitted.

87.05 Carreshops of motor vehicles cited in items 87.01 to 87.03, etc.

To be used for the assembly industry

For the purposes of this subheading, it should be understood that "the assembly industry is intended" exclusively for the bodies used for the series of new vehicles in the assembly or manufacturing factories of motor vehicles (including subcontracted undertakings).

The subheading can only be applied to the bodies actually used in the assembly of the new vehicles mentioned in the text of the subheading. It does not therefore provide for similar bodies which are intended for spare parts.

Only bodies intended for vehicles which meet certain limits in relation to the cylinder capacity or number of places are classified in this subheading.

1. Cylinder capacity

For cylinder engines, the cylinder is equal to the volume of the part of a cylinder swept by the piston between the lower dead point and the upper dead point, multiplied by the number of cylinders. In rotary piston engines (engines with curvilinear triangular rotors of the Wankel type) the cylinder capacity is equal to twice the volume of a chamber, measured between its minimum value and its maximum value, multiplied by the number of rotors.

2. Number of seats

This is the number of seats, excluding that of the driver. The transportes are not considered normal places.

The admission of this subheading is subject, on the other hand, to the conditions to be determined by the competent authorities.

87.06 Parts, loose parts and accessories of the vehicles cited in etc.

To be used for the assembly industry

Explanatory notes to subheading 87.05 A are applicable mutatis mutandis

B I parts of wheels cast in a single piece in the form of star, cast iron, iron or steel

The parts of wheels falling within this subheading are generally used in buses or in vehicles for the carriage of goods. They are presented in the form of a star, currently of five or six radii, and are designed for the placement of removable tires.

B II Other

In addition to the parts, loose parts and accessories mentioned in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 87.06, they are also classified under this subheading, for example:

1. safety belts for motor vehicles;

2. Removable white embellishers;

3. the masses to balance the wheels.

Not classified under this subheading:

1. the chassis of motor vehicles falling within heading Nos 87.01 to 87.03, not motorised but fitted with a cab (heading 87,02);

2. head restraints for car seats (heading 94.01 or 94.04, as the case may be).

87.07 Carretillas automobiles of the types used in factories, warehouses, ports, etc.

A specially designed Carretillas for the transport of highly radioactive products

The explanatory note for subheading 86.07 A is applicable mutatis mutandis

B Bridge-bridge

See the NCCA Explanatory Notes, item 87.07, paragraph I. C.

C I provided with a system for lifting your own load device

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.07, paragraph I. B.

C II the others.

The carrier forklifts are mainly classified under this subheading (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 87.07, paragraph I, A), the crane trucks (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.07, penultimate paragraph of paragraph I), as well as the tractor-trailers of the type used in the stations (see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.07, paragraph II).

87.08 Carros and armored combat cars with or without weaponry; parts and parts etc.

Regarding the distinction between combat cars and armored combat cars, see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.08.

87.12 Parts, parts and accessories of the vehicles included in the items, etc.

A Motorcycle

Subject to the provisions of the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 87. 2, first paragraph, this subheading includes the parts, parts and accessories for the construction, equipment or repair of motor cycles, including scooters.

B Other

Without prejudice to the provisions of the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 87.12, first paragraph, this subheading includes the parts, parts and accessories intended for construction, equipment or repair:

1. of sidecars for motorcycles and for bicycles;

2. of speedometers with an auxiliary motor (including mopeds), that is to say, speedometers which can be moved by pedals and which are equipped with an auxiliary motor (with a cylinder capacity of 50 cm3 or less);

3. of sprinters (including motorcars and similar vehicles) and of armchairs and similar vehicles for invalid, whether or not fitted with an engine or other propulsion mechanism.

87.14 Other non-motor vehicles and trailers for vehicles of all kinds; parts etc.

To animal traction vehicles

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 87.14, paragraph B.

B Trailers and semi-trailers

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.14, paragraph C,

B I specially designed for the transport of highly radioactive products

The explanatory note for subheading 86.07 is applicable mutatis mutandis.

C Other vehicles

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 87.14, paragraph A.

C I specially designed for the transport of highly radioactive products

The explanatory note for subheading 86.07 A is applicable mutatis mutandis.

D Parts and Loose Parts

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 87.14, "Parts and parts".

It is recalled that the pivoting wheels are excluded from this subheading and are classified under heading 83.02;

-when they have a diameter (including bandage, if any) that does not exceed 75 mm;

-when they have a diameter (including the bandage, if any) of more than 75 mm, provided that the width of the wheel or bandage that is adapted to it is less than 30 mm.

CHAPTER 88

AIR NAVIGATION

N.C. No equipment permanently installed, inter alia, in the form of relief equipment (rescue canoes, parachutes, evacuation ramps, for example) or interchangeable equipment for armaments.

In cases where an incomplete or unfinished apparatus is classified as a complete article by application of General Rule 2 (a) for the interpretation of the Arancel, the weight to be taken into account in determining the subheading is that of the apparatus in normal flight order.

88,02 Aerodinos (aircraft, hydroplanes, gliders, kites, self-turns, helicopters, etc.), etc.

A That work without a driving machine

Comets, gliders and rotary parachutes are mainly classified in this subheading.

B I helicopters

Only equipment in which the support and propulsion is obtained by means of one or more rotors moved by an engine is classified only in this subheading.

B I b) Other, with a blank weight

In relation to the blank weight, see the Supplementary Note of this chapter and the corresponding explanatory note.

B II other aerodines

Aircraft and seaplanes, including vertical take-off devices, are classified in this subheading, in which the support during translation is achieved by means of the wings. Vertical take-off devices are generally;

1. of tilting wings;

2. of tilting propeller

3. deflection of the propeller flow;

4. deflection of the reactor flow;

5. of a tilting reactor.

Auto spins are also included in this subheading.

B II b) Other, with a blank weight

In relation to the blank weight, see the Supplementary Note of this chapter and the corresponding explanatory note.

CHAPTER 89

MARITIME AND RIVER NAVIGATION

N.C. Ships designed to sail on the high seas are considered to be ships which, by their construction and equipment, are capable of manoeuvring at sea, even with a thick sea (with winds of approximately 7, according to the Beaufort scale). The ships of this class are generally equipped with a bridge and a watertight superstructure.

Greater outer length of the hull, the maximum length of the hull, measured between the end points of the stern and the bow of the structure of the vessel, excluding the appendices (rudder or Baupres).

Ships for maritime navigation, ships and hovercraft that meet the above conditions are considered, even if in fact they are mainly used along the coasts, in estuaries, in lakes, etc.

You must also specify.

(a) that the name 'fishing vessels' only includes, in the case of vessels of less than 12 metres in length designed to sail on the high seas, those which are effectively designed and equipped for professional fishing, are even used as a means of walking through the sea.

(b) that the name 'salvage vessels' includes both the vessels placed on the vessels intended for maritime navigation intended to evacuate the crew and passengers in the event of a shipwreck, such as rescue boats situated along the coasts in favourable places to assist the ships in distress.

89.01 Ships not included in the other headings of this Chapter

It should be noted that the parts of the hulls (halves, thirds) are not classified in this heading but are followed by the system of the constituent material (for example, item 73.21).

A War Boats

They are classified under this subheading:

1. vessels designed for armed combat with various offensive weapons (cannons, rocket launchers, missile launchers or submarine launchers) and defensive weapons (anti-aircraft guns, machine guns, etc.) that carry protective devices against projectiles (multiple watertight shielding or partitions, mainly) or submerged devices (anti-mine anti-mine protection). They are also generally equipped with detection and listening devices, such as radars, sonars, infrared detection devices, as well as materials to produce disturbances in radio broadcasts.

The cruise ships, corvettes, frigates, destroyers, launchers and minesweepers, submarines, including pocket submarines used for the transport of combat swimmers, aircraft carriers, helicopter carriers, rocket launchers and missile launchers are classified in this first category.

Boats in this category also differ from commercial vessels:

a) for generally superior speed and mobility;

b) because of the importance of its crew;

c) by the volume of its fuel tanks;

d) for the existence of specially prepared wineries for the transport and use in the sea of ammunition;

2. certain specially prepared vessels identifiable as exclusive or primarily intended for use in military operations, even if they do not carry weapons or armor, such as landing barges, supply or repair vessels (for the transport of munitions, mines, etc.);

3. vessels that have certain characteristics of the warships, but which are used by the official services (customs or police, for example).

B I ships for maritime navigation

See Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter and the relevant explanatory note.

In addition to the vessels referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 89.01, second subparagraph of paragraph A), they are also classified under this subheading:

1. ships for the transport of containers;

2. vessels for the transport of liquefied gases equipped with tanks that allow the transport of these gases in bulk;

3. ferry boats for the carriage of railway wagons and cars and cars and motor vehicles;

4. the ferry boats of barges or chalanas. In these vessels, containers of the traditional type are replaced by barges or chalanas that are driven by navigable waterway to load them directly into the boat, which is divided into vertical compartments to stack the barges (3 to 4). These boats are equipped with a gantry, a submersible lifting platform or other devices that allow the loading, handling and unloading of the barges.

Only the transhipping vessel is classified under this subheading; barges which are used successively as vessels in inland navigation, such as "containers" during sea crossing and, again, as vessels for inland navigation, are to be classified under subheading 89.01 B II (b);

5. air-cushion vehicles (hovercraft) designed to move over the water (high seas), even if they can be posed on the beaches or on board or move on icy surfaces.

B II the others

Ships which do not comply with the conditions laid down in Additional Note 1 to this Chapter are classified under this subheading, even if they are in fact used at sea.

Among these ships, you can quote:

1. the vessels and artifacts listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 89.01, paragraph 2 of paragraph B;

2. Folding devices called 'draconas', consisting of a flexible envelope of coated fabric, identifiable by their generally tapered shape and the devices which are fitted (for example and, in some cases, of buoyancy) to be fitted to the transport by water of fluids and other goods by simply towed;

3. ferries of all kinds used to cross estuaries, rivers or lakes and which are not designed to sail on the high seas;

4. barges or shalds for boat ferry vessels;

5. Pocket submarines for civil (tourist, commercial or scientific research purposes, for example) which may be used for the transport of one or two passengers placed inside the device, as well as the scooters in which passengers (submariners) are placed on the outside of the body;

6. certain inflatable boats, in so far as they carry special reinforcements to enable them to be fitted with an engine, sail or oars.

On the other hand, some floating artifacts are excluded from the present subheading, which are automatically inflated to contact with the water. They are designed for the transport of shipwrecks (up to thirty) and are frequently covered with a protective canopy which allows the occupants of the water splashes to be protected, but which do not have a rudder or a propulsion device (heading 89.05).

B II weighing per unit 100 kg or less

It should be specified that it is understood by unit weight, that of the ship, including its normal equipment, such as, the oars, masts, candles, motors, provided that they are normally sold with the ship and are presented to the office at the same time as this.

89,02 Boats specially designed to tow (tugs) or push other ships

In relation to the classification of the means of helmets and of the thirds, see the explanatory notes of heading 89.01.

To Tugs

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 89.02, first subparagraph of paragraph A).

B Boats to Push

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 89.02, first subparagraph of paragraph B).

It should be specified that the vessels designed at the same time as tugs and as pusher craft, described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 89,02, second paragraph, are classified in all cases in this subheading (application of General Rule 3 (c) for the interpretation of the Arancel)

B I for maritime navigation

See Supplementary Note 1 to this chapter and the relevant explanatory note.

89.03 Faro boats, boats pump, dredgers of all kinds, pontoons crane and other boats etc.

In relation to the classification of the hulls and the third parties, see the explanatory notes to items 89.01.

A For maritime navigation

See Supplementary Note 2 of this chapter.

In relation to the terms "designed to sail offshore", the first paragraph of Supplementary Note 1 applies mutatis mutandis.

For example, in this subheading, drilling rigs with devices to float and be able to be towed to the drilling sites, as well as the retractable pillars, which once the platform has arrived at the site in which it is drilled, descend to lean on the underwater bottom and raise the platform above sea level.

SECTION XVIII

INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS OF OPTICS, PHOTOGRAPHY AND CINEMATOGRAPHY, ETC.

CHAPTER 90

INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS OF OPTICS, PHOTOGRAPHY AND CINEMATOGRAPHY, ETC.

90.01 Lents, prisms, mirrors and other optical elements of any material, without mounting, etc.

This item comprises both the articles used for visible light and those used for the invisible (infrared, ultraviolet) spectrum.

On the contrary, the elements of electronic optics, such as electrostatic lenses, electromagnetic lenses and field lenses (usually, Chapter 85) are not classified in this item.

Lenses, prisms, mirrors and other optical elements

This sub-item comprises the goods referred to in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 90.01, paragraphs A) and B) and described in detail after paragraph C. They are also classified under this subheading, for example:

1. rubies and other optical elements for the laser;

2. FFRESNEL lenses of artificial plastic material, intended for use as amplifying screens for television receivers, intended for use as amplifying screens;

3. Fibres of artificial plastic material called "optical fibres" consisting of a soul and a concentric layer of artificial plastic materials with different refractive indices.

In relation to the optical work of the glass, it is necessary to comply with the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 90.01, second paragraph.

B Polarizing materials in sheets or plates

This subheading includes the goods referred to in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, item 90.01, last paragraph before the exclusions, provided that they are presented in square or rectangular form.

90.07 Photo devices; devices and devices, including lamps and tubes, for the etc.

A Photographic Apparatus

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the goods listed in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.07, paragraph I;

2. the apparatus used in the preparation of clichés to select the fundamental colours of the illustrations (photographs, slides, etc.), consisting essentially of an optical device and an electronic calculator, which can be obtained, by photographic procedure, negative plotted and corrected to be used for the preparation of the clichés.

B Appliances and devices, including lamps and tubes, for the production of flash light in photography

See the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 90.07, paragraph II.

It should be noted that the stroboscopes are classified in subheading 90.27C.

90.08 Film devices (tomavists and sound-taking, even combined, appliances, etc.)

to tomavist devices and sound-taking devices, including combined, appliances, etc.

The apparatus referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.08 (A), (B) and (C), is classified under this subheading.

B Sound projection and reproducing apparatus, whether or not combined

This subheading mainly comprises the apparatus mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.08, paragraph D.

Not classified in this subheading, reproducing apparatus using only magnetic procedures (subheading 92.11 A II).

90.10 Apparatus and material of the types used in photographic laboratories or etc.

To Photocopying Devices by Optical System

This subheading includes the apparatus described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.10, paragraph II A).

B Thermocopy Appliances

This subheading includes the apparatus described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.10, paragraph II (C).

C The others

This subheading mainly comprises the apparatus and articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.10, paragraphs I, II B) and III.

914 Instruments and apparatus for gauze, topography, agrimensura, levelling, photogrammetry etc.

To Compasses and Navigation Comports

This subheading includes the compasses and navigation compasses referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.14, paragraph VIII.

916 Drawing, drawing and calculation instruments (drawing machines, pantographs, etc.)

See Note 4 to this chapter.

A Drawing, Plot, and Calculation Instruments

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the instruments and apparatus referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.16, paragraphs I (A), (B) and (C)

2. drawing tables equipped with devices, such as pantographs, etc;

3. (a) the coordination of the procedures for the use of photogrammetry

4. medical calculation rules;

5. Clearly identifiable templates as a design instrument or a specialized layout.

B Machines, appliances and measuring instruments, checking and checking; profile projectors

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. machinery, apparatus and instruments referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.16 (II) (A) and (B).

With regard to appliances which can be classified in Chapters 84 or 85, see the NCCA explanatory notes, Section XVI, general considerations, paragraph IX;

2. the test benches for the control of the injection pumps of the

diesel engines are essentially made up of a base in which an electric motor and a device are fixed with the injectors and with graduated glass tubes for the control of the flow of the elements of the injection pump, even equipped with an auxiliary apparatus (strobe), which allows the exact moment of the fuel injections to be controlled.

917 Instruments and apparatus of medicine, surgery, dentistry and veterinary medicine, including etc.

They are also included in this heading, the devices called intrauterine pesarios of artificial plastic material combined with a copper wire, copper in colloidal state or hormones.

90.19 Orthopedics appliances (including medical-surgical girdles); articles and appliances etc.

A prosthetic items and appliances

In relation to the concept of "devices and articles of prostheses", the explanatory notes of the NCCA, the introductory paragraph of paragraph III, must be complied with.

A dental I

This subheading includes the articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.19, paragraph III B).

A II ocular

This subheading includes the articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.19, paragraph III A).

A III others

This subheading mainly comprises:

1. the articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.19, paragraph III C);

2. Synthetic tissue tubes used to replace the remaining arteries and plates permanently in the body (e.g. to replace part of a bone or whole bone).

B I devices to make hearing easier for the deaf

This subheading includes apparatus, whether or not in the form of spectacles, referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.19, paragraph IV.

B II the others

This subheading includes the apparatus referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 90.19, paragraph V.

C the others

This subheading includes the apparatus and articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.19, paragraphs I and II.

90.21 Instruments, apparatus and models designed for demonstrations (in teaching, etc.)

In addition to the articles cited in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 90.21, the combat car driving simulators are classified in this item. These articles, which have as their mission the training and improvement of the drivers of combat cars, are composed essentially of the following elements:

-a pilotage cabin fixed on a mobile platform;

-a display system with a terrain model and a television camera mounted on a rolling bridge;

-an instructor position;

-a calculation set;

-a hydraulic power plant, and

-an electrical power cabinet.

90.23 Densimeters, areometers, pesaliquids and analog instruments, thermometers, pyrometers, etc.

A) thermometers of mercury or other liquids, of direct reading

This subheading includes, among the apparatus mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.23, paragraph B 1), the direct reading thermometers. They are called "direct read" to thermometers where the temperature is indicated on a scale by the level reached by the thermometric liquid.

This subheading also includes the so-called "contact thermometers".

Other thermometers are classified in subheading 90.23A II b).

A II b) Other

This sub-item comprises, principally:

1. Liquid thermometers, other than those of direct reading (see the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 90.23, paragraph B 1) and the explanatory notes to subheading 90.23A (a))

2. the thermometers referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, item 90.23, paragraph B 2 and B 3.

B Higrometers and psychrometers

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the instruments referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 90.23, paragraphs E and F;

2. chemical hygrometers that work for colour change, provided that they are not simple papers impregnated with chemical substances whose colour varies according to atmospheric humidity, which are classified in Chapter 48.

C Densimeters, areometers, pesaliquids and similar instruments, even if they have thermometers; optical pyrometers

This subheading includes the instruments referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 923 (A) and (1) to (C) (3).

D Other

This sub-item comprises, principally:

1. the pyrometers referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 923 (C) 4);

2. the barometers referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 90.23, paragraph D);

3. the combined apparatus referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 90.23 (after paragraph F "psychrometers").

90.24 Appliances and instruments for measuring, controlling or regulating gaseous fluids or so on.

B I Manometers

This subheading includes the apparatus mentioned in the explanatory notes to NCCA heading 90.24, paragraph I A).

They are considered to be manometers, by application of General Rule 3 (b) for the interpretation of the Arancel, the apparatus for inflating tires with built-in manometer, even if these devices are not designed to connect them to an external power supply but they carry a tank of compressed air.

B II thermostats

This subheading includes the apparatus mentioned in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, item 90.24, paragraph V.

B III others

This subheading mainly comprises the apparatus mentioned in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 90.24, paragraphs I B, II to V, VI and VII.

90.27 other counters (revolutions, production counters, taximeters, etc.)

A. Revolutions, production counters, taximeters and other counters

This subheading includes the apparatus mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 90.27, paragraph A.

B Speed and Gauge Indicators

This subheading includes the apparatus considered in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 90.27, paragraph B.

C Stroboscopes

This subheading includes the apparatus considered in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 90.27, paragraph C.

928 Electrical or electronic measuring instruments, measuring devices, verification devices, etc.

See Note 5 in this chapter

To Electronic Instruments and Devices

See the Supplementary Note for this chapter.

929 Parts, pieces, loose and accessories recognizable as exclusive or mainly etc.

B II (a) parts of common metals obtained by 'turning to the bar', the diameter of which does not exceed 25 millimetres

For the application of this subheading, it is necessary to comply with the general considerations of Section XV, paragraph B.

CHAPTER 91

WATCHMAKING

91.01 Pocket Watches, wristwatches and analogs (including time counters etc.

This subheading also includes articles with a wrist or pocket watch which combine a watch with an electronic calculator.

Electronic calculators that incorporate a clock function with a sound date and sound (subheading 84.52 A) are not classified here.

91.02 Other clocks (even alarm clocks) with "small volume mechanism"

For the definition of the expression 'small volume mechanism', see Note 1 to Chapter 91 and the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, Item 91.02, first paragraph.

It should be specified that small volume mechanisms can carry a sound. The latter must be taken into account for the measure of thickness, when it is between the platins or between the platen and a bridge.

to Electrical or Electronic

For the definition of "electric or electronic watchmaking devices", see the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations in Chapter 91.

A with steering wheel and spiral

Only clocks, even alarm clocks, with small volume, electrical or electronic devices in which the regulator is constituted by a relatively heavy wheel, "the steering wheel", which regularly oscillates around its axis by the action of a coil spring joined by its inner end to the axle of the steering wheel and fixed to a support by the other end. The coil is a long coil of rolled metal, most frequently in the form of a spiral or a propeller.

A II others

The clocks, even alarm clocks, with small volume, electrical or electronic devices, are classified in this item, in which the system that determines the time intervals (regulator) is not a spiral steering wheel, for example:

-devices whose operation is based on the frequency of a diapason whose oscillations are maintained by means of a circuit based on transistors.

-apparatus whose operation is based on a crystal frequency generator (e.g. piezoelectric quartz followed by a frequency reducing stage and a synchronous motor which drags the minutheria).

91.04 Other clocks (with non-small volume mechanism) and appliances etc.

For the definition of the terms "mechanism other than small volume", see the NCCA explanatory notes, item 91.04, first paragraph.

to Electrical or Electronic

The watchmaking apparatus of the type described in the NCCA explanatory notes, general considerations of Chapter 91 and of heading 91.04, fourth paragraph, are classified under this subheading.

91. 07 Small Volume Mechanisms Finished for Watches

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 91.07.

Steering Wheel and Spiral

See the explanatory note for subheading 91.02 A T.

91.09 Cajas of watches of heading 91.01 and parts thereof

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 91.09.

The fixed bracelets to the watch boxes follow the regime of the latter. On the contrary, presented with the boxes but without mounting, they follow their own regime, the same as the wristbands of watches presented in isolation.

91.11 Other parts and timepieces

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 91.1, before paragraph A.

to watch-making stones (precious or semi-precious stones, synthetic or reconstituted stones and imitations of precious or semi-precious stones), not to be used or assembled

The stones are classified in this subheading without the endor mounting described in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 91.11, paragraph E.

The stoned or mounted stones are classified in subheading 91.11 F.

B Watchmaking Springs (including spirals)

All springs used in the watch-making mechanisms are included in this subheading.

In addition to the real springs and spirals, they can be cited

1. the friction springs;

2. the regulatory springs;

3. the ratchet, scale, tirete, jumper or flexible spring springs, etc.

It is recalled that the docks of boxes, cabinets and fannals of watchmaking apparatus which constitute parts and accessories of general use in accordance with Note 2 to Section XV, are excluded from this subheading (see, for example, exclusion b) from the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 91.09).

The actual springs mounted in your shantytown are classified in subheading 91.11 F.

C Small Volume Mechanisms, Unfinished

The set of pieces constituting a small volume mechanism, without mounting or partially assembled, is classified under this subheading (see the NCCA explanatory notes, heading 91.11, third subparagraph of paragraph A).

Such a set, in which only the sphere and the needles may be missing, constitutes an intermediate state between the "blank" machine of subheading 91.11 E and the small complete and finished mechanism classified in heading 91.07.

C I drive and spiral

See the explanatory note for subheading 91.02 A I.

D Other watchmaking mechanisms, unfinished

The set of pieces constituting a watch-making mechanism, without mounting or partially assembled, with the exception of the small uncompleted mechanisms of subheading 91.11 C, are classified in this subheading (see the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 91.11, paragraph A, third paragraph).

Such a set, in which the sphere and the needles may be missing, constitutes an intermediate state between the "blank" machine classified in subheading 91.11 F and the mechanism of the finished watch classified in heading 91.08.

Blank "blank" machines for small volume mechanisms

By "blank" machines for small volume mechanisms it should be understood, the unmounted assembly of a small volume mechanism, according to Note 1 to Chapter 91, but without escape, steering wheel and spiral or other regulating organ, real dock, sphere or needles. The "blank" machines of small volume mechanisms are essentially made up of the platen and, where appropriate, the supplementary platins, the bridges, the undershoot, the minutheria, the rope mechanism, the setting in time and the racket. The "blank" machines can be provided with your belly. Each element intended to be used as presented may in itself be constituted by a single single piece or be composed of several parts which have been made in solidarity by a non-detachable assembly, but the elements thus defined must not be assembled together.

F Other

They are primarily classified under this subheading:

1. the items referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA item 91.11, excluding those covered by subheadings 91.11 A to 91.11 E.

2. assemblies of electrical or electronic parts constituting an identifiable part of a watch-making apparatus, for example, an electronic sound system;

3. articles called "cornet screws" or "chumcurb screws";

4. the generally plastic coves or wedges placed between the case and the clock mechanism;

5. the stones that have been worn or mounted.

It is recalled that the "blank" machines that are not of small volume are also classified under this subheading.

CHAPTER 92

MUSIC INSTRUMENTS; DEVICES FOR RECORDING OR REPRODUCING, ETC.

92.01 Pianos (even automatic, keyboard or without); harpsichord and other instruments, etc.

A Pianos (even automatic, keyboard or without)

The pianos referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 92.01 (1) and (2), are classified in this subheading.

B Other

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 92.01, paragraphs (3) and (4), are classified under this subheading.

92.08 Musical instruments not included in any other heading of this chapter, etc.

To Music Boxes

See the NCCA Explanatory Notes, Item 92.08, paragraph A 3.

92.10 Parts, loose parts and accessories of musical instruments, including cartons, etc.

To Music Box Mechanisms

Parts and parts of the mechanisms are classified in subheading 92.10 C.

C The others

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 92.10.

92.11 Tocadings, dictating apparatus and other recording equipment or the like.

A I devices for logging

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 92.11, paragraph I A, are classified in this subheading.

A II playback appliances

The apparatus referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 92.11, paragraph I B, is classified under this subheading.

A III mixed appliances

The apparatus referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 92.11, paragraph I C, is classified under this subheading.

B Devices for recording or reproducing images and sound on television.

The apparatus referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 92.11, paragraph II, is classified under this subheading. The same apparatus used in places other than television studios is also classified under this subheading.

92.12 Sound supports for devices of heading 92.11 or for recordings etc.

To Ready for Write, but Unwritten

This subheading includes:

-the items referred to in the NCCA's excplicative notes, item 92.12, paragraph A;

-the illustrated picture cards prepared for sound recording.

The bands that must still be cut to the width required for their use are also classified under this subheading.

B I waxes, discs, matrices and other intermediate forms, excluding magnetic tapes

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 92.12, paragraph B 1, 2 and 4, are classified under this subheading.

Written magnetic tapes of any kind are excluded from this subheading (subheading 92.1 B II b).

B I a) for making disks for gramophones

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 92.12, paragraphs B 1 and 2.

B II a) 1 for language teaching

This subheading includes the discs used, either by a private person to learn a foreign language, whether by a teacher as an auxiliary means of language teaching. These discs are usually used in conjunction with the books containing the spoken text, as well as grammatical, phonetic, idiomatic, etc. They are often edited in series that constitute a complete course.

The discs in which literary texts are registered (fragments of classical works, poems, stories, etc.) recited by professional artists should not be considered as records for language teaching. These discs, which can sometimes be used in teaching, are not specifically intended for language teaching. They are primarily intended to satisfy artistic tastes or to seek a distraction. These discs are classified in subheading 92.12 B II a) 2.

B II b) 1. magnetically recorded, for the soundproofing of film films

This subheading only includes the sound supports obtained by magnetic procedure which are used with a film and in which only sounds related to that film are recorded.

Also classified under this subheading, for example:

-the very narrow soundtracks that stick on the edges of the films;

-the perforated magnetic bands in which the advance is synchronized with that of the film and which can carry more of a sound track (for stereophonic reproduction).

No bands or films having several sound tracks, of which one or more of them have been recorded by a photoelectric process (heading 37.07), are not classified under this subheading.

B II b) 2 others

They are primarily classified under this subheading.

1. magnetic soundtracks;

2. the bands, drums and magnetic disk packages for automatic machines for the processing of the information;

3. magnetic bands for the control of machines;

4. the magnetic bands for television (video-tapes).

92.13 Other parts, parts and accessories of apparatus falling within heading No 92.11.

B Needles or tips; diamonds, sapphires and other precious or semi-precious stones and synthetic or reconstituted stones, mounted or unassembled.

The articles referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 92.13, paragraphs 6 and 7, are classified under this subheading.

C parts of common metals obtained by turning to the bar, the largest diameter of which does not exceed 25 millimetres.

For the application of this subheading, the general considerations of Section XV B must be complied with.

SECTION XIX

WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION

CHAPTER 93

WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION

93.04 Firearms (other than those falling within heading 93.02 and 93.03), etc.

A. Shotguns, rifles and hunting and sports carbines

The arms mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 93.04, paragraph 1, are classified under this subheading.

93.06 Parts and loose parts of weapons other than those of heading 93.01 (including etc.)

A For weapons of heading 93.03

This subheading includes the parts and parts mentioned in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 93.06, paragraphs 1) to 6), provided that they are not, according to their type and manufacture, clearly usable as parts and parts of hunting and sport weapons and other weapons as referred to in headings 93.02, 93.04 and 93.05.

B I butts simply sketched

It is classified in this subheading the outlines of butts, even prolonged by a shaft, manufactured from a single piece of wood that, even if it has outwardly the shape of the approximate profile of a butt, cannot be used even without a later job. This subheading covers only the articles in the form of outlines which may be intended, by the outline to which they have been submitted, that no other use would be economically justified.

93.07 Projectiles and ammunition, including mines; loose parts and parts, including etc.

A For revolvers and pistols of heading 93.02 and for machine-guns of heading 93.03

Cartridges for weapons that are classified under this subheading have the common characteristic of being short and thick.

The following parts and loose parts can be listed: pods, including fulminant capsule, bottoms, brass, projectiles, etc. The parts and parts, in rough or rough, are also classified in this heading.

B I of War

For the parts and parts of these shells and ammunition, even in rough or rough, it is necessary to comply with the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 93.07, paragraph E), with regard to the munitions of war.

B I a) for arms of heading 93.03

They are classified under this subheading, inter alia:

1. pomegranates (explosive, shrapnel, illuminating, tracer, incendiary, gas-fired or nuclear-powered or boring) and all other ammunition for cannons, mortars and other artillery pieces;

2. Cartridges of rifle, carabiner and carabina (excluding cartridges of a kind used for working or similar purposes, without gunpowder, of subheading 93.07 B II b), of a kind used for the purposes

:

3. the projectiles which carry their own means of propulsion after launch, for example torpedoes, fly-bombs (projectiles possessing the characteristics of steering mills) and combat rockets (even with a busyhead or head);

4. other war munitions for weapons of heading 93.03, for example, rifle grenades or depth loads.

B I b) others

This subheading includes, inter alia, hand grenades, land and sea mines, and aviation pumps.

SECTION XX

MISCELLANEOUS GOODS AND PRODUCTS NOT SPECIFIED OR INCLUDED.

CHAPTER 94

FURNITURE; MEDICAL-SURGICAL FURNITURE; BEDDING AND THE LIKE

94.01 Sillas and other seats, even those that can be transformed into beds (excluding etc.)

B I specially designed for aircrafts

The seats that are classified under this subheading are generally made of lightweight and resistant materials (e.g., duraluminium).

In most cases, it is possible to distinguish them from seats or seats for other means of transport thanks to the differences in construction (adjustable position, special system for fixing the floor or to the walls, seat belts or sites intended for installation, etc.).

Project seats for aeroplanes are not considered to be seats of heading 94.01 and are classified as parts and parts of aircraft (heading 88,03).

It must be stressed that for the purposes of this subheading, the equipment referred to in heading 88,02 is to be understood by aerodines.

94.02 Medical-surgical furniture, for example: operations tables, tables etc.

See the NCCA explanatory notes, item 94.02.

Also classified here are the dentist armchairs in which the equipment for the care of the mouth is incorporated, such as the dental lathe, water syringes, air syringes or oral vacuum cleaner.

94.04 Somers, bedding and the like having springs, or fillings or etc.

B Other

It is recalled that electric heaters, fitted with cellular plastic, spongy rubber, guata, felt or flannel rubber, correspond to this subheading.

CHAPTER 95

CARVING AND MOULDING MATERIALS, WORKED (INCLUDING ARTICLES)

95.05 Turtle, mother-of-pearl, ivory, bone, pole, natural or reconstituted coral, etc.

A I combined with other materials

They are classified under this subheading:

1. Coral, combined with materials other than precious metals, of precious metal clad, of fine pearls, of precious or semi-precious stone or of synthetic or reconstituted stones, provided that the coral of the essential character is not covered by articles of jewellery (heading 71.16);

2. Coral, combined with precious metals or with precious metal clad, provided that precious metals and precious metal clad with precious metals constitute only minor ornaments or accessories of a minimum importance in accordance with Note 2 (a) to Chapter 71 (e.g. initials, monograms, swerve, orlas, ojetes or closures) and not to be used for jewellery (heading 71.16);

By contrast, coral combined with fine pearls, precious or semi-precious stones or synthetic or reconstituted stones, whatever the importance of pearls or stones (heading 71.15), is excluded from this subheading.

A II others

The coral described in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 95.05, paragraph B, is classified under this subheading, provided that it is not combined with other materials.

B I plates, sheets, rods, tubes, discs and similar shapes, without polishing or otherwise manufacturing

The animal for carving, other than coral, which must be excluded from headings 05.08, 05.09 and 05.12 (in relation to shells other than madrylla), is classified in this subheading by reason of the operations to which they have been subjected and which are presented in sheets or plates (including square or rectangular shapes) or in rods, tubes, discs and other similar shapes obtained by simple cutting or moulding, but not polished or otherwise worked (e.g. by grinding, milling, milling, drilling, etc.) and provided that they are not intended for objects or of other articles.

The "Jerusalem" pearls referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 95.05, paragraph A, fifth subparagraph, are further classified under this subheading.

95.08 Plant or mineral materials for carving, worked (including manufacturing etc.)

To vegetable or mineral materials for carving, in plates, sheets, rods, tubes, discs and similar shapes, without polishing or otherwise working

The vegetable or mineral materials for carving referred to in Note 2 to the Chapter which are to be excluded from headings 14.05 or 25.32 are classified by reason of the operations to which they have been subjected and which are presented in sheets or plates (including square or rectangular) or in rods, tubes, discs and other similar forms, obtained by simple cutting or moulding, but not polished or otherwise worked (for example, by grinding, milling, drilling, drilling, etc.) provided that they are not intended for objects or other articles.

It should be noted that the articles of sea foam or of reconstituted amber presented in plates, rods, bars and similar forms, which have not been subjected to operations superior to the simple molding, are classified in heading 25.32.

CHAPTER 97

TOYS, GAMES, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ARTICLES

97.03 Other toys; reduced models for recreation

B Other

This subheading mainly comprises the articles of materials other than wood considered in the explanatory notes of the NCCA, heading 97.03.

However, the objects which, by their conception, are exclusively distinguished from animals (mice of tissues with gatterweed or valerian, footwear for chewing of buffalo skin, plastic bones, etc.) are excluded from this subheading and must be classified according to the constituent material.

CHAPTER 98

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURING

98.01 Buttons, pressure buttons, twins and the like (even the outlines and shapes for etc.

To Outlines and Shapes for Buttons

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 98.01, paragraph 1) and 2) are classified under this subheading.

98.03 Portaplums, stylography and portamines; portalapices and the like; their loose parts etc.

To Styles and pens

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 98.03, paragraphs 2) and 3) are classified under this subheading.

The items in this subheading can be used by an electronic clock (usually with a numeric display).

B Portaplumas; portamines; portalapices and the like

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA (1), and (4) to (6) are classified under this subheading.

C I parts of common metals obtained by turning to the bar

The general considerations of Section XV, paragraph B, are applicable, mutatis mutandis.

C II the others

Tungsten carbide balls, rectified or not, of a diameter of between 0,6 and 1,25 mm are classified in this subheading. However, the ball points for feathers are classified in subheading 98.04 B.

98.04 Pen-and-point pen-points

A Pen to Write

They are classified under this subheading:

1. the products referred to in the NCCA explanatory notes, item 98.04, paragraph 1;

2. the stormmiles with deposit to draw with template.

B Pen points

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 98.04, paragraph 2, are classified under this subheading.

98.05 Pencils (including blackboards), mines, cakes and charcoal; tits for writing, etc.

A I pencils with holster

The products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 98.05, paragraph B, are classified under this subheading.

B Typing for writing and drawing; sastre jabs and billets for billets

The products referred to in the explanatory notes to the NCCA, heading 98.05, paragraphs 2) and 3) and the last paragraph are classified in this subheading before the exclusions.

98.10 Encenters (mechanical, electrical, catalytic converter, etc.) and their spare parts etc.

B the others

This subheading includes the lighters to which an electronic mini-cylinder has been incorporated and, where appropriate, an electronic clock,

98.11 Pipes (including scallops and cazolets); nozzles; gaskets, cannons, etc.

A Pipas, Wood, or Root Escalation

The products referred to in the Explanatory Notes to the NCCA, heading 98.11, paragraph 3, are classified under this subheading.